This is a modern-English version of The lost oases, originally written by Hasanayn, Ahmad Muhammad. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Large-size versions of illustrations are available by clicking on them.

Large-size versions of the illustrations are available by clicking on them.

THE LOST OASES

THE FORGOTTEN OASES


HASSANEIN BEY

Hassanein Bey

The Egyptian explorer, in Bedouin clothes starting on his trek of twenty-two hundred miles across the desert

The Egyptian explorer, dressed in Bedouin attire, begins his journey of two thousand two hundred miles across the desert.


THE LOST OASES


BY
A. M. HASSANEIN BEY, F.R.G.S.

BY
A. M. HASSANEIN BEY, F.R.G.S.


BEING A NARRATIVE ACCOUNT OF THE AUTHOR’S EXPLORATIONS INTO THE MORE REMOTE PARTS OF THE LIBYAN DESERT AND HIS REDISCOVERY OF TWO LOST OASES [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol]

BEING A NARRATIVE ACCOUNT OF THE AUTHOR’S EXPLORATIONS INTO THE MORE REMOTE PARTS OF THE LIBYAN DESERT AND HIS REDISCOVERY OF TWO LOST OASES [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol]


WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY THE RIGHT HONORABLE SIR JAMES RENNELL RODD, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O. ILLUSTRATED WITH AN ORIGINAL MAP, AND FROM MANY PHOTOGRAPHS MADE BY THE AUTHOR

WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY THE RIGHT HONORABLE SIR JAMES RENNELL RODD, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O. ILLUSTRATED WITH AN ORIGINAL MAP, AND FROM MANY PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN BY THE AUTHOR



PUBLISHED BY THE CENTURY CO.
NEW YORK AND LONDON [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol]

PUBLISHED BY THE CENTURYO.
NYC and London [Symbol] [Symbol] [Symbol]


Copyright, 1925, by
The Century Co.

Copyright, 1925, by
The Century Co.

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

PRINTED IN THE USA.


IN HOMAGE AND GRATITUDE
TO

HIS MAJESTY KING FOUAD I
WHO
BY HIS HELP AND ENCOURAGEMENT MADE
THIS JOURNEY POSSIBLE

In honor and thanks
to

King Fouad I
WHO WITH HIS SUPPORT AND ENCOURAGEMENT MADE THIS JOURNEY POSSIBLE

[vii]INTRODUCTION

MY friend Ahmed Hassanein has asked me to write a few words of introduction to his record of a remarkable voyage of exploration. It was the more remarkable because the expedition, the results of which have enabled him to fill up an important gap in our knowledge of Africa and to determine with precision positions only approximately ascertained by that great pioneer in African research, Gerhardt Rohlfs, was conceived and led by him single-handed without other assistance or companionship than that of his guides and personal attendants.

MY friend Ahmed Hassanein has asked me to write a few introductory words for his account of an amazing exploration journey. It was particularly impressive because the expedition, the results of which have allowed him to fill a significant gap in our understanding of Africa and pinpoint locations only roughly identified by the great pioneer of African research, Gerhardt Rohlfs, was planned and conducted entirely by him, with no help or companionship other than his guides and personal staff.

A traveler whose work has been recognized by the award of the Founder’s Medal of the Royal Geographical Society should need no introduction to the British public. But I welcome the opportunity of drawing attention to his achievement in another field, in the production of a book which will, I feel sure, be acknowledged by all who read it to have exceptional interest, written in a language of which he has made himself a master, although it is not his own.

A traveler who has received the Founder’s Medal from the Royal Geographical Society is well-known to the British public. However, I’m pleased to highlight his accomplishment in another area: the creation of a book that I’m confident everyone who reads it will recognize as exceptionally interesting, written in a language he has mastered, even though it isn’t his native tongue.

[viii]But first, disregarding any protests from his characteristic modesty, I have to present the author himself, who is only known to the majority of my countrymen as an intrepid traveler. I have had the pleasure of his acquaintance for a number of years, since he was the contemporary and friend of my son at Balliol. After considerable experience I have come to the conclusion that the experiment of sending students from the East to reside at a Western university is one which should only be tried in exceptional cases and with young men of exceptional character. In the case of Ahmed Hassanein I think all who know him will agree that it has been an unqualified success. He has retained all that is best of his own national and spiritual inheritance, while he has acquired a sympathetic understanding and appreciation of the mentality and feelings of men with very different social antecedents and training. It is possible that the blood of his Bedouin forefathers made intimacy with them easier for him, since the Briton and the Bedouin not infrequently find in one another a certain kinship of instinct which compels their mutual regard. Incidentally it may be mentioned that Ahmed Hassanein represented the University of Oxford as a fencer. In any case it is possible for him to be a sincere Egyptian patriot and none the less to entertain equally sincere friendship with members of the[ix] nation to which justice is not always done by the Younger Egypt.

[viii]But first, ignoring any objections from his typical modesty, I need to introduce the author himself, who is mostly known to my fellow countrymen as a fearless traveler. I’ve had the pleasure of knowing him for several years, as he was a contemporary and friend of my son at Balliol. After a lot of experience, I've concluded that sending students from the East to study at a Western university should only be done in exceptional circumstances and with young men of exceptional character. In the case of Ahmed Hassanein, I believe everyone who knows him will agree that it has been an unqualified success. He has held on to the best parts of his national and spiritual heritage while also gaining a sympathetic understanding and appreciation for the mindset and feelings of people from very different social backgrounds and training. It’s possible that the blood of his Bedouin ancestors made it easier for him to connect with them, as Britons and Bedouins often find a certain instinctive kinship that fosters mutual respect. Additionally, it’s worth mentioning that Ahmed Hassanein represented the University of Oxford as a fencer. In any case, it’s possible for him to be a true Egyptian patriot while also having genuine friendships with members of the[ix] nation that Younger Egypt does not always treat fairly.

He began his career at home in the Ministry of the Interior at Cairo. During the war when martial law was in force in Egypt he was attached to General Sir John Maxwell, a very old friend of his country. Now he has entered the diplomatic service, for which a wide experience of life, rare in so young a man, as well as his linguistic gifts, eminently qualifies him. He has occasionally consulted me as an elder friend and as the father of my son on certain matters of personal interest to himself. I may therefore claim to know him intimately, and I cannot refrain from recording my testimony that in all such questions, and especially in a very delicate matter which he submitted to me, I have always found him generous in his judgments and, for I know no other way of expressing what I mean, a great gentleman.

He started his career at home in the Ministry of the Interior in Cairo. During the war when martial law was in effect in Egypt, he was assigned to General Sir John Maxwell, a very old friend of his country. Now he has joined the diplomatic service, for which his broad life experience—rare for someone so young—along with his language skills, makes him exceptionally qualified. He has occasionally sought my advice, as an older friend and as the father of my son, on certain personal matters that interested him. I can therefore claim to know him well, and I can't help but express my view that in all such matters, and especially in a very sensitive issue he brought to me, I have always found him generous in his judgments and, quite frankly, a true gentleman.

The story of his exploration of desert tracts unknown to geography and his discovery of two oases whose existence was only a vague tradition is the record of a great adventure of endurance. It is told so modestly and with such sober avoidance of overstatement that readers who have no experience of the vicissitudes of desert travel may perhaps hardly realize what courage and perseverance its successful accomplishment demanded. There is also another virtue[x] besides these which is indispensable for penetration into regions where the isolated inhabitants regard every intrusion with profound suspicion, and that is one which Hassanein appears to possess instinctively, the virtue of tact.

The story of his journey through uncharted desert areas and his discovery of two oases, which were only faintly rumored to exist, is an account of an incredible adventure of resilience. It's told so humbly and with such careful avoidance of exaggeration that readers who lack experience with the challenges of desert travel might not fully grasp the courage and determination it took to achieve success. There is also another essential quality[x] needed to navigate areas where the local inhabitants view every outsider with deep skepticism, and that is a quality Hassanein seems to naturally possess: the virtue of tact.

English readers are perhaps rather disposed to think of the desert in the terms with which romance has made them familiar, for which the grim reality offers little justification. There is indeed a romance of the desert, the romance of loyalties and sacrifices under the shadow of the inevitable, which is an element in the true romance. And that will not be found lacking in a book which bears upon it the impress of truth, interpreting the beauty which the desert can assume, the spiritual influence and inspiration of the great solitudes, the perpetual consciousness prevailing there of the narrowness of the border line between life and death.

English readers might be inclined to view the desert through the lens of romance, shaped by what they've encountered in stories, which doesn't really reflect the harsh reality. There is certainly a romantic aspect of the desert, involving loyalties and sacrifices in the face of inevitability, which adds to the genuine romance. This quality will definitely be present in a book that conveys truth, showcasing the beauty the desert can embody, the spiritual impact and inspiration of its vast emptiness, and the constant awareness of the thin line between life and death that exists there.

Apart from its intrinsic interest as a record of discovery and the light which it throws on the origin, teaching, and influence of the Senussi fraternity, this volume will be welcome to many because its pages carry the reader away into the atmosphere of a great peace. He will be aware for a while of an ambience where the coarse and the trivial and the competitive do not exist. He will find himself in touch with men who, unconscious of the urge and tumult of a world[xi] for which they would have no use, lead strenuous but dignified contemplative lives. And as he perceives how for them privation and danger and even routine are illuminated by the conviction of unalterable faith in the guiding hand of Providence, he will probably formulate the silent hope that these dwellers in the lonely places may be left untouched by the invasion of the modern spirit. Their pleasures are as touchingly simple as their thoughts. These thoughts and these simple pleasures we may for a passing hour share as they are presented to us by a hand which seems to me to have an unerring touch in conveying fidelity of outline and color.

Aside from its inherent interest as a record of discovery and the insight it provides into the origins, teachings, and impact of the Senussi fraternity, this book will be appreciated by many because it transports the reader into a serene atmosphere. For a while, they will experience an environment where the coarse, trivial, and competitive do not exist. They will connect with individuals who, unaware of the pressures and chaos of a world they have no use for, lead intense yet dignified contemplative lives. As they notice how for these people, deprivation, danger, and even routine are brightened by an unwavering faith in the guiding hand of Providence, they may quietly hope that these inhabitants of remote places remain untouched by the influence of modernity. Their pleasures are as simply heartwarming as their thoughts. For a brief moment, we might share in these thoughts and simple pleasures, as they are presented to us by a hand that flawlessly captures the fidelity of outline and color.

In conclusion it is a grateful duty to add that Hassanein Bey has more than once confirmed to me in conversation what is suggested in the dedication of his book, namely that he could not have undertaken his adventurous journey without the assistance and support which he received from his sovereign. The promotion of enterprise is no doubt an inherited impulse in King Fouad, and it is gratifying to feel that his encouragement may confidently be anticipated for that scientific and historical research for which Egypt still offers such an ample field.

In conclusion, I’m grateful to say that Hassanein Bey has confirmed to me in conversation more than once what is hinted at in the dedication of his book—that he wouldn't have been able to undertake his adventurous journey without the help and support he got from his ruler. Promoting enterprise is undoubtedly an innate drive in King Fouad, and it's reassuring to know that his encouragement can be confidently expected for the scientific and historical research that Egypt still provides such a rich opportunity for.

The achievement of Hassanein Bey and the spirit in which his book is written cannot fail to appeal to the sympathies of my countrymen, and he has added[xii] another to his services by thus promoting the spirit of good feeling between the country of his education and the land of his birth which all are anxious to see restored.

The accomplishment of Hassanein Bey and the way he writes his book will surely resonate with my fellow countrymen. He has also contributed to fostering goodwill between the place where he was educated and his homeland, something everyone is eager to see restored.[xii]

Rennell Rodd.

Rennell Rodd.

October 19, 1924.

October 19, 1924.


[xiii]ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I AM deeply indebted to Dr. John Ball, O.B.E., Director of Desert Surveys of Egypt, who has been good enough to summarize the scientific results of my expedition in the First Appendix to this volume. His advice and the instruction which he gave me in the use of scientific instruments were invaluable. I was indeed fortunate in being able to draw upon his great knowledge.

I am really grateful to Dr. John Ball, O.B.E., Director of Desert Surveys of Egypt, who kindly summarized the scientific results of my expedition in the First Appendix of this volume. His advice and the training he provided on using scientific instruments were incredibly helpful. I was truly lucky to benefit from his vast knowledge.

The maps of my journey, one of which accompanies this volume, were kindly prepared by Dr. Ball and Mr. Browne and other members of the Survey Department of Egypt.

The maps of my journey, one of which is included in this volume, were graciously created by Dr. Ball, Mr. Browne, and other members of the Survey Department of Egypt.

Dr. Hume and Mr. Moon of the Geological Survey of Egypt classified the geological specimens which I brought back and prepared a report which is contained in the Second Appendix to this book. By this willing assistance they added much to the results of my expedition.

Dr. Hume and Mr. Moon from the Geological Survey of Egypt categorized the geological samples I brought back and created a report, which is included in the Second Appendix of this book. Their generous help significantly contributed to the outcomes of my expedition.

Lewa Spinks Pasha, D.S.O., and Meshalani Bey of the Ordnance Department of the Egyptian War[xiv] Office were responsible for the cases and containers and other camp equipment which I used. These proved to be satisfactory in every way, and I am grateful for the care and thought which were expended in their preparation.

Lewa Spinks Pasha, D.S.O., and Meshalani Bey from the Ordnance Department of the Egyptian War[xiv] Office were in charge of the cases, containers, and other camp gear that I used. They turned out to be excellent in every way, and I appreciate the effort and thought that went into their preparation.

My old friends Sayed El Sherif El Idrissi and his son Sayed Marghanny El Idrissi again gave me that good counsel and ready help which I had received from them in the course of my trip to Kufra in 1921.

My old friends Sayed El Sherif El Idrissi and his son Sayed Marghanny El Idrissi once again offered me the valuable advice and support that I had gotten from them during my trip to Kufra in 1921.

Throughout my expedition I received the most friendly and effective assistance from Colonel Commandant Hunter Pasha, C.B., D.S.O., late Administrator of the Frontier Districts Administration; Colonel M. Macdonnell, late Governor of the Western Desert; Major de Halpert of the F.D.A.; Captain Hutton, O.C., Sollum; Captain Harrison, O.C. Armored Cars at Sollum; Abdel Aziz Fahmy Effendi and A. Kmel Effendi, Mamurs of Sollum and Siwa; Lieutenant Lawler, O.C., Siwa.

Throughout my expedition, I received the most friendly and effective assistance from Colonel Commandant Hunter Pasha, C.B., D.S.O., the former Administrator of the Frontier Districts Administration; Colonel M. Macdonnell, the former Governor of the Western Desert; Major de Halpert of the F.D.A.; Captain Hutton, O.C., Sollum; Captain Harrison, O.C. Armored Cars at Sollum; Abdel Aziz Fahmy Effendi and A. Kmel Effendi, Mamurs of Sollum and Siwa; and Lieutenant Lawler, O.C., Siwa.

When I reached the Sudan my way was made easy and pleasant by the kindness of his Excellency Ferik Sir Lee Stack Pasha, G.B.E., C.M.G., Sirdar and Governor-General of the Sudan, and I cannot let this opportunity pass of expressing my cordial thanks to all the officials of the Sudan Government along my route, and especially to Lewa Midwinter Pasha, C.B., C.M.G., C.B.E., D.S.O., Acting Governor-General[xv] of the Sudan; Lewa Huddleston Pasha, C.M.G., D.S.O., M.C., Acting Sirdar; Kaimakam M. Hafiz Bey, O.C. Troops at Khartum; H. A. MacMichael, D.S.O., Assistant Civil Secretary; Captain J. E. Philips, M.C. Samuel Atiyah Bey, M.V.O., and Ahmed El Sayed Pifai of the Sudan Civil Service; Charles Dupuis, Acting Governor of Darfur; Sagh A. Hilym, S.O., El Fasher; J. D. Craig, O.B.E., Governor of Kordofan; Bimbashi A. Khalil, S.O., El Obeid; and the officers, officials, and notables of El Fasher and El Obeid.

When I arrived in Sudan, my journey was made easy and enjoyable thanks to the kindness of His Excellency Ferik Sir Lee Stack Pasha, G.B.E., C.M.G., Sirdar and Governor-General of Sudan. I want to take this opportunity to sincerely thank all the officials of the Sudan Government along my route, especially Lewa Midwinter Pasha, C.B., C.M.G., C.B.E., D.S.O., Acting Governor-General[xv] of Sudan; Lewa Huddleston Pasha, C.M.G., D.S.O., M.C., Acting Sirdar; Kaimakam M. Hafiz Bey, O.C. Troops at Khartum; H. A. MacMichael, D.S.O., Assistant Civil Secretary; Captain J. E. Philips, M.C.; Samuel Atiyah Bey, M.V.O.; and Ahmed El Sayed Pifai of the Sudan Civil Service; Charles Dupuis, Acting Governor of Darfur; Sagh A. Hilym, S.O., El Fasher; J. D. Craig, O.B.E., Governor of Kordofan; Bimbashi A. Khalil, S.O., El Obeid; and the officers, officials, and respected individuals of El Fasher and El Obeid.

To Bimbashi G. F. Foley, M.C., O.C. Artillery at El Fasher, I am grateful for the verse which adorns the last chapter of the book.

To Bimbashi G. F. Foley, M.C., O.C. Artillery at El Fasher, I appreciate the lines that enhance the final chapter of the book.

I am particularly indebted to Harold Howland and to W. H. L. Watson, an old Balliol friend, for their invaluable help and advice in the preparation of this book.

I am especially grateful to Harold Howland and W. H. L. Watson, an old friend from Balliol, for their invaluable help and advice in putting this book together.

A. M. Hassanein.

A. M. Hassanein.


[xvii]CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE
I. The Desert 3
II. The Planning of the Journey 12
III. The Blessing of the Baggage 16
IV. Supplies and Equipment 19
V. Plots and Omens 31
VI. The Senussis 42
VII. The Peace of Jaghbub 57
VIII. Meals and Medicine 67
IX. Sand-Storms and the Road to Jalo 76
X. At the Oasis of Jalo 88
XI. On the Trek 110
XII. The Road to Zieghen Well 131
XIII. The Changing Desert and a Corrected Map 156
XIV. Kufra: Old Friends and a Change of Plan 170
XV. Kufra: Its Place on the Map 185
XVI. The Lost Oases: Arkenu 203
XVII. The Lost Oases: Ouenat 219
XVIII. Night Marches to Erdi 235
[xviii]XIX. Entering the Sudan 257
XX. To Furawia on Short Rations 277
XXI. Journey’s End 293
APPENDICES
I. Note on the Cartographical Results of Hassanein Bey’s Journey 309
II. Conclusions Derived from the Geological Data Collected by Hassanein Bey during His Kufra-Ouenat Expedition 348
III. Notes on the Geology of Hassanein Bey’s Expedition, Sollum-Darfur, 1923 352

[xix]ILLUSTRATIONS

FACING PAGE
Hassanein Bey Frontispiece
The Oldest Man at Jalo 17
Sidi Hussein Weikil 17
Door to the Grand Senussi’s Tomb 20
The Tomb of the Founder of the Senussi 20
Camel Serenading the Camp at Ouenat 24
A Dying Camel 24
Women of the Zaghawa Tribe 29
Sayed Idris El Senussi 32
The Judge of Jalo 36
Zerwali 45
Siwa 48
Panorama of Jaghbub 52
The Courtyard of the Mosque at Jaghbub 61
A Cloister at the Mosque of Jaghbub 65
The Dome of the Mosque at Jaghbub 65
The Explorer’s Caravan in a Sand-Storm 69
Desert Sands Covering Date-Trees 72
[xx]The Zieghen Well 76
A Halt in the Desert 76
The Armed Men of the Caravan 81
Happy Tebus at Kufra 84
A Bidiyat Family 84
Hawaria, a Landmark of Kufra 88
Camels Crossing the Sand-Dunes 93
Sayed Mohammed El Abid 96
The House of Sayed El Abid 96
Tebu Girl Wearing Bedouin Clothes 100
A Tebu with his Camel 100
Slave at Kufra 104
Tebu Girl Carrying Burden on her Head 104
Kufra 109
The Oasis of Hawari 112
South of Kufra 116
Ruins of Kufra 120
A Senussi Prince at Kufra 125
Governor of Kufra 125
Zwaya Chiefs at Kufra 129
The Lake at Kufra 132
El Taj 136
The Council of Kufra 136
Tuaregs in Kufra 141
[xxi]Two Tuaregs in Warrior Attire 141
The Caravan on the Move in the Desert to Agah 144
Sons of Sheikh Herri 148
Approaching the Hills of Arkenu 152
In the Open Desert 157
The Hills of Arkenu 161
The Explorer’s Camp at Ouenat 164
The Caravan Approaching the Granite Hills of Ouenat 164
Valley of Erdi 168
Desert Breaking into Rock Country South of Ouenat 168
The Desert from the Hills of Ouenat 173
The King of Ouenat 176
The Explorer’s Kitchen in a Cave 181
The Rock Valley Wells Found at Ouenat 181
At Arkenu 188
The Most Important Discovery Made at Ouenat 188
White Sand Valley and Explorer’s Camp 193
The Caravan Arriving at Ouenat 197
The Valley of Erdi 200
The First Tree Seen Approaching Erdi 204
The Explorer’s Camp in the Valley of Erdi 208
South of Erdi 208
The Chieftain of the Bidiyat Tribe 213
[xxii]Two Bidiyat Men 213
Bidiyat Belles 216
Bidiyat Priest 216
A Bidiyat Girl, with Her Sister 220
A Bidiyat Girl, with Her Child 220
A Bidiyat Party 225
Girls at El Fasher Going to Market 225
Bidiyat Women 228
Zaghawa Girl and Her Infant 228
Market at Um Buru 232
Explorer’s Camp at Um Buru 237
Zaghawa Chiefs Coming Out to Welcome the Party at Um Buru 241
A Zaghawa Sheikh 244
A Zaghawa Woman 244
A Belle of the Zaghawa Tribe 253
Zaghawa Girl 253
Well on the Frontier of Darfur 256
A Water-Carrier in the Desert 260
A Woman of the Fallata Tribe 260
A Well near Kuttum in Darfur. Women Working 269
Sudanese Troops and Girls 272
Well on the Frontier of Darfur 280
A Chief of the Zaghawa Tribe of Darfur 289
[xxiii]The Reception of the Explorer at El Fasher 296
El Fasher 304
MAP
The Libyan Desert Showing the Author’s Route 8

THE LOST OASES

THE FORGOTTEN OASES


[3]The Lost Oases

The Lost Oases

CHAPTER I

THE DESERT

THE DESERT

ON my first trip through the Libyan Desert I took a vow.

ON my first trip through the Libyan Desert, I made a vow.

We had lost our way, and we had lost all hope. There was no sign of the oasis we sought, no sign of any well near-by. The desert seemed cruel and merciless, and I vowed that if ever we came through alive I would not return again.

We had lost our way and all hope. There was no sign of the oasis we were looking for, no sign of any well nearby. The desert felt harsh and unforgiving, and I promised that if we made it out alive, I would never come back again.

Two years later I was back in the same desert, at the same spot where we had lost our way, and landed at the same well that had saved our lives on the previous occasion.

Two years later, I was back in the same desert, at the exact spot where we had lost our way, and arrived at the same well that had saved our lives before.

The desert calls, but it is not easy to analyze its attraction and its charm. Perhaps the most wonderful part of desert life is the desert night. You have walked the whole day on blistered feet, because even walking was less painful than riding on a camel; you[4] have kept up with the caravan with eyes half shut; you follow mechanically the rhythm of the camels’ steps. Your throat is parched, and there is no well in sight. The men are no more in the humor to sing. Their faces are drawn with exhaustion, and with eyes bloodshot they keep a vague, hopeless look on the ever faint line between the blue of the sky and the dull yellow of the sand. The sheepskin water-vessels dangle limply on either side of the camels.

The desert calls, but it's not easy to figure out what makes it so attractive and captivating. Maybe the best part of desert life is the night. You've trudged through the entire day on sore feet, because walking was less painful than riding a camel; you[4] have kept pace with the caravan, your eyes half-closed; you mindlessly follow the rhythm of the camels’ footsteps. Your throat is dry, and there's no well in sight. The men aren’t in the mood to sing anymore. Their faces are marked by exhaustion, and with bloodshot eyes, they wear a vague, hopeless expression as they look at the faint line where the blue sky meets the dull yellow sand. The sheepskin water containers hang limply on either side of the camels.

We do not talk very much in the desert. The desert breeds silence. And when we are in trouble we avoid one another’s eyes. There is no need for speech. Everybody knows what is happening, and everybody bears it with fortitude and dignity, for to grumble is to throw blame on the Almighty, a thing that no Bedouin will do. To the Bedouin, this is the life that was intended for him; it is the route that God decreed him to take; maybe it leads to the death that the Almighty has chosen for him. Therefore he must accept it. No man can run away from that which God has decreed, says the Bedouin. “Wherever you may be, Death will reach you . . . even though you take your refuge in fortified towers.”

We don’t talk much in the desert. The desert creates silence. And when we’re in trouble, we avoid looking each other in the eye. There’s no need for words. Everyone knows what’s going on, and everyone handles it with strength and dignity, because complaining would mean blaming God, which no Bedouin would ever do. For the Bedouin, this is the life he’s meant to lead; it’s the path that God has laid out for him; it might even lead to the death that the Almighty has chosen for him. So he has to accept it. No one can escape what God has planned, says the Bedouin. “Wherever you are, Death will find you… even if you hide in strongholds.”

But it is at such times as these that you vow, if your life is spared, that you will never come back to the desert again.

But it's in moments like these that you promise, if you make it out alive, that you'll never return to the desert again.

Then the day’s work is at an end. Camp is[5] pitched. No tents are erected, for the men are too exhausted, too careless to mind what happens to their bodies. And night falls. It may be a starlit night, or there may be a moon. Gradually a serenity gets hold of you. Gradually, after a day of silence, conversation starts. Feeble jokes are cracked. One of the men, probably the youngest of the caravan, ventures a joke with more cheerfulness than the rest, and his voice is pitched in a higher key. Unconsciously the Bedouins attune their voices to that higher, louder pitch, and the volume of sound increases. The desert is working her charm.

Then the day’s work is done. The camp is[5] set up. No tents are put up because the men are too worn out, too indifferent to care about their well-being. Night falls. It could be a starry night, or there could be a moon. Slowly, a sense of calm washes over you. Gradually, after a day of silence, conversation begins. Weak jokes are made. One of the men, probably the youngest in the group, tells a joke with more energy than the others, and his voice is a bit higher. Without realizing it, the Bedouins match their voices to that higher, louder tone, and the noise level rises. The desert is weaving its magic.

The gentle night breeze revives the spirits of the caravan. In a few minutes the empty fantasses are used as drums, and there is song and dance. At the first sound of music men may have been tending the camels, repairing the luggage or the camels’ saddles, but that first note brings all the caravan round the embers of the dying fire. Every one looks at his comrades to make sure that all are alive and happy; and every one tries to be a little more cheerful than his neighbor, to give him more confidence. There is a game of make-believe, a little ghastly in its beginnings. We force ourselves to be cheerful, to make light of our troubles. “The camels are all right; I saw to that wound, and it is not so bad as I thought,” says one. “Bu Hassan says he has sighted the landmark[6] of the well not far to our right,” says another. We work ourselves up by degrees to a belief that everything is really all right. It is bluff, maybe, from beginning to end, but the charm of the desert has prevailed.

The gentle night breeze lifts the spirits of the caravan. In a few minutes, the empty fantasses are turned into drums, and there’s singing and dancing. At the first sound of music, men might have been tending to the camels, fixing the luggage, or repairing the camels’ saddles, but that first note brings everyone around the glowing embers of the dying fire. Everyone checks on their friends to make sure they’re all alive and happy, and each person tries to be a bit more cheerful than the next to boost their confidence. It’s a bit of a make-believe game, somewhat eerie at first. We force ourselves to be upbeat, brushing off our troubles. “The camels are fine; I took care of that wound, and it’s not as bad as I thought,” says one. “Bu Hassan says he’s spotted the landmark[6] of the well not far to our right,” says another. Gradually, we convince ourselves that everything is actually okay. It might all be a bluff, but the magic of the desert has taken over.

It is as though a man were deeply in love with a very fascinating but cruel woman. She treats him badly, and the world crumples in his hand; at night she smiles on him, and the whole world is a paradise. The desert smiles, and there is no place on earth worth living in but the desert.

It’s like a guy is completely in love with an incredibly captivating but harsh woman. She mistreats him, and everything around him falls apart; but at night, when she smiles at him, the entire world feels like paradise. The desert seems inviting, and there’s nowhere on earth that feels as worthwhile as the desert.

Song and dance take out from the men of the caravan the little vitality that is left after the ravages of the day. Their spirit is exhausted, and they fall asleep. They sleep beneath the beautiful dome of the sky and the stars. Few people in civilization know the pleasure of just sitting down and looking at the stars. No wonder the Arabs were masters of the science of astronomy! When the day’s work is done the solitary Bedouin has nothing left but to sit down and watch the movements of the stars and absorb the uplifting sense of comfort that they give to the spirit. These stars become like friends that one meets every day. And when they go, it is not abruptly as when men say farewell at a parting, but it is like watching a friend fade gradually from view, with the hope of seeing him again the following night.

Song and dance drain the little energy left in the caravan men after a long day. They’re worn out and quickly fall asleep. They rest under the beautiful sky and stars. Not many people in the modern world know the joy of simply sitting and gazing at the stars. It's no surprise that the Arabs were experts in astronomy! Once the day’s work is over, the lone Bedouin has nothing to do but sit and watch the stars move, soaking in the comforting feeling they bring to the spirit. These stars become like friends you meet every day. And when they set, it’s not the abrupt goodbye you get when people part ways; instead, it’s like watching a friend slowly disappear, with the hope of seeing them again the next night.

[7]“To prayers, O ye believers; prayers are better than sleep!” The cry comes from the first man of the caravan to awake. A few stars are still scattered in the sky. The men get up, and there is nothing better illustrates the phrase “collect their bodies.” Every limb is aching, and again their throats are parched. Yet what changed men they are! There is hope in them, confidence, perhaps an inward belief that all will come well.

[7]“It's time to pray, you believers; prayer is better than sleep!” The call comes from the first person in the caravan to wake up. A few stars are still scattered across the sky. The men get up, and nothing better illustrates the phrase “gather their bodies.” Every limb aches, and their throats are dry again. Yet they have transformed! There’s hope in them, confidence, and maybe even a deep belief that everything will turn out okay.

The world then is a gray void, and only the morning fire breaks the cold north breeze. Our eyes instinctively turn to the east where the sun is rising. If there are no clouds, there comes a yellowish tinge in the sky that throws a curious elusive, elongated shadow behind camels and men, so faint that you can scarcely call it a shadow at all. Then comes a reddish tinge that gives warmth. It is just between dawn-break and sunrise that there is color in the desert. Once the sun is risen there is nothing but the endless stretch of blue and yellow, and the blue fades and fades until by midday the sky is almost wrung dry of color.

The world is a gray void, and only the morning fire breaks the cold northern breeze. Our eyes instinctively look east where the sun is rising. If there are no clouds, a yellowish hue appears in the sky, casting a strange, elusive, elongated shadow behind camels and people, so faint that you can hardly call it a shadow at all. Then a reddish hue emerges that brings warmth. It’s right between dawn and sunrise that the desert shows color. Once the sun is up, there’s nothing but the endless expanse of blue and yellow, and the blue fades and fades until by midday the sky is almost drained of color.

Morning brings new vitality; night brings peace and serenity. These are the hours wherein one learns the desert’s charm.

Morning brings fresh energy; night brings calm and tranquility. These are the times when one discovers the allure of the desert.

In the silence of these vast open spaces human sensitiveness becomes so sharpened that eventually[8] the desert traveler feels the nearness of some inhabited oasis. Likewise his instinct tells him of the few hundred miles that separate him from any breathing thing. In the silent infinity of the desert, body, mind, and soul are cleansed. Man feels nearer to God, feels the presence of a mighty Power from which nothing any longer diverts his attention. Little by little an inevitable fatalism and an unshakable belief in the wisdom of God’s decree bring resignation even to the extent of offering his life to the desert without grudge. There are times when he feels that it really does not matter. . . .

In the quiet of these vast open spaces, human sensitivity becomes so heightened that eventually[8] the desert traveler senses the closeness of some inhabited oasis. Similarly, his instincts inform him of the few hundred miles that stand between him and any living being. In the silent expanse of the desert, body, mind, and soul are purified. A person feels closer to God, aware of a powerful presence that draws away all distractions. Gradually, an unavoidable sense of fate and a solid belief in the wisdom of God’s plan lead to acceptance, even to the point of surrendering his life to the desert without resentment. There are moments when he feels that it really doesn’t matter. . . .

The desert brings out the best that is in every man. Civilization confronts the crowd with danger, and each one fights for himself and his own safety. In the desert self becomes less and less important. Each tries to do the best he can for his comrades. Let disaster threaten a caravan, there may be one man who can see a chance to save himself, but I do not believe there is a Bedouin who would desert his comrades and so save his own life. One of the most appalling things that can happen in the desert is a shortage of water, and you would think that in such a case you would try to keep what water you have for yourself. Instead of that, you find yourself with your favorite water-bottle, taking it in your arms, going round the men asking would any of them like[9] a drink, as nonchalantly as though there were plenty of it and to spare. The question of personal safety is eliminated. Whatever happens, let it happen to the whole caravan; you do not want to escape alone. That is the feeling that gets hold of you.

The desert reveals the best in everyone. In civilization, people face dangers and each person looks out for themselves. But in the desert, individualism fades away. Everyone tries to do their best for their companions. When a caravan is in danger, one person might see an escape route to save themselves, but I truly believe there isn’t a Bedouin who would abandon their friends to save their own skin. One of the worst things that can happen in the desert is running low on water, and you'd think people would hoard what little they have. Instead, you find yourself cradling your favorite water bottle, going around asking if anyone else wants a drink, as if there's plenty to go around. The idea of personal safety disappears. Whatever happens, let it happen to the whole caravan; you don’t want to be the only one to escape. That’s the feeling that takes over you.

MAP OF THE LIBYAN DESERT

MAP OF THE LIBYAN DESERT

I never cease to marvel at the Bedouin serenity and courage, which nothing disturbs. In desert travel there are three elements: camels, water-supply, the guide. Camels, the best of them, and for no apparent reason, give in, as it happened when I left Kufra and one of my best camels died on the second night, while, on the other hand, the weakest camel of the caravan, which left Kufra tottering under its load, went through the whole trip, about 950 miles, and arrived tottering at El Fasher. “God will protect it,” said its Bedouin owner when rebuked for bringing such a sorry animal, and in truth God did protect it. The death of a camel is a serious matter, for it means throwing away most, perhaps the whole, of its load. Water is carried chiefly in sheepskins, and the best of sheepskins, tested for days and weeks beforehand, have suddenly started to leak or the water to evaporate from them; or in night trekking two camels may bump together and cause one or two sheepskins to burst. And then the guide, for various reasons, may say that his head has gone round and round, which means he has lost his head; if there are[10] clouds that hide the sun for a few hours, or one mistake in a landmark, it may cause the guide to lose his way. But there is one thing still more necessary than these three items: camels, water, guide. It is Faith, profound and illimitable Faith.

I’m always amazed by the calmness and bravery of the Bedouins, which nothing seems to upset. When traveling through the desert, there are three key things: camels, water supply, and the guide. The best camels can unexpectedly give up, as happened when I left Kufra and one of my best camels died on the second night. Meanwhile, the weakest camel in the caravan, which left Kufra struggling under its load, completed the entire journey of about 950 miles and arrived at El Fasher in rough shape. “God will protect it,” said its Bedouin owner when he was criticized for bringing such a poor animal, and truly, God did protect it. Losing a camel is a big deal because it usually means losing most, if not all, of its load. Water is mainly carried in sheepskins, and even the best-tested sheepskins can suddenly start leaking or let the water evaporate; plus, while traveling at night, two camels might bump into each other and cause a sheepskin to burst. And then there's the guide, who for various reasons might say he’s feeling dizzy, which means he’s lost his composure. If clouds cover the sun for a few hours or there’s just one mistake in recognizing a landmark, it can cause the guide to lose his way. But one thing is even more crucial than these three things: camels, water, and the guide. It’s Faith—deep and unbounded Faith.

The desert can be beautiful and kindly, and the caravan fresh and cheerful, but it can also be cruel and overwhelming, and the wretched caravan, beaten down by misfortune, staggers desperately along. It is when your camels droop their heads from thirst and exhaustion; when your water-supply has run short and there is no sign of the next well; when your men are listless and without hope; when the map you carry is a blank, because the desert is uncharted; when your guide, asked about the route, answers with a shrug of the shoulders that God knows best; when you scan the horizon, and all around, wherever you look, it is always the same hazy line between the pale blue of the sky and the yellow of the sand; when there is no landmark, no sign to give the slightest excuse for hope; when that immense expanse looks like, feels like a circle drawing tighter and tighter round your parched throat—it is then that the Bedouin feels the need of a Power bigger even than that ruthless desert. It is then that the Bedouin, when he has offered his prayers to this Almighty Power for deliverance, when he has offered up his prayers and they have not[11] been granted, it is then that he draws his jerd around him, and, sinking down upon the sands, awaits with astounding equanimity the decreed death. This is the faith in which the journey across the desert must be made.

The desert can be beautiful and welcoming, and the caravan lively and upbeat, but it can also be harsh and daunting, and the unfortunate caravan, worn down by bad luck, stumbles onward. It’s when your camels lower their heads from thirst and fatigue; when your water supply has run low and there’s no sign of the next well; when your men are apathetic and hopeless; when the map you have is blank because the desert isn’t mapped; when your guide, asked about the path, simply shrugs and says that only God knows; when you look at the horizon, and everywhere you gaze, it’s just the same blurry line between the pale blue sky and the yellow sand; when there’s no landmark, no indication to give even a hint of hope; when that vast expanse feels like a circle tightening around your dry throat—it’s then that the Bedouin feels the need for a Power greater than that merciless desert. It’s then that the Bedouin, after offering his prayers to this Almighty Power for rescue, and when those prayers have not[11] been answered, curls up in his jerd and, sinking down onto the sand, waits with remarkable calm for the inevitable death. This is the faith with which the journey across the desert must be undertaken.

The desert is terrible, and it is merciless, but to the desert all those who once have known it must return.

The desert is harsh and unforgiving, but everyone who has ever known it must come back to it.


[12]CHAPTER II

THE PLANNING OF THE JOURNEY

Planning the trip

THIS is the story of a journey which I made in 1923 from Sollum on the Mediterranean to El Obeid in the Sudan, some two thousand two hundred miles. In the course of it I was fortunate enough to discover two “lost” oases, Arkenu and Ouenat, which previously had not been known to geographers. My journey was primarily a scientific expedition, but I have tried in this book to avoid wearying the reader with technical matter and to write a straightforward narrative which may be of some interest even to those who are not acquainted with Egypt, the Sudan, or the Libyan Desert.

THIS is the story of a journey I took in 1923 from Sollum on the Mediterranean to El Obeid in Sudan, a distance of about two thousand two hundred miles. During this journey, I was fortunate enough to discover two "lost" oases, Arkenu and Ouenat, which had not been known to geographers before. My trip was primarily a scientific expedition, but I’ve tried in this book to avoid boring the reader with technical details and to write a straightforward narrative that may interest even those who aren’t familiar with Egypt, Sudan, or the Libyan Desert.

It had always been my greatest ambition to penetrate to Kufra, a group of oases in the Libyan Desert, which had only once been visited by an explorer. In 1879 the intrepid German, Rohlfs, had succeeded, but he had barely escaped with his life, and all his note-books and the results of his scientific observations were destroyed.

It had always been my biggest goal to reach Kufra, a cluster of oases in the Libyan Desert, which had only been visited once by an explorer. In 1879, the brave German, Rohlfs, managed to do it, but he barely made it out alive, and all his notebooks and scientific findings were lost.

[13]In 1915 I had been fortunate enough to meet in Cairo Sayed Idris El Senussi, the famous head of the Senussi brotherhood, when he was returning from a pilgrimage to Mecca. The capital of the Senussi is Kufra, and when in 1917 I went on a mission to Sayed Idris with Colonel the Honorable Milo Talbot, C.B., R.E., a distinguished officer, who had retired from the Egyptian Army but had returned to the service during the Great War, and renewed my acquaintance with that notable man at Zuetina, a little port near Jedabia in Cyrenaica, I seized the opportunity and told him of my ambition.

[13]In 1915, I was lucky enough to meet Sayed Idris El Senussi, the well-known leader of the Senussi brotherhood, in Cairo while he was returning from a pilgrimage to Mecca. The main area of the Senussi is Kufra, and in 1917, when I went on a mission to see Sayed Idris with Colonel the Honorable Milo Talbot, C.B., R.E., a distinguished officer who had retired from the Egyptian Army but returned to service during the Great War, I reconnected with that remarkable man in Zuetina, a small port near Jedabia in Cyrenaica. I took the opportunity to share my ambition with him.

Sayed Idris was most sympathetic and asked me to let him know when I proposed to make the expedition, so that he might give me the help and countenance without which a journey to Kufra could not be undertaken. I met him again at Akrama near Tobruk and told him then that I would set out as soon as I was free from my war duties. At Tobruk, Francis Rodd, an old Balliol friend, was with me, and we decided that we would go together.

Sayed Idris was very understanding and asked me to inform him when I planned to embark on the expedition, so he could provide the support and encouragement necessary for a trip to Kufra. I ran into him again at Akrama near Tobruk and told him that I would leave as soon as I finished my military duties. At Tobruk, I was with my old Balliol friend, Francis Rodd, and we decided that we would go together.

When the war was over Mrs. Rosita Forbes (now Mrs. A. McGrath) brought me a letter of introduction from Mr. Rodd and asked that she might join us. We proceeded to plan an expedition à trois, but, when the time came, Mr. Rodd was prevented from making one of the party. Finally in 1920 Mrs.[14] Forbes and I set out by ourselves, and with the friendly cooperation of the Italian authorities and the promised countenance and assistance of Sayed Idris—he provided us with our caravan—we reached Kufra in January, 1921.

When the war ended, Mrs. Rosita Forbes (now Mrs. A. McGrath) brought me a letter of introduction from Mr. Rodd and asked if she could join us. We started planning a trip together, but when the time came, Mr. Rodd couldn't make it. Finally, in 1920, Mrs. Forbes and I set out on our own, and with the friendly help of the Italian authorities and the promised support from Sayed Idris—who arranged our caravan—we reached Kufra in January 1921.

But this trip to Kufra, interesting as it was, only tempted me to explore the vast unknown desert which lay beyond. There were rumors, too, of “lost” oases which even the people of Kufra knew only by hearsay and tradition, and I returned to Cairo resolved to make another expedition and instead of coming straight back from Kufra, as Mrs. Forbes and I had done, to strike south across the unknown desert until I came to Wadai and the Sudan.

But this trip to Kufra, though fascinating, only made me want to explore the vast unknown desert beyond. There were also rumors of “lost” oases that even the people of Kufra only knew about through stories and tradition. I returned to Cairo determined to plan another expedition, and instead of going straight back from Kufra like Mrs. Forbes and I had done, I decided to head south across the unknown desert until I reached Wadai and the Sudan.

Again on the first trip our only scientific instruments were an aneroid barometer and a prismatic compass. It was not, therefore, possible for me to make exact scientific observations, and all that I brought back was notes for a simple compass traverse of the route based on the meager material I had obtained. I was eager to check Rohlfs’s observations and to determine once and for all the place of Kufra on the map.

Again on the first trip, our only scientific instruments were an aneroid barometer and a prismatic compass. Because of this, I couldn't make precise scientific observations, and all I came back with were notes for a basic compass traverse of the route based on the limited information I had gathered. I was keen to verify Rohlfs’s observations and to finally pinpoint the location of Kufra on the map.

In 1922, then, I submitted my plan for a journey across the desert from the Mediterranean to the Sudan to his Majesty King Fouad I, who had been gracious enough to display his interest in my first trip[15] by decorating me with the Medal of Merit. He sympathized warmly with my project, directed that I should be given long leave of absence from my official duties, and later caused the expenses of the expedition to be defrayed by the Egyptian Treasury. Indeed, my expedition could not possibly have met with the success that it did, had it not been for his Majesty’s invaluable support.

In 1922, I submitted my plan for a journey across the desert from the Mediterranean to Sudan to His Majesty King Fouad I, who had kindly shown interest in my first trip[15] by awarding me the Medal of Merit. He was very supportive of my project, arranged for me to take extended leave from my official duties, and later made sure that the expenses of the expedition were covered by the Egyptian Treasury. Truly, my expedition could not have been as successful as it was without His Majesty's invaluable support.

I completed my preparations, and in December, 1922, I had collected my baggage in the house of my father so that in accordance with the ancient practice of my race it might be blessed before I set out on my expedition across the Libyan Desert.

I finished getting ready, and in December 1922, I gathered my belongings at my dad's place so that, following the old tradition of my people, they could be blessed before I embarked on my journey across the Libyan Desert.


[16]CHAPTER III

THE BLESSING OF THE BAGGAGE

THE GIFT OF THE BAGGAGE

“ALLAH yesadded khatak—may God guide your steps.” The Arabic words fell reverently on the air of the great bare room, where candlelight and clouds of drifting incense contended for supremacy. Along the walls bulked a strange collection of baggage: big boxes, little boxes, sheepskin water-bags, tin fantasses for carrying water, stuffed food-sacks, bales of tents, carrying-cases of leather and metal containing scientific instruments, and my own personal kit. After the bustle of getting everything corded and tied and strapped and arranged in order, a hush had come as we took our stand in the middle of the room. Outside, the Egyptian night had fallen, and across the garden the faint hum of the evening life of Cairo entered our windows.

"A"LLAH yesadded khatak—may God guide your steps.” The Arabic words fell solemnly in the spacious, empty room, where candlelight and swirling incense fought for attention. The walls were lined with an odd assortment of luggage: large boxes, small boxes, sheepskin water bags, tin fantasses for carrying water, stuffed food sacks, bundles of tents, leather and metal carrying cases with scientific instruments, and my personal gear. After the flurry of packing everything neatly, a quiet settled as we stood in the center of the room. Outside, the Egyptian night had arrived, and the soft hum of Cairo's evening life drifted in through our windows.

We were three: myself; Abdullahi, a Nubian from Asswan, who was to be one of my most trusted men; and Ahmed, also from Asswan, looking half a wreck after a spell of city life as he stood beside us, but[17] later to prove himself an excellent cook and on the trek “the life of the party.”

We were three: me; Abdullahi, a Nubian from Asswan, who would become one of my most trusted guys; and Ahmed, also from Asswan, looking like a shadow of his former self after some time in the city as he stood with us, but[17] later showed himself to be an amazing cook and the “life of the party” during the trek.

THE OLDEST MAN AT JALO

THE OLDEST GUY AT JALO

SIDI HUSSEIN WEIKIL

Sidi Hussein Weikil

Before us stood a tall old man with white flowing beard dressed in a deep orange-colored silk kuftan. His delicately wrinkled features spoke of the peace that comes with saintliness. His long slim fingers clicked softly against each other the amber beads of a rosary. The white smoke from the incense in the wrought-silver censer, held by a servant beside him, mounted in a delicate spiral. The saintly man put aside his rosary and lifted his hands, palms upward, toward heaven. His voice, thin with age but clear with conviction, sounded the prayer for those about to go upon a journey.

Before us stood a tall old man with a flowing white beard, dressed in a deep orange silk kuftan. His finely wrinkled features reflected the peace that comes from being saintly. His long, slender fingers gently tapped together the amber beads of a rosary. The white smoke from the incense in the ornate silver censer, held by a servant beside him, rose in a delicate spiral. The holy man set aside his rosary and raised his hands, palms up, towards heaven. His voice was thin with age but clear with conviction as he recited a prayer for those about to embark on a journey.

“May God guide your steps, may He crown your efforts with success, and may He return you to us safe and victorious.”

“May God guide your path, may He reward your hard work with success, and may He bring you back to us safe and victorious.”

He went round the room, swinging the censer rhythmically before each pile of baggage and uttering little prayers. This was the traditional ceremony of the blessing of the baggage, made sacred by ages of Arab usage at the setting out of a caravan. It has largely fallen into disuse in these latter days, but in the house of my father, who walks through life deeply absorbed in scholarship and the faith of the Prophet, it was the most natural thing in the world, when the only son was going forth into the desert.

He walked around the room, swinging the censer rhythmically in front of each pile of luggage and muttering little prayers. This was the traditional ceremony for blessing the baggage, made sacred by centuries of Arab tradition when setting out on a caravan. It has mostly fallen out of practice these days, but in my father's house, who navigates life deeply immersed in study and the faith of the Prophet, it was the most natural thing in the world when the only son was heading out into the desert.

[18]As I stood before the saintly man to receive his blessing, I was no longer an Egyptian of to-day but a Bedouin going back to the desert where his father’s fathers had pitched their tents.

[18]As I stood before the holy man to receive his blessing, I was no longer a modern Egyptian but a Bedouin heading back to the desert where my ancestors had set up their tents.

Then I turned and went to my father.

Then I turned and went to my dad.

For fifteen years, since I had been sent to Europe for my education, our ways had rarely met. Sometimes I wished that I had studied the subjects in which he was interested so that I might profit by his profound learning.

For fifteen years, since I was sent to Europe for my education, we hardly crossed paths. Sometimes I wished I had studied the subjects he was interested in so I could benefit from his deep knowledge.

“He is going to live in another generation; let him get the education he will need for it,” my father had said once of a fellow-scholar of mine. But now when I was returning to the desert from which our forefathers had come we knew what was in each other’s minds and understood.

“He’s going to live in a different generation; he should get the education he’ll need for it,” my father once said about one of my classmates. But now, as I was heading back to the desert our ancestors came from, we both knew what was on each other’s minds and understood.

After a moment’s silence, he put his hands on my shoulders and prayed, “May safety be your companion, may God guide your steps, may He give you fortitude, and may He give success to your undertakings.”

After a brief silence, he placed his hands on my shoulders and prayed, “May safety be with you, may God guide your way, may He give you strength, and may He help you succeed in your efforts.”

The baggage blessed, Abdullahi and Ahmed took the heavy stuff and set out for Sollum, leaving with me the scientific instruments and the cameras for more careful handling. On December 19 I left Alexandria by boat for Sollum.

The luggage blessed, Abdullahi and Ahmed took the heavy items and headed out for Sollum, leaving me with the scientific equipment and cameras for more careful handling. On December 19, I left Alexandria by boat for Sollum.


[19]CHAPTER IV

SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT

Supplies and Gear

THE twenty-first found me disembarking at Sollum, which is a tiny seaport close to the western frontier of Egypt. There we were to take camel and go by way of Jaghbub to Jalo, the important center of desert trade where our own caravan would be organized and the great trek southward begun. A journey like this of mine always has several starting-points, each with its own variety of emotions and experiences. In the dimly lighted, incense-scented room in my father’s house the enterprise was a kind of dream, fascinating in its possibilities but hardly yet real. At Sollum came the practical reality of assembling stores and equipment, packing and repacking to get everything into the smallest compass and most convenient shape for handling, checking it all over to make sure that nothing had been forgotten, and arranging with camel-owners for the first stage of the trip. At Jalo would came the third start, with[20] my own caravan at my back, and the road to Kufra, already traversed but still by no means familiar, before me. Then the last setting out of all, as I rode out of Kufra with my face toward the unknown and the unexplored.

THE twenty-first found me arriving at Sollum, a small seaport near the western border of Egypt. Here, we were supposed to take camels and travel via Jaghbub to Jalo, the key hub for desert trade where our own caravan would be set up and the big journey south would begin. A trip like this often has multiple starting points, each filled with different emotions and experiences. In the dimly lit, incense-scented room of my father's house, the venture felt like a dream—exciting in its potential but not yet tangible. At Sollum, the practical side kicked in: gathering supplies and gear, packing and repacking to make everything fit into the smallest and most convenient shapes for transport, double-checking everything to ensure nothing was left behind, and making arrangements with camel owners for the first leg of the journey. At Jalo would come the third starting point, with my own caravan behind me and the road to Kufra—already traveled but still unfamiliar—ahead. Finally, the true departure as I rode out of Kufra, facing the unknown and unexplored.

Abdullahi and Ahmed were already at Sollum, with the heavy baggage, and the camels were arranged for, the agreement only awaiting my approval. We proceeded to get our outfit and supplies in order.

Abdullahi and Ahmed were already at Sollum, with the heavy baggage, and the camels were ready, just waiting for my approval on the agreement. We moved forward to get our gear and supplies organized.

Some description of the two Egyptians who accompanied me throughout the expedition may be of interest. Abdullahi was a Nubian from Asswan, heavily built, well set up and strong, with a pair of small eyes, deeply set, that could mask a malicious sense of humor with great indifference or dignity. A man of about forty, he was well educated and knew his Koran well. I met him first in 1914, when he was attached to the Idrissi family in Egypt, and I took an enormous liking to him because of his deeply rooted sense of humor and his loyalty. He was honest, too, extremely honest, and therefore I put him in charge of the commissariat. In Abdullahi’s kit one could always find anything that was needed from strips of leather with primitive Bedouin needles for mending shoes to elaborate contrivances for propping up a broken tent-pole. He was ready, moreover, with[21] “inaccuracies” to suit every situation, whether he wanted me to appear to be a wandering Bedouin from Egypt, or a merchant, or an important government official when we landed in the midst of officialdom in the Sudan. Abdullahi had one peculiarity: between sunset and an hour or two later it was apparently a most difficult task to keep him awake; though he might be sitting down holding a discussion, he would go on dozing as he sat. On one occasion we had just finished dinner, and, it being about the hour, Zerwali, my Bedouin loyal companion, who joined our caravan at Jalo, as a joke took a lot of zatar (a strong scent used for flavoring tea) and put it in Abdullahi’s tea. In between dozes, the latter woke up, tasted his tea, knew what had happened, said nothing, but simply put back his glass. After a while, however, Abdullahi turned round and said to Zerwali, “I believe you are expecting a man to see you; I think I hear him coming.” As Zerwali got up to look, Abdullahi quietly changed round the glasses, so that Zerwali drank the highly “flavored” tea while Abdullahi dozed off peacefully once more.

Some details about the two Egyptians who traveled with me during the expedition might be interesting. Abdullahi was a Nubian from Asswan, solidly built and strong, with a pair of small, deeply set eyes that could hide a wicked sense of humor behind a facade of indifference or dignity. He was around forty, well educated, and knowledgeable about the Koran. I first met him in 1914 when he was with the Idrissi family in Egypt, and I quickly grew fond of him due to his deep-rooted sense of humor and loyalty. He was very honest, extremely honest, which is why I made him responsible for supplies. In Abdullahi’s kit, you could always find everything from strips of leather and basic Bedouin needles for fixing shoes to intricate tools for supporting a broken tent pole. He was also skilled at offering “embellishments” to fit any situation, whether he wanted me to come off as a wandering Bedouin from Egypt, a merchant, or an important government official when we found ourselves surrounded by officials in Sudan. Abdullahi had one unique thing about him: between sunset and a couple of hours later, it was nearly impossible to keep him awake; even if he was sitting down discussing something, he would doze off as he sat. One time, right after dinner, it was around that time when Zerwali, my loyal Bedouin companion who joined us at Jalo, jokingly put a lot of zatar (a strong flavoring for tea) into Abdullahi’s tea. In between dozing, Abdullahi woke up, tasted his tea, realized what had happened, said nothing, and simply set his glass down. After a bit, though, Abdullahi turned to Zerwali and said, “I think you’re expecting someone; I believe I hear him coming.” As Zerwali stood up to check, Abdullahi quietly switched the glasses, so Zerwali ended up drinking the heavily “flavored” tea while Abdullahi drifted off peacefully again.

DOOR TO THE GRAND SENUSSI’S TOMB

DOOR TO THE GRAND SENUSSI’S TOMB

THE TOMB OF THE FOUNDER OF THE SENUSSI

THE TOMB OF THE FOUNDER OF THE SENUSSI

The tomb, which is covered with an embroidered green silk cloth, is inclosed in a heavy brass cage. From the ceiling of the great tomb hang many crystal candelabra, the gifts of the sultans of Turkey and the khedives of Egypt. The floor is strewn with very valuable Persian rugs.

The tomb, covered with an embroidered green silk cloth, is enclosed in a heavy brass cage. From the ceiling of the grand tomb hang numerous crystal chandeliers, gifts from the sultans of Turkey and the khedives of Egypt. The floor is covered with very valuable Persian rugs.

Abdullahi’s business instinct came out at its best when we arrived at inhabited country toward the end of the journey and were short of food. He collected all the odds and ends of the caravan, including empty tins and bottles of medicine, even the few used Gillette[22] blades, and bartered them with the natives for butter, milk, spices, and leather.

Abdullahi's business savvy really shined when we reached a populated area towards the end of our journey and found ourselves low on food. He gathered all the random items from the caravan, including empty cans and medicine bottles, and even a few used Gillette[22] blades, and traded them with the locals for butter, milk, spices, and leather.

It was Abdullahi also who was greatly upset when I showed my film of the expedition at a lecture given before H. M. King Fouad at the Royal Opera House in Cairo. When Abdullahi found that he appeared in many of the pictures with a tattered shirt, he resented being shown to his king in such an unsuitable garment and asked if something could not be done so that he should appear in a shirt that was cleaner and less well worn.

It was Abdullahi who was really upset when I showed my film of the expedition at a lecture for H. M. King Fouad at the Royal Opera House in Cairo. When Abdullahi realized that he appeared in many of the pictures wearing a torn shirt, he didn't like the idea of being presented to his king in such an inappropriate outfit and asked if there was any way to show him in a shirt that was cleaner and less worn out.

Ahmed too was a Nubian from Asswan, a slight, wiry fellow who never gave in. He was my valet and cook. Although very well educated, he became a cook because he liked to live a free life; had he become a religious man, as his father wished, he would have been obliged to lead a model life, and that apparently did not appeal to him. He was always cheerful, and though no one in the caravan did so much cursing, the Bedouins did not mind him. At a word that Ahmed said, had it come from any other, there would have been bloodshed, but the Bedouins got accustomed to him, and there was only one row. After his cooking was over Ahmed used to sit down with the Bedouins and scorn their knowledge of religion; he would prove his superiority by reciting from memory bits of poetry about religion and the Arabic[23] language and some of the Prophet’s sayings. Never once did Ahmed fail to make me a glass of tea even in circumstances of the greatest difficulty. On one occasion after a whole night’s trek he was suffering badly from a hurt foot, and as we were pitching camp I told him casually that I did not want any breakfast or tea until I had slept and ordered him to go to bed at once. Nevertheless, just as I was getting my shelter ready, Ahmed arrived with a steaming glass of tea. He cursed all the Bedouins, but there was no Bedouin in the caravan for whom, if he felt ill, Ahmed would not do everything in his power to give him relief. He had learned gradually the use of such medicines as I had, and frequently when in doubt would bring me a little bottle to ask whether it was quinine or aspirin.

Ahmed was also a Nubian from Asswan, a slight, wiry guy who never backed down. He was my valet and cook. Even though he was well-educated, he chose to be a cook because he wanted to live freely; if he had followed his father's wishes to become a religious man, he would have had to lead a strict life, which didn’t seem to interest him. He was always cheerful, and although no one in the caravan swore as much as he did, the Bedouins didn't mind him. If anyone else had spoken like Ahmed, it would have led to a fight, but the Bedouins got used to him, and there was only one argument. After finishing his cooking, Ahmed would sit with the Bedouins and mock their religious knowledge; he proved his superiority by reciting poetry about religion and the Arabic[23] language, as well as some sayings of the Prophet. Not once did Ahmed fail to make me a glass of tea, even in the toughest situations. One time, after a long night of traveling, he was in pain from a hurt foot, and while we were setting up camp, I casually told him that I didn’t want any breakfast or tea until I had slept and ordered him to go to bed immediately. Still, just as I was getting my shelter ready, Ahmed showed up with a steaming glass of tea. He cursed all the Bedouins, but there was no Bedouin in the caravan for whom, if he was sick, Ahmed wouldn’t do everything he could to help. He gradually learned about the medicines I had, and often when he was unsure, he would bring me a little bottle to ask whether it was quinine or aspirin.

The requirements for a desert trek are simple, and the list of what one takes with one is almost stereotyped. For food there are, first of all, flour, rice, sugar, and tea. All the people of the desert are very fond of meat, but it naturally cannot be carried. One must either shoot it by the way or go without. Tea is the drink in the Libyan Desert, rather than coffee, and for that there are two reasons. The first is religious; the second is practical. Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the founder of that interesting brotherhood that controls the destinies of the country through[24] which I was to travel, forbade his followers all luxuries. His prohibition included tobacco and coffee but, for some reason, did not extend to tea. His followers, therefore, are tea-drinkers, if you can call by the same name the delicate, aromatic, pale fluid that graces the tea-tables of Europe and America and the murky, bitter liquid which sustains the Bedouin on his marches and revives him at the day’s end. The second reason is that tea is a stimulant to work on, while coffee is not. Tea is the thing with which to finish off each meal of the desert day and to refresh the weary traveler at the end of a hard day’s trek, leaving coffee for the less strenuous life of the oasis and the home.

The requirements for a desert trek are straightforward, and the list of what to pack is almost cliché. For food, there are, first and foremost, flour, rice, sugar, and tea. Everyone in the desert loves meat, but it obviously can't be carried. One must either hunt it along the way or do without. Tea is the beverage of choice in the Libyan Desert, rather than coffee, and there are two reasons for this. The first is religious, and the second is practical. Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the founder of that intriguing brotherhood that influences the fate of the country through[24] which I was traveling, forbade his followers all luxuries. His ban included tobacco and coffee, but, for some reason, it didn't cover tea. As a result, his followers are tea drinkers, if you can call by the same name the delicate, aromatic, pale liquid found at tea tables in Europe and America and the murky, bitter brew that keeps the Bedouin going on his journeys and revitalizes him at the end of the day. The second reason is that tea energizes you for work, while coffee does not. Tea is the drink to enjoy after each meal throughout the desert day and to refresh the tired traveler at the end of a long trek, leaving coffee for the more laid-back lifestyle of the oasis and home.

After these staples come dates; or perhaps they ought to be put first. The camels live on dates, as does the whole caravan when other foods are exhausted or there is no time to halt and cook a meal. But the dates are not the rich, sweet, sugary things one is accustomed to for dessert or a picnic delicacy in western lands. The date which one must use for desert travel has little sugar about it. Sugar breeds thirst, and where wells are days apart the water-supply is not to be prodigally spent.

After these staples come dates; or maybe they should be listed first. Camels thrive on dates, as does the entire caravan when other food runs out or there's no time to stop and prepare a meal. But these dates aren't the rich, sweet, sugary treats you'd expect for dessert or a picnic in Western countries. The dates you need for desert travel have very little sugar. Sugar makes you thirsty, and when wells are days apart, you can't waste your water supply.

I took some tinned things with me, bully beef, vegetables and fruits; but tins are heavy, and to carry enough food in tins for a long trek would demand a score of extra camels or more. There was a little[25] coffee in our stores, but we seldom drank it. I used most of it for presents to the friends we made along the way. A few bottles of malted milk tablets proved useful for emergency lunches when food ran low. The Bedouins, however, were not keen on them. “They fill us up,” they said, “without the pleasure of the taste.”

I brought some canned goods with me, like corned beef, vegetables, and fruits; but canned food is heavy, and carrying enough for a long journey would require dozens of extra camels or more. We had a little[25] coffee in our supplies, but we rarely drank it. I used most of it as gifts for the friends we made along the way. A few bottles of malted milk tablets came in handy for quick lunches when food was scarce. However, the Bedouins were not fond of them. “They fill us up,” they said, “without the pleasure of the taste.”

CAMEL SERENADING THE CAMP AT OUENAT

CAMEL SINGING TO THE CAMP AT OUENAT

Desert changing into grass country

Desert turning into grassland

A DYING CAMEL

A dying camel

This is a great catastrophe, as his load has to be thrown away

This is a huge disaster, as his load has to be discarded.

That was our commissary list, except for salt and some spices, especially pepper for the asida, a pudding of boiled flour and oil, made pepper hot. There was little variety; but variety is the one thing one has to give up when one’s supplies are to be carried by animals who must themselves live chiefly on what they can carry. There were no luxuries, no matter how pleasant they might have been to relieve the monotony of rice, unleavened bread, dates, and tea. If one has experience in desert travel and the wisdom to learn by it, one takes no foods of which there is not enough to feed every one in the caravan. On the trek in the desert there is no distinction of rank or class, high or low.

That was our supply list, except for salt and some spices, especially pepper for the asida, a pudding made from boiled flour and oil, which gives it a spicy kick. There wasn't much variety; but variety is something you have to sacrifice when your supplies are transported by animals that need to eat mostly what they carry. There were no luxuries, no matter how nice they could have been to break the monotony of rice, flatbread, dates, and tea. If you have experience in desert travel and the sense to learn from it, you don't bring foods unless there's enough to feed everyone in the caravan. On a desert trek, there’s no distinction of rank or class, high or low.

The sole exception to the rule of no luxuries was tobacco. Since only one of the men who were with me at any time on the trip smoked, however, this was no real violation of the rule. A stock of Egyptian cigarettes and tobacco afforded me constant pleasure and comfort throughout the journey.

The only exception to the no-luxury rule was tobacco. Since only one of the guys who joined me on the trip smoked, this didn’t really break the rule. A supply of Egyptian cigarettes and tobacco gave me constant pleasure and comfort during the journey.

[26]Next comes water, the one great and unceasing problem of desert travel. Men have lived for an unbelievable number of days without food, whether from necessity or from curiosity. But the man who could go for four days without water would be a miracle. A desert is a desert just because it lacks water. The desert traveler must think first of his drinking supply.

[26]Next comes water, the one major and constant challenge of traveling through the desert. People have survived for an unbelievable number of days without food, either out of necessity or curiosity. But a person who could go four days without water would be a miracle. A desert is a desert precisely because it lacks water. The desert traveler must prioritize his drinking supply.

We carried water in two ways. The regular supply was held in twenty-five girbas, the traditional sheepskin water-carrier of the desert. Each holds from four to six gallons—and is easily burst if two camels carrying girbas bump together in the dark on a rocky road! So the reserve water-supply for emergencies is carried in fantasses. They are long tin containers, oblong or oval shaped in cross-section to hang easily along the camel’s side. We had four fantasses holding four gallons each and four others holding twelve gallons each. Our full supply, therefore, was something like two hundred gallons, enough to last our caravan, when it was finally organized, on the longest trek from well to well that we were likely to encounter. We carried only our reserve supply in fantasses, although they were less liable to injury, because the girbas, when empty, took up so little space. All twenty-five of them could be carried on one camel, while only two fantasses went[27] to a camel, full or empty. We had no camels to spare.

We transported water in two ways. The regular supply was stored in twenty-five girbas, the traditional sheepskin water carriers from the desert. Each one holds about four to six gallons—and they can easily burst if two camels carrying girbas bump into each other in the dark on a rocky path! So, the backup water supply for emergencies is carried in fantasses. These are long tin containers, either oblong or oval in shape, designed to fit along the side of a camel easily. We had four fantasses holding four gallons each and four others holding twelve gallons each. Our total supply was around two hundred gallons, enough to keep our caravan going on the longest journey from well to well that we were likely to face when it was finally organized. We carried only our backup supply in fantasses, even though they were less prone to damage, because the girbas, when empty, took up so little space. All twenty-five could fit on one camel, while only two fantasses could be carried by a camel, whether full or empty. We had no spare camels.

There were also some individual water-bottles, but most of them were soon discarded because the men hated the nuisance of carrying them. A few were kept for cooling water later on in the journey when the weather became hot. The evaporation of the moisture through the canvas sides of the bottles or bags kept the water within at a pleasant temperature.

There were also a few individual water bottles, but most of them were quickly tossed aside because the men didn’t want to deal with carrying them. A couple were saved for cool drinking water later on in the journey when the weather got warm. The moisture evaporating through the canvas sides of the bottles or bags kept the water inside at a nice temperature.

Four tents, two bell-shaped and two rectangular, and numerous cooking-utensils, of which the chief was a huge brass halla or bowl for boiling rice, made up the tale of our equipment. For emergencies there was a medicine-chest, with quinine, iodine, cotton and bandages, bismuth salicylate for dysentery, morphine tablets and a hypodermic syringe, anti-scorpion serum—which was to plunge me into an apparently serious predicament and rescue me from it—zinc ointment for eczema, indigestion tablets, and Epsom salts. I had a primitive surgical kit and a few dental instruments and remedies which a dentist friend had given me. I was equipped to take care of the simple every-day ills; if anything more serious befell, I should have to say, “Recovery comes from God.”

Four tents, two bell-shaped and two rectangular, along with a bunch of cooking utensils—most importantly a massive brass halla for boiling rice—made up our gear. We also had a medicine kit for emergencies, stocked with quinine, iodine, cotton and bandages, bismuth salicylate for dysentery, morphine tablets, and a hypodermic syringe. There was anti-scorpion serum, which would put me in a seemingly serious situation and then save me from it, zinc ointment for eczema, indigestion tablets, and Epsom salts. I had a basic surgical kit and a few dental tools and remedies that a dentist friend had given me. I was ready to handle everyday health issues; if something more serious happened, I would just have to say, “Recovery comes from God.”

For hunting and possible defense I took three rifles, three automatic pistols, and a shot-gun. By[28] the time of our return the shot-gun had been given as a present, and the rest of the arsenal had been increased by six rifles and one pistol. When the rifles arrived at Sollum in their characteristically shaped boxes, it was immediately rumored through the town that I was carrying a machine-gun, for some mysterious purpose which gossip elaborated to suit itself.

For hunting and possible defense, I took three rifles, three handguns, and a shotgun. By[28] the time we returned, the shotgun had been given away as a gift, and my collection had grown by six rifles and one handgun. When the rifles showed up in their uniquely shaped boxes at Sollum, it quickly spread around town that I was packing a machine gun for some mysterious reason that gossip twisted into whatever story it wanted.

In order to make the report of what I found and saw as vivid and truthful as possible I took five cameras. Three of them were Kodaks, which functioned perfectly to the end; one a more elaborate instrument with a focal-plane shutter, which was ruined by the penetrating sand; and the last a cinema machine. For all the cameras I carried Eastman Kodak films, which were packed with elaborate care, first in air-tight tins, then in tin cases, sawdust filled, and finally in wooden boxes. These precautions in packing proved to be none too great, in view of the intense heat of the first part of the route and the rain and dampness which we encountered later on in the Sudan. For the cinema camera I took nine thousand feet of film. Fortune was with me in all the photographic work. The films were not developed until my return eight months later to Egypt, but the percentage of failures was gratifyingly low. For clothing I took the usual Bedouin garb of white shirts and[29] long drawers, both made of calico, and a woolen jerd, the voluminous Bedouin wrap; also silk jackets and waistcoats and cloth drawers like riding-breeches, but reaching to the ankles; the latter were used only on ceremonious occasions, such as entering or leaving an oasis; there were naturally a few changes of each. I did not wish to put on the desert dress until the end of the first stage of the journey, so I left Sollum in old khaki coat and riding-breeches, which had already seen their best days. With yellow Bedouin slippers on my feet, the only possible wear in desert travel, and a Jaeger woolen night-cap on my head, for the weather was keenly cold, I must have been an amusing figure when we made our start.

To make my report on what I found and saw as vivid and truthful as possible, I brought along five cameras. Three of them were Kodaks, which worked perfectly until the end; one was a more complicated camera with a focal-plane shutter, but it got ruined by the intrusive sand; and the last was a cinema camera. For all the cameras, I used Eastman Kodak film, which I packed with great care—in airtight tins, then in sawdust-filled tin cases, and finally in wooden boxes. These packing precautions turned out to be just right, considering the intense heat we faced early on and the rain and humidity we encountered later in the Sudan. For the cinema camera, I took nine thousand feet of film. I was fortunate with all my photography; the films weren’t developed until I returned to Egypt eight months later, but the rate of failures was surprisingly low. For clothes, I packed the usual Bedouin attire of white shirts and long drawers made of calico, along with a woolen jerd, the big Bedouin wrap; I also had silk jackets and waistcoats, plus cloth drawers that resembled riding breeches but extended to the ankles; I only wore those on formal occasions, like entering or leaving an oasis, and of course, I had a few changes of each item. I didn’t want to wear the desert clothing until the end of the first stage of the journey, so I left Sollum in an old khaki coat and riding breeches that had seen better days. With yellow Bedouin slippers on my feet (the only practical footwear for desert travel) and a Jaeger woolen nightcap on my head because it was quite cold, I must have looked quite amusing when we set off.

WOMEN OF THE ZAGHAWA TRIBE

Zaghawa Tribe Women

The women do all the work of watering the cattle and sheep, looking after the home and the men-folk. They work far less as slaves in North Africa than they do as free women in their own country.

The women do all the work of watering the cattle and sheep, taking care of the home and the men. They work much less like slaves in North Africa than they do as free women in their own country.

When traveling into unknown lands, especially in the East, it is important to be able to make presents to those of prominence whom you meet. I had what seemed to me an enormous supply of silks, copper bowls, and censers inlaid with silver, bottles of scent, silk handkerchiefs, silver tea-pots and tea-glasses, silver call-bells—which the Bedouin is delighted to be able to use for summoning his slaves instead of the usual clapping of the hands. When I saw all this array being packed, I felt sure that we should bring half of it back with us. But by the time we had reached Kufra, I discovered that not only those who were of use to me this time but every one who had[30] rendered the slightest service on my previous trip was expectant of reward for services rendered. What with postponed expectations and the opportunities which the present trip afforded for making presents, we had none too many of the goods I have mentioned. In making these gifts, however, I did not feel that it was so much an endeavor to smooth the way of my expedition as a courtesy from a Bedouin of the town to his brother Bedouin of the desert.

When traveling to unfamiliar places, especially in the East, it's important to be ready to give gifts to important people you meet. I had what I thought was a massive supply of silks, copper bowls, silver-inlaid censers, scent bottles, silk handkerchiefs, silver tea pots and glasses, and silver call bells—which the Bedouin loves because he can use them to call his servants instead of just clapping his hands. When I saw all this being packed, I was sure we would bring half of it back with us. But by the time we reached Kufra, I realized that not only those who were helpful this time but everyone who had provided even the slightest service on my last trip was expecting something in return. With postponed expectations and the chances this trip offered to give gifts, we didn’t have nearly as many of those items as I thought. In giving these gifts, though, I didn’t feel like I was just trying to ease the path for my journey; it felt more like a gesture of goodwill from one Bedouin of the town to another from the desert.

Most important of all for the ultimate value of the expedition, if it was to have any, was the scientific apparatus, which is detailed in Dr. Ball’s report in the appendix.

Most important for the overall value of the expedition, if it was to have any, was the scientific equipment, which is described in Dr. Ball’s report in the appendix.

The fortnight at Sollum was filled with busy days. Simple as our equipment was, everything had to be as nearly right as thought and care could achieve. Things carried on camel-back, put on each morning and taken off each night and built into barricades against weather and possible attacks, must be snugly and securely packed. At the end of a day’s trek, careless or tired camelmen often find it easier to let boxes and bundles drop without ceremony from the camels’ sides than to handle them with proper care.

The two weeks at Sollum were packed with busy days. Even though our gear was basic, everything needed to be as close to perfect as thought and effort could make it. Items transported on camels, loaded every morning and unloaded every night, and constructed into barriers against the weather and potential attacks had to be snug and securely packed. After a day's journey, careless or exhausted camel drivers often find it easier to let boxes and bundles drop unceremoniously from the camels’ sides rather than handle them with the necessary care.


[31]CHAPTER V

PLOTS AND OMENS

PLOTS AND OMENS

MY plans were all made for a trek straight south to Jaghbub when, two days before the date determined upon for the start, an incident happened which disquieted me.

MY plans were all set for a trek straight south to Jaghbub when, two days before my scheduled start date, something happened that troubled me.

I was sitting one evening in my room in the little government rest-house, busy with the figures of my scientific observations. There came a knock at the door. I could not imagine who could want me at that hour, but I went to the door and opened it a little way. A Bedouin whom I did not know was standing there, muffled Bedouin fashion in his jerd. I shut the door quickly and demanded, “Who are you?”

I was sitting one evening in my room at the small government rest house, focused on the numbers from my scientific observations. There was a knock at the door. I couldn’t imagine who would need me at that time, but I went to the door and opened it partially. A Bedouin I didn’t recognize was standing there, wrapped up in traditional Bedouin style in his jerd. I quickly shut the door and asked, “Who are you?”

“A friend,” was the answer, which somehow did not convince me.

“A friend,” was the answer, which somehow didn’t convince me.

“What is your name and your business?” I asked.

“What’s your name and what do you do?” I asked.

“I am a friend, and I have something to tell you[32] which you ought to know,” explained my visitor through the closed door.

“I’m a friend, and I have something important to tell you[32] that you need to know,” my visitor said through the closed door.

I opened the door and demanded what he had to tell. He came in.

I opened the door and asked what he needed to say. He walked in.

“You are going by the straight road to Jaghbub?” he half queried.

“You're taking the direct road to Jaghbub?” he half asked.

I nodded assent.

I nodded in agreement.

“Don’t go,” he continued with vigor.

“Don’t go,” he said with enthusiasm.

“Why not?” I asked.

"Why not?" I asked.

“The bey is a rich man,” he said. “He carries with him great stores of the bounty of God, and the Bedouins are greedy. The rumor is that you have many boxes of gold.”

“The bey is a wealthy man,” he said. “He possesses a lot of the blessings of God, and the Bedouins are eager for it. The word is that you have many boxes of gold.”

I could see that he half believed it, though he was pretending not to.

I could tell that he kind of believed it, even though he was acting like he didn't.

“The camelmen have agreed with friends on the road that you shall be waylaid and robbed. You will lose your money and probably your life.”

“The camel drivers have made a deal with some acquaintances along the route to ambush and steal from you. You will lose your money and likely your life.”

“One can always fight,” I suggested.

"There's always a way to fight," I suggested.

“Perhaps,” he agreed, “if you had plenty of men of your own.”

“Maybe,” he agreed, “if you had a lot of your own guys.”

I hadn’t, so I proceeded to question him further about his information. The story seemed straight enough, and when I learned that my visitor was a relative of a man to whom I had done a good turn when on the last mission to the Senussis, I felt that it would be wise to believe him. I thanked him for his[33] warning, and he went away into the night. I sat down to consider the unpleasantly melodramatic situation.

I hadn’t, so I asked him more about what he knew. His story sounded straightforward enough, and when I found out that my visitor was related to a guy I had helped during my last mission with the Senussis, I thought it would be smart to take him at his word. I thanked him for his[33] warning, and he walked off into the night. I sat down to think about the strangely dramatic situation.

SAYED IDRIS EL SENUSSI

Sayed Idris El Senussi

The desert people are quick to ferret out your purpose if they can, and, if they cannot, to build up imaginary stories to account for what you are and have and intend to do. Much of our paraphernalia was in boxes. Boxes, to the Bedouin mind, mean treasure. If three rifles in a case could be translated into a machine-gun, why should not cameras and instruments in boxes be translated into gold and bank-notes? It was no wonder that the men whose camels we had hired were convinced that I was going into the desert with vast wealth for some unknown purpose. It was quite possible that they planned to rob me. It was a cheerful outlook for the very beginning of our journey. A fight, no matter how successful, would be a poor start for our undertaking. I decided that it would be better to avoid this first obstacle in our path rather than to encounter it.

The desert people are quick to figure out your intentions if they can, and if they can’t, they create wild stories to explain who you are, what you have, and what you plan to do. A lot of our gear was in boxes. To the Bedouin, boxes mean treasure. If three rifles in a case could be imagined as a machine gun, why wouldn’t cameras and equipment in boxes be seen as gold and cash? It’s no surprise that the men whose camels we hired were convinced I was heading into the desert with a ton of wealth for some mysterious reason. They might have even been planning to rob me. That was a pretty grim outlook right at the start of our journey. A fight, no matter how well it went, would not be a great way to kick things off. I figured it would be smarter to sidestep this first problem instead of facing it head-on.

Promptly the next day the camel-owners whose pleasant little plan had been revealed to me found themselves discharged. Others with their camels were forthwith hired to take me to Siwa. Instead of the straight line to Jaghbub we would go along the two other sides of the triangle whose apices were Sollum, Siwa, and Jaghbub. It would materially[34] lengthen this first part of our journey, but, after all, time and distance were less important than safe arrival. The road by way of Siwa had several advantages. It lay in Egyptian territory and not in the country inhabited by the tribes to which the first set of camelmen belonged. In the second place, it ran through more frequented territory, where a treacherous waylaying of our caravan would have been more perilous to the waylayers. Lastly, our quick departure after the change of plan gave the conspirators no time to develop any new plot if they had wanted to. It looked safe, and it proved to be as safe as it looked.

The next day, the camel owners whose nice little scheme had been exposed found themselves fired. Others with their camels were immediately hired to take me to Siwa. Instead of heading straight to Jaghbub, we would travel along the other two sides of the triangle formed by Sollum, Siwa, and Jaghbub. This would significantly lengthen the first part of our journey, but ultimately, time and distance were less important than arriving safely. The route through Siwa had several advantages. It was in Egyptian territory, not in the lands occupied by the tribes of the first group of camel drivers. Additionally, it passed through more populated areas, where an ambush on our caravan would have been riskier for the attackers. Finally, our quick departure after changing plans left the conspirators with no time to hatch any new plots if they wanted to. It seemed safe, and it turned out to be as safe as it appeared.

On January 1 the caravan started, and three days later Lieutenant Bather very kindly took me in a motor-car to catch up with it. We found the caravan at Dignaish, thirty-six miles out; and, saying good-by to the lieutenant, I took up the journey.

On January 1, the caravan began its journey, and three days later, Lieutenant Bather kindly gave me a ride in a car so I could catch up with it. We found the caravan at Dignaish, thirty-six miles away; after saying goodbye to the lieutenant, I continued on my journey.

It was then a six days’ trek to Siwa. Our spare time was profitably spent in camouflaging the boxes and cases in our luggage to look like the usual Bedouin impedimenta. The only event of interest during the six days was the first of three good omens that foretold success to the trip. On the fifth day in the late afternoon I saw a gazelle feeding a little distance off our track. Without other thought than the pleasant anticipation of fresh meat, I set out after[35] it. As I went I heard discouraging shouts and howls from the men behind me. I could not understand their reluctance to have me go after the game, in view of the Bedouin’s love of meat. I imagined that they were afraid I would be led away some distance from them and thus hold up the progress of the caravan. The reason did not seem sufficient, and so I pursued my quest. After some chase I got a shot at the gazelle and brought it down.

It was a six-day trek to Siwa. We spent our free time effectively disguising the boxes and cases in our luggage to make them look like typical Bedouin gear. The only noteworthy event during those six days was the first of three good omens that hinted at the trip's success. On the fifth day, in the late afternoon, I spotted a gazelle grazing a short distance off our path. With nothing but the excited thought of fresh meat on my mind, I decided to go after it. As I moved forward, I heard discouraging shouts and howls from the men behind me. I couldn't understand why they were hesitant to let me chase the game, considering the Bedouin's fondness for meat. I thought they might be worried I would wander too far from them and delay the caravan's progress. The reason didn’t seem convincing enough, so I continued my pursuit. After a brief chase, I managed to get a shot at the gazelle and brought it down.

As I approached the caravan with my game, I was surprised again. The men came running toward me with waving arms and shouts of joyful congratulation. I understood their present state of mind no more than I had their former one, until the explanation was forthcoming.

As I got closer to the caravan with my game, I was surprised again. The men came running toward me, waving their arms and shouting words of joyful congratulations. I didn’t understand their current mood any better than I had understood their previous one until the explanation came.

Then I learned that among the Bedouins the first shot fired at game after a caravan sets out is the critical one. If it is a miss, disaster is certain to overtake the caravan before the journey’s end. If it is a hit, fortune will smile upon the whole undertaking. The men of the caravan had been reluctant to see me put our luck to the test so soon. If I had remembered the Bedouin travel lore, I should have saved my first shot at game until we reached El Fasher, six months later.

Then I learned that for the Bedouins, the first shot fired at game after a caravan departs is the crucial one. If it misses, disaster is guaranteed to strike the caravan before the journey ends. If it hits, good fortune will bless the entire trip. The caravan men were hesitant to let me put our luck to the test so soon. If I had recalled the Bedouin travel wisdom, I would have held off on my first shot at game until we reached El Fasher, six months later.

We were three days in Siwa, hiring other camels for the trek to Jaghbub and making a few final[36] preparations. Siwa was the last outpost of the world I was leaving behind. There the postal service and the telegraph end. Beyond that point there is nothing to be bought except the products of the desert, or occasionally a little rice or cloth, perhaps at exorbitant prices. In my three days I enjoyed the hospitality and valuable assistance of the Frontier Districts Administration, in the persons of the mamur and town officials and of Lieutenant Lawler, in command of the troops there.

We spent three days in Siwa, renting camels for the journey to Jaghbub and finishing up some last-minute preparations. Siwa was the final outpost of the world I was leaving behind. The postal service and telegraph stop there. Beyond that point, the only things available for purchase are desert products, or occasionally a bit of rice or cloth, often at inflated prices. During my three days, I appreciated the hospitality and helpfulness of the Frontier Districts Administration, including the mamur, local officials, and Lieutenant Lawler, who was in charge of the troops there.[36]

Siwa is the biggest and most charming of oases; springs of wonderful water, excellent fruit, the best dates in the world, picturesque scenery, and the quaintest and most interesting of customs. For example, if a woman loses her husband she is kept forty days without washing, and nobody sees her. Her food is passed through a crack in the door. When the forty days have expired, she goes to bathe in one of the wells, and everybody tries to avoid crossing her path, for she is then called ghoula and is supposed to bring very bad luck to anybody who sees her on that day of the first bath.

Siwa is the largest and most enchanting of oases, featuring amazing springs, delicious fruit, the finest dates in the world, stunning scenery, and some of the most unique and intriguing customs. For instance, when a woman loses her husband, she goes without washing for forty days and nobody is allowed to see her. Her food is passed to her through a crack in the door. After the forty days are up, she bathes in one of the wells, and everyone tries to avoid crossing her path because she is then called ghoula and is believed to bring bad luck to anyone who sees her on the day of her first bath.

In the date market, called the mistah, all the dates are piled together, the best quality and the most inferior. No one thinks of touching one date that does not belong to him or mixing the dates together with a view to gaining an advantage thereby. On the other[37] hand, anybody can go into a mistah and eat as much as he likes from the best quality without paying a millième, but he must not take any away with him.

In the date market, known as the mistah, all the dates are stacked together, both the best and the worst quality. People don't touch anyone else's dates or mix them together to try to get a better deal. On the other[37] hand, anyone can walk into a mistah and eat as many of the best quality dates as they want without paying a millième, but they can't take any with them.

THE JUDGE OF JALO

The Judge of Jalo

He studied as a boy under the Grand Senussi, the founder of the sect. He can quote from memory all the incidents that took place in his time, giving day and year of every event.

He learned as a kid from the Grand Senussi, the founder of the sect. He can recite from memory all the events that happened during his time, providing the date and year for each one.

In Siwa there is a shrine of a saint where people may deposit their belongings for safety. If a man is going away he can take his bags with the most valuable things and put them near this shrine, and nobody would dream of touching them. Literally, if any one left a bundle of gold there, no one would touch it, because of the very simple but unshakable belief in them that if you touch anything near that shrine and it does not belong to you, you would have bad luck for the rest of your life.

In Siwa, there's a shrine of a saint where people can safely leave their belongings. If a man is departing, he can take his bags with the most valuable items and place them by this shrine, and no one would even think of touching them. In fact, if someone left a bundle of gold there, no one would lay a hand on it, due to the simple but firm belief that if you touch anything near that shrine that isn’t yours, you'll be cursed with bad luck for the rest of your life.

When I was ready to leave Siwa, my little group of personal retainers had doubled in number. At Sollum I had added to Abdullahi and Ahmed a man of the Monafa tribe named Hamad. He was the hardest-working individual in the entire caravan. I never saw him tired. He took charge of my camel and later of the horse which I secured at Kufra. The fourth member of the group was Ismail, a Siwi. He looked like a weakling, but on the trek he was always the last man to give in and ride a camel. Ismail was the one whom I used to take with me when prospecting for geological specimens or making elaborate scientific observations. Coming from an oasis in Egyptian territory where the post and the telegraph made connection[38] with the outside world, he had less of the wild Bedouin’s suspicion that interprets every simple action of the stranger into something with an ulterior motive. Why should the bey be chipping off bits of rock, the Bedouin might say to himself, unless there were gold in it, or he intended to come and conquer the country? Not so Ismail. If the bey wanted a bit of rock, that was for the bey to say.

When I was about to leave Siwa, my small group of personal attendants had grown. In Sollum, I added a man from the Monafa tribe named Hamad to Abdullahi and Ahmed. He was the hardest worker in the whole caravan. I never saw him tired. He took charge of my camel and later the horse I got at Kufra. The fourth member of the group was Ismail, a Siwi. He looked like a weakling, but on the journey, he was always the last one to give in and ride a camel. Ismail was the person I took with me when looking for geological samples or doing detailed scientific observations. Coming from an oasis in Egyptian territory where the post and telegraph connected with the outside world, he had less of the wild Bedouin's suspicion that interprets every simple action of a stranger as having some hidden motive. The Bedouin might wonder why the bey was chipping off pieces of rock unless there was gold in it or he intended to come and take over the land. Not Ismail, though. If the bey wanted a piece of rock, that was for him to decide.

We left Siwa on the fourteenth with our new caravan. Our last link with the outside world was broken. At the first stop I took off my faded khaki and put on the Bedouin costume and felt myself now a part of the desert life. The effect upon the men was immediate. Till now they had approached me with embarrassment and awkwardness. Now they came up naturally, kissed my hand in Bedouin fashion, and said, “Now you are one of us.”

We left Siwa on the fourteenth with our new caravan. Our last connection to the outside world was severed. At the first stop, I took off my worn khaki and put on the Bedouin outfit, feeling like I was now a part of desert life. The effect on the men was immediate. Until then, they had approached me with embarrassment and awkwardness. Now they came up easily, kissed my hand in the Bedouin way, and said, “Now you’re one of us.”

Our second good omen befell us a few miles out of Siwa. We found dates in our path, where some unfortunate date merchant taking his cargo to market had had an accident. Dates in the way are a promise of good fortune for the journey. Often, when a Bedouin is setting out with his caravan, friends will go secretly ahead and drop dates where he will be sure to pass them. With my first shot and the gazelle and the dates in the path, we had every reason to be cheerful. But the best omen of all was to come.

Our second good sign came a few miles outside of Siwa. We came across some dates on the ground, where a poor date merchant had an accident while transporting his goods to market. Finding dates along the way is a sign of good luck for the journey. Often, when a Bedouin is leaving with his caravan, friends will secretly go ahead and drop dates where he’s sure to find them. With my first shot, the gazelle, and the dates in our path, we had every reason to feel optimistic. But the best sign was yet to come.

[39]I had sent two men ahead with a letter to Sayed Idris at Jaghbub, to inform him of my approach. In the desert one does not rush upon a friend or a dignitary headlong and unannounced. There should be time for both to put on fresh clothing and go with dignity to the meeting as becomes gentlemen of breeding.

[39]I had sent two men ahead with a letter to Sayed Idris at Jaghbub to let him know I was on my way. In the desert, you don’t just rush in on a friend or a dignitary without warning. There needs to be time for both sides to freshen up and approach the meeting with the dignity that’s expected between gentlemen.

Two days out from Siwa I was riding some distance behind the caravan and presently came upon it halted. I asked the reason for the unusual stop and received the reply, “Messengers have come to say that Sayed Idris will be here within an hour.” The men could scarcely conceal their excitement. To be met by the great head of the Senussis himself at the beginning of our journey was the most auspicious of omens. The rest of the message was indicative of the etiquette of the desert. “He asks the bey to camp so that he may come to him.”

Two days out from Siwa, I was riding some distance behind the caravan when I came across it stopped. I asked why we had paused, and someone replied, “Messengers have come to say that Sayed Idris will be here in about an hour.” The men could barely hide their excitement. To meet the great leader of the Senussis himself at the start of our journey was a fantastic sign. The rest of the message showed the proper customs of the desert: “He asks the bey to set up camp so that he can come to him.”

We immediately made camp, and before long the vanguard of Sayed Idris’s caravan appeared and made camp in their turn a short distance away. A half-hour later Sayed Idris himself, with his retinue, advanced toward my camp, and I went to meet him.

We quickly set up camp, and soon the forefront of Sayed Idris’s caravan arrived and set up their camp a short distance away. About half an hour later, Sayed Idris himself, along with his entourage, approached my camp, and I went out to greet him.

Sayed Idris met me with warm cordiality, and we renewed the acquaintance made on our previous meetings with deep gratification on my part and apparent pleasure on his. The former trip could never[40] have been successful without the countenance he gave to it and the assistance he rendered; how much more the present one, which was to take me three times as far and into more completely unknown regions.

Sayed Idris greeted me with genuine warmth, and we revived our previous acquaintance with great satisfaction on my part and clear enjoyment on his. The earlier trip could never[40] have been successful without the support he provided and the help he offered; how much more so for this current journey, which was set to take me three times farther into completely unfamiliar territories.

In his tent we lunched on rice, stuffed chicken, and sweet Bedouin cakes, followed by glasses of tea delicately scented with mint and rose-water. I told him of my plans and gave him news of the outside world. He was interested to know the final issue of the Peace Conference at Versailles.

In his tent, we had lunch with rice, stuffed chicken, and sweet Bedouin cakes, followed by glasses of tea lightly infused with mint and rosewater. I shared my plans with him and updated him on what was happening in the outside world. He was eager to learn about the final outcome of the Peace Conference at Versailles.

At his suggestion, I brought all the men of my caravan to his tent to receive his blessing. As I stood with them and heard the familiar words fall from his lips, there came irresistibly to my mind that moment in the incense-shrouded room in Cairo and my father’s blessing upon my undertaking. Then my imagination had leaped out to meet the vision of the desert, the camels, the Bedouin life. Now the need for imagination was gone. I was in Bedouin kit, with the camels of my caravan behind me, and the road to the goal I sought stretching ahead.

At his suggestion, I gathered all the men from my caravan in his tent to receive his blessing. As I stood there with them and heard the familiar words come from his lips, I couldn’t help but think of that moment in the incense-filled room in Cairo when my father blessed my journey. Back then, my imagination soared with thoughts of the desert, the camels, and the Bedouin way of life. Now, there was no need for imagination. I was dressed in Bedouin attire, with the camels of my caravan behind me, and the road to my goal stretching ahead.

To my men the experience of being blessed by Sayed Idris himself was the greatest augury of success that we could have had. Nothing could harm us now.

To my guys, the experience of being blessed by Sayed Idris himself was the best sign of success we could have asked for. Nothing could hurt us now.

In the afternoon we said farewell, both camps were broken, and both caravans took up the march,[41] Sayed Idris going east into Egypt and I west to Jaghbub and the long trail into the desert. As we marched my men insisted on following the track made by the caravan of Sayed Idris, to prolong the great good fortune that had befallen us.

In the afternoon, we said our goodbyes. Both camps were packed up, and both caravans set off again. Sayed Idris headed east towards Egypt, while I went west towards Jaghbub and the long journey into the desert. As we marched, my men were determined to follow the path taken by Sayed Idris's caravan, hoping to extend the great luck that had come our way.[41]


[42]CHAPTER VI

THE SENUSSIS

The Senussi

ANY story of the Libyan Desert would not be complete without some consideration of the Senussis, the most important influence in that region. The subject is a complicated one. Justice might be done to it if an entire volume were available, but within the limits of a chapter only the important points of Senussi history can be touched.

ANY story of the Libyan Desert wouldn't be complete without discussing the Senussis, the biggest influence in that area. It's a complex topic. We could do it justice with a whole book, but in the confines of a chapter, we can only cover the key points of Senussi history.

The Senussis are not a race nor a country nor a political entity nor a religion. They have, however, some of the characteristics of all four. In fact they are almost exclusively Bedouins; they inhabit, for the most part, the Libyan Desert; they exert a controlling influence over considerable areas of that region and are recognized by the governments of surrounding territory as a real power in the affairs of northeastern Africa; and they are Moslems. Perhaps the best short description of the Senussis would be as a religious order whose leadership is hereditary and[43] which exerts a predominating influence in the lives of the people of the Libyan Desert.

The Senussis aren't a race, a country, a political group, or a religion. However, they share some traits of all four. In fact, they are mostly Bedouins; they primarily live in the Libyan Desert; they have significant control over large areas of that region and are acknowledged by the governments of neighboring areas as a real power in northeastern Africa; and they are Muslims. A good short description of the Senussis would be as a religious order with hereditary leadership that has a strong influence on the lives of the people in the Libyan Desert.[43]

The history of the brotherhood may be roughly divided into four periods. In each it took its color from the personality of the leader. These were respectively Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the founder; Sayed El Mahdi, his son; Sayed Ahmed, the nephew of the latter; and Sayed Idris, the son of El Mahdi, the present head of the brotherhood.

The history of the brotherhood can be roughly divided into four periods. Each period was shaped by the personality of its leader. These leaders were Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the founder; Sayed El Mahdi, his son; Sayed Ahmed, the nephew of the previous leader; and Sayed Idris, the son of El Mahdi, who is the current head of the brotherhood.

Sayed Mohammed Ibn Ali El Senussi, known as the Grand Senussi, was born in Algeria in the year 1202 after the Hegira, which corresponds to 1787 in the Christian calendar. He was a descendant of the Prophet Mohammed and had received an unusually scholarly education in the Kairwan University, in Fez, and at Mecca, where he became the pupil of the famous theologian Sidi Ahmed Ibn Idris El Fazi. He developed an inclination to asceticism and a conviction that what his religion needed was a return to a pure form of Islam as exemplified in the teachings of the Prophet.

Sayed Mohammed Ibn Ali El Senussi, known as the Grand Senussi, was born in Algeria in 1202 after the Hegira, which corresponds to 1787 in the Christian calendar. He was a descendant of the Prophet Mohammed and received a highly scholarly education at Kairwan University in Fez and in Mecca, where he studied under the renowned theologian Sidi Ahmed Ibn Idris El Fazi. He developed a tendency towards asceticism and believed that his religion needed a return to a pure form of Islam as demonstrated in the teachings of the Prophet.

At the age of fifty-one he was compelled to leave Mecca by the opposition of the older sheikhs, who challenged his orthodoxy. He returned through Egypt to Cyrenaica and began to establish centers for teaching his doctrines among the Bedouins.

At fifty-one, he was forced to leave Mecca because the older sheikhs opposed him and questioned his beliefs. He traveled back through Egypt to Cyrenaica and started setting up centers to teach his ideas to the Bedouins.

At this point an explanation of the meaning of[44] three Arabic words will elucidate the text. They are zawia, ikhwan, and wakil.

At this point, explaining the meaning of[44] three Arabic words will clarify the text. They are zawia, ikhwan, and wakil.

A zawia is a building of three rooms, its size depending on the importance of the place in which it is situated. One room is a school-room in which the Bedouin children are taught by the ikhwan; the second serves as the guest-house in which travelers receive the usual three days’ hospitality of Bedouin custom; in the third the ikhwan lives. The zawia is generally built near a well where travelers naturally stop. Attached to the zawia is often a bit of land which is cultivated by the ikhwan. The ikhwan are the active members of the brotherhood, who teach its principles and precepts. Ikhwan in Arabic is really a plural form, which means “brothers.” But the singular of the word is never used, ikhwan having come to be used for one or more. A wakil is the personal representative or deputy of the head of the Senussis.

A zawia is a building with three rooms, and its size depends on how significant the location is. One room is a classroom where Bedouin children are taught by the ikhwan; the second room serves as a guesthouse where travelers enjoy the customary three days of hospitality according to Bedouin tradition; and in the third room, the ikhwan resides. The zawia is usually located near a well, where travelers naturally stop. Often, there's a piece of land attached to the zawia that the ikhwan cultivates. The ikhwan are the active members of the brotherhood who teach its principles and values. Ikhwan in Arabic is actually a plural term meaning “brothers,” but the singular form is never used; ikhwan has come to refer to one or more individuals. A wakil is the personal representative or deputy of the head of the Senussis.

The Grand Senussi found the Moslems of Cyrenaica fallen into heresies and in danger of rapid degeneration, not only from a religious but from a moral point of view. Some small examples may serve to illustrate this point.

The Grand Senussi found the Muslims of Cyrenaica caught up in heresies and at risk of quick decline, not just from a religious perspective but also from a moral one. A few small examples can help clarify this point.

At Jebel Akhdar, in the north of Cyrenaica, certain influential Bedouin chiefs had established a sort of Kaaba, an imitation of the true one at Mecca to[45] which every believer who could possibly do so should make his pilgrimage. These founders of a false Kaaba tried to establish the theory that a pilgrimage thither was a worthy substitute for the haj, the authentic pilgrimage to the central shrine of Islam.

At Jebel Akhdar, in northern Cyrenaica, some powerful Bedouin leaders created a kind of Kaaba, a replica of the real one in Mecca, to[45] which every believer who could manage it should make a pilgrimage. These creators of a false Kaaba attempted to promote the idea that a pilgrimage there was a valid alternative to the haj, the genuine pilgrimage to Islam's main shrine.

ZERWALI

ZERWALI

Head man of the explorer’s caravan

Leader of the explorer's caravan

The keeping of the month of Ramadan as a time of abstinence and religious contemplation is an important tenet of the Moslem faith. The Bedouins used to go before the beginning of Ramadan to a certain valley called Wadi Zaza, noted for the multiple echo given back by its walls. In chorus they would shout a question, “Wadi Zaza, Wadi Zaza, shall we keep Ramadan or no?” The echo of course threw back the last word of the question, “No—no—no!” Those who had appealed thus to the oracle would then go home justified in their own minds in their desire to forego the keeping of the fast.

The observance of Ramadan as a period of fasting and spiritual reflection is a key principle of the Muslim faith. The Bedouins used to go before Ramadan to a specific valley called Wadi Zaza, known for the multiple echoes produced by its walls. Together, they would shout a question, “Wadi Zaza, Wadi Zaza, should we observe Ramadan or not?” The echo would naturally repeat the last word of the question, “No—no—no!” Those who had asked the oracle would then return home feeling justified in their wish to skip the fast.

There were also prevalent among the Bedouins remnants of old barbaric customs—such as the killing of female children “to save them from the evils which life might bring”—which stood between them and their development into worthy exponents of Islam.

There were also widespread among the Bedouins remnants of ancient barbaric customs—like the killing of female children “to save them from the evils life might bring”—which obstructed their development into true representatives of Islam.

In such circumstances what the founder of the Senussi brotherhood had to give, in his teaching and preaching of a return to the pure tenets of Islam, met a poignant need.

In such circumstances, what the founder of the Senussi brotherhood offered through his teaching and preaching of a return to the true principles of Islam addressed a deep need.

Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi founded his first zawia[46] on African soil at Siwa, which is in Egypt close to the western frontier. From that point he moved westward into Cyrenaica, establishing zawias at Jalo and Aujila. He traveled westward through Tripoli and Tunis, gradually spreading his teachings among the Bedouins. His reputation as a saintly man and a scholar had preceded him, and he was much sought after by the Bedouin chiefs, who vied with one another to give him hospitality.

Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi started his first zawia[46] in Africa at Siwa, which is in Egypt near the western border. From there, he traveled west to Cyrenaica, setting up zawias in Jalo and Aujila. He continued his journey through Tripoli and Tunis, steadily sharing his teachings with the Bedouins. His reputation as a holy man and scholar had preceded him, and Bedouin chiefs eagerly competed to offer him hospitality.

On his return to Cyrenaica in the year 1843 he established at Jebel Akhdar near Derna a large zawia called El Zawia El Beda, the White Zawia. Until this time he had no headquarters but led the life of a wandering teacher. He settled down at El Zawia El Beda and received visits from the leading Bedouin dignitaries of Cyrenaica.

On his return to Cyrenaica in 1843, he set up a large zawia called El Zawia El Beda, the White Zawia, at Jebel Akhdar near Derna. Until then, he had no permanent base and lived as a wandering teacher. He settled at El Zawia El Beda and welcomed visits from the top Bedouin leaders of Cyrenaica.

The Grand Senussi preached a pure form of Islam and strict adherence to the laws of God and his Prophet Mohammed.

The Grand Senussi promoted a pure version of Islam and strong commitment to the laws of God and his Prophet Mohammed.

His teachings may perhaps be best illustrated by a passage from a letter to the people of Wajanga, in Wadai, the original of which I saw at Kufra and translated. The passage reads as follows:

His teachings might be best shown through a section of a letter to the people of Wajanga, in Wadai, the original of which I saw at Kufra and translated. The section reads as follows:

We wish to ask you in the name of Islam to obey God and His Prophet. In his dear Book he says, praise be to him, “O ye, who are believers, obey God and obey the Prophet!” He also says, “He who obeys the Prophet has also[47] obeyed God.” He also says, “He who obeys God and His Prophet has won a great victory.” He also says, “Those who obey God and the Prophet, they are with the prophets whom God has rewarded.”

We want to ask you, in the name of Islam, to follow God and His Prophet. In His holy Book, He says, praise be to Him, “O you who believe, obey God and obey the Prophet!” He also says, “Whoever obeys the Prophet has also[47] obeyed God.” He further states, “Whoever obeys God and His Prophet has achieved a great victory.” He adds, “Those who obey God and the Prophet are with the prophets that God has rewarded.”

We wish to ask you to obey what God and His Prophet have ordered; making the five prayers every day, keeping the month of Ramadan, giving tithes, making the haj to the sacred home of God [the pilgrimage to Mecca], and avoiding what God has forbidden—telling lies, slandering people behind their backs, taking unlawfully other people’s money, drinking wine, killing men unlawfully, bearing false witness, and the other crimes before God.

We ask you to follow what God and His Prophet have commanded: praying five times a day, observing the month of Ramadan, giving to charity, making the haj to the sacred house of God [the pilgrimage to Mecca], and staying away from what God has forbidden—lying, gossiping about others, stealing people's money, drinking alcohol, committing murder unlawfully, giving false testimony, and other sins in the eyes of God.

In following these you will gain everlasting good and endless benefits which can never be taken from you.

By following these, you'll gain lasting goodness and endless benefits that can never be taken away from you.

The principal concern of the founder of the Senussis was with the religious aspect of life. He did not set out to be a political leader or to grasp temporal power. He counseled austerity of life with the same enthusiasm with which he practised it. He taught no special theological doctrines and demanded acceptance of no particular dogmas. He cared much more for what his followers did than for any technicalities of belief. His only addition to the Moslem ritual was a single prayer, which he wrote and which the Senussis use, called the hezb. It is not opposed to anything taught by the older theologians, nor does it add anything to what is found in the Koran. It is simply expressed in different language. In the letter to the people of Wajanga, which I have[48] quoted, another passage described his mission, which God had laid upon him, as that of “reminding the negligent, teaching the ignorant, and guiding him who has gone astray.”

The main focus of the founder of the Senussis was the spiritual side of life. He didn't aim to be a political leader or seek power. He encouraged a simple lifestyle with the same passion he practiced it. He didn’t teach specific theological beliefs or require adherence to any particular doctrines. He was much more interested in his followers' actions than in the details of their beliefs. The only addition he made to the Muslim rituals was a single prayer, which he wrote and that the Senussis use, called the hezb. It doesn't contradict anything taught by earlier theologians, nor does it add anything to what's in the Koran. It's just expressed in different words. In the letter to the people of Wajanga, which I have[48] quoted, another passage described his mission, given by God, as “reminding the careless, teaching the uninformed, and guiding those who have gone off track.”

He forbade all kinds of luxurious living to those who allied themselves with his brotherhood. The possession of gold and jewels was prohibited—except for the adornment of women—and the use of tobacco and coffee. He imposed no ritual and only demanded a return to the simplest form of Islam as it was found in the teaching of the Prophet. He was intolerant of any intercourse, not only with Christians and Jews, but with that part of the Moslem world which, in his conviction, had digressed from the original meaning of Islam.

He banned all forms of luxurious living for those who joined his brotherhood. Owning gold and jewels was not allowed—except for women's adornment—and using tobacco and coffee was also prohibited. He didn't require any rituals and only asked for a return to the simplest practice of Islam as taught by the Prophet. He was intolerant of any interactions, not just with Christians and Jews, but also with those in the Muslim world who, in his view, had strayed from the original meaning of Islam.

In the year 1856 Sayed Ibn Ali founded at Jaghbub the zawia which eventually developed into the center of education and learning of the Senussi brotherhood. His choice of Jaghbub was not haphazard or accidental but a demonstration of his wisdom and practical sagacity. He conceived it to be of the first importance to reconcile the different tribes of the desert to each other and to bring peace among them. One more quotation from his letter illustrates this point:

In 1856, Sayed Ibn Ali established the zawia in Jaghbub, which eventually became the hub of education and learning for the Senussi brotherhood. His decision to choose Jaghbub wasn't random; it showcased his insight and practical wisdom. He believed it was essential to unify the various desert tribes and promote peace among them. One more quote from his letter highlights this idea:

We intend to make peace between you and the Arabs [the people of Wajanga to whom this letter is addressed[49] are of the black race] who invade your territory and take your sons as slaves and your money. In so doing we shall be carrying out the injunction of God, who has said, “If two parties of believers come into conflict, make peace between them.” Also we shall be following his direction, “Fear God, make peace among those about you, and obey God and his Prophet if you are believers.”

We want to bring peace between you and the Arabs [the people of Wajanga, who this letter is addressed to[49], are of the black race] who invade your land and take your sons as slaves and your money. In doing this, we will be following God's command, which says, “If two groups of believers have a disagreement, work to make peace between them.” We will also be adhering to his guidance: “Fear God, make peace among those around you, and obey God and his Prophet if you are true believers.”

SIWA

SIWA

One of the most historic oases of northern Africa. It was noted for its temple of Amon even before the time of Herodotus, and Alexander the Great came here to consult the oracle. In the middle distance, slightly to the right, is the covered market-place. Lofty structures indicate that Siwa was at one time a point of defense from desert tribes.

One of the most historic oases in northern Africa. It was famous for its temple of Amon even before the time of Herodotus, and Alexander the Great visited to consult the oracle. In the middle distance, slightly to the right, is the covered marketplace. Tall buildings show that Siwa was once a defensive stronghold against desert tribes.

Jaghbub was a strategic point for his purpose. It stood midway between tribes on the east and on the west who had been in constantly recurring conflict. With his headquarters there the Grand Senussi could bring his influence to bear on the warring rivals and carry out the command of the Prophet to “make peace among those about you.” From a practical standpoint Jaghbub was an unpromising place in which to set up such a center of educational and religious activity as the Grand Senussi had in contemplation. It is not much of an oasis, if indeed it can be called an oasis at all. Date-trees are scarce there, the water is brackish, and the soil very difficult to cultivate. Its strategic importance, however, was clear, and without hesitation he selected it as the site of his headquarters. The raids made upon each other by the tribes to the east and the west were brought to an end through his influence. He settled many old feuds not only between those tribes but among the other tribes in Cyrenaica.

Jaghbub was a key location for his plans. It was situated midway between tribes on the east and west that had been in ongoing conflict. With his headquarters there, the Grand Senussi could exert his influence on the rival factions and fulfill the Prophet's command to "make peace among those around you." From a practical perspective, Jaghbub was not an ideal place to establish the center of educational and religious activity that the Grand Senussi envisioned. It's not much of an oasis, if it can even be called one. Date palms are few, the water is salty, and the soil is very tough to farm. However, its strategic significance was evident, and without hesitation, he chose it as the location for his headquarters. The raids between the eastern and western tribes were halted thanks to his influence. He resolved many long-standing disputes not only between those tribes but also among other tribes in Cyrenaica.

[50]Sayed Ibn Ali lived for six years after establishing himself at Jaghbub and extended his influence far and wide. The Zwaya tribe, who had been known as the brigands of Cyrenaica, “fearing neither God nor man,” invited him to come to Kufra, the chief community of their people, and establish a zawia there. They agreed to give up raiding and thieving and attacking other tribes and offered him one third of all their property in Kufra if he would come to them. He could not go in person but sent a famous ikhwan, Sidi Omar Bu Hawa, who established the first Senussi zawia at Jof in Kufra, and began the dissemination of the teachings of the Grand Senussi among the Zwayas. Sayed Ibn Ali also commissioned ikhwan to go into many other parts of the Libyan Desert, and before his death all the Bedouins on the western frontier of Egypt and all over Cyrenaica had become his disciples.

[50]Sayed Ibn Ali lived for six years after settling in Jaghbub and expanded his influence significantly. The Zwaya tribe, previously known for their lawlessness in Cyrenaica, “fearing neither God nor man,” invited him to come to Kufra, the main community of their people, to establish a zawia there. They agreed to stop raiding, stealing, and attacking other tribes and offered him a third of all their property in Kufra if he would join them. He couldn’t go personally but sent a notable ikhwan, Sidi Omar Bu Hawa, who set up the first Senussi zawia at Jof in Kufra and began sharing the teachings of the Grand Senussi with the Zwayas. Sayed Ibn Ali also directed ikhwan to travel to various other areas of the Libyan Desert, and before his death, all the Bedouins on the western border of Egypt and throughout Cyrenaica had become his followers.

He died in the year 1859, and was buried in the tomb over which rises the kubba of Jaghbub.

He died in 1859 and was buried in the tomb beneath the kubba of Jaghbub.

The Grand Senussi was succeeded by his son Sidi Mohammed El Mahdi, who was sixteen years old when his father died. In spite of his youth his succession as head of the order was strengthened by two circumstances. It was remembered that on one occasion, at the end of an interview with his father, El Mahdi was about to leave the room, when the[51] Grand Senussi rose and performed for him the menial service of arranging his slippers, which had been taken off on entering. The founder of the order then addressed those present in these words: “Witness, O ye men here present, how Ibn Ali El Senussi arranges the slippers of his son, El Mahdi.” It was realized that he meant to indicate that the son not only would succeed the father but would surpass him in holiness and sanctity.

The Grand Senussi was succeeded by his son Sidi Mohammed El Mahdi, who was just sixteen when his father passed away. Despite his young age, his position as the leader of the order was reinforced by two key events. People recalled an instance when, at the end of a meeting with his father, El Mahdi was getting ready to leave the room when the [51] Grand Senussi stood up and humbly arranged his slippers, which he had removed upon entering. The founder of the order then addressed those in attendance, saying, “Witness, O you men here present, how Ibn Ali El Senussi arranges the slippers of his son, El Mahdi.” It was understood that he intended to indicate that the son would not only take over from his father but would also exceed him in holiness and sanctity.

Then too there was an ancient prophecy that the Mahdi who would reconquer the world for Islam would attain his majority on the first day of Moharram in the year 1300 after the Hegira, having been born of parents named Mohammed and Fatma and having spent several years in seclusion. Each part of this prophecy was fulfilled in the person of El Mahdi. The choice as successor to the Grand Senussi fell upon him.

Then there was an old prophecy that the Mahdi who would reclaim the world for Islam would come of age on the first day of Moharram in the year 1300 after the Hegira. He was said to be born to parents named Mohammed and Fatma and to have spent several years in seclusion. Each part of this prophecy was fulfilled in El Mahdi. He was chosen as the successor to the Grand Senussi.

When Sayed El Mahdi reached his majority there were thirty-eight zawias in Cyrenaica and eighteen in Tripolitania. Others were scattered over other parts of North Africa; and there were nearly a score in Egypt. It has been estimated that between a million and a half and three million people owed spiritual allegiance to the head of the brotherhood when El Mahdi became its active head. He was the most illustrious of the Senussi family.

When Sayed El Mahdi turned eighteen, there were thirty-eight zawias in Cyrenaica and eighteen in Tripolitania. Others were spread across different parts of North Africa, and there were nearly twenty in Egypt. It’s estimated that between one and a half million and three million people looked to the leader of the brotherhood for spiritual guidance when El Mahdi took charge. He was the most prominent member of the Senussi family.

[52]He saw from the first that there was more scope for the influence of the brotherhood in the direction of Kufra and the regions to the southward than in the north. In the year 1894 he removed his headquarters from Jaghbub to Kufra. Before his departure he freed all his slaves, and some of them and their children are still to be found living at Jaghbub.

[52]He realized right away that there was more opportunity for the brotherhood's influence to grow towards Kufra and the areas to the south than to the north. In 1894, he moved his headquarters from Jaghbub to Kufra. Before leaving, he freed all his slaves, and some of them and their children still live in Jaghbub.

His going to Kufra marked the beginning of an important era in the history of the Senussis and also in the development of trade between the Sudan and the Mediterranean coast by way of Kufra. The difficult and waterless trek between Buttafal Well near Jalo and Zieghen Well just north of Kufra became in El Mahdi’s time a beaten route continually frequented by trade caravans and by travelers going to visit the center of the Senussi brotherhood. “A man could walk for half a day from one end of the caravan to the other,” a Bedouin told me.

His trip to Kufra marked the start of an important era in the history of the Senussis and also in the growth of trade between Sudan and the Mediterranean coast through Kufra. The tough and dry journey between Buttafal Well near Jalo and Zieghen Well just north of Kufra became a well-traveled route during El Mahdi’s time, regularly used by trade caravans and travelers heading to the center of the Senussi brotherhood. “A man could walk for half a day from one end of the caravan to the other,” a Bedouin told me.

The route from Kufra south to Wadai was also a hard and dangerous journey in those days, and El Mahdi caused the two wells of Bishra and Sara to be dug on the road from Kufra to Tekro.

The route from Kufra south to Wadai was also a tough and risky journey back then, and El Mahdi had the two wells of Bishra and Sara dug along the road from Kufra to Tekro.

Under the rule of the Zwaya tribe of Bedouins, who had conquered Kufra from the black Tebus, that group of oases was the chief center of brigandage in the Libyan Desert. The Zwayas are a warlike tribe, and in the days before the coming of the Senussis they[53] were a law unto themselves and a menace to all those who passed through their territory. Each caravan going through Kufra north or south was either pillaged or, if lucky, was compelled to pay a route tax to the Zwayas. These masters of Kufra were induced by El Mahdi to give up this exacting of tribute. He realized the importance of developing the trade of the oases and of the routes across the Libyan Desert from the north to the south. He strove to make desert travel safe, and in his day, Bu Matari, a Zwaya chieftain, told me at Kufra, a woman might travel from Barka (Cyrenaica) to Wadai unmolested.

Under the control of the Zwaya tribe of Bedouins, who took over Kufra from the black Tebus, that area of oases became the main hub of banditry in the Libyan Desert. The Zwayas are a fierce tribe, and before the arrival of the Senussis, they were a law unto themselves and a threat to anyone who traveled through their land. Every caravan passing through Kufra, whether heading north or south, was either robbed or, if fortunate, forced to pay a toll to the Zwayas. These rulers of Kufra were persuaded by El Mahdi to stop this collection of tribute. He understood the significance of enhancing trade in the oases and along the routes across the Libyan Desert from north to south. He worked to make desert travel safer, and in his time, Bu Matari, a Zwaya chieftain, told me at Kufra that a woman could travel from Barka (Cyrenaica) to Wadai without being harmed.

Left]

Left

[Right

Right

PANORAMA OF JAGHBUB

Jaghbub Overview

El Mahdi also extended the circle of influence of the Senussis in many directions. Ikhwan were sent out to establish zawias from Morocco as far east as Persia. But his greatest work was in the desert, among the Bedouins and the black tribes south of Kufra. He made the Senussis not only a spiritual power in those regions, and a powerful influence for peace and amity among the tribes, but a strong mercantile organization under whose stimulus trade developed and flourished. In the last years of his life he undertook to extend the influence of the brotherhood to the southward in person. He had gone to Geru south of Kufra when his death came suddenly in the year 1900.

El Mahdi also expanded the Senussi's influence in many directions. Ikhwan were sent out to set up zawias from Morocco all the way to Persia. But his greatest achievement was in the desert, among the Bedouins and the Black tribes south of Kufra. He transformed the Senussi into not just a spiritual authority in those areas, but also a significant force for peace and friendship among the tribes, along with creating a strong trading organization that encouraged trade to grow and thrive. In the later years of his life, he personally took on the task of extending the brotherhood's influence southward. He had traveled to Geru, south of Kufra, when his death came abruptly in 1900.

[54]The sons of El Mahdi were then minors, and his nephew Sayed Ahmed was made the head of the brotherhood. He was the guardian of Sayed Idris, who, as the eldest son of El Mahdi, was his legitimate successor.

[54]El Mahdi's sons were still young, so his nephew Sayed Ahmed became the leader of the brotherhood. He took care of Sayed Idris, the eldest son of El Mahdi, who was the rightful heir.

The new head of the Senussis made an abrupt departure from the policies of his predecessors. He sought to combine temporal and spiritual power. When the Italians took over Cyrenaica and Tripoli from the Turks, Sayed Ahmed attempted to unite his spiritual power as head of the brotherhood with the remnants of temporal and military power left by the Turks. Then the Great War broke out, and he allowed himself to be persuaded by Turkish and German emissaries to attack the western frontier of Egypt. The effort was a complete failure, and Sayed Ahmed was compelled to go to Constantinople in a German submarine.

The new leader of the Senussis made a sudden shift from the policies of those before him. He aimed to merge political and spiritual authority. When the Italians took control of Cyrenaica and Tripoli from the Turks, Sayed Ahmed tried to combine his spiritual power as the head of the brotherhood with the remaining political and military influence the Turks had left behind. Then the Great War began, and he was convinced by Turkish and German envoys to launch an attack on Egypt’s western border. The attempt was a total failure, and Sayed Ahmed had to travel to Constantinople in a German submarine.

The third of the Senussi leaders saw things differently from the Grand Senussi and his son. They had realized that a spiritual leader cannot be beaten on his own ground, whereas if he takes the field in quest of temporal supremacy it requires only a few military reverses to destroy his prestige. The power of Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi and Sayed El Mahdi lay in themselves and in the spiritual influence that radiated from them. Sayed Ahmed surrendered this[55] influence to rely upon arms, ammunition, and circumstances. When these failed, there was nothing left.

The third Senussi leader viewed things differently than the Grand Senussi and his son. They understood that a spiritual leader can’t be defeated in his own realm, but if he ventures into the pursuit of worldly power, just a few military setbacks can ruin his reputation. The strength of Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi and Sayed El Mahdi was rooted in themselves and the spiritual influence they projected. Sayed Ahmed gave up this influence and chose to depend on weapons, ammunition, and external factors. When those fell short, he had nothing left. [55]

From the hands of Sayed Ahmed the Senussi leadership fell to the lineal successor, Sayed Idris. He derives a considerable part of the prestige which he undoubtedly possesses from the fact that he is the son of El Mahdi. But even without that advantage his own personal qualities would be an adequate foundation for success in the important position to which he has been called. He combines gentleness of disposition with firmness of character to a high degree. He has the loyal allegiance and support not only of the Senussi ikhwan but of the people of the Libyan Desert.

From Sayed Ahmed, the Senussi leadership passed to his direct successor, Sayed Idris. He gains a significant amount of the respect he clearly has from being the son of El Mahdi. However, even without that advantage, his personal qualities would be enough for him to succeed in the important role he has taken on. He blends a gentle nature with strong character exceptionally well. He has the loyal support and allegiance of not just the Senussi ikhwan but also the people of the Libyan Desert.

In 1917 an agreement was entered into by the Italian Government with Sayed Idris, as head of the Senussi brotherhood, by which his right to administer the affairs of the oases of Jalo, Aujila, Jedabia, and Kufra was expressly recognized. This agreement was again ratified two years later at Regima. Unfortunately in 1923 a misunderstanding between the parties to this agreement caused it to lapse. It is to be hoped, however, that a new arrangement will be entered into between Sayed Idris and the Italian authorities which will restore to these oases of the Libyan Desert their peace and prosperity.

In 1917, the Italian Government made an agreement with Sayed Idris, the leader of the Senussi brotherhood, which officially recognized his right to manage the affairs of the oases of Jalo, Aujila, Jedabia, and Kufra. This agreement was reaffirmed two years later in Regima. Unfortunately, in 1923, a misunderstanding between the parties led to the agreement becoming void. However, there is hope that a new arrangement will be made between Sayed Idris and the Italian authorities to restore peace and prosperity to these oases in the Libyan Desert.

There can be no question that the influence of the[56] Senussi brotherhood upon the lives of the people of that region is good. The ikhwan of the Senussis are not only the teachers of the people, both in the field of religion and of general knowledge, but judges and intermediaries both between man and man and between tribe and tribe. The letter to the people of Wajanga already quoted clearly illustrates how the Grand Senussi laid down this office of peace-making as the duty of the Senussi brothers. It was developed and made even more important by his great son, El Mahdi.

There’s no doubt that the impact of the[56] Senussi brotherhood on the lives of people in that area is positive. The ikhwan of the Senussis are not just teachers for the community, focusing on both religion and general knowledge, but also serve as judges and mediators between individuals and tribes. The letter to the people of Wajanga, which was mentioned earlier, clearly shows how the Grand Senussi established the role of peace-making as a responsibility for the Senussi brothers. This role was further developed and emphasized by his notable son, El Mahdi.

The importance of these aspects of the Senussi rule in maintaining the tranquillity and well-being of the people of the Libyan Desert can scarcely be overestimated.

The significance of these aspects of the Senussi rule in ensuring the peace and well-being of the people in the Libyan Desert cannot be overstated.


[57]CHAPTER VII

THE PEACE OF JAGHBUB

THE CALM OF JAGHBUB

ON the afternoon of the second day after the meeting with Sayed Idris we saw the snow-white kubba (dome) of the mosque at Jaghbub rising before us. In proper Bedouin fashion we camped a short distance from the town and sent a messenger ahead to announce our arrival. Two hours later he returned to say that they were ready to receive us. The caravan went forward, and as it approached the walls we fired our rifles in the air. We were met at the gate by Sidi Hussein, the wakil, or representative of Sayed Idris in the town, accompanied by a group of ikhwan, who are teachers in the school. The students lined up along the way and gave a cheer as we went through. The warmth of the welcome aroused an echo in our hearts.

ON the afternoon of the second day after our meeting with Sayed Idris, we saw the snow-white kubba (dome) of the mosque at Jaghbub rising ahead of us. In true Bedouin style, we camped a short distance from the town and sent a messenger ahead to announce our arrival. Two hours later, he returned to inform us that they were ready to receive us. The caravan moved forward, and as we approached the walls, we fired our rifles into the air. We were greeted at the gate by Sidi Hussein, the wakil, or representative of Sayed Idris in the town, accompanied by a group of ikhwan, who are teachers at the school. The students lined up along the path and cheered as we passed through. The warmth of the welcome stirred feelings within us.

Entering Jaghbub was to me like coming home. Two years before it had been close to the finish of our journey; now it stood as a starting-point, one of[58] several, it is true, but still a starting-point, on the greater journey that was to come. The first time at Jaghbub had been marked by the reaction that comes when the long trek is over. Now I was expectant and excited. Journey’s end and trek’s beginning are both great moments, but the emotions they arouse are not the same.

Entering Jaghbub felt like coming home to me. Two years ago, it was almost the end of our journey; now it served as a starting point, one of[58] several, but still a starting point for the greater journey ahead. My first time in Jaghbub was filled with relief that the long trek was over. Now I felt eager and enthusiastic. The end of a journey and the start of a trek are both significant moments, but the emotions they stir are different.

I was impatient to start again. But one month and four days were to pass before I took the road, for there were no camels waiting for me. Before leaving Sollum I had sent a man, Sayed Ali El Seati, by the direct route to Jaghbub to hire camels and have them waiting when I should arrive over the longer route by way of Siwa. But Ali had apparently vanished into thin air. He had gone as far as Jedabia, I learned, without success, for none of the Bedouins on the way from Sollum would let him have the beasts I wanted. At Jedabia, too, he had found no camels available. I waited two weeks with no sign of Ali. Then I discovered that the reason he could get no camels was because the road from Jaghbub to Jalo was used exclusively by Bedouins of the Zwaya and Majabra tribes, and no other Bedouins dared to venture upon it.

I was eager to get started again. But it took a month and four days before I hit the road because there were no camels ready for me. Before leaving Sollum, I had sent a guy, Sayed Ali El Seati, to go the direct way to Jaghbub to rent camels and have them ready by the time I arrived via the longer route through Siwa. But Ali seemed to have disappeared. I found out he went as far as Jedabia without any luck since none of the Bedouins on the way from Sollum would let him have the camels I needed. At Jedabia, he also couldn't find any camels available. I waited two weeks with no word from Ali. Then I found out that the reason he couldn't get any camels was that the road from Jaghbub to Jalo was only used by Bedouins from the Zwaya and Majabra tribes, and no other Bedouins dared to go there.

Though I was eager to get going again, I could not resist the charm and peace of the place in which I found myself immured. Jaghbub is a center of[59] education and religion. There is no trade there and no cultivation of the soil, except for some small bits of oases where former slaves, who had been freed by Sayed El Mahdi when he moved to Kufra, grew vegetables and a few dates. The life of the town centers about the mosque, which is large enough to hold five or six hundred persons, and the school, which is the center of religious education for the Senussis. Near the mosque are a few houses belonging to the Senussi family and the ikhwan; and scattered about both within and without the walls are a number of private houses. Buildings with rooms for some two or three hundred students are also grouped near the mosque.

Though I was eager to get moving again, I couldn't resist the charm and tranquility of the place where I found myself stuck. Jaghbub is a center of[59] education and religion. There is no trade there and no farming, except for some small parts of oases where former slaves, freed by Sayed El Mahdi when he moved to Kufra, grow vegetables and a few dates. Life in the town revolves around the mosque, which is large enough to hold five or six hundred people, and the school, which is the hub of religious education for the Senussis. Close to the mosque are a few houses belonging to the Senussi family and the ikhwan; and scattered both inside and outside the walls are several private homes. Buildings with rooms for around two or three hundred students are also grouped near the mosque.

Jaghbub had reached the height of its importance when Sayed Ibn Ali, the Grand Senussi, made it the center of the brotherhood. When his son, Sayed El Mahdi, succeeded him, the importance of the town continued for about a dozen years until he transferred the center of the brotherhood’s activities to Kufra. Then when Sayed Ahmed El Sherif, as guardian of young Sayed Idris, was in control, Jaghbub again flourished as the capital. Its importance has fluctuated through the years with the presence or absence of the heads of the family within its walls. If Sayed Idris were to make it again the seat of the Senussi rule, in two months the school and the town would be overflowing with members of the[60] brotherhood, with students, and with pious visitors to the shrine of the Grand Senussi.

Jaghbub was at its peak of importance when Sayed Ibn Ali, the Grand Senussi, established it as the center of the brotherhood. When his son, Sayed El Mahdi, took over, the town remained significant for about twelve years until he moved the brotherhood’s activities to Kufra. Later, when Sayed Ahmed El Sherif was in charge as the guardian of young Sayed Idris, Jaghbub thrived again as the capital. Its importance has varied over the years based on whether the family heads were present. If Sayed Idris were to make it the center of Senussi rule again, within two months the school and the town would be filled with members of the[60] brotherhood, students, and devoted visitors to the Grand Senussi’s shrine.

But at the time of my visit there were only eighty young Bedouins—from eight to fifteen years of age—studying under the ikhwan. If there had been more teachers there would have been more students. But at the time of our visit the head of the Senussi family, whom we had met on his way to Egypt, had his headquarters in Jedabia, far to the westward.

But at the time of my visit, there were only eighty young Bedouins—from eight to fifteen years old—studying under the ikhwan. If there had been more teachers, there would have been more students. However, during our visit, the head of the Senussi family, whom we had met on his way to Egypt, was based in Jedabia, which is far to the west.

In an inner room of the mosque a beautifully wrought cage of brass incloses the tomb where lies the body of that great man, who sought for his people a pure, austere, and rigidly simple form of Islam, untainted by contact with the outside world. To this shrine every adherent of the brotherhood who can accomplish the journey comes to pay homage and to renew his vows. The students of the school come to Jaghbub with one of two purposes, either to fit themselves to become ikhwan, the brothers of the fraternity, or simply to go back to their homes in the oases educated men with a right to spiritual leadership in their communities.

In a private room of the mosque, a beautifully crafted brass cage surrounds the tomb where the body of that great man rests. He sought for his people a pure, strict, and very simple version of Islam, free from influences of the outside world. Pilgrims from the brotherhood who can make the journey come to this shrine to pay their respects and renew their commitments. The students of the school arrive in Jaghbub for one of two reasons: either to prepare themselves to become ikhwan, the brothers of the fellowship, or simply to return to their homes in the oases as educated individuals qualified for spiritual leadership in their communities.

Except for the annoying problem of getting camels to take my expedition to Jalo, about 350 kilometers away to the westward, my life in Jaghbub was one of peaceful reflection and preparation for the undertaking before me.

Except for the frustrating issue of getting camels to take my expedition to Jalo, which is about 350 kilometers to the west, my life in Jaghbub was one of calm reflection and preparation for the task ahead.

THE COURTYARD OF THE MOSQUE AT JAGHBUB

THE COURTYARD OF THE MOSQUE AT JAGHBUB

The mosque was founded eighty years ago by Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the founder of the Senussi sect, which is followed by all the Bedouins of Cyrenaica.

The mosque was established eighty years ago by Sayed Ibn Ali El Senussi, the creator of the Senussi sect, which is embraced by all the Bedouins of Cyrenaica.

[61]The desert demands and induces a quite different attitude of mind and of spirit from the bustling life of the city. As I wandered about the little town and out into the oasis around it, or stood in the cool, shadowed spaces of the mosque, or sat at times in the tower above it in conversation with learned Bedouins, watching the night fall over the milk-white kubba and the brown mass of buildings it dominates, there dropped away from me all the worries and perplexities and problems that the sophisticated life of crowded places brings in its train. Day after day passed, with a morning’s walk, midday prayers in the mosque, a quiet meal, a little work with my instruments or cameras, afternoon prayers, another walk, a meal, followed by the distribution to my men of friendly glasses of tea according to the Bedouin custom, again prayers, and, after quiet contemplation of the evening sky with its peaceful stars, retirement to sleep such as the harassed city dweller does not know.

[61]The desert requires and fosters a completely different mindset and spirit compared to the busy life of the city. As I explored the small town and ventured into the oasis around it, or found myself in the cool, shaded areas of the mosque, or sat at times in the tower above it chatting with knowledgeable Bedouins while watching night fall over the white dome and the brown cluster of buildings it overlooks, I felt all the worries, confusion, and problems that come with sophisticated urban life fade away. Day after day passed with a morning walk, midday prayers in the mosque, a quiet meal, some time spent with my instruments or cameras, afternoon prayers, another walk, a meal followed by sharing friendly glasses of tea with my men as per Bedouin tradition, more prayers, and after some quiet reflection on the evening sky filled with peaceful stars, I would retire to sleep in a way that the stressed city dweller doesn't know.

Among all the ikhwan whom I met and talked with at Jaghbub, there was one who particularly interested me, for he would neither sit and talk with me himself nor could I learn from his brother ikhwan the reason for his strange aloofness. At length, by chance, I learned the story of Sidi Adam Bu Gmaira.

Among all the ikhwan I met and talked to at Jaghbub, there was one who really caught my attention, since he wouldn’t sit and talk with me himself, and I couldn’t find out from his brother ikhwan why he was acting so strangely distant. Eventually, by chance, I discovered the story of Sidi Adam Bu Gmaira.

Sidi Adam is a withered old man with a refined[62] proud face and a bitter twist to his mouth. Life has not been kind to him in his old age. On my first visit to Jaghbub I stayed at his empty house for three days. I had no chance then of a long conversation with him. This time he came to see me on the evening of my arrival to welcome me back to Jaghbub. I felt that a tragedy lay behind this old man. He is one of the Barassa tribe, one of the élite among the Bedouins, and he is as proud as any of them; yet he does not accept his fate, and for some time I wondered how it was that he, a Bedouin, had not learned to do so. All around me at Jaghbub were types of benevolent humanity. Sidi Adam alone stood out distinct from his brethren, a tragic picture of beaten pride.

Sidi Adam is a frail old man with an elegant, proud face and a bitter twist to his mouth. Life hasn't treated him well in his old age. On my first visit to Jaghbub, I stayed at his empty house for three days. I didn’t get the chance for a long conversation with him then. This time, he came to see me on the evening of my arrival to welcome me back to Jaghbub. I sensed that there was a tragedy in this old man’s life. He belongs to the Barassa tribe, one of the elite among the Bedouins, and he carries the same pride. However, he refuses to accept his fate, and for a while, I wondered why a Bedouin like him hadn’t learned to do so. All around me in Jaghbub were examples of compassionate humanity. Sidi Adam stood out among them, a tragic image of defeated pride.

Late one evening, as I was coming back from the mosque after prayers, I found Mabrouk, an old slave of Sidi El Mahdi’s. “Peace be on you and the blessing of God,” I greeted him.

Late one evening, as I was returning from the mosque after prayers, I came across Mabrouk, an old servant of Sidi El Mahdi’s. “Peace be upon you and God’s blessings,” I greeted him.

“And on you, my master, and God’s mercy and blessing,” he replied.

“And on you, my master, and God’s mercy and blessing,” he responded.

I sat down with him, and we began talking about the little patch of cultivation to which he was attending. “Ei!” he exclaimed; “we have not much food, but by the blessing of Sidi El Mahdi the little we have is as great as abundance anywhere else.”

I sat down with him, and we started talking about the small piece of land he was taking care of. “Hey!” he said; “we don’t have much food, but thanks to Sidi El Mahdi, the little we do have feels like plenty anywhere else.”

Just then a frail, tall figure in a white robe flitted[63] like a ghost across the courtyard. It was Adam Bu Gmaira. “There goes Sidi Adam,” I said, pointing after him. “He was not looking well when he came to see me to-day. What ails him, I wonder?”

Just then, a fragile, tall figure in a white robe glided across the courtyard like a ghost. It was Adam Bu Gmaira. “There goes Sidi Adam,” I said, pointing after him. “He didn't look well when he came to see me today. I wonder what's wrong with him?”

“Nay, it is not his health, my master. It is an unlucky man who incurs the displeasure of our masters”—meaning the Senussi chiefs. “The poor man is suffering for his brother’s bad faith.”

“Nah, it’s not his health, my master. It’s an unlucky man who gets on the wrong side of our masters”—referring to the Senussi chiefs. “The poor guy is paying for his brother’s betrayal.”

It was then that the story of Bu Gmaira was unfolded to me by Mabrouk.

It was then that Mabrouk told me the story of Bu Gmaira.

Sidi Bu Seif Bu Gmaira, Adam’s brother, was at one time the trusted and all-powerful wakil of Sidi El Mahdi at Jaghbub. When he was quite a child a wall fell on him and smashed in his head. The great Sidi El Senussi, founder of the sect, was fortunately near-by. He took the child’s head and bandaged it together, saying, “This head will one day be a fountain of knowledge and enlightenment.” His prophecy came true. Bu Seif’s father sent the child to Jaghbub when the Grand Senussi settled there and left him to study at the mosque of Jaghbub. He became the leading ikhwan and great professor of Jaghbub. He was also a poet of no small merit. After the death of the Grand Senussi, Sidi El Mahdi took him up and made him his sole wakil at Jaghbub when he left for Kufra, intrusting him with all his property and the management thereof. But God willed that he[64] should become an example to the other ikhwan of one who betrays the asyad’s [master’s] trust. He ran with the world and was seduced by her. He squandered much of Sidi El Mahdi’s property and sold many of his slaves, putting the money in his own pocket. It was decreed that he should be punished. He wrote a letter to a big governor in Egypt telling him that Sidi El Mahdi was away at Kufra, that there was no one at Jaghbub to defend it, and that it was an opportune moment to occupy the place. (Why he did this is inconceivable as nobody ever had any desire to occupy Jaghbub, but doubtless Bu Seif thought he might get something out of it.)

Sidi Bu Seif Bu Gmaira, Adam’s brother, was once the trusted and powerful wakil of Sidi El Mahdi in Jaghbub. When he was just a child, a wall collapsed on him and crushed his head. Fortunately, the great Sidi El Senussi, the founder of the sect, was nearby. He took the child's head and bandaged it up, saying, “This head will one day be a fountain of knowledge and enlightenment.” His prophecy came true. Bu Seif’s father sent him to Jaghbub when the Grand Senussi settled there, allowing him to study at the mosque of Jaghbub. He became the leading ikhwan and a respected professor in Jaghbub. He was also a talented poet. After the Grand Senussi passed away, Sidi El Mahdi appointed him as his sole wakil in Jaghbub when he left for Kufra, entrusting him with all his property and its management. But God ordained that he [64] should become an example for the other ikhwan of someone who betrays the asyad’s [master’s] trust. He became enamored with worldly pleasures and squandered much of Sidi El Mahdi’s property, selling many of his slaves and pocketing the money. It was decided that he should be punished. He wrote a letter to a powerful governor in Egypt, informing him that Sidi El Mahdi was away in Kufra, that there was no one to defend Jaghbub, and that it would be a perfect time to take control of the area. (Why he did this is beyond understanding, as no one ever wanted to occupy Jaghbub, but likely Bu Seif thought he could benefit from it.)

At that time Sidi Mohammed El Abid El Senussi, a nephew of El Mahdi, was staying at Jaghbub. He heard that Bu Seif had written a letter and was sending it to Egypt and that he had arranged for a messenger to take it across the frontier after nightfall. El Abid at once despatched two ikhwan to waylay the messenger and bring him back the letter. Two days later the messenger was brought. El Abid saw the letter but said nothing to Bu Seif. He simply ordered a caravan to be prepared for Kufra and asked Bu Seif to accompany him. The latter tried to excuse himself on account of old age and health, but El Abid insisted. He had no alternative but to go. So they set out on the silent journey across the desert,[65] and on arrival at Kufra the letter was shown by El Abid to Sidi El Mahdi.

At that time, Sidi Mohammed El Abid El Senussi, a nephew of El Mahdi, was at Jaghbub. He learned that Bu Seif had written a letter and was sending it to Egypt, and that he had arranged for a messenger to take it across the border after dark. El Abid immediately sent two ikhwan to intercept the messenger and bring him back with the letter. Two days later, the messenger was captured. El Abid looked at the letter but didn't mention it to Bu Seif. He simply ordered a caravan to be prepared for Kufra and asked Bu Seif to join him. Bu Seif tried to decline due to his age and health, but El Abid insisted. He had no choice but to go. So they set out on the quiet journey across the desert,[65] and upon arriving at Kufra, El Abid showed the letter to Sidi El Mahdi.

A CLOISTER AT THE MOSQUE OF JAGHBUB

A Cloister at the Mosque of Jaghbub

THE DOME OF THE MOSQUE AT JAGHBUB

THE DOME OF THE MOSQUE AT JAGHBUB

The mosque is built on the same lines as the dome at Medina. It is always kept clean and whitewashed and forms a distant landmark for all those approaching Jaghbub.

The mosque is designed similarly to the dome in Medina. It is always kept clean and freshly painted, serving as a recognizable landmark for everyone approaching Jaghbub.

On the Friday following their arrival after the midday prayers at the mosque of Taj in Kufra, Sidi El Mahdi called together all the ikhwan, including Bu Seif. “Sidi Bu Seif, thou knowest what thou hast done.” There was a hush. Everybody in the mosque tingled with excitement, knowing there was something to come. “But we shall not punish thee. Thou shalt live; thou shalt draw thy pay and thy rations according to custom. God alone will punish those who have betrayed our trust. But thou shalt read aloud to this gathering of ikhwan the letter which thou hast written with thine own hand.”

On the Friday after their arrival, following the midday prayers at the Taj mosque in Kufra, Sidi El Mahdi gathered all the ikhwan, including Bu Seif. “Sidi Bu Seif, you know what you've done.” There was a silence. Everyone in the mosque felt a thrill of anticipation, aware that something significant was about to happen. “But we will not punish you. You will live; you will receive your pay and rations as usual. Only God will punish those who have betrayed our trust. But you will read aloud to this gathering of ikhwan the letter you have written with your own hand.”

Bu Seif had no alternative but to read the letter. The ikhwan were silent, though there was much surprise, for this was thought to be the most trusted man of Sayed El Mahdi.

Bu Seif had no choice but to read the letter. The ikhwan were quiet, although they were very surprised, as this was considered to be the most reliable man of Sayed El Mahdi.

“Henceforward thou shalt be relieved of the trouble of looking after our affairs,” said Sidi El Mahdi, dismissing him. Bu Seif was then led to his house a sick man. He died a few days later. His two sons died in the following few months. His remaining two daughters were taken in marriage by members of the Senussi family. All his books—and it is said he possessed the best library in the Senussi circle—and his property were taken by the Senussi family. The[66] only remaining man of his family is Adam, his brother, who had inherited the empty house at Jaghbub and the stigma attaching thereto. With the death of Adam the family will be extinct.

“Henceforward you won’t have to worry about our affairs,” said Sidi El Mahdi, dismissing him. Bu Seif was then taken home as a sick man. He died a few days later. His two sons passed away in the following months. His remaining two daughters were married off to members of the Senussi family. All his books—and it's said he had the best library in the Senussi circle—and his property were taken by the Senussi family. The[66] only remaining man of his family is Adam, his brother, who inherited the empty house in Jaghbub and the stigma that comes with it. With Adam's death, the family will die out.


[67]CHAPTER VIII

MEALS AND MEDICINE

Food and medicine

AT intervals there were pleasant marks of hospitality from the Senussi leaders at Jaghbub.

At times, there were friendly gestures of hospitality from the Senussi leaders at Jaghbub.

There are various forms of hospitality among the Bedouins, depending upon the rank both of the host and of the guest and upon the circumstances of the given case. When a traveler comes to an oasis or a town in the desert he has with him his own caravan, provided with all the necessities of living. He does not put up at a hotel or go to a friend’s house to live but sets up his own establishment, either pitching his tents and making a camp, or perhaps, as happened to me at Jaghbub, at Jalo, and again at Kufra, occupying a house put at his disposal by some one in the place. Then comes the question of entertainment and honor from the dignitaries of the community. They may either invite one to luncheon or to dinner in their own houses or send a meal to the guest at his own house or camp. The first form of hospitality I shall describe when we reach Jalo, where I was entertained[68] by twelve or fifteen notables in turn. The second form was that which I received at Jaghbub. This variety of hospitality may be extended from three to seven days, depending upon the respective ranks of host and guest.

There are different types of hospitality among the Bedouins, depending on the status of both the host and the guest and the specific situation. When a traveler arrives at an oasis or a town in the desert, he brings his own caravan, equipped with all the essentials for living. He doesn’t stay at a hotel or go to a friend's house but sets up his own camp, either pitching tents or, as happened to me in Jaghbub, Jalo, and again in Kufra, occupying a house provided by someone in the area. Then there’s the matter of hospitality and honor from the community leaders. They may invite the traveler to lunch or dinner at their homes or send a meal to him at his own place or camp. I’ll describe the first type of hospitality when we get to Jalo, where I was hosted by twelve or fifteen notable people in turn. The second type was what I experienced in Jaghbub. This kind of hospitality can last from three to seven days, depending on the relative ranks of the host and the guest.

Several days after my arrival Sidi Ibrahim and Sidi Mohi Eddin, young sons of Sayed Ahmed, the former guardian of Sayed Idris, who is now in Angora, boys of thirteen and fifteen years of age, made the beau geste of showing me hospitality. There arrived at my house a Bedouin of the Barassa tribe, with two slaves laden with food. They set before me a feast of at least a score of dishes, and I was bidden to eat. The representative of my hosts sat courteously by, himself not touching a morsel, while I tasted the dishes in turn; no mortal man could eat them all and live. It was his function as deputy host to see that I lacked nothing to make the meal a satisfying and pleasant one, and to entertain me with conversation while I ate. The men of his tribe are the aristocrats of the desert, tall, erect, handsome, proud and with the spirit and courage of lions. A Barassy, if he were alone in the midst of an alien tribe, would not hesitate to meet an insult or a discourtesy with instant challenge and to fight the whole lot single-handed if it came to that.

Several days after I arrived, Sidi Ibrahim and Sidi Mohi Eddin, the young sons of Sayed Ahmed, the former guardian of Sayed Idris, who is now in Angora, both around thirteen and fifteen years old, generously offered me their hospitality. A Bedouin from the Barassa tribe showed up at my house with two slaves carrying food. They laid out a feast with at least twenty dishes, and I was invited to eat. The representative of my hosts sat by me, not touching any food himself, while I sampled the dishes one by one; no one could eat them all without feeling overwhelmed. It was his role as the deputy host to ensure I had everything I needed to enjoy the meal and to keep me entertained with conversation while I ate. The men of his tribe are the elite of the desert—tall, proud, good-looking, and full of the spirit and bravery of lions. A Barassy, even if alone among a foreign tribe, wouldn't hesitate to confront an insult or disrespect with an immediate challenge and would take on the whole group by himself if necessary.

Under his solicitously attentive eye, and waited[69] on by the slaves who accompanied him, I ate my meal. I am not sure that I can remember the full tale of the dishes that were set before me, but they ran something like this: a rich meat soup, made with butter and rice; a great dish of boiled meat; a big bowl of rice with bits of meat in it; eggs, hard-boiled, fried, and made into an omelet with onions and herbs; tripe; meat in tomato sauce; meat croquettes; sausages; vegetable marrows; bamia or okra; mulukhia, an Egyptian vegetable with a peculiar flavor of its own; marrows stuffed with rice and bits of meat; kus-kus, a distinctively Arab dish made of flour and steamed; a salad; a kind of blanc-mange or pudding of corn-flour and milk; Bedouin pancakes with honey; a sweet pudding of rice; a delicate kind of pastry made of flour with raisins and almonds. This last is an Egyptian dish rather than one native to the desert. The slave who had cooked my meal, knowing me to be an Egyptian, had put forth her best energies to please me and as a climax had provided this Egyptian delicacy. At home we call it sadd-el-hanak, “that which fills the mouth.” It fills the soul of the epicure with joy as well.

Under his watchful eye, and attended to by the slaves who were with him, I ate my meal. I can't recall all the dishes that were served to me, but they included a rich meat soup with butter and rice; a large portion of boiled meat; a big bowl of rice with pieces of meat in it; hard-boiled eggs, fried eggs, and an omelet with onions and herbs; tripe; meat in tomato sauce; meat croquettes; sausages; vegetable marrows; bamia or okra; mulukhia, an Egyptian vegetable with a unique flavor; marrows stuffed with rice and bits of meat; kus-kus, a well-known Arab dish made of flour and steamed; a salad; a type of blanc-mange or pudding made from corn flour and milk; Bedouin pancakes with honey; a sweet pudding made of rice; and a delicate pastry made of flour with raisins and almonds. This last one is more Egyptian than a desert dish. The slave who cooked my meal, knowing I was Egyptian, had put in her best effort to impress me and, as a special touch, included this Egyptian delicacy. At home, we call it sadd-el-hanak, "that which fills the mouth." It fills the soul of the gourmet with joy, too.

THE EXPLORER’S CARAVAN CAUGHT IN A SAND-STORM

THE EXPLORER’S CARAVAN CAUGHT IN A SAND-STORM

In the Bedouin cuisine meat predominates, generally lamb or mutton. True hospitality without meat is impossible for the desert-dweller to imagine. It is the key-stone of the structure not only of Bedouin[70] hospitality but of Bedouin living, except of course when one is on the trek and cannot get it. A guest must be given meat, and it must be meat specially provided for him. When a Bedouin invites one to dine with him, he slaughters a sheep expressly for his visitor. As a rule he will neither prepare the meal nor even kill the animal until one has arrived, in order that there may be no doubt that the preparations were made expressly for the guest. He carries his courtesy to the point of asking a guest, on his arrival to partake of a meal, to lend him a knife with which to slaughter a sheep, for hospitality demands that the guest shall be convinced that full honor is being done him.

In Bedouin cuisine, meat is the main focus, typically lamb or mutton. For someone from the desert, true hospitality without meat is unimaginable. It's the cornerstone of both Bedouin hospitality and daily life, unless, of course, they are traveling and can't access it. A guest must be served meat, and it has to be meat specifically prepared for them. When a Bedouin invites someone to dinner, they will slaughter a sheep just for their visitor. Usually, they won’t even start cooking or kill the animal until the guest has arrived, to ensure there’s no doubt that everything is done specifically for them. The host extends their courtesy to the point of asking the guest, upon arrival, to lend them a knife to slaughter a sheep, as hospitality requires that the guest feels fully honored.

The great variety of dishes on the Bedouin menu, when a friend or a stranger is being formally entertained, is the essence of the ceremony. The greater the number the better the host and the higher the honor he is able to pay the partaker of the meal.

The wide range of dishes on the Bedouin menu, when a friend or stranger is being formally hosted, is the heart of the ceremony. The more dishes there are, the better the host and the greater the respect he shows to the guest.

Bedouin entertaining concentrates itself upon food, for in the desert there is nothing to be had in the way of pleasure except eating. In the primitive surroundings of an oasis, to eat is the whole story.

Bedouin hospitality revolves around food, as in the desert there’s little else to enjoy besides eating. In the simple setting of an oasis, eating is everything.

Two incidents of that month in Jaghbub interested me as illustrating how, with all their differences, the East and the West are often humorously alike. The one incident was comic, but the other had pathos in it as well as humor.

Two events that month in Jaghbub caught my attention as examples of how, despite their differences, the East and the West can often be humorously similar. One event was funny, while the other had both humor and a touch of sadness.

[71]I had given instructions that no one who came to my house in quest of medicine should ever be turned away. Sidi Zwela, an ikhwan, had appealed for help for his cough, and I had given him a bottle of cough-syrup. Two days later he appeared again. He said the first few doses had done him so much good that he had quickly finished the bottle. Might he have another bottle? Abdullahi, who was present at the interview, after his departure growled out a cynical comment: “Yes, he found it sweet and pleasant to the taste. He takes it as a delicacy and not as a medicine.” The comment was probably accurate. More than one child I had heard of during my years in England whose cough persisted strangely so long as the cough-medicine was sweet and tasty.

[71]I had instructed that no one seeking medicine at my house should ever be turned away. Sidi Zwela, an ikhwan, asked for help with his cough, and I gave him a bottle of cough syrup. Two days later, he came back. He said the first few doses had helped him so much that he quickly finished the bottle. Could he have another one? Abdullahi, who was there during the visit, remarked cynically after Sidi Zwela left, “Yeah, he found it sweet and nice to taste. He’s treating it as a treat, not as medicine.” The comment was likely true. I had heard about more than one child in England whose cough lasted unusually long as long as the cough medicine was sweet and tasty.

I am afraid that my men used to boast about the things that could be done with what we had among our stores. The Baskari, after Ahmed had been pulling his leg about my having medicine for everything, came to me to ask for something to cure a slave-girl of absent-mindedness. I could only reply that from my experience in various lands to keep a servant from forgetting was as easy as to prevent water from sinking into the sand.

I’m afraid my guys used to brag about what we could do with the supplies we had. The Baskari, after Ahmed had joked about me having medicine for everything, came to me asking for something to help a slave-girl who was absent-minded. I could only tell him that, based on my experience in different places, keeping a servant from forgetting things was as easy as stopping water from soaking into the sand.

The second incident involved two men as different as day and night. There came to my house one day a slave of the wakil sent by his master to consult me.[72] It was a matter about which Sidi Hussein could not approach me in person. Bedouin etiquette forbids a man to talk to another about his wife, or even about any particular woman who is not known to both of them. But a slave could say for him what his dignity forbade him to speak in person. The slave’s message was that the wife of the wakil had borne no children, which was a keen disappointment to the husband. Surely, his master thought, I must have, in my medicine-chest filled with the wonders of the science of the West, some remedy for the poor woman’s childless state.

The second incident involved two men who were as different as day and night. One day, a servant of the wakil came to my house, sent by his master to consult me.[72] This was something Sidi Hussein couldn’t discuss with me directly. Bedouin etiquette doesn’t allow a man to talk about his wife or any specific woman who isn’t known to both of them. However, a servant could convey what his master felt was too personal to say in person. The servant’s message was that the wakil’s wife had not been able to have children, which was a deep disappointment to him. Surely, his master thought, I must have something in my medicine chest, filled with the wonders of Western science, that could help the poor woman’s situation.

My thoughts went straight back to my last days at Oxford. An old college servant was an excellent fellow, but most inordinately shy. He came to me one day as I was preparing for the journey home, and with a tremendous summoning of his courage proffered a request.

My mind immediately went back to my final days at Oxford. There was an old college staff member who was a great guy, but incredibly shy. One day, as I was getting ready to head home, he approached me and, gathering all his courage, made a request.

“If you would allow me, sir,” he said, “to ask a favor? My wife and I have no children. The doctor can’t help us; he has nothing to suggest. Now, sir, back in that country of yours, I’ve heard it said, they have wonderful talismans that will do all kinds of things. I’m not one who has believed much in having to do with magic, but this is a very special case. Do you think you might find me a talisman and send it on? If it’s not asking too much, sir?”

“If you wouldn’t mind, sir,” he said, “could I ask for a favor? My wife and I don’t have any children. The doctor can’t help us; he has nothing to recommend. Now, sir, back in your country, I’ve heard they have amazing talismans that can do all sorts of things. I’m not really someone who believes much in magic, but this is a very important situation. Do you think you could find a talisman for me and send it over? If it’s not too much trouble, sir?”

DESERT SANDS COVERING DATE-TREES

Desert sand covering date palms

In a few years if the wind continues in the same direction the trees will be embedded forever in the sands

In a few years, if the wind keeps blowing the same way, the trees will be permanently stuck in the sands.

[73]In the face of his anxiety and the courageous breaking down of the barriers of his shyness, I could only answer gravely but sympathetically that I would do what I could. But the necessity did not arise. He had died, remembered by Balliol men past and present, before I came to Oxford again.

[73]Dealing with his anxiety and the brave way he overcame his shyness, I could only respond seriously yet kindly that I would do my best. However, it turned out to be unnecessary. He had passed away, remembered by Balliol men, both old and new, before I returned to Oxford.

In the case of Sidi Hussein, however, I could not put the matter off. The slave was waiting for an answer, and doubtless his master was waiting for him. I thought quickly. I gave the slave half a bottle of Horlick’s malted milk tablets, with solemn instructions that three were to be taken by the lady each day until all were gone.

In the case of Sidi Hussein, though, I couldn't delay the decision. The slave was expecting an answer, and surely his master was waiting for him too. I thought fast. I handed the slave half a bottle of Horlick’s malted milk tablets, with firm instructions that the lady was to take three each day until they were all gone.

When the slave had left, I reflected on the amusing parallel between the two cases. There in Oxford, the West, having exhausted all that its science had to offer on behalf of the universal desire for offspring, had tried to draw upon the spiritual resources of the East. Here in Jaghbub, the East, finding all its spiritual appeals of no avail, had turned to the science of the West for aid. East or West, we alike believe in the miraculous power of the unknown.

When the slave left, I thought about the interesting similarity between the two situations. In Oxford, the West, having used all its scientific knowledge to address the universal desire for children, attempted to tap into the spiritual resources of the East. Meanwhile, here in Jaghbub, the East, finding its spiritual efforts ineffective, turned to the science of the West for help. Whether East or West, we all believe in the miraculous power of the unknown.

But all this pleasant peaceful life and courteous hospitality did not produce camels. I sent messengers out into the surrounding country in quest of the beasts, making my offers of money for their hire larger and larger as time went on, but I could get no[74] favorable responses. I invoked the aid of Sidi Hussein, but he professed himself powerless. I sent a messenger back to Siwa with a telegram to Sayed Idris in Egypt, informing him of my predicament and asking his aid. As soon as could be expected, a reply came directing Sidi Hussein to give me all the assistance in his power. Still the wakil seemed to be unable to help me.

But all this nice, peaceful life and friendly hospitality didn’t provide any camels. I sent messengers out into the surrounding area looking for the animals, making my offers of money for their hire bigger and bigger as time went on, but I couldn’t get any[74] favorable responses. I asked Sidi Hussein for help, but he said he couldn’t do anything. I sent a messenger back to Siwa with a telegram to Sayed Idris in Egypt, letting him know about my situation and asking for his help. As soon as could be expected, a reply came telling Sidi Hussein to give me all the help he could. Still, the wakil seemed unable to assist me.

At last, when things began to seem hopeless, a Zwaya caravan arrived from Jalo on its way to Siwa for dates. I wanted those camels, but of course their owners had no desire to turn back without the dates they had come for. However, a way was found to persuade them, for I communicated to them, through Sidi Hussein, the news that an order had been issued by the Egyptian Government forbidding Zwayas to enter Egyptian territory until they had composed their differences with the Awlad Ali, who live in Egypt, and with whom they had a feud. Since they could not go to Siwa, which is in Egypt, without fear of punishment, there they were stranded at Jaghbub, with nothing to do but go back the way they came. That was precisely the way I wanted them to go. The combined effect of the order of the Egyptian Government, of the message from Sayed Idris, of the persuasions of Sidi Hussein, and of the promise of exorbitant prices for hire of their camels, which they succeeded[75] in dragging out of me because of my necessity, finally made them agree to take me to Jalo.

At last, when things started to look hopeless, a Zwaya caravan arrived from Jalo on its way to Siwa for dates. I wanted those camels, but naturally, their owners were reluctant to turn back without the dates they had come for. However, we found a way to convince them since I relayed through Sidi Hussein the news that the Egyptian Government had issued an order preventing Zwayas from entering Egyptian territory until they settled their issues with the Awlad Ali, who live in Egypt and are in conflict with them. Since they couldn't go to Siwa, which is in Egypt, without risking punishment, they were stuck at Jaghbub, left with no choice but to return the way they came. That was exactly how I wanted them to go. The combination of the Egyptian Government's order, the message from Sayed Idris, Sidi Hussein's persuasion, and the promise of sky-high prices for hiring their camels, which they managed to extract from me due to my urgent need, ultimately convinced them to take me to Jalo.

The quiet days of contemplation under the shadows of the white kubba and the anxious days of striving for the means of continuing my journey came at last to an end. On February 22, thirty-four days after I had entered Jaghbub, I turned my face to the westward and set out for Jalo.

The peaceful days of reflection under the shade of the white kubba and the restless days of working hard to find a way to continue my journey finally came to an end. On February 22, thirty-four days after I arrived in Jaghbub, I faced west and set off for Jalo.


[76]CHAPTER IX

SAND-STORMS AND THE ROAD TO JALO

SAND-STORMS AND THE ROAD TO JALO

I LEFT Jaghbub in accordance with the best tradition. It was a day of sand-storm. The Bedouins say that to start a journey in a sand-storm is good luck. I am not sure, though, that they are not making a virtue of necessity. It is as though an Italian were to say that it is good luck to set out when the sun is shining or a Scotsman when it is raining! Sand-storms are a commonplace in the desert, but as an experience there is nothing commonplace about them.

I LEFT Jaghbub following the best tradition. It was a sandstorm day. The Bedouins say that starting a journey in a sandstorm brings good luck. I'm not so sure, though, that they aren't just trying to make the best of a tough situation. It's like an Italian saying it's great luck to leave when the sun is shining or a Scotsman saying it’s good fortune when it’s raining! Sandstorms are common in the desert, but experiencing one is anything but ordinary.

The day dawns with a clear sky and no hint of storm or wind. The desert smiles upon our setting out, and the caravan moves forward cheerfully. Before long a refreshing breeze comes up from nowhere and goes whispering over the sands. Almost imperceptibly it strengthens, but still there is nothing unpleasant in its blowing. Then one looks down at one’s feet, and the surface of the desert is curiously[77] changed. It is as though the surface were underlaid with steam-pipes with thousands of orifices through which tiny jets of steam are puffing out. The sand leaps in little spurts and whirls. Inch by inch the disturbance rises as the wind increases its force. It seems as though the whole surface of the desert were rising in obedience to some up-thrusting force beneath. Larger pebbles strike against the shins, the knees, the thighs. The spray of dancing sand-grains climbs the body till it strikes the face and goes over the head. The sky is shut out; all but the nearest camels fade from view; the universe is filled with hurtling, pelting, stinging, biting legions of torment. Well for the traveler then if the wind is blowing at his back! The torture of the driving sand against his face is bitter. He can scarcely keep his eyes open, and yet he dare not let them close, for one thing worse than the stinging of the sand-grains is to lose one’s way.

The day begins with a clear sky and no sign of a storm or wind. The desert seems to welcome us as we set out, and the caravan moves ahead cheerfully. Soon, a refreshing breeze appears from nowhere and whispers over the sands. Almost without notice, it grows stronger, but it remains pleasant. Then you look down at your feet, and the surface of the desert is strangely [77] altered. It’s as if there are steam pipes beneath the surface with thousands of openings puffing out tiny jets of steam. The sand jumps in small bursts and swirls. Inch by inch, the disturbance grows as the wind picks up strength. It feels like the entire surface of the desert is reacting to some force pushing up from below. Larger pebbles slam against your shins, knees, and thighs. The spray of dancing sand grains climbs up your body until it hits your face and goes over your head. The sky disappears; only the closest camels remain visible; the universe is filled with swirling, pelting, stinging, and biting grains of torment. It’s a good thing for the traveler if the wind is at his back! The sting of the driving sand against his face is harsh. He can barely keep his eyes open, and yet he can’t afford to close them because the only thing worse than the stinging sand is losing his way.

THE ZIEGHEN WELL

THE ZIEGHEN WELL

The first well reached in nine days’ trekking from Jalo on the way to Kufra. The well, which is a water-hole, is only marked by a dim patch of sand, which the caravans scrape as they go along. Water is found at four or five feet deep. The fact that this well is so indistinctly marked makes it easy to miss it entirely unless the guide is a very good one.

The first well is reached after nine days of trekking from Jalo on the way to Kufra. This well, which serves as a water-hole, is only indicated by a faint patch of sand that the caravans scrape as they pass. Water can be found four or five feet down. The fact that this well is so poorly marked makes it easy to overlook entirely unless the guide is really skilled.

A HALT IN THE DESERT

A STOP IN THE DESERT

The caravan on its way to Kufra from Jalo. Note change from sandy ground to grass.

The caravan is heading to Kufra from Jalo. Notice the shift from sandy ground to grass.

Fortunately the wind comes in driving gusts, spaced in groups of three or four, with a few seconds of blessed lull after each group. While the gusts are making their assault, one turns one’s face away, pulls one side of one’s kufia forward like a screen, and almost holds one’s breath. When the lull comes, one puts the kufia back, takes a quick look about to see that one has kept one’s bearings, then swiftly prepares for the next attack.

Fortunately, the wind comes in strong bursts, grouped in threes or fours, with a few seconds of welcome calm after each bunch. During the gusts, you turn your face away, pull one side of your kufia forward like a shield, and nearly hold your breath. When the calm comes, you put the kufia back, take a quick look around to make sure you’re still oriented, then quickly get ready for the next blast.

[78]It is as though some great monster of fabled size and unearthly power were puffing out these hurtling blasts of sand upon the traveler’s head. The sound is that of a giant hand drawing rough fingers in regular rhythm across tightly stretched silk.

[78]It feels like some massive mythical creature with incredible strength is blowing these swirling sandstorms right onto the traveler’s head. The noise resembles a giant hand sliding rough fingers rhythmically across tightly stretched silk.

When the sand-storm comes there is nothing to do but to push doggedly on. Around any stationary object, whether it might be a post, a camel, or a man, the eager sands swiftly gather, piling up and up until there remains only a smoothly rounded heap. If it is torture to go on, it is death itself to halt.

When the sandstorm hits, there's nothing to do but keep going with determination. Around any stationary object, whether it’s a post, a camel, or a person, the relentless sands quickly accumulate, piling up until all that’s left is a smooth, rounded mound. If it's torture to continue, it’s certain death to stop.

A sand-storm is likely to be at its worst for five or six hours. While it persists, a caravan can only keep going, with careful vigilance that the direction be not missed. When the storm is at its fiercest, the camels will be scarcely moving, but their instinct tells them that it is death to halt. How instinctively wise they are is shown by the fact that when it begins to rain they sense no such danger and will immediately stand still and even lie down.

A sandstorm is probably at its worst for about five or six hours. While it lasts, a caravan can only keep moving, with close attention to ensure they don't lose their direction. When the storm is at its peak, the camels barely move, but their instincts tell them that stopping could be fatal. Their instinctive wisdom is evident when it starts to rain; they sense no danger and will immediately stop and even lie down.

The storm drives the sand into everything one possesses. It fills clothes, food, baggage, instruments, everything. It searches out every weak spot in one’s armor. One feels it, breathes it, eats it, drinks it—and hates it. The finest particles even penetrate the pores of the skin, setting up a distressing irritation.

The storm blasts sand into everything you own. It fills your clothes, food, bags, instruments—everything. It finds every weak point in your defenses. You feel it, breathe it, eat it, drink it—and you hate it. The tiniest particles even seep into your skin, causing an uncomfortable irritation.

[79]There are certain rules about the behavior of sand-storms which every Bedouin knows and is quite ready to tell the stranger to the desert. The wind that makes the storm will rise with the day or go to sleep with the sun. There will be no sand-storm at night when there is a moon. A sand-storm never joins the afternoon and evening. These are excellent rules; but on our trek to Jalo every one of them was broken! We had storms when the moon was shining and storms when the night was dark. We had storms that began before dawn and storms that did not pause till long after the sun was set. We had storms that not only joined afternoon and evening but wiped out the line of demarcation between them. We had little storms and great storms, the worst I had yet seen; storms that were short and storms that were long; storms by day and storms by night. But even under this interminable bombardment, I did not lose the spell of the desert’s charm. Sometimes at evening, when we had been battling doggedly against the flying squadrons of the sand for hours, the wind would stop dead as if a master had put up a peremptory finger. Then for an hour or so the fine dust would settle slowly down like a falling mist. But afterward the moon would rise, and under the pale magic of its flooding light the desert would put on a new personality. Had there been a sand-storm? Who[80] could remember? Could this peaceful expanse of loveliness ever be cruel? Who could believe it?

[79]There are certain rules about how sandstorms behave that every Bedouin knows and is always happy to share with newcomers to the desert. The wind that creates the storm typically picks up with the dawn or calms down at sunset. There won’t be a sandstorm at night when the moon is out. A sandstorm never happens in the afternoon and continues into the evening. These are solid rules; however, on our journey to Jalo, every single one of them was broken! We faced storms when the moon was shining and storms when it was completely dark. We had storms that started before dawn and didn’t let up until long after the sun went down. We experienced storms that blurred the lines between afternoon and evening. We encountered small storms and massive ones, the worst I had ever seen; storms that were brief and storms that dragged on; storms during the day and storms at night. Yet, even with this relentless onslaught, I didn’t lose the spell of the desert’s charm. Sometimes in the evening, after battling fiercely against the swirling sand for hours, the wind would suddenly stop as if someone had raised a commanding finger. For about an hour, the fine dust would settle slowly like falling mist. But then the moon would rise, and in its soft light, the desert would take on a whole new personality. Had there really been a sandstorm? Who[80] could remember? Could this serene stretch of beauty ever be harsh? Who could believe it?

The trek to Jalo was therefore not an easy one. The sand-storms were a constant annoyance and sometimes a menace. The latter part of the way led through a country of sand-dunes, and the caravan had to go winding about among them. To keep one’s course straight to the proper point of the compass in spite of those wrigglings and twistings takes all one’s skill and attention at the best of times. When a sand-storm is torturing and blinding the whole caravan, the task becomes a staggering one. Nevertheless we pushed steadily on, making on the whole good time of it.

The journey to Jalo was definitely not easy. The sandstorms were a constant irritation and sometimes dangerous. The last part of the route went through an area of sand dunes, and the caravan had to navigate winding paths among them. Keeping a straight course towards the right compass point despite all the twists and turns requires all of your focus and skill, even under normal conditions. When a sandstorm is punishing and blinding the entire caravan, the challenge becomes overwhelming. Still, we kept moving forward, overall making good progress.

In spite of the viciousness of the attacking sands there were hours of pleasure on this trek.

In spite of the harshness of the attacking sands, there were moments of joy on this journey.

Memorable were the genial evenings when we were all gathered around the fire of hatab for our after-dinner glasses of tea. Then stories would begin to go around. Old Moghaib, with the firelight playing on the gray hairs of his shaggy beard, would begin by telling bits of Zwaya history when his grandfather used to go to Wadai to fight the black tribes and bring back camels and slaves. Saleh would follow with a tale of the great profits that his cousin had made on his last trip to Wadai, when he did not have to fight anybody but brought back leather, ostrich-feathers,[81] and ivory to sell in Barka, which is the Arabic name for Cyrenaica.

Memorable were the friendly evenings when we all gathered around the fire of hatab for our after-dinner cups of tea. That’s when the storytelling would start. Old Moghaib, with the firelight dancing on the gray hairs of his shaggy beard, would kick things off by sharing bits of Zwaya history, recounting how his grandfather once went to Wadai to fight the black tribes and return with camels and slaves. Saleh would then chime in with a story about the big profits his cousin made on his last trip to Wadai, where he didn’t have to fight anyone but came back with leather, ostrich feathers, [81] and ivory to sell in Barka, the Arabic name for Cyrenaica.

THE ARMED MEN OF THE CARAVAN

THE ARMED MEN OF THE CARAVAN

Hassanein Bey is mounted on his Arab horse, Baraka

Hassanein Bey is riding his Arab horse, Baraka.

Then I would turn to Ali and demand a love-song. He was a poet of sorts and betrothed to Hussein’s sister. If the girl is anything like her brother, the boy is not doing badly for himself. Ali would look to his uncle for permission to comply with my request and find the old man busy with his rosary and pretending to be oblivious of the turn that matters had taken. It does not befit the dignity of a gray-haired Bedouin to sit and hear love-songs from the younger generation. But his respect for me keeps him from leaving the gathering.

Then I would turn to Ali and ask for a love song. He was a bit of a poet and was engaged to Hussein’s sister. If the girl is anything like her brother, the guy is doing pretty well for himself. Ali would glance at his uncle for permission to fulfill my request and see the old man busy with his rosary, pretending to be unaware of the situation. It wouldn’t be fitting for a gray-haired Bedouin to sit and listen to love songs from the younger crowd. But his respect for me stops him from leaving the gathering.

Finally he mutters in his beard, “Sing to the bey, since he likes to hear our Bedouin songs.” Ali’s pleasant voice rises on the evening air, and the beads of old Moghaib’s rosary fall through his fingers with the deliberate regularity characteristic of a man who is conscious of nothing but his devotions.

Finally, he mutters to himself, “Sing to the bey, since he likes to hear our Bedouin songs.” Ali’s pleasant voice rises in the evening air, and the beads of old Moghaib’s rosary slip through his fingers with the steady rhythm typical of a man focused solely on his prayers.

So Ali sings:

So Ali is singing:

“I went singing
 And all men turned to hear me.
 It is Khadra
 Who draws the song from my soul.
 Red is her cheek like spilt blood;
 Slim and round she is like a reed.
 None so young, none so old
 [82]Not to know her.
 If I meet her in the way,
 I will flaunt her—
 Like a scarf upon my spear.”

As his voice dies away, is it my imagination, or are the rosary beads in Moghaib’s fingers moving a little faster? After a pause Ali sings again:

As his voice fades, is it just my mind playing tricks, or are the rosary beads in Moghaib’s fingers moving a bit faster? After a moment, Ali starts singing again:

“Thou slim narcissus of the gardener’s pride,
 Thy mouth flows honey
 Over teeth of ivory.
 Thy waist is slender
 Like the lion’s running in the chase.
 Wilt thou have me?
 Or thinkest thou of another?
 Thy form is rounded like a whip—
 To lie on thy breast
 Were to be in Paradise.
 Love cannot be hidden,
 But Fate is in the hands of God.”

There is silence in the camp, except for the murmur of the dying fire and the clicking of the rosary. But the rhythm of the beads is significantly changed now. Toward the end of Ali’s song Moghaib’s fingers had stopped dead for a moment and then hurried nervously on as though to deny that they had halted. The old man had been a great lover in his[83] time, and the boy’s song had stirred his blood with memories. Perhaps it was fortunate for others around that fire that they had no clicking rosary-beads to betray them.

There’s silence in the camp, except for the soft crackle of the dying fire and the sound of the rosary beads clicking. But the rhythm of the beads has changed significantly now. Near the end of Ali’s song, Moghaib’s fingers paused for a moment and then fumbled nervously on, almost as if trying to deny that they had stopped. The old man had been a passionate lover in his time, and the boy’s song had awakened old memories within him. Maybe it was for the best for the others around the fire that they didn’t have any clicking rosary beads to give them away.

After Bu Salama Well, which is a day’s trek from Jaghbub, we were going through a region where there were remains of a petrified forest. At intervals we passed great blocks of stone erect like guideposts along the way. Ages ago they had been living trees, but now the forces of nature had transferred them from the vegetable kingdom to the mineral. A few smaller bits of petrified wood were scattered about, but most of those were hidden beneath the sand. The larger tree sections had remained visible because the etiquette of the desert demands that any one passing such a fallen landmark shall set it erect again. It is also good form, on a newly traveled track, to build little piles of stones at intervals as notice to later comers that here lies the way. Sometimes one comes upon a tree or a shrub on which hang shreds and patches of clothing, and there one is under obligation to add a thread or a fragment from his own outfit. These accumulating tokens confirm the tree as a landmark to later comers and afford the encouragement of the thought that others have been this way before. In the dead waste and monotony of the desert any evidence of the passing[84] of one’s fellow-man is a cheering incident. The sight of camel-dung, of the bleached bones of a camel, or even the skeleton of an unfortunate traveler are welcome to the eye, for at least they show that a caravan had passed that way.

After Bu Salama Well, which is a day’s hike from Jaghbub, we were crossing a region with the remains of a petrified forest. Occasionally, we passed large stone blocks standing like guideposts along the path. Ages ago, these had been living trees, but now nature had turned them from part of the plant kingdom into part of the mineral kingdom. A few smaller pieces of petrified wood were scattered around, but most were buried under the sand. The larger tree sections stayed visible because desert etiquette requires anyone passing by such a fallen landmark to stand it back up. It’s also proper, when on a newly traveled path, to build small piles of stones at intervals to inform future travelers that this is the way. Sometimes you come across a tree or a shrub adorned with torn pieces of clothing, and there, you’re expected to add a thread or a fragment from your own outfit. These accumulating offerings mark the tree as a landmark for others and provide the reassurance that others have traveled this way before. In the empty vastness and monotony of the desert, any sign of another person passing through is a boost to the spirit. The sight of camel dung, the bleached bones of a camel, or even the skeleton of an unfortunate traveler is reassuring because it indicates that a caravan has been through this area.

Shortly after leaving Jaghbub we came upon a different kind of landmark. It consisted of a row of small sand hillocks like ant-hills stretching across the track. It is called Alam Bu Zafar, the Bu Zafar landmark, and it is the sign and symbol of a pleasant Bedouin custom. On any trek, the new-comers to that particular route are expected to slaughter a sheep for those in the caravan who have come that way before. The custom is called Bu Zafar. If the novices do not awaken promptly to their responsibilities, the veterans give them a hint. One or two of them dash ahead of the caravan and build a row of sand-piles across the way. When the caravan reaches the significant landmark, they call out suggestively, “Bu Zafar, Bu Zafar.” Invariably the hint is taken, a sheep is slaughtered, and the ceremonial feast is held.

Shortly after leaving Jaghbub, we came across a different kind of landmark. It was a row of small sand hillocks that looked like ant hills stretched across the path. It’s called Alam Bu Zafar, the Bu Zafar landmark, and it represents a nice Bedouin custom. During any journey, newcomers on that route are expected to sacrifice a sheep for those in the caravan who have traveled that way before. This tradition is known as Bu Zafar. If the newcomers don’t wake up quickly to their responsibilities, the veterans give them a nudge. One or two of them sprint ahead of the caravan and create a row of sand piles across the path. When the caravan reaches this important landmark, they call out playfully, “Bu Zafar, Bu Zafar.” Usually, the hint is understood, a sheep is sacrificed, and the ceremonial feast takes place.

In our caravan there were several who had not gone over this route before, including myself. I bought a sheep before leaving Jaghbub so that we who were new to this route might give Bu Zafar to the old-timers. The Alam Bu Zafar that we came[85] upon, therefore, was not of our making, but left by some other caravan.

In our caravan, there were several people who had never traveled this route before, including me. I bought a sheep before leaving Jaghbub so that those of us who were new to the route could offer Bu Zafar to the experienced travelers. The Alam Bu Zafar that we encountered[85] was not created by us, but left behind by another caravan.

HAPPY TEBUS AT KUFRA

Happy Tebus at Kufra

A BIDIYAT FAMILY

A BIDIYAT FAMILY

We were fortunate in finding grazing for our camels almost every day until we reached Jalo. Sometimes, it is true, we had to go out of our way to reach the patches of green among the sand-dunes, but we always found them. Three kinds of vegetation grow sparsely and in infrequent spots in this part of the desert. Belbal is a grayish green bush, whose foliage is not good eating for the camels. It grows only in the vicinity of a well. Ordinarily the camels will not touch it, but if very hungry they will. Then unceasing vigilance is necessary to save oneself from the annoyance of having a sick camel on one’s hands.

We were lucky to find grazing for our camels almost every day until we reached Jalo. Sometimes, it's true, we had to go out of our way to reach the patches of green among the sand dunes, but we always found them. Three types of vegetation grow sparingly and in rare spots in this part of the desert. Belbal is a grayish-green bush whose leaves aren't good for the camels to eat. It only grows near a well. Usually, the camels won't touch it, but if they're really hungry, they will. Then constant vigilance is needed to avoid the hassle of dealing with a sick camel.

Damran is a similar bush, but with darker foliage and with brown stems which make good fuel when dried. This is excellent food for the camels, and they eat it eagerly. The third variety of vegetation is nisha, which grows in tufts of thin leaves up to a foot high. This too makes good grazing. It is only in the winter months, however, when the scanty rains come, that these plants are available. No Bedouin would think of making a journey between Jalo and Jaghbub in summer without carrying a supply of fodder for his camels.

Damran is a similar bush, but with darker leaves and brown stems that make great fuel when dried. This is excellent food for the camels, and they eat it hungrily. The third type of vegetation is nisha, which grows in clusters of thin leaves up to a foot tall. This also provides good grazing. However, it's only during the winter months, when the sparse rains arrive, that these plants are available. No Bedouin would consider making a journey between Jalo and Jaghbub in summer without bringing enough fodder for their camels.

On the tenth day from Jaghbub we reached the well of Hesaila, the first water after Bu Salama. It[86] was marked by a few trees and small green bushes, and after we had scooped out the drifted sand with our hands, the water seemed good. But the after-effects were not so pleasant.

On the tenth day from Jaghbub, we arrived at the well of Hesaila, the first source of water after Bu Salama. It was surrounded by a few trees and small green bushes, and after clearing the drifted sand with our hands, the water looked good. However, the after-effects weren’t so enjoyable.

Two days later we found ourselves on the outskirts of the Oasis of Jalo. Before we could enter, a messenger came rushing to meet us. He carried a letter from Sidi Mohammed El Zerwali, the ikhwan, who had been directed by Sayed Idris to accompany us to Kufra, asking me to camp outside until they could prepare to receive us properly. Sayed Idris, before he had left Jalo two months before, had told them that I was on the way and directed that I should be shown all possible courtesy. They had expected us long before this, and when we did not come they decided that I had changed my plans.

Two days later, we found ourselves on the edge of the Oasis of Jalo. Before we could go in, a messenger rushed to meet us. He had a letter from Sidi Mohammed El Zerwali, the ikhwan, who had been instructed by Sayed Idris to accompany us to Kufra, asking me to set up camp outside until they could get ready to welcome us properly. Sayed Idris had told them two months earlier, before leaving Jalo, that I was on my way and had instructed them to show me every courtesy. They had been expecting us much earlier, and when we didn’t arrive, they assumed I had changed my plans.

We withdrew a short distance from the town and camped. A few hours later an impressive group of a score or more of Bedouins came out and drew themselves up in a long line before the village of Lobba, one of the two villages that make up Jalo. Dressed in our cleanest and most ceremonial clothes, and my men provided with ammunition for the complimentary salute, we went forward. I approached and shook hands with Sidi Senussi Gader Bouh, the kaimakam or governor of the district, the members of the Council of Jalo, and other prominent citizens. The[87] kaimakam made a speech of welcome, to which I replied. My men fired their guns in salute, and we passed into the town.

We pulled away from the town and set up camp. A few hours later, an impressive group of twenty or more Bedouins arrived and lined up in front of the village of Lobba, one of the two villages that make up Jalo. Dressed in our best ceremonial clothes, and my men ready with ammunition for a salute, we moved forward. I stepped up and shook hands with Sidi Senussi Gader Bouh, the *kaimakam* or governor of the district, along with members of the Council of Jalo and other important citizens. The *kaimakam* gave a welcoming speech, to which I responded. My men fired their guns in salute, and we entered the town.

I went to the house which was put at my disposal, and received a visit of ceremony from the Council of Jalo and from Sidi El Fadeel, the uncle of Sayed Idris. After dinner with Senussi Gader Bouh, I spent the evening in discussing plans for the trip with Sidi Zerwali.

I went to the house I was given, and received a formal visit from the Council of Jalo and from Sidi El Fadeel, the uncle of Sayed Idris. After dinner with Senussi Gader Bouh, I spent the evening discussing trip plans with Sidi Zerwali.


[88]CHAPTER X

AT THE OASIS OF JALO

AT THE JALO OASIS

JALO is one of the most important oases in Cyrenaica. It lies about 240 kilometers from the Mediterranean at its nearest point, beyond Jedabia, and about 600 kilometers from Kufra, which is directly south. The oasis is not only the largest producer of dates in all the province, but it is the trade outlet for the products of Wadai and Darfur which come through Kufra. Everything from the outside world that goes to Kufra passes through Jalo.

JALO is one of the key oases in Cyrenaica. It's located about 240 kilometers from the Mediterranean at its closest point, beyond Jedabia, and around 600 kilometers from Kufra, which lies directly to the south. The oasis isn't just the largest date producer in the entire province; it's also the trade hub for products from Wadai and Darfur that come through Kufra. Everything from the outside world that goes to Kufra passes through Jalo.

“The desert is a sea,” said El Bishari, a prominent chieftain of the Majabra tribe, “and Jalo is its port.” It was at the height of its importance something like thirty years ago when El Mahdi maintained the Senussi capital at Kufra. In those days caravans of two or three hundred camels came and went between Jalo and the south each week, but when I was there the traffic had shrunk to less than a tenth[89] of that. In summer, however, it is swollen by the demands of the date harvest.

“The desert is like a sea,” said El Bishari, a key leader of the Majabra tribe, “and Jalo is its port.” It was at the peak of its significance about thirty years ago when El Mahdi kept the Senussi capital at Kufra. Back then, caravans of two or three hundred camels traveled back and forth between Jalo and the south every week, but when I visited, the traffic had dropped to less than a tenth[89] of that. However, in summer, it increases due to the demands of the date harvest.

HAWARIA, A LANDMARK OF KUFRA

HAWARIA, A KUFRA LANDMARK

It can be seen for hours before arriving at Kufra, and once it is sighted the caravan is safe

It can be seen for hours before reaching Kufra, and once it’s spotted, the caravan is safe.

There are two villages at Jalo, over a mile apart, Erg and Lobba. Between and around them are scattered the date-palms in picturesque profusion to the number of nearly a hundred thousand.

There are two villages at Jalo, more than a mile apart, Erg and Lobba. In between and around them are scattered date palms in a beautiful layout, totaling nearly a hundred thousand.

Twelve miles to the west lies Aujila, which is the ancient oasis mentioned by Herodotus as famous for its dates. In Aujila is the tomb of Abdullahi El Sahabi, who is reputed to have been a clerk of the Prophet Mohammed. Whether such is actually the case is somewhat problematical; but at least the prophet did have a clerk named Abdullahi El Sahabi, that Abdullahi did come to North Africa, and the tomb of a man of that name is found at Aujila. Many a tradition has been based on flimsier evidence. The story is told that the Grand Senussi found the body of Sahabi buried in a remote spot, and forthwith saw in a vision the spirit which had once inhabited the body.

Twelve miles to the west is Aujila, the ancient oasis that Herodotus noted for its famous dates. In Aujila is the tomb of Abdullahi El Sahabi, who is believed to have been a clerk of the Prophet Mohammed. Whether that’s actually true is somewhat debatable; but at least the prophet did have a clerk named Abdullahi El Sahabi, he did come to North Africa, and there is a tomb of a man with that name in Aujila. Many traditions have been founded on less convincing evidence. The story goes that the Grand Senussi discovered Sahabi's body buried in a secluded area, and then had a vision of the spirit that once inhabited the body.

“Dig up my body,” said the ghostly visitor, “put it on a camel, and go forth. Where the camel halts, there you shall build my tomb.”

“Dig up my body,” said the ghostly visitor, “put it on a camel, and go ahead. Wherever the camel stops, that’s where you should build my tomb.”

The Grand Senussi obeyed the injunction and journeyed till he came to Aujila. There the camel stopped dead and refused to go on, and on the spot the tomb was built.

The Grand Senussi followed the instruction and traveled until he reached Aujila. There, the camel came to a complete stop and wouldn’t move any further, and right there, the tomb was built.

[90]The founder of the Senussi sect and all the members of the Senussi family and even their prominent ikhwan are believed to possess occult powers and second sight. Sayed El Mahdi is credited with having particularly strong occult powers which the Bedouins call miracles. One of the ikhwan at Jaghbub told me the following story about Sayed El Mahdi. An ignorant Bedouin came to him intending to study under him at Jaghbub. Suddenly the man realized that it was the sowing season and that he had nobody to look after the sowing of his land. So he thought it best to go away till after the crop season and then return to his studies. He went to say good-by to Sayed El Mahdi. He entered the room, sat down, and, as is the custom, waited until he was spoken to. Sayed El Mahdi appeared to ignore him for a few minutes. The man felt sleepy and just dozed off for a minute or two, awaking to Sayed El Mahdi’s gentle voice saying, “Now you feel at rest, and you know that matters have been arranged for you.” In that short time the man had seen in a dream his brother plowing his land and sowing the barley crop. “Now you shall be our guest,” continued the Sayed, “and study and pray that God may guide you to the right path. All will be provided for, as you have seen, and you will have no reason to worry. God is merciful, and He looks after us all.” The man[91] remained at Jaghbub and afterward went home just in time for the harvest. On his return to Jaghbub he told one of the ikhwan that not only had his crop been sown as he saw in the dream, but the place seen and the time of the dream were exactly corroborated by the facts.

[90]The founder of the Senussi sect and all the members of the Senussi family, along with their notable ikhwan, are thought to have special abilities and insight. Sayed El Mahdi is said to have particularly strong powers that the Bedouins refer to as miracles. One of the ikhwan at Jaghbub shared a story about Sayed El Mahdi. An uninformed Bedouin came to him wanting to learn at Jaghbub. Suddenly, the man remembered it was planting season and that he didn't have anyone to tend to his land. So, he decided it would be better to leave until after the harvest and then return to his studies. He went to say goodbye to Sayed El Mahdi. He entered the room, sat down, and, as is the custom, waited to be addressed. Sayed El Mahdi appeared to overlook him for a few minutes. The man felt drowsy and dozed off for a minute or two, waking up to Sayed El Mahdi’s soft voice saying, “Now you feel at ease, and you know that your affairs have been taken care of.” In that brief moment, he dreamt of his brother plowing his land and sowing the barley. “Now you will be our guest,” the Sayed added, “and study and pray that God guides you to the right path. Everything will be taken care of, as you have seen, and there’s no need for you to worry. God is merciful, and He watches over us all.” The man[91] stayed at Jaghbub and later returned home just in time for the harvest. When he came back to Jaghbub, he told one of the ikhwan that not only had his crop been planted as he saw in the dream, but the location and timing of the dream completely matched the reality.

Another incident was told me by the kaimakam of Jalo. He was traveling with a party from Benghazi to Jaghbub to visit Sayed El Mahdi. They missed a well and were in dire straits. At night a man, the least enthusiastic of the pilgrims, turned to him and said, “Now that you have brought us to visit that wonderful man Sayed El Mahdi, will you ask him to send us some water, if he be as saintly as you say he is?” That same night at Jaghbub, Sayed El Mahdi, so the story goes, ordered two of his slaves to take five camels loaded with water and food, and going out into the open he indicated the direction they should take, adding that until they met a caravan they must not stop by the way. In due course they came across the caravan in distress and rescued it.

Another incident was shared with me by the kaimakam of Jalo. He was traveling with a group from Benghazi to Jaghbub to see Sayed El Mahdi. They missed a well and were in serious trouble. At night, one man, the least enthusiastic among the pilgrims, turned to him and said, “Now that you’ve brought us to visit that amazing man Sayed El Mahdi, will you ask him to send us some water, if he really is as saintly as you claim?” That same night in Jaghbub, Sayed El Mahdi, as the story goes, instructed two of his slaves to take five camels loaded with water and food, and after going out into the open, he pointed out the direction they should take, telling them that they must not stop until they met a caravan. Eventually, they encountered a distressed caravan and saved it.

There are some of the old ikhwan still living whom even members of the Senussi family themselves avoid displeasing because they fear their occult powers. One of these who lives at Kufra was the ikhwan of a zawia in Cyrenaica. A Bedouin once brought[92] some sheep to water at the well, and some of them strayed into the patch of ground attached to the zawia and ate the young barley. The ikhwan warned the Bedouin to stop his sheep from doing this, and the man pretended to pay attention but was really determined that not only these sheep but the whole flock should go in and help themselves to the crop. And when the ikhwan came out again it was to see all the flock feeding on his barley. “May God curse them,” he cried, “the sheep that eat the crop of the zawia.” The story goes that not a single sheep emerged alive from the zawia garden.

Some of the old ikhwan are still around, and even members of the Senussi family avoid upsetting them because they fear their mystical powers. One of these individuals lives in Kufra and was the ikhwan of a zawia in Cyrenaica. Once, a Bedouin brought[92] some sheep to drink water at a well, and a few of them wandered into the area surrounding the zawia and ate the young barley. The ikhwan warned the Bedouin to keep his sheep from doing this, but the man pretended to listen while secretly planning for not just those sheep, but the entire flock to go in and munch on the crop. When the ikhwan stepped outside again, he found the whole flock grazing on his barley. “May God curse them,” he shouted, “the sheep that eat the crop of the zawia.” Legend has it that not a single sheep came out alive from the zawia garden.

Until this day the Bedouins fear the Senussi family not so much because of any temporal power but on account of the spiritual powers with which they credit them. A Bedouin cursed by one of the Senussi family lives the whole time in fear of something awful about to happen to him. His friends, even his own people, try to avoid his presence lest the curse upon him should account for a harm to them also.

Until today, the Bedouins fear the Senussi family not so much because of their worldly power, but because of the spiritual power they believe the family possesses. A Bedouin who has been cursed by a member of the Senussi family lives in constant fear of something terrible happening to him. His friends, even his own people, try to stay away from him for fear that the curse will bring them harm as well.

There is the famous case of the chief clerk of Sayed El Mahdi who lies in Kufra now half paralyzed. I went to see him. He was quite happy and very content in spite of the fact that he could not move his body. On my second visit he was getting confidential and—half believing, half disbelieving—[93]asked if I had any medicine for his malady. I hesitated, for I did not want the man to lose hope entirely. He saw this and, without even giving me the chance of answering him, said: “No, it is decreed that it should be thus. It was my fault. Sayed El Mahdi wanted me to journey north. I could not disobey him, but I tried to avoid the journey. I went as far as Hawari and there wrote to him pretending to be ill. The answer came by a messenger that if I were ill I should certainly be relieved of the journey. The next day I was struck with paralysis and brought back to Kufra and have been here ever since. That was twenty-five years ago.”

There’s the well-known case of the chief clerk of Sayed El Mahdi who now lies in Kufra, half paralyzed. I went to visit him. He seemed quite happy and very content despite not being able to move his body. On my second visit, he became more open and—half believing, half doubting—[93]asked if I had any medicine for his condition. I hesitated because I didn't want him to lose all hope. He noticed this and, without giving me a chance to respond, said: “No, it’s meant to be this way. It was my fault. Sayed El Mahdi wanted me to travel north. I couldn’t disobey him, but I tried to avoid the trip. I went as far as Hawari and there I wrote to him pretending to be ill. The reply came via a messenger saying that if I was truly ill, I’d certainly be excused from the journey. The next day I was struck with paralysis and brought back to Kufra, and I’ve been here ever since. That was twenty-five years ago.”

CAMELS CROSSING THE SAND-DUNES

Camels crossing the sand dunes

The kaimakam at Jalo told me a story when we were discussing miracles. He said that on one occasion there was a very severe sand-storm which nearly covered the whole of the tomb at Aujila. So they brought the slaves to dig it out again. As it was being dug out the kaimakam came into the chamber which contained the shrine and noticed a very strong smell of incense. He called one of the slaves and asked whether he had burned any incense. The man denied it, yet till now, upon occasion, a visitor to the tomb will smell this incense, though it is known that none has been burned.

The kaimakam at Jalo shared a story with me while we were talking about miracles. He recounted that there was once a severe sandstorm that nearly buried the entire tomb at Aujila. They had to bring in the slaves to dig it out again. While they were digging, the kaimakam entered the chamber holding the shrine and noticed a very strong smell of incense. He called over one of the slaves and asked if he had burned any incense. The man denied it, but to this day, visitors to the tomb occasionally report smelling the incense, even though no one has burned any.

Jalo is the headquarters of the Majabra tribe of Bedouins, the merchant princes of the Libyan Desert.[94] A few Zwayas are also found there, but the Majabras make up the great majority of the two thousand inhabitants of the two villages. The Majabras have wonderful business instinct. The Majbari boasts of his father having died in the basur—the camel-saddle—as the son of a soldier might boast that his father died on the field of battle. When I was in Jalo, the Italian authorities, who were then on unfriendly terms with Sayed Idris, had prohibited the sending of goods from Benghazi and the other ports of Cyrenaica into the interior. Consequently prices of commodities at such inland places as Jedabia went up with a leap. Majabra merchants, arriving at Jalo with caravans of goods from Egypt, heard of this abnormal situation in the north. Without a moment’s hesitation they changed their plans, trekked north instead of south, and sold their goods to splendid advantage in Jedabia. Then back they dashed—if the camel’s pace of less than three miles an hour can be so described—to Egypt or the south for another caravan-load. Arrived again at Jalo with their merchandise, they inquired carefully as to comparative conditions in the markets of Jedabia and Kufra and directed their further journey accordingly. Considering the remoteness of the desert places—Jalo five days from Jedabia, Kufra from twelve to eighteen days from Jalo—and the snail-like[95] speed of a caravan, news travels across the desert with surprising swiftness. At least it seems so. I suppose the true explanation is that all things are relative, and while news moves at the camel’s pace, so does everything else.

Jalo is the main hub for the Majabra tribe of Bedouins, who are the merchant leaders of the Libyan Desert.[94] There are a few Zwayas living there too, but the Majabras make up the vast majority of the two thousand residents of the two villages. The Majabras have an exceptional knack for business. A Majbari takes pride in saying his father died in the basur—the camel saddle—much like the son of a soldier might boast that his father died in battle. When I was in Jalo, the Italian authorities, who were then not on good terms with Sayed Idris, had banned the shipping of goods from Benghazi and other ports in Cyrenaica to the interior. As a result, prices for goods in inland areas like Jedabia shot up. Majabra merchants, arriving at Jalo with caravans from Egypt, learned about this unusual situation in the north. Without hesitation, they altered their plans, headed north instead of south, and sold their goods at great profit in Jedabia. Then they rushed back—if you can call a camel's speed of less than three miles an hour rushing—toward Egypt or the south for another load. Once back in Jalo with their merchandise, they carefully checked market conditions in Jedabia and Kufra and planned their next move accordingly. Given the isolation of the desert locations—Jalo is five days from Jedabia, and Kufra is twelve to eighteen days from Jalo—and the slow pace of a caravan, news spreads across the desert surprisingly quickly. At least it seems that way. I guess the real explanation is that everything is relative, and while news travels at a camel’s pace, so does everything else.[95]

While the Majabras are the great traders of the Libyan Desert, the Zwayas have also their claims to prominence. The rivalry between the two tribes is always present under the surface, and occasionally it flashes forth into the light.

While the Majabras are the top traders of the Libyan Desert, the Zwayas also have their reasons for being notable. The competition between the two tribes is constantly simmering beneath the surface, and sometimes it comes into the open.

There is some envy of the Zwayas by all the other tribes of Cyrenaica because the man second in importance to Sayed Idris among the Senussis is Ali Pasha El Abdia, who is a Zwayi. Abdia is a splendid soldier, a powerful support to Sayed Idris and a man much trusted by the Senussi leader.

There is some envy of the Zwayas from all the other tribes of Cyrenaica because the man who is second in command to Sayed Idris among the Senussis is Ali Pasha El Abdia, who is a Zwayi. Abdia is an excellent soldier, a strong ally to Sayed Idris, and a man highly trusted by the Senussi leader.

One evening after dinner at Jalo some expression of this rivalry was given by Sidi Saleh, who belonged to no tribe in Cyrenaica and was in fact a sherif or descendant of the Prophet, in an argument with Moghaib and Zerwali, who were both Zwayas. Moghaib launched into a little history of the achievements of the Zwayas. Sidi Saleh listened to the Zwayi’s eulogy of his tribe, shook his head, and remarked, “Their history may be as glorious as Sidi Moghaib tells you, but they do not fear God.”

One evening after dinner at Jalo, Sidi Saleh, who wasn't part of any tribe in Cyrenaica and was actually a sherif or descendant of the Prophet, expressed this rivalry during a debate with Moghaib and Zerwali, who were both Zwayas. Moghaib started sharing a bit of history about the achievements of the Zwayas. Sidi Saleh listened to the Zwayi’s praise of his tribe, shook his head, and said, “Their history might be as glorious as Sidi Moghaib claims, but they don’t fear God.”

At this Moghaib burst forth: “By God, Sidi[96] Saleh, they may not fear God, but neither do they fear man. Woe to him who dares molest their caravan or attack their camp.”

At this, Moghaib exclaimed, “By God, Sidi[96] Saleh, they might not fear God, but they certainly don’t fear people. Woe to anyone who dares to disturb their caravan or attack their camp.”

Then he came quickly over to me and continued, “We have the blessing of El Mahdi upon us, for it was to our headquarters in Kufra that Sidi El Mahdi came and from which he disappeared.”

Then he quickly came over to me and said, “We have El Mahdi’s blessing upon us, for it was to our headquarters in Kufra that Sidi El Mahdi came and from which he disappeared.”

The Senussis will never say that El Mahdi died, but always that he “disappeared” or some equivalent expression. In fact there is a legend among them that he is not dead but wandering over the earth until such time as he shall come again to his desert people. To the Zwayas El Mahdi is the most beloved of the Senussi leaders because it was he who moved the center of activity of the brotherhood to Kufra, their headquarters. The kubba of the mosque that he built is the glory of Kufra.

The Senussis will never say that El Mahdi died; they always say he “disappeared” or something similar. In fact, there’s a legend among them that he isn't dead but is wandering the earth until he returns to his desert people. To the Zwayas, El Mahdi is the most beloved of the Senussi leaders because he moved the center of the brotherhood's activities to Kufra, their headquarters. The kubba of the mosque he built is the pride of Kufra.

In my own experience the Zwayas at times showed hostility and made it clear that, although I was a Moslem, the son of a religious man, and a confidant of Sayed Idris, they did not want me in Kufra. Some of them even expressed the hope that they would have seen the last of me when I left Kufra. In spite of this scarcely veiled antagonism to me, however, I never expect to find better men for a desert journey than the Zwayas who formed part of my caravan. Zerwali in particular, a typical Zwayi[97] Bedouin, was the best of companions and the most reliable of associates.

In my experience, the Zwayas sometimes showed hostility and made it clear that, even though I was a Muslim, the son of a religious man, and a confidant of Sayed Idris, they didn't want me in Kufra. Some of them even hoped they wouldn't have to see me again after I left Kufra. Despite this not-so-hidden antagonism toward me, I never expected to find better people for a desert journey than the Zwayas who were part of my caravan. Zerwali, in particular, a typical Zwayi[97] Bedouin, was the best companion and the most reliable associate.

SAYED MOHAMMED EL ABID

Sayed Mohammed El Abid

Ruler of Kufra and cousin of the head of the Senussi sect

Ruler of Kufra and cousin of the leader of the Senussi sect

THE HOUSE OF SAYED EL ABID

THE HOUSE OF SAYED EL ABID

Sheepskins of water are seen hanging from their tripods to cool in the shade, and beneath them are shallow copper pans. In the foreground is a tea-pot.

Sheepskins filled with water are hanging from their tripods to cool in the shade, and underneath them are shallow copper pans. In the foreground is a teapot.

The Bedouin of Cyrenaica has in him the blood of the Arabs who passed through the north of Africa on their way to Spain. Although he has mixed with other native tribes of North Africa, he still preserves the old Arab tradition. In the case of murder, among the Senussis, the Bedouins have their own law. As a rule the Senussi ikhwan intervenes as a peaceful intermediary. He takes the murderer and an old member of his tribe and goes to the murdered man’s camp, pitching camp near-by. The ikhwan then approaches the family of the murdered man, saying, “He who murdered your man is here”; and, taking him by the hand, he adds: “This is he who murdered your son. I hand him over to you that you may do as you will with him.” Usually the answer is, “May God forgive him, and may God’s justice and mercy fall upon him.” Thereupon the ikhwan starts arranging for the blood-money, which is generally three thousand dollars and a slave, the market value of the latter being known. The injured party may choose between accepting the money or having its equivalent in camels, sheep, or other commodities. The money may be paid in instalments extending over from one to three years, and the arrangement is generally carried through. In very rare cases or a deep-rooted[98] feud the family of the deceased refuse to accept blood-money, which means that they intend to kill the murderer himself, or else one of his relations or a leading member of his tribe.

The Bedouin of Cyrenaica carries the heritage of the Arabs who traveled through North Africa on their way to Spain. Even though he has mingled with other local tribes of North Africa, he still maintains the old Arab traditions. In cases of murder, the Bedouins have their own customs, particularly among the Senussi. Typically, the Senussi ikhwan steps in as a mediator. He takes the murderer along with an elder from his tribe and goes to the camp of the murdered man, setting up camp nearby. The ikhwan then approaches the family of the deceased, saying, “The one who killed your man is here,” and, taking him by the hand, adds: “This is the one who killed your son. I present him to you so you can decide his fate.” Usually, the response is, “May God forgive him, and may God’s justice and mercy be upon him.” After this, the ikhwan begins to arrange for the blood-money, which is typically three thousand dollars and a slave, with the value of the slave being understood. The family can choose to accept either the money or its equivalent in camels, sheep, or other goods. The payment can be made in installments over one to three years, and this arrangement is usually finalized. In very rare situations or in the case of a long-standing feud, the family of the deceased may refuse the blood-money, indicating their intent to kill the murderer himself, or one of his relatives or a prominent member of his tribe.

Bedouin boys and girls mix freely; it is only in the higher families that the women are kept in seclusion. As a rule a boy knows his sweetheart, and he goes to her camp and sings to her, generally in verse of his own making. If she likes him, she comes out and answers his song, not rarely in words of her own composition also. The boy then goes and asks for the girl from her people, paying a dowry if an agreement is reached. Then with ceremonial he goes with his friends and takes the girl home to his camp amid displays of horsemanship and much firing of guns. Cases have been known of elopements, which usually end in feuds between tribes, for the Bedouins look upon the man as having stolen the girl from them. There is a marriage contract, in many cases drawn up by the ikhwan, and the marriage takes place according to the Moslem religion. Marriages take place at a very early age, according to the development of the girl, who may be thirteen or fourteen, while the boy is between seventeen and twenty. Bedouins who can afford it marry more than one wife, but in that case the first wife remains the mistress of the house and takes precedence even over[99] the favorite wife in anything that has to do with household management.

Bedouin boys and girls interact freely; it's mainly in the higher-status families that women are kept secluded. Generally, a boy knows who his sweetheart is, and he visits her camp to sing to her, often using verses he has created himself. If she likes him, she comes out and responds to his song, frequently with words of her own making too. The boy then asks her family for her hand and pays a dowry if they reach an agreement. With ceremony, he and his friends take the girl home to his camp, showcasing horsemanship and firing guns. There have been instances of elopements, which often lead to conflicts between tribes, as Bedouins see the man as having taken the girl from them. A marriage contract is often drawn up by the ikhwan, and the marriage takes place according to the Muslim faith. Marriages often happen at a young age, depending on the girl’s maturity, who may be thirteen or fourteen, while the boy is typically between seventeen and twenty. Bedouins who can afford it may have more than one wife, but in this case, the first wife remains the head of the household and takes precedence over the favored wife in matters of home management.

I have heard of many cases of lads going off their heads through falling in love with a girl they could not marry. A Bedouin boy once came to me to ask for medicine. He looked very frail. He was slim, with a rather refined face, and spoke very little. “I have come to ask you for medicine to give me health,” he said. He shook his head when I asked what was his ailment and answered, “God knows best.” There was something queer about the boy, something that puzzled me, but as usual in these cases a few malted milk tablets were wrapped up carefully in paper and given to him with strict orders not to take more than three each day. When the boy had gone, an elderly man came to my tent. He squatted on the floor. “May God give you health and make your hand give recovery. My son came to you just now, and you gave him medicine. I have come to explain his ailment. He is always weak and afflicted by headaches. When night falls he shuns everybody and seeks solitude; often he goes out to spend the night in the open.”

I’ve heard of many cases where guys lose their minds over falling in love with a girl they can’t marry. A Bedouin boy came to me once, asking for medicine. He looked very fragile. He was slim, had a somewhat delicate face, and didn't say much. “I’ve come to ask for medicine to help me get better,” he said. He shook his head when I inquired about his illness and replied, “God knows best.” There was something odd about the boy, something that confused me, but as usual, I wrapped up a few malted milk tablets in paper and gave them to him with strict instructions not to take more than three a day. After he left, an elderly man came to my tent. He sat on the floor. “May God grant you health and make your hands bring recovery. My son just came to you, and you gave him medicine. I’ve come to explain his condition. He’s always weak and suffers from headaches. When night falls, he avoids everyone and seeks solitude; often he goes out to spend the night outside.”

I told the old man that the medicine I had given the boy was the only one I had that might give some relief. “Recovery comes from God,” replied the man in a sad voice. “We know his remedy, but it is decreed[100] that he should not have it. The boy is in love with a girl whose parents refused to give her to him in marriage.”

I told the old man that the medicine I had given the boy was the only one I had that might help. “Recovery comes from God,” the man replied sadly. “We know what he needs, but it’s decided[100] that he shouldn’t have it. The boy is in love with a girl whose parents won’t let him marry her.”

“Why don’t you make an effort, if you know this is the reason of your son’s illness, and try to get the girl in marriage for your son?”

“Why don’t you try harder, if you know this is the reason for your son’s illness, and work on marrying the girl to your son?”

“It is too late, now,” replied the father. “She is already married. But God knows best . . . She may be many days’ journey away from here, but she is suffering from the same ailment.” With that he rose and left my tent, a resigned, pathetic figure.

“It’s too late now,” the father replied. “She’s already married. But God knows best... She might be days away from here, but she’s dealing with the same problem.” With that, he stood up and left my tent, looking resigned and sad.

At Jalo, as at Jaghbub, there were no camels waiting for me when I arrived. But the reason was not the same, nor the uncertainty so disturbing. The hire of the necessary camels had been arranged for, and Omar Bu Helega, their owner, was ready to start just as soon as the beasts returned from grazing. No good Bedouin starts out on a long trek until his camels have been fattened and especially have had their fill of green fodder. A long stretch like that to Kufra, with no grazing on the way, means feeding the camels on dried dates exclusively. Dates, say the camelmen, are hot on the liver. Therefore, they prepare their animals for the ordeal by a course of green feeding before they start.

At Jalo, just like at Jaghbub, there were no camels waiting for me when I got there. But the reason was different, and the uncertainty wasn't as unsettling. The rental of the necessary camels had already been arranged, and Omar Bu Helega, their owner, was ready to go as soon as the camels came back from grazing. No good Bedouin sets out on a long journey until his camels are well-fed and especially have had plenty of fresh grass. A long trip like that to Kufra, with no grazing along the way, means feeding the camels only dried dates. Camel herders say that dates are tough on the liver. So, they make sure to prepare their animals for the journey by giving them a good amount of green food before they leave.

Bu Helega’s camels had been taken to near-by grazing grounds for this course of preparation, and[101] on the appointed day for their return they did not appear. The next day I wondered about them, the second day I was concerned, and the day after worried, lest, when taken from grazing, the beasts might have run away. However, they had not done so. They put in their appearance on the fourth day, and when they came they were in excellent condition.

Bu Helega's camels had been taken to nearby grazing grounds for this preparation, and[101] on the scheduled day for their return, they didn’t show up. The next day I was curious about them, the second day I was worried, and the day after that I was anxious, fearing the animals might have run away when they were taken from grazing. However, they hadn’t escaped. They arrived on the fourth day, and when they did, they were in great shape.

TEBU GIRL WEARING BEDOUIN CLOTHES

Tebu girl in Bedouin clothes

A TEBU WITH HIS CAMEL

A TEBU AND HIS CAMEL

I hired thirty-five camels, paying a high price for them. I could have bought the beasts outright for from twelve to eighteen pounds, while Bu Helega demanded thirteen and a half pounds for their hire for the two or three months’ journey to Abeshe in Wadai. But it was better so. If I had owned the camels myself the responsibility for their welfare would have been all mine. It would have been my men who had them in charge, with no motive beyond the general one of loyalty to the leader and the job for carrying the camels through in good condition. But when Bu Helega’s men went along with his own animals they were sure to have the best of care. During the trek to Kufra he kept his eye expertly on each one of them. If a camel weakened or seemed ill, he shifted loads to meet the emergency. He did everything to keep them fit to the journey’s end, and his care of them was worth to me all that it cost.

I hired thirty-five camels, paying a steep price for them. I could have bought the animals outright for between twelve and eighteen pounds, but Bu Helega charged thirteen and a half pounds to rent them for the two or three months’ journey to Abeshe in Wadai. But this turned out better. If I had owned the camels myself, I would have been fully responsible for their well-being. My men would have been in charge of them, driven only by their loyalty to me and the job of keeping the camels in good shape. However, since Bu Helega’s men were taking care of their own animals, they ensured they received the best care. During the trek to Kufra, he expertly kept an eye on each camel. If any camel seemed weak or unwell, he adjusted the loads to handle the situation. He did everything he could to keep them in good shape until we reached our destination, and his attention to them was worth every penny I spent.

In addition to camels I needed more men. The four who had been hired in Cairo, Sollum, and Siwa[102] were still with me: Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, and Ismail. I now added five more: Zerwali; Senussi Bu Hassan, the guide; Sad, who came from Aujila; Hamid; and Faraj, a slave. Bu Helega had with him his son and two camelmen. The list was supplemented at the last by five Tebus, nomadic blacks from Tibesti, a region northwest of Wadai. Abdullahi and Zerwali were the two headmen of the caravan. The former was in command of the luggage and the commissariat, while Zerwali was in charge of the camels and the men. They were the best companions that any man could have on a desert trek.

Besides camels, I needed more men. The four I had hired in Cairo, Sollum, and Siwa[102] were still with me: Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, and Ismail. I added five more: Zerwali; Senussi Bu Hassan, the guide; Sad, who came from Aujila; Hamid; and Faraj, a slave. Bu Helega brought his son and two camel handlers. Lastly, I included five Tebus, nomadic blacks from Tibesti, a region northwest of Wadai. Abdullahi and Zerwali were the two leaders of the caravan. Abdullahi managed the luggage and supplies, while Zerwali was in charge of the camels and the men. They were the best companions anyone could ask for on a desert journey.

We needed clothing, certain articles of food, and shoes, especially the last. The heelless Bedouin slipper is the only possible wear for the desert, but it will wear out, and it often has to be repaired on the way. It was necessary to be sure that each of us had not only shoes but the leather that we should need for patching them until we reached Kufra.

We needed clothes, some food items, and shoes, especially the shoes. The heelless Bedouin slipper is the only suitable footwear for the desert, but it wears out quickly and often needs repairs along the way. We had to make sure that each of us not only had shoes but also enough leather for patching them until we reached Kufra.

At Jalo I found a famous shoemaker, Hemaida, whom I had met at Kufra two years before. I had with me the very shoes that he had made for me then, with soles badly in need of patching. Great was his delight when I took them to him for his ministrations. He was a venerable-looking personage, whom it would have been easy to take for a judge or a member of the council at least. He came to my[103] house day after day to work on the five pairs of shoes he made for me, on the making of shoes for my men, and on the repairing of our saddles and other leather accoutrement. It was a pleasure to give him a meal and then to invite him to a friendly glass of tea. One day he was coughing as the tea was brought, and I expressed sympathy for his ailment. He looked at me across his glass of tea and answered in his quiet voice: “But your tea always stops my cough, Sidi El Bey. Not other tea, but yours always does.” I did not ignore the hint so gracefully given. Hemaida received his little packet of the miraculous tea as a present before we left Jalo.

At Jalo, I found a well-known shoemaker, Hemaida, whom I had met in Kufra two years earlier. I had the very shoes he made for me back then, and their soles desperately needed patching. He was thrilled when I brought them to him for repairs. He had a dignified appearance, easily mistaken for a judge or at least a council member. He came to my[103] house every day to work on the five pairs of shoes he made for me, craft shoes for my men, and fix our saddles and other leather gear. It was a pleasure to offer him a meal and then invite him for a friendly cup of tea. One day, he was coughing as the tea was served, and I expressed my concern for his health. He looked at me over his cup and replied in his calm voice, “But your tea always stops my cough, Sidi El Bey. Not any other tea, just yours.” I didn’t overlook the subtle hint. Hemaida received his small package of the miraculous tea as a gift before we left Jalo.

Besides my shoes and the leather, I bought cloth for clothing for my men, butter, oil, barley, fire-wood, and eight girbas. Ali Kaja, who was the favorite slave of Sayed Idris and had been made by him his trusted personal wakil in Jalo, told me that his master had directed him to put all his store of supplies of every kind at my disposal. I thanked him but did not avail myself of the offer. I had just come from Egypt, well equipped, and I knew how much these stores meant to those who lived in this isolated spot.

Besides my shoes and the leather, I bought fabric for clothing for my men, butter, oil, barley, firewood, and eight girbas. Ali Kaja, who was Sayed Idris's favorite slave and had been appointed his trusted personal wakil in Jalo, told me that his master had instructed him to offer me all his supplies of every kind. I appreciated the offer but chose not to take him up on it. I had just come from Egypt, well-equipped, and I understood how valuable these supplies were to those living in this remote area.

Besides the making of preparations, my ten days in Jalo were spent in receiving and giving entertainment and in scientific work. The entertainment was[104] up to the best Bedouin standards. The first day I dined with Senussi Gader Bouh, the kaimakam or governor of Jalo. The second day I lunched at the house of El Bishari, the most important of the Majabra merchant chiefs, waited on by my host and his sons. The third day luncheon was sent to me by the members of the council, and I was joined in the repast by Zerwali, the kadi or judge, Ali Kaja, and Moghaib. After the meal I had a talk with the kadi on Senussi history and was shown letters from the Grand Senussi and from El Mahdi, his son. Dinner that day came from Haj Farahat, another Majbari merchant, with the kaimakam, Zerwali, Ali Kaja, Moghaib, and Abdullahi as sharers of the feast. We discussed the custom of Bu Zafar, which all agreed must not be a meal but the slaughtering and eating of a sheep.

Besides making preparations, I spent my ten days in Jalo hosting and attending gatherings, as well as doing some scientific work. The hospitality was up to the best Bedouin standards. On the first day, I had dinner with Senussi Gader Bouh, the governor of Jalo. The second day, I had lunch at the home of El Bishari, the most important of the Majabra merchant chiefs, served by my host and his sons. On the third day, lunch was sent to me by the members of the council, and I was joined for the meal by Zerwali, the judge, Ali Kaja, and Moghaib. After the meal, I talked with the judge about Senussi history and was shown letters from the Grand Senussi and his son El Mahdi. Dinner that night came from Haj Farahat, another Majbari merchant, and included the governor, Zerwali, Ali Kaja, Moghaib, and Abdullahi sharing the feast. We discussed the custom of Bu Zafar, which everyone agreed must not be a meal but the slaughtering and eating of a sheep.

On the fourth day I lunched at the house of Haj Ali Bilal, a Majbari. My diary records the fact that there was the “usual crowd” and a “very good lunch.” Dinner was sent to me by Haj Seid, also one of the Majabra merchants, and the kaimakam, Zerwali, and the kadi joined me in it. On the next day I lunched at the house of Haj Ghraibil, and that evening my most interesting experience in the way of hospitality took place. There were living at Jalo several ladies of the Senussi family, including the wife of Sayed Idris and his sister. Shortly after my arrival at Jalo[105] they sent me an invitation to dinner. This was an unusual occurrence, for Bedouin women of high class do not offer entertainment to men as women of the western world may do with perfect propriety. I realized, of course, that I would not actually dine with my hostesses in person, but I was appreciative of the unprecedented honor nevertheless.

On the fourth day, I had lunch at Haj Ali Bilal's house, a Majbari. My diary notes that there was the “usual crowd” and a “very good lunch.” Dinner was provided by Haj Seid, another one of the Majabra merchants, and I was joined by the kaimakam, Zerwali, and the kadi. The next day, I had lunch at Haj Ghraibil's house, and that evening, I had my most interesting hospitality experience. There were several women from the Senussi family living in Jalo, including Sayed Idris's wife and sister. Shortly after I got to Jalo[105], they sent me an invitation to dinner. This was an unusual event, as high-class Bedouin women don’t typically invite men to dine like women in the western world do without any issues. I understood, of course, that I wouldn’t actually be dining with my hostesses, but I still appreciated the unprecedented honor.

SLAVE AT KUFRA

SLAVE AT KUFRA

TEBU GIRL CARRYING BURDEN ON HER HEAD

TEBU GIRL CARRYING A LOAD ON HER HEAD

At the appointed hour Zerwali and the kaimakam came to escort me to dinner. The house which the ladies occupied was the former government house of the days of Turkish rule. We were ushered into a spacious room where the soft light from a magnificent brass lantern and innumerable candles served to deepen the mellow tones and the rich combinations of color of priceless rugs and silken cushions. Sidi Saleh, who was the husband of one of the Senussi ladies, acted as host on their behalf. Under his hospitable direction, a splendid banquet was served to us by half a dozen slaves. When we had eaten all that was demanded by courtesy, and, I am afraid, much more than was required by nature, the banquet was completed with the washing of our hands in basins brought by the slaves, the ceremonial three glasses of tea, the sprinkling over us of rose-water, and the burning of incense before us. Then the chief slave came and deferentially whispered in my ear. Would the bey care to hear some music? There was a gramophone,[106] with records made by the famous singers of Egypt. The bey had only to command.

At the scheduled time, Zerwali and the kaimakam came to take me to dinner. The house where the ladies were staying used to be the government house from the days of Turkish rule. We were led into a large room where the soft light from a stunning brass lantern and countless candles enhanced the rich colors of the priceless rugs and silk cushions. Sidi Saleh, the husband of one of the Senussi ladies, hosted us on their behalf. Under his welcoming guidance, a lavish feast was served by several servants. After we had eaten as much as politeness required, and honestly much more than we needed, the meal ended with our hands washed in basins brought by the servants, three ceremonial glasses of tea, the sprinkling of rose-water over us, and the burning of incense in front of us. Then the head servant came over and politely whispered in my ear. Would the bey like to hear some music? There was a gramophone,[106] with records by the famous singers of Egypt. The bey just needed to give the order.

Perhaps to the disappointment of my companions—I do not know—but quite to my own satisfaction, I courteously declined the offered entertainment. There was something rare and precious in the perfumed atmosphere of that softly lighted room which the coming of voices from beyond the desert would have profaned. Partly the beauty of the place, the remoteness from the world, but especially the sense that I was the guest of noble Bedouin women, who were hidden from me by the customs of our eastern lands, but were in a real sense present through their gracious hospitality and kindly thoughtfulness, made of that evening a unique memory. I told the slave to convey my respectful salaams to the ladies and to tell them how much I had been touched by their courtesy. Then I went out into the clear desert night with the soft breeze stirring little breaths of incense from the folds of my jerd to remind me vividly of the peace and mystic calm of the room from which I had come.

Perhaps to the disappointment of my companions—I’m not sure—but to my own satisfaction, I politely declined the entertainment offered. There was something rare and precious in the fragrant atmosphere of that softly lit room, which the arrival of voices from beyond the desert would have disrupted. It was partly the beauty of the place, the distance from the world, but especially the feeling that I was a guest of noble Bedouin women, who were hidden from me by the customs of our eastern lands, yet were genuinely present through their gracious hospitality and thoughtful kindness, that made that evening a unique memory. I instructed the servant to convey my respectful greetings to the ladies and to let them know how much I appreciated their kindness. Then I stepped out into the clear desert night, with the gentle breeze stirring little whiffs of incense from the folds of my jerd to vividly remind me of the peace and mystic calm of the room I had just left.

The next day I returned the hospitality of those who had entertained me so generously. My room, with its dry mud floor, and travel-stained luggage ranged about the walls, could not bear comparison with the charming apartment in which I had dined the[107] night before. But Ali Kaja took it upon himself to see that we were made as presentable as circumstances would permit. With a pair of beautiful brass lanterns and a few rugs borrowed from Sayed Idris’s house and some other accessories, he created a very decent imitation of a banquet-hall. My guests included the kaimakam; the members of the council; the two ikhwan; the judge; Ali Kaja; Musa, the captain of the Senussi artillery; and Zerwali. Dressed in my best Bedouin robes I waited on them as a Bedouin host should, and when some of them, who had been out into the world, asked me to sit with them and eat, I assured them that I would—when they were my guests in Cairo. Ahmed, my cook, had laid himself out to provide several distinctively European dishes to give a note of novelty to our entertaining, and the delight of my guests was great at his achievements.

The next day, I returned the hospitality of those who had entertained me so kindly. My room, with its dry mud floor and travel-worn luggage scattered around the walls, couldn’t compare to the lovely apartment where I had dined the[107] night before. But Ali Kaja took it upon himself to make sure we looked as presentable as possible under the circumstances. With a pair of beautiful brass lanterns, a few rugs borrowed from Sayed Idris’s house, and some other decorations, he created a pretty decent imitation of a banquet hall. My guests included the kaimakam; council members; the two ikhwan; the judge; Ali Kaja; Musa, the captain of the Senussi artillery; and Zerwali. Dressed in my finest Bedouin robes, I served them as a Bedouin host should. When some of them, who had traveled, invited me to sit and eat with them, I told them I would—when they were my guests in Cairo. Ahmed, my cook, had gone all out to prepare several distinctly European dishes to add a touch of novelty to our gathering, and my guests were thrilled with his efforts.

My banquet ended the round of entertaining, and for a day or two I was permitted to lunch and dine in peaceful solitude. It was a relief, grateful though I had been to my generous hosts for their hospitality.

My banquet wrapped up the series of gatherings, and for a day or two, I was allowed to have lunch and dinner in calm solitude. It was a relief, even though I had been thankful to my generous hosts for their hospitality.

An important part of my activities at Jalo was the making of scientific observations. I observed the sun and the stars to determine the latitude and longitude and took regular readings of the aneroid barometer and thermometer for the determination of the[108] altitude. My observations on the latter point, when finally worked out in relation to barometric records made on the same days at Siwa, disclosed the interesting fact that the level of Jalo is sixty meters higher to-day than it was when Rohlfs ascertained it in 1879. He found Jalo almost exactly at sea-level; I found it sixty meters higher. I saw the explanation of it going on before my eyes. The drifting sands were climbing slowly up the trunks of the palm-trees and against the walls of the houses, threatening to engulf them. Some of the inhabitants had already moved their houses and rebuilt them on higher levels. It is the steadily accumulating sand, driven by sand-storms and gathering wherever trees and houses stop its progress, that has raised Jalo nearly two hundred feet above sea-level in forty-four years. The house I was living in, and at which the barometric readings were recorded, was from fifteen to twenty meters higher than the rest of the houses at Jalo.

An important part of my activities in Jalo was making scientific observations. I observed the sun and stars to determine latitude and longitude and took regular readings of the aneroid barometer and thermometer to measure altitude. My observations on this point, when finally compared to barometric records made on the same days in Siwa, revealed the interesting fact that Jalo is now sixty meters higher than when Rohlfs measured it in 1879. He found Jalo almost exactly at sea level; I found it sixty meters higher. I witnessed the explanation happening right before my eyes. The drifting sands were slowly climbing up the trunks of the palm trees and against the walls of the houses, threatening to engulf them. Some residents had already moved their houses and rebuilt them at higher elevations. It's the steadily accumulating sand, driven by sandstorms and gathering wherever trees and houses block its path, that has raised Jalo nearly two hundred feet above sea level in forty-four years. The house I was living in, where the barometric readings were recorded, was fifteen to twenty meters higher than the rest of the houses in Jalo.

In the taking of my observations I had to be cautious, for the Bedouins are suspicious of anything so elaborately scientific looking as a theodolite. They were sure to say that I was making a map with a view to coming back and conquering their land. The first time that a Bedouin chief and the man who was to guide us to Kufra caught me at my theodolite I had to explain hastily and persuasively that I was getting[109] data for the making of a calendar for the month of Ramadan.

In taking my observations, I had to be careful because the Bedouins are wary of anything that looks too scientific, like a theodolite. They were quick to assume I was creating a map with plans to come back and take over their land. The first time a Bedouin chief and the guy who was supposed to guide us to Kufra caught me using my theodolite, I had to quickly and convincingly explain that I was collecting[109] data to create a calendar for the month of Ramadan.

KUFRA

Kufra

The native dwellings and date-palms are in the foreground with lake in the background

The local homes and date palms are in the foreground with a lake in the background.

Abdullahi, who was of course not a Bedouin, was invaluable to me in the camouflaging of my scientific activities. In fact he was rather a specialist in the manufacture of those little inaccuracies that smooth the path of life and preserve the social amenities. One day we were using the theodolite some distance from the town. A native demanded what we were doing, and Abdullahi said we were taking a picture of Jalo.

Abdullahi, who definitely wasn’t a Bedouin, was essential for helping me hide my scientific activities. In fact, he was quite skilled at creating those little white lies that make life easier and keep social interactions pleasant. One day, we were using the theodolite a bit away from the town. A local asked what we were doing, and Abdullahi said we were taking a picture of Jalo.

“How can that be, at such a distance?” demanded the Bedouin.

“How is that possible from so far away?” asked the Bedouin.

Abdullahi had his explanation ready.

Abdullahi had his reasoning ready.

“The machine attracts the picture, so that it comes right out and flies into it,” he asserted glibly.

“The machine pulls the image in, making it pop out and fly into it,” he said smoothly.

“But how can a box attract a picture?” demanded the incredulous Bedouin.

“But how can a box attract a picture?” asked the skeptical Bedouin.

Abdullahi struck an attitude. “Ask the magnet how it attracts the iron,” he commanded rhetorically, and the debate was closed.

Abdullahi took a stand. “Ask the magnet how it draws in iron,” he said dramatically, and that ended the discussion.


[110]CHAPTER XI

ON THE TREK

ON THE TRAIL

ON Thursday, March 15, we were ready to trek.

ON Thursday, March 15, we were set to hike.

I got up at six to pack and get my baggage ready. As is usual on the first day of a journey, when the caravan is not yet shaken down and accustomed to the routine, it took us three hours to load. We were to follow the Bedouin custom of tag-heez, which means going to a near-by well before beginning a journey and spending several days, sometimes a week, in final preparations away from the distractions of town life. Buttafal Well, thirty kilometers from Jalo, was the point where we were to make our tag-heez, or preparation.

I got up at six to pack and get my bags ready. As is typical on the first day of a trip, when the caravan isn’t settled and used to the routine, it took us three hours to load everything. We were going to follow the Bedouin custom of tag-heez, which involves going to a nearby well before starting a journey and spending several days, sometimes a week, in final preparations away from the distractions of city life. Buttafal Well, thirty kilometers from Jalo, was where we were going to do our tag-heez, or preparation.

When the packing was well under way, the kaimakam, notables, and ikhwan came to give us the ceremonial mowad-a or farewell. We squatted down together and discussed the prospects for the journey. I had made this same trip to Kufra two years before under somewhat more favorable conditions and nevertheless we had lost our way before getting to[111] Kufra. It had been cooler then, two months earlier in the year; the winds and sand-storms had not been so incessant; and the caravan had been smaller.

When the packing was well underway, the kaimakam, local leaders, and ikhwan came to give us the ceremonial mowad-a or farewell. We sat down together and discussed our journey ahead. I had made this same trip to Kufra two years ago under somewhat better conditions and yet we still got lost before reaching [111] Kufra. It had been cooler then, two months earlier in the year; the winds and sandstorms were not as relentless; and the caravan had been smaller.

The problem of providing camels, their fodder, men, and food and equipment for the men did not arise then, as the whole caravan was produced complete and provided for by the generosity of Sayed Idris, a fact which had a considerable effect in lulling the suspicions of the Bedouins and subduing their hostility to strangers. On this occasion, I had to arrange for the camels and personnel, and so big a caravan journeying with the quantity of unusual luggage necessary for a long journey naturally aroused curiosity.

The issue of supplying camels, their feed, men, and food and gear for the men wasn't a concern back then, as the entire caravan was fully funded by the generosity of Sayed Idris. This played a significant role in easing the Bedouins' suspicions and calming their hostility towards outsiders. On this trip, I had to organize the camels and the crew, and such a large caravan traveling with a lot of unusual luggage for a long journey naturally sparked curiosity.

On these long waterless treks Nature is often the only enemy; and she can be one if she chooses. The men of my caravan worked well together. The four whom I had brought from Cairo, Sollum, and Siwa got on excellently with all the people we met. Zerwali, the Senussi ikhwan delegated by Sayed Idris to accompany us, was kindness itself and did everything in his power to make the journey as comfortable as possible. I felt no real concern over the outcome, no matter what Nature might choose to do.

On these long, dry journeys, Nature is often the only enemy; and she can be if she wants to be. The men in my caravan worked great together. The four I had brought from Cairo, Sollum, and Siwa got along really well with everyone we encountered. Zerwali, the Senussi ikhwan chosen by Sayed Idris to travel with us, was incredibly kind and did everything he could to make the trip as comfortable as possible. I wasn’t really worried about what might happen, no matter what Nature decided to throw at us.

When the camels were all loaded, we went through the dignified ceremony of the farewell. We took our stand in two half-circles facing each other,[112] the men of my caravan and myself in one and the chiefs of Jalo and the ikhwan in the other. Solemnly and reverently we raised our hands, palm upward, for prayers that the journey would be a blessed one, that God would guide us and return us safe to our homes. We read the “Fat-ha,” the first chapter of the Koran, the oldest of the ikhwan saying the “amen.” Then we shook hands and parted. The shouts of the men urging on the camels were echoed by “lu lias” from women of the village, and we were on our way.

When the camels were all loaded up, we went through the respectful ritual of saying goodbye. We stood in two half-circles facing each other, the men of my caravan and me on one side, and the chiefs of Jalo and the ikhwan on the other. Seriously and respectfully, we raised our hands, palms up, for prayers that the journey would be blessed, that God would guide us, and that we would return safely to our homes. We recited the “Fat-ha,” the first chapter of the Koran, with the oldest of the ikhwan saying “amen.” Then we shook hands and went our separate ways. The shouts of the men encouraging the camels were met with “lu lias” from the women of the village, and we were on our way.

As we passed El Lebba, the second village of Jalo, a pleasant incident occurred to send us cheerfully on our way. The solitary graceful figure of a girl appeared beside our path, her face hidden from us by the Bedouin veil. With one voice the men nearest her called out the traditional greeting:

As we passed El Lebba, the second village of Jalo, a nice event happened to cheer us up on our journey. A graceful girl appeared by the side of our path, her face covered by the Bedouin veil. In unison, the men closest to her shouted the traditional greeting:

“Wajhik! Wajhik! Your face! Your face!”

“Wajhik! Wajhik! Your face! Your face!”

The girl turned and demurely drew aside her veil to disclose the finely chiseled features, the clear olive skin, and the shy yet dignified expression of a Bedouin maiden. The men shouted with delight at her beauty and her courtesy. To complete the tradition I ordered them to “empty gunpowder” at her feet. Hamad and Sad performed the graceful ceremony, first one and then the other. The man danced lightly toward her as if to the imaginary rhythm of a Bedouin drum, his rifle held in both hands over his head, the[113] muzzle pointing forward, shouting a desert love-song as he went. Just in front of her he dropped lightly on one knee, brought his gun to the vertical position butt upward, and fired, a hair’s breadth from her feet.

The girl turned and shyly pulled back her veil to reveal her finely sculpted features, clear olive skin, and a bashful yet dignified expression like that of a Bedouin maiden. The men cheered in delight at her beauty and grace. To keep with tradition, I instructed them to “empty gunpowder” at her feet. Hamad and Sad performed the elegant ritual, one after the other. The man danced lightly toward her as if to the imagined beat of a Bedouin drum, his rifle held over his head with both hands, the[113] muzzle facing forward, singing a desert love song as he approached. Just in front of her, he lightly knelt, raised his gun vertically with the butt up, and fired, just a hair’s breadth from her feet.

THE OASIS OF HAWARI

THE HAWARI OASIS

The explorer’s camp on the most northerly oasis of Kufra

The explorer's camp at the northernmost oasis of Kufra

So close was the shot and so accurate his aim that the girl’s slippers were singed by the powder-flash. She did not flinch at the explosion but stood gracefully erect in her pride at the honor done her. Singed slippers are a mark of distinction in the desert that any Bedouin girl cherishes.

So close was the shot and so accurate his aim that the girl’s slippers were singed by the powder flash. She didn’t flinch at the explosion but stood tall with pride at the honor shown to her. Singed slippers are a badge of distinction in the desert that any Bedouin girl treasures.

When Sad had followed Hamad’s example, another shout rose from the men of the caravan, and we moved on.

When Sad followed Hamad's lead, another shout went up from the men of the caravan, and we kept moving.

The girl smiled after us, as flattered by the homage that had been paid her as we were by the good omen of a pretty face crossing our path at the outset of our journey. Within an hour we were in the open desert again.

The girl smiled at us, just as flattered by the tribute we had given her as we were by the good luck of encountering a pretty face at the beginning of our journey. Within an hour, we were back in the open desert again.

Eight hours’ trekking brought us to Buttafal Well, where we were to stop a day. We took matters easily that first night, with singing and conversation about the camp-fire till after midnight.

Eight hours of hiking took us to Buttafal Well, where we were going to stay for a day. We took it easy that first night, singing and chatting around the campfire until after midnight.

When the camp had settled down for the night, I took my pipe and went for a stroll. This was always one of the pleasures of my life in the desert—that last pipe of peace before turning in—and of peace it always was. If the day had been good, there was contentment;[114] if bad, there was hope for the next day and faith that all would be well. During the whole journey, I never went to sleep with anything really worrying me; worrying, that is, my mind itself, no matter how I might have been tried by occurrences or by conditions.

When the camp settled down for the night, I grabbed my pipe and went for a walk. This was always one of the highlights of my life in the desert—that final peaceful smoke before heading to bed—and it truly was peaceful. If the day had gone well, I felt content; if it hadn't, I held onto hope for the next day and trusted that everything would be alright. Throughout the entire journey, I never went to sleep with anything truly bothering me; it was just my mind, no matter how much I might have been challenged by events or circumstances.[114]

The next day was spent in final preparations. Bu Helega, the owner of the camels, arrived with his own little caravan of three camels. During the day another man had come from Jalo to catch up with us. We had been in need of rope and twine, but the price asked by the dealers had been too high. So Abdullahi chattered with them and left the actual closing of the bargain to the last minute. Then he had arranged with a man named Senussi Bu Jabir to bring the rope after us to Buttafal.

The next day was all about final preparations. Bu Helega, the owner of the camels, showed up with his own small caravan of three camels. During the day, another guy had come from Jalo to catch up with us. We needed rope and twine, but the prices from the vendors were too steep. So, Abdullahi chatted with them and held off on finalizing the deal until the last minute. Then he arranged for a guy named Senussi Bu Jabir to bring the rope to Buttafal after us.

When this man arrived, he came to my tent to tell me that his brother was in Wadai and to ask me to take him with us. He would work to pay for his passage. I looked him over and quickly decided that he would do. I discovered particularly that he had a sense of humor, almost if not quite the most valuable asset in desert travel. Ability may fail, but a keen sense of humor enables one to get the last ounce out of a man in possession of it. I was ready to take him, but it did not seem possible.

When this guy showed up, he came to my tent to tell me that his brother was in Wadai and asked me to bring him along. He said he would work to cover his fare. I checked him out and quickly decided he would fit in. I especially noticed that he had a good sense of humor, which is almost, if not the most important quality for traveling in the desert. Skills can fail, but a sharp sense of humor helps to get the most out of someone who has it. I was all set to take him, but it didn’t seem feasible.

“We are leaving at once,” I said. “There is no[115] time for you to make the day’s journey to Jalo and back for your luggage.”

“We are leaving right now,” I said. “There's no[115] time for you to make the journey to Jalo and back for your luggage.”

“I have it,” he said.

"I got it," he said.

“Where is it?” I demanded, looking about in bewilderment.

“Where is it?” I asked, looking around in confusion.

“Here,” he answered, pointing to the shirt he wore and the stick he carried.

“Here,” he replied, gesturing to the shirt he was wearing and the stick he was holding.

I burst into a hearty laugh at the idea of such an outfit for a hard desert trek, and he joined me cheerfully. I assured him that he might go and never regretted my decision. He proved to be one of the best men I had.

I broke into a big laugh at the thought of such an outfit for a tough desert hike, and he laughed along with me. I told him he could go, and I never regretted my choice. He turned out to be one of the best guys I had.

The next morning we watered the camels, a process which must not be hurried. Nothing is more important in trekking than the condition of your camels. Not only must they be fat and well nourished at the start, but they must be allowed to drink their fill with deliberation and permitted to rest after the drinking.

The next morning we watered the camels, a process that shouldn’t be rushed. Nothing is more crucial in trekking than the condition of your camels. They need to be healthy and well-fed at the start, but they also have to drink at their own pace and be allowed to rest afterward.

When the camels were ready they were loaded with the greatest care, for good packing and loading at the beginning mean time and trouble saved all through the journey. The rapidity with which the loading and unloading can be accomplished day after day sometimes means a gain of a day or two in time before the trip is over.

When the camels were ready, they were loaded with great care, because proper packing and loading at the start saves time and trouble throughout the journey. The speed at which loading and unloading can be done day after day can sometimes result in saving a day or two before the trip ends.

At 2:30 we were ready to start. As the camels[116] moved slowly off, the sonorous voice of Bu Helega rose in the azan, the calling to prayers, according to the Bedouin custom at the beginning of a long trek. It is the Bedouin tradition that those who begin the journey with the azan will end it with the azan; they will, that is, meet with no disaster by the way.

At 2:30, we were set to go. As the camels[116] slowly started moving, Bu Helega's deep voice rose in the azan, the call to prayer, as is customary for the Bedouins before embarking on a long journey. According to Bedouin tradition, those who begin their trip with the azan will also end it with the azan, meaning they will face no misfortunes along the way.

Our caravan had gradually become enlarged until it consisted of thirty-nine camels, twenty-one men, a horse, and a dog. Our personnel was as follows: myself and my four men, Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, and Ismail; Zerwali; Bu Helega, the owner of the camels with his son, his nephew, and his slave. There was also Dawood, Zerwali’s uncle, who was going with a single camel to Taiserbo to bring back his wife and daughter; Senussi Bu Hassan, our guide; Senussi Bu Jabir, the boy with the shirt and staff; Hamad Zwayi, another boy who was a pleasant singer; Sad, the Aujili; Faraj, the slave; two Tebus, with their three camels. In addition there were three other Tebus with three camels loaded with merchandise which they were taking to deliver to merchants in Kufra.

Our caravan had gradually grown until it included thirty-nine camels, twenty-one men, a horse, and a dog. Our team consisted of me and my four men—Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, and Ismail—Zerwali, Bu Helega, the owner of the camels along with his son, nephew, and slave. There was also Dawood, Zerwali’s uncle, who was traveling with a single camel to Taiserbo to bring back his wife and daughter; Senussi Bu Hassan, our guide; Senussi Bu Jabir, the boy with the shirt and staff; Hamad Zwayi, another boy who was a cheerful singer; Sad, the Aujili; Faraj, the slave; and two Tebus with their three camels. Additionally, there were three other Tebus with three camels loaded with goods they were taking to sell to merchants in Kufra.

We set our faces southward and journeyed toward Kufra. It was hot and windy, and the desert lay about us like an interminable pancake. The ground was serira, which is flat hard sand, with a little gravel scattered over it. Our first objective[117] was the Zieghen Well, which we ought to make in eight or nine days. In the old days, before the times of the Senussis, it had been the custom to make the trek from Jalo to Zieghen in three days and five nights, marching continuously without a stop for food or rest. But the Senussis changed all that. They inaugurated the custom of taking enough water and food to permit the journey to be made in twice the time, with adequate rest for camels and men each day.

We headed south toward Kufra. It was hot and windy, and the desert spread around us like an endless pancake. The ground was serira, which is flat hard sand, with a bit of gravel scattered on it. Our first goal[117] was the Zieghen Well, which we expected to reach in eight or nine days. In the past, before the days of the Senussis, it was common to make the trip from Jalo to Zieghen in three days and five nights, traveling nonstop without breaks for food or rest. But the Senussis changed that. They started the practice of carrying enough water and food to allow the journey to take twice as long, with proper rest for both the camels and the people each day.

SOUTH OF KUFRA

SOUTH OF KUFRA

The caravan on the hitherto unexplored desert. The route from this point to Erdi, by way of Arkenu and Ouenat, had never before been traversed by any one from the outside world.

The caravan in the previously uncharted desert. The path from here to Erdi, passing through Arkenu and Ouenat, had never been traveled by anyone from outside.

At first our camels moved reluctantly, for they had just left good grazing and would much rather have gone back to it. Bu Helega tried his best to persuade the trading Tebus to lead the caravan with their camels, but they cleverly refused. The place of honor at the head of the line is an arduous one. Camels are quite ready to follow others ahead of them but dislike to go forward independently. So the first camel in the caravan has to be driven and often beaten with a stick to keep him going. The Tebus preferred to bring up the trail of the procession, where their camels needed no urging. Bu Helega got even with them later, however, because of their choice of position.

At first, our camels moved slowly because they had just left some good grazing land and would have preferred to go back. Bu Helega tried hard to convince the trading Tebus to take the lead with their camels, but they smartly declined. The front position in the line is a tough one. Camels are happy to follow others in front of them but don’t like to move forward on their own. So the first camel in the caravan has to be driven and often beaten with a stick to keep it going. The Tebus preferred to stay at the back of the procession, where their camels didn’t need any motivation. However, Bu Helega made them pay for their choice of position later on.

It was hot and windy all the afternoon, but in the evening the wind dropped to a gentle breeze, and the desert put forth its full charm. I find recorded in my[118] diary some of the thoughts and feelings on getting back into this old familiar desert, where I was approaching the point at which we lost our way two years before.

It was hot and windy all afternoon, but in the evening the wind calmed down to a light breeze, and the desert revealed its full beauty. I find noted in my[118] diary some of the thoughts and feelings I had while returning to this familiar desert, where I was getting close to the spot where we lost our way two years ago.

The same old flat desert and feelings of old memories.

The same flat desert and the weight of old memories.

How one forgives the Desert her scorching sun and her torturing wind for the calm of the evening, the sunset, the moon rising, and then that gentle and serene breeze! How easily one forgets the presence of her dangers! It is the full appreciation of simple pleasures that endears the Desert to one, in spite of all her harshnesses and crudities:

How one forgives the Desert for her blazing sun and punishing wind because of the calm of the evening, the sunset, the moonrise, and that soft and peaceful breeze! How easily one forgets her dangers! It's the complete enjoyment of simple pleasures that makes one love the Desert, despite all her harshness and roughness:

A glass of tea;

A cup of tea;

A cigarette;

A cigarette

A pipe when all the caravan is asleep and the fragrance of the tobacco is wafted by the gently stirring air;

A pipe when the whole caravan is sleeping and the scent of the tobacco drifts through the softly moving air;

A glimpse of the playing of the firelight on the faces of the men of the caravan, some old and rugged, some smooth and youthful;

A glimpse of the flickering firelight on the faces of the caravan men, some weathered and tough, some smooth and young;

To see men toil, succeed and fail, and suffer in another sphere of life;

To watch men work hard, succeed and fail, and struggle in another part of life;

Above all, to be near to God and to feel His Presence.

Above all, to be close to God and to feel His Presence.

On the eighteenth we got up at six, and the camels were briskly loaded in thirty-five minutes. The careful first loading at Jalo and Buttafal made speed possible now. Nevertheless it was nine o’clock before we were ready for the start. The morning program in camp is not one that can be safely hurried. The Bedouin dislikes intensely to be rushed over his[119] meals, or to be deprived of those moments of leisure thereafter which are so essential to peaceful digestion and a contented spirit. The wise leader will see that these prejudices of his men are carefully observed.

On the eighteenth, we woke up at six, and the camels were loaded up quickly in thirty-five minutes. The careful first loading at Jalo and Buttafal made this speed possible now. Still, it was nine o’clock before we were ready to start. The morning routine in camp shouldn’t be rushed. The Bedouin really dislikes being hurried through his meals or missing those important moments of relaxation afterward, which are crucial for good digestion and a happy spirit. A smart leader will make sure to respect these preferences of his men.

Perhaps this is a good place to set down the outline of a typical day’s trek under the conditions which prevailed until we reached Arkenu.

Perhaps this is a good place to outline a typical day's trek under the conditions we experienced until we reached Arkenu.

Although it is March, it is still cold in the morning, and one gets up a little after dawn because it is too cold to stay in bed longer. Even the sleeping-bag and the Bedouin blanket will not keep out the chill. A peep through the flaps of the tent shows that the stars are paling in the sky. Some one has the fire already started, and the first impulse is to get to it without delay. Throwing my jerd about me and wrapping the kufia about my ears, I dash out to the crackling blaze. There is nothing hot about the desert in these crisp morning hours. I stand by the fire and have a look around. There is little life in the camp yet, though all the men are up. They are huddled close to the warmth, muffled in jerds and every other garment that they can lay their hands on. When water is plenty, steaming hot glasses of tea are handed round, and after they are drunk the activities of the camp divide. The camelmen go to feed the camels with dried dates, which the beasts munch reflectively, stones and all. A consultation is[120] sometimes held over the camels, if some of them have suffered the previous day from too heavy loads. Perhaps a shifting of loads is decided on or better packing and loading recommended.

Even though it’s March, the mornings are still cold, making people get up shortly after dawn since it’s too chilly to stay in bed longer. Even the sleeping bag and the Bedouin blanket can’t fend off the cold. A quick peek through the tent flaps shows the stars fading in the sky. Someone has already started the fire, and the first instinct is to hurry over to it. Wrapping my jerd around me and pulling the kufia snugly around my ears, I rush out to the crackling flames. There's nothing warm about the desert during these brisk morning hours. I stand by the fire and take in my surroundings. The camp is still quiet, although all the men are awake. They’re huddled together for warmth, bundled up in jerds and any other clothes they can find. When there’s enough water, steaming hot glasses of tea are passed around, and after everyone enjoys their drink, the camp activities split up. The camelmen head out to feed the camels dried dates, which the animals chew thoughtfully, stones and all. Sometimes, a meeting takes place about the camels if any of them struggled the day before with heavy loads. They might decide to shift the loads or suggest better packing and loading techniques.

Other men are pulling down the three tents, which form the apices of a triangle, with the camels parked at its center. The luggage which had been set up as a barricade against the icy wind is sorted out and arranged ready for the loading.

Other men are taking down the three tents that make up the points of a triangle, with the camels parked in the middle. The luggage that had been set up as a barrier against the cold wind is being sorted and arranged for loading.

Meanwhile I have been attending to the barometer and thermometer, registering their readings, filling in the spaces in my scientific diary, seeing that the cameras have fresh films. The voices of the men sound low through the camp, muffled by kufias and extra clothing. At last breakfast is ready.

Meanwhile, I've been keeping an eye on the barometer and thermometer, noting their readings, filling in the gaps in my scientific diary, and making sure the cameras have fresh film. The men's voices are quiet throughout the camp, muffled by kufias and extra clothing. Finally, breakfast is ready.

It may be asida, the Bedouin national dish, a kind of pudding baked of flour, oil, and spices; or it may be rice. It is an utterly simple meal in either case, but with what a keen appetite one attacks it! In the desert any disinclination for the first meal of the day that one may feel in city surroundings vanishes away. Breakfast is finished off with the inevitable three glasses of tea, taken slowly and reflectively. Whatever one does, one must not deprive one’s men of their tea or hurry them over it. Give a Bedouin a filling meal and let him sip three glasses of tea after it, and you can get any work out of him that you[121] want. Stint him or rush him, and you will get worse than nothing.

It could be asida, the Bedouin national dish, a type of pudding made from flour, oil, and spices; or it might be rice. In either case, it's a really simple meal, but people dig in with a huge appetite! In the desert, any reluctance for the first meal of the day that you might have in the city disappears completely. Breakfast usually ends with the usual three glasses of tea, enjoyed slowly and thoughtfully. No matter what, you should never deprive your men of their tea or rush them through it. Treat a Bedouin to a hearty meal and let him sip three glasses of tea afterward, and you can get any work you want out of him. Cut back on the meal or rush him, and you’ll end up with nothing productive.

RUINS OF KUFRA

Kufra Ruins

After breakfast every one is warm and contented and ready to work hard. The loading goes on swiftly, diversified at times by the antics of the two or three young and frolicsome camels that seem to get into every caravan. These young fellows resist being loaded and even throw off their loads when the job is apparently all finished. Zerwali and Abdullahi are alert to see that the loading is done with the utmost care and precision. An extra half-hour spent now may save two or three hours’ delay on the road later caused by slipping of the loads or improper distribution of the burdens.

After breakfast, everyone feels warm and content and is ready to work hard. The loading proceeds quickly, sometimes interrupted by the playful antics of a few young camels that always seem to join the caravan. These youngsters resist being loaded and even toss off their burdens when it seems the job is done. Zerwali and Abdullahi are attentive to ensure that the loading is done with the utmost care and precision. Spending an extra half hour now may prevent two or three hours of delays on the road later due to slips in the loads or improper weight distribution.

When the caravan is all but ready, I have a few words with the guide about the direction of our day’s march. He draws a line on the sand and says that there lies our way. I take a bearing of the line with my compass, a proceeding which doubtless seems to him an absurd if harmless idiosyncrasy of mine. But I like to be able to check with the compass the direction the caravan is taking as the day goes on. On the whole the precaution proves unnecessary, however, for Senussi Bu Hassan goes straight to his mark as a homing pigeon. Only in the middle of the day he sometimes wabbles a bit. In the daytime he travels by his shadow, and, as he explains, “When the sun is[122] high and the shadow lies between my feet, then my head goes round.” There is one other hour in the day when the guide’s task is a perplexing one. In the twilight hour between the setting of the sun and the appearance of the stars, all directions on the desert’s vast disk are the same. Then sometimes the compass is useful. Once, by means of the bearing I had taken in the morning, I caught the guide in the hour between sun and stars going almost ninety degrees off the right direction. But as a rule the accuracy with which a good guide, like Senussi Bu Hassan, steers his course is almost uncanny.

When the caravan is almost ready, I have a quick chat with the guide about the direction of our march for the day. He draws a line in the sand and says that's our route. I take a bearing of the line with my compass, which probably seems like a weird but harmless quirk to him. But I like to be able to check the caravan's direction with the compass as the day goes on. Overall, this precaution turns out to be unnecessary because Senussi Bu Hassan heads straight for his target like a homing pigeon. Only in the middle of the day does he sometimes veer off a bit. During the day, he navigates by his shadow, and, as he explains, “When the sun is[122] high and my shadow is under my feet, then my head goes around.” There is one other time of day when the guide's job becomes tricky. In the twilight between sunset and when the stars show up, all directions on the vast desert look the same. That’s when the compass can be useful. One time, using the bearing I took in the morning, I caught the guide almost ninety degrees off course during that time between sun and stars. But generally, a good guide like Senussi Bu Hassan is almost uncanny in how accurately he navigates.

Our conference over and the last camel loaded, the guide sets out ahead, and one by one the camels follow. The men of the caravan have a last warm-up of hands and feet at the dying fire, thrust their feet into the Bedouin shoes, and hasten after the camels, singing gaily. The sun is getting warm by now, and unless there is a strong wind blowing from the north one disposes quickly of wrappings on ears and neck and finally with the jerd. The extra garments are flung on the backs of the camels, jokes begin to crack, foot-races are run, and everybody is happy to be alive. Gradually the men sort themselves into groups of two and three, spaced at intervals along the caravan, chatting about their own affairs or about things in general. Sometimes I walk at the head of the caravan[123] and again some distance behind it, to keep an eye on the direction it is taking and especially to enjoy the sense of solitude and remoteness.

Our conference is over and the last camel is loaded. The guide heads out, and one by one the camels follow. The men in the caravan warm their hands and feet by the dying fire, put on their Bedouin shoes, and hurry after the camels, singing cheerfully. The sun is warming up now, and unless there's a strong wind from the north, people quickly shed their wraps on their ears and necks and finally the jerd. Extra clothing is tossed onto the camels' backs, jokes start flying, foot races break out, and everyone is happy to be alive. Gradually, the men form small groups of two or three, spaced out along the caravan, chatting about personal matters or general topics. Sometimes I walk at the front of the caravan[123], and other times I lag some distance behind, to keep an eye on the direction we're heading and especially to enjoy the feeling of solitude and distance.

Toward midday, contemplation of the beauties of nature is sometimes disturbed by other and less romantic thoughts. My mind occasionally wanders toward favorite restaurants in far-away civilization. As I stride along I imagine myself in Shepheard’s Grill-Room in Cairo and I order crevettes à l’américaine with that subtle variation of riz à l’orientale which is a specialty of the house. Or I am at Prunier’s in Paris ordering marennes vertes d’Ostende, followed by a steak and a soufflé. Perhaps it is the Cova at Milan and a succulent dish of risotto alla Milanese; maybe strawberries Melba at the Ritz in London, or again a Circassian dish of rice with walnut sauce which is the masterpiece of the old and beloved slave who really rules my father’s house in Cairo, occupying the privileged position of a treasured Nannie of long service in an English family.

Toward midday, my thoughts about the beauty of nature are sometimes interrupted by less romantic ideas. My mind occasionally drifts to favorite restaurants in distant cities. As I walk, I imagine myself at Shepheard’s Grill-Room in Cairo, ordering crevettes à l’américaine with that unique twist on riz à l’orientale that’s their specialty. Or I might be at Prunier’s in Paris, ordering marennes vertes d’Ostende, followed by a steak and a soufflé. Perhaps I envision the Cova in Milan with a delicious plate of risotto alla Milanese; maybe it’s strawberries Melba at the Ritz in London, or a Circassian dish of rice with walnut sauce, which is the specialty of the old and cherished cook who truly runs my father’s house in Cairo, holding the esteemed role of a beloved caretaker after years of service in an English family.

Suddenly Ahmed or Abdullahi comes along and without a word pushes a bag of squashed dates into my palm. Dreams vanish, and I eat with as much appetite as though there were no better fare in all the world.

Suddenly, Ahmed or Abdullahi shows up and without saying anything, pushes a bag of squashed dates into my hand. Dreams disappear, and I eat with as much eagerness as if there were no better food in the entire world.

There is no halt for lunch, as the camels eat only twice a day. If we have just left an oasis, there is[124] fresh bread, half a loaf or even a whole one to each man, with dates. Later on that fresh bread becomes hard bread, and still later no bread at all. But there are always dates.

There’s no break for lunch since the camels only eat twice a day. If we’ve just left an oasis, there is[124] fresh bread, half a loaf or even a whole one for each person, along with dates. Eventually, that fresh bread turns into hard bread, and after that, there’s no bread at all. But there are always dates.

I have one camel fitted up with a folded tent over its back so that any one of us may lie and take his ease when tired of walking. Ahmed calls it “the Club.” One day at the lunch hour Abdullahi demands where I am and whether I have had my portion of bread and dates or not, and Ahmed replies, with a twinkling eye in an otherwise grave face, “The bey is lunching at the Club to-day.”

I have a camel equipped with a folded tent on its back so that any of us can lie down and rest when we get tired of walking. Ahmed calls it “the Club.” One day at lunch, Abdullahi asks where I am and if I've had my share of bread and dates yet, and Ahmed replies, with a twinkle in his otherwise serious eyes, “The bey is lunching at the Club today.”

It is entirely possible, when you are used to it, to have a good nap on the camel’s back, and an occasional ride is not to be scorned. But generally one walks, for the camel’s pace of two and a half miles an hour is an easy one to keep up with, and riding is often more tiring than going on foot.

It’s totally feasible, once you get used to it, to take a nice nap on a camel’s back, and an occasional ride isn’t something to dismiss. But usually, you walk because the camel’s speed of two and a half miles an hour is easy to match, and riding can often be more exhausting than walking.

Sometimes during a whole day’s trek a narrow strip of water lies shimmering on the horizon ahead of the caravan. It never gets any nearer but continues to beckon a cool and pleasant invitation until the sun has rolled round to the west and the mirage vanishes away. It is a purely optical illusion, for there is no water there. Another kind of mirage comes sometimes in the early morning. Then the country far ahead of one appears in the sky at the horizon, as the[125] Bedouins say, “upside down.” This is not, as the other variety of mirage is, entirely an illusion. It is really the reversed reflection of the country thirty or forty kilometers ahead of where the observer stands. As the sun rises higher above the horizon, suddenly the mirage vanishes as magically as it came. There are also other tricks of reflection of light in the desert. Sometimes, for instance, a small pebble the size of a cricket-ball seen from a mile away might assume the appearance of a big rock, standing like a landmark. The skeleton or part of the skeleton of a camel or a human being may take on the most fantastic shapes on the horizon, but the Bedouins know it well.

Sometimes during a whole day’s trek, a narrow strip of water sparkles on the horizon in front of the caravan. It never seems to get any closer but continues to offer a cool and inviting image until the sun rolls around to the west and the mirage fades away. It’s just an optical illusion because there is no water there. Another type of mirage appears sometimes in the early morning. Then the land far ahead looks like it’s upside down in the sky, as the Bedouins say. This isn’t just an illusion like the first kind; it’s actually a reversed reflection of the terrain thirty or forty kilometers ahead of where the observer stands. As the sun rises higher, the mirage suddenly disappears just as magically as it appeared. There are also other light reflection tricks in the desert. For example, a small pebble the size of a cricket ball, seen from a mile away, might look like a big rock standing like a landmark. The skeleton or part of the skeleton of a camel or a person can take on the most fantastic shapes on the horizon, but the Bedouins are well aware of it.

A SENUSSI PRINCE AT KUFRA

A Senussi Prince in Kufra

He is a nephew of Sayed Idris

He is Sayed Idris's nephew.

GOVERNOR OF KUFRA

Governor of Kufra

He is wearing a gold-embroidered robe under desert head-dress

He is wearing a gold-embroidered robe under a desert headdress.

It is absurd to say that the Bedouin is lured by the mirage out of his way and even to his destruction. The seasoned desert traveler knows a mirage when he sees one. It is entirely possible indeed that the “upside down” variety may be a positive assistance, since it can suggest what kind of country lies ahead. The mirage is an interesting phenomenon, but it is not one of the perils of desert travel.

It’s ridiculous to claim that the Bedouin is misled by a mirage that leads him off his path and even to his downfall. An experienced desert traveler recognizes a mirage when they see one. In fact, the “upside down” type can be quite helpful, as it can indicate what kind of landscape is ahead. A mirage is an intriguing occurrence, but it’s not one of the dangers of traveling in the desert.

In the afternoon there are several hours of heat, the pace of the camels slackens, and the whole caravan becomes quiet and somnolent. As evening comes on and it grows cool again, the camels pick up their speed and go into a final spurt before the time for making camp. The men sing to the camels then to[126] stimulate their efforts, and the beasts respond cheerfully to the encouragement.

In the afternoon, the heat stretches on for several hours, the camels slow down, and the entire caravan grows quiet and drowsy. As evening approaches and it cools down again, the camels regain their speed and go into a final burst before it's time to set up camp. The men sing to the camels to motivate them, and the animals respond happily to the encouragement.

The songs are simple and poetic, full of the atmosphere of the desert life. One of them represents a Bedouin waiting at an oasis for the expected caravan.

The songs are straightforward and lyrical, capturing the essence of desert life. One of them depicts a Bedouin waiting at an oasis for the anticipated caravan.

He sings to the approaching camels:

He sings to the camels that are coming closer:

“Gone is the night;
 Come are the Marazan? to the morning sky.
 You are here—
 And vanished are all our fears.”

The singer speaks of his camels:

The singer talks about his camels:

“In companies the sand-dunes
 Marched to meet them,
 Pointing the homeward way.”

The singer addresses his camels:

The singer talks to his camels:

“The sand-dunes hide many wells
 That brim with waters unfailing.
 You come to their margins like bracelets
 Wrought of gold and rare gems in far countries.”

In another the singer is still addressing his camels:

In another, the singer is still talking to his camels:

“The wells lie hid in the dunes
 Masked by the sands drifted over them.
 You approach them in ones and twos,
 O you who reveal hidden places.”

[127]The last song that I shall set down shows the traditional attitude of the Bedouin to his camel. It is his most precious possession. To give it up without a struggle to the death is dishonor. A Bedouin might wait to take revenge for the killing of a brother or a son, but if his camel were stolen he would not rest until he found it and brought it back, by force of arms if necessary. “He who will not risk his life for his camel,” says the Bedouin, “does not deserve to have it.” So the camel-driver sings to his beast:

[127]The last song that I will share demonstrates the traditional view of the Bedouin towards his camel. It is his most valuable possession. Letting it go without a fight is seen as dishonorable. A Bedouin might hold off on seeking revenge for the death of a brother or son, but if his camel is stolen, he won't rest until he tracks it down and retrieves it, using force if needed. “He who won’t risk his life for his camel,” the Bedouin says, “doesn’t deserve to own one.” So the camel-driver sings to his animal:

“For your sakes,
 O ye who cherish us
 As loving mothers their children,
 For your sakes
 The sons of nobles
 Have lain stark on the sands,
 Unsheltered by tomb or burial.”

The men suit the song to the occasion. The first one that I have translated might be used when an oasis was not far off, the second when the caravan is approaching sand-dune country, the third and fourth when they are nearing a well, and the last when entering a hostile region.

The men adapt the song to fit the situation. The first one I translated could be sung when they’re close to an oasis, the second when the caravan is approaching sand-dune territory, the third and fourth when they’re getting near a well, and the last when they’re entering a hostile area.

At sunset I make it a point to be near the guide and unobtrusively to check him up with my compass in those uncertain hours before the stars come out. When the dark falls a lantern is lighted and given to[128] the guide. Then we follow that elusive pin-point of yellow in the darkness. It winks a provocative invitation to follow, but we can never reach it. The camels like to have the lantern ahead of them and move briskly forward in pursuit. Twelve or thirteen hours of walking, if conditions have been good, bring us to the end of the day’s trek, though sometimes we cannot go on so long.

At sunset, I make sure to stay close to the guide and casually check my compass during those uncertain moments before the stars appear. Once it gets dark, we light up a lantern and give it to the guide. Then we follow that tricky little point of yellow in the darkness. It gives a tempting invitation to follow, but we can never quite reach it. The camels prefer to see the lantern in front of them and move quickly to catch up. After twelve or thirteen hours of walking, if all goes well, we reach the end of the day’s journey, though sometimes we can't go on for that long.

Eddar ya ayan; home for you who are weary,” is shouted by the guide and repeated by every man in the caravan. Then the men collect the camels and divide them, the water-camels here, those carrying tents over there, the camels with luggage for the barricade yonder. The camels are barrakked—kneel with grunts of satisfaction to have their loads removed. Now we must be vigilant, for men tired by a day’s trek are likely to be careless and let boxes with precious instruments or cameras fall with disastrous violence.

Eddar ya ayan; home for you who are weary,” the guide shouts, and every man in the caravan echoes him. Then the men gather the camels and sort them—water-camels here, those carrying tents over there, and the camels loaded with gear for the barricade over yonder. The camels barrakked—kneeling with satisfied grunts as their loads are taken off. Now we need to stay alert because men exhausted from a day’s trek may let their guard down and accidentally drop boxes with valuable instruments or cameras, causing serious damage.

The baggage is arranged in a barricade, if the night promises to be windy, and the tents are pitched in their triangle, unless the night is particularly calm and pleasant. I could never decide which moment was fuller of satisfaction, that in which the tent was set up after a hard day’s trek or that in which it was pulled down preliminary to taking the road again.

The bags are stacked into a barrier if the night looks like it will be windy, and the tents are set up in their triangle unless the night is especially calm and nice. I could never figure out which moment was more satisfying: when the tent was set up after a long day of hiking or when it was taken down in preparation for hitting the road again.

Then the fire is built and the leaping flames of the[129] hatab throw a warm glow over the sand. The first thing is tea. Now I realize to the full the virtues of the dark bitter-sweet liquid that the Bedouins know by that name. They make tea by taking a handful of the leaves and a handful of sugar and boiling them briskly in a pint of water. The result would drive a housewife of the West almost insane, but it is a wonderful stimulant after a hard day’s trek in the desert and a glorious reviver of one’s energies and spirits.

Then the fire is set, and the dancing flames of the [129] hatab cast a warm light over the sand. The first thing we have is tea. I now fully appreciate the qualities of the dark, bittersweet drink that the Bedouins refer to by that name. They make tea by taking a handful of leaves and a handful of sugar and boiling them vigorously in a pint of water. The result would probably drive a Western housewife crazy, but it’s an amazing pick-me-up after a long day’s trek in the desert and a fantastic boost for your energy and spirits.

ZWAYA CHIEFS AT KUFRA

Zwaya chiefs at Kufra

The men of the caravan are not slow to prepare and eat the evening meal, to feed the camels, and then to dispose themselves for sleep. But I must compare my six watches and wind them, record the photographs made during the day, change the cinema films in the darkness, no mean feat in itself, label and store the geological specimens I have collected, and write up my diaries. The glasses of Bedouin tea which I have drunk help me to accomplish these duties and then probably stimulate me to a walk in the desert. If there is no bitter cold wind I go for perhaps half a mile, looking back from time to time at the silhouette of the caravan against the sky. The dark masses of the tents, the baggage, and the kneeling camels, touched here and there with flickers of light from the dying fire, in the midst of that immense sea of sand, make a picture full of mystery and fascination. All[130] about me is silence. There is no wind whispering in the leaves, no murmur of the waters of a brook, such as one hears in the wooded wilds; no slap and plash and swish of waves against the ship’s side such as are always present at sea. Nothing but silence. Silence, the sands, and the stars.

The men in the caravan quickly get ready for and eat dinner, tend to the camels, and then settle down for the night. But I have to check and wind my six watches, note down the photos I took during the day, swap out the cinema films in the dark—no easy task in itself—label and store the geological samples I’ve gathered, and write in my journals. The cups of Bedouin tea I’ve had help me get through these tasks and probably motivate me to take a walk in the desert. If there’s no biting cold wind, I might walk for about half a mile, occasionally looking back at the outline of the caravan against the sky. The dark shapes of the tents, the luggage, and the kneeling camels, illuminated here and there by the last flickers of the dying fire, create a scene full of mystery and allure in that vast ocean of sand. All[130] around me is silence. There’s no wind rustling through leaves, no sound of a stream like you hear in the forest; no splashing waves hitting the side of a boat like they always do at sea. Just silence. Silence, the sands, and the stars.


[131]CHAPTER XII

THE ROAD TO ZIEGHEN WELL

THE ROAD TO ZIEGHEN WELL

FROM this point I shall set down the days as they are recorded in my diary.

FROM this point, I will write down the days as they are noted in my diary.

Sunday, March 18. Start at 9 A.M., halt at 8:30 P.M. Make 46 kilometers. Highest temperature 21°, lowest 3°. Cloudy all day, clear in evening. Just a few drops of rain in the afternoon. Strong northeast wind, which develops at 2:30 into a sand-storm. Wind drops at sunset and gets up again at eight in the evening. The sun not visible and the guide’s course not so straight as usual, as shown by the compass bearings which I take often during the day. At 5:30 the sun appears and he corrects his course; at 7:30 he is traveling by the North Star, which the Bedouins call El Jadi. The ground is generally the same as yesterday’s though slightly undulating. At intervals all day we come across patches of big dark-colored pebbles.

Sunday, March 18. Start at 9 AM, stop at 8:30 PM. Travel 46 kilometers. Highest temperature 21°, lowest 3°. It was cloudy all day and clear in the evening. Just a few drops of rain in the afternoon. A strong northeast wind picked up at 2:30 and turned into a sandstorm. The wind calmed down at sunset but picked up again at eight in the evening. The sun wasn’t visible, and the guide's route wasn’t as straight as usual, which I noticed by checking the compass several times throughout the day. At 5:30, the sun came out, and he adjusted his course; by 7:30, he was navigating by the North Star, which the Bedouins call El Jadi. The terrain was mostly the same as yesterday’s but a bit undulating. Throughout the day, we kept coming across patches of large dark-colored pebbles.

In the morning there was excitement when we sighted on the horizon the series of hazy dots that meant the approaching vanguard of a caravan. My binoculars were brought into play and passed around[132] among the men. Rifles were unslung from their places on the camels’ backs, and the Tebus ran to get their spears. The men ranged themselves on the side of the caravan nearest the on-comers and held themselves alert until we should find out whether they were friendly or hostile. It did not take long to recognize them for friends. Then men from each party met and squatted down between the two caravans to exchange the news, while the two lines of camels plodded past. Tongues flew as they heard and told who had been married, who was dead, who had made money, what new feuds had arisen, or what old ones had been ended. Then the envoys sprang up, bade each other God-speed, and hastened after their respective caravans. (This is the desert wireless at work.)

In the morning, there was excitement when we spotted a line of hazy dots on the horizon, signaling the approaching vanguard of a caravan. My binoculars came into play and were passed around among the men. Rifles were taken off the camels’ backs, and the Tebus ran to grab their spears. The men lined up on the side of the caravan closest to the newcomers and stayed alert until we figured out if they were friendly or hostile. It didn't take long to recognize them as friends. Then, men from each group met and sat down between the two caravans to exchange news while the two lines of camels marched by. Conversations flowed as they shared who had married, who had died, who had made money, what new feuds had come up, or what old ones had been resolved. Then the envoys jumped up, wished each other well, and hurried back to their respective caravans. (This is the desert wireless at work.)

Monday, March 19. Start at 8:15 A.M., halt at 8:30 P.M. Make 49 kilometers. Highest temperature 22°, lowest 5°. Weather fine and clear. Strong northeast wind which drops at midday. Few white clouds in the afternoon. Sun is very warm, making our progress slow, but evening is cool and the pace is quickened. Ground very flat, hard sand covered with fine gravel. At six in the evening cross a slight depression, with a patch of gray stone on the right and a white stone on our left about 2 kilometers distant.

Monday, March 19. Start at 8:15 AM, stop at 8:30 P.M. Travel 49 kilometers. Highest temperature 22°, lowest 5°. Weather is nice and clear. There's a strong northeast wind that dies down around noon. A few white clouds appear in the afternoon. The sun is really warm, making our progress slow, but it cools down in the evening, speeding us up. The ground is very flat, hard sand covered in fine gravel. At six in the evening, we cross a small dip, with a patch of gray stone on the right and a white stone on our left about 2 kilometers away.

All of us, men and camels, were getting into our stride. The Bedouins and Tebus indulged in foot-races[133] and played practical jokes. The Tebus are simple, primitive fellows, with delightfully naïve habits of mind. Being poor, they take the best of care of what possessions they have. They dress in a simple cotton shirt and pair of drawers, and devote much attention to making these garments last as long as possible. When a Tebu rides a camel, for example, he takes off his drawers to save wear and tear, and hangs them on his camel’s back. When he sleeps also he removes his garments to protect them from friction against the sand and wraps himself in his fur cloak.

All of us, men and camels, were starting to find our rhythm. The Bedouins and Tebus participated in foot races and played practical jokes. The Tebus are straightforward, uncomplicated people with delightfully innocent ways of thinking. Being poor, they take great care of their belongings. They wear a simple cotton shirt and a pair of shorts and put a lot of effort into making these clothes last as long as possible. For instance, when a Tebu rides a camel, he takes off his shorts to avoid wear and tear and hangs them on the camel’s back. When he sleeps, he also removes his clothes to keep them safe from rubbing against the sand and wraps himself in his fur cloak.

THE LAKE AT KUFRA

Kufra Lake

The water is salt and fed with salt springs. There are no fish and only a few water hens and ducks. The lake is about two or three square miles in area.

The water is salty and supplied by salt springs. There are no fish, just a few water hens and ducks. The lake covers about two to three square miles.

While one of the Tebus was riding that day some of the Bedouins took his drawers and hid them. When he alighted and looked for his garment, he immediately feared that it had dropped off and lay somewhere in the desert along our track. Without a moment’s hesitation he set out on the back track, running briskly in search of his precious possession. He had become a tiny figure in the vast expanse of sand before we took pity on him and fired shots to call him to return. He turned reluctantly and soon rejoined us with downcast face. But the merriment of the jokers told him that something was up, and when his drawers were produced he was too pleased to get them back to resent the joke.

While one of the Tebus was riding that day, some Bedouins took his shorts and hid them. When he got down and looked for his garment, he immediately worried that it had fallen off and was lying somewhere in the desert along our path. Without hesitation, he retraced his steps, running quickly to search for his treasured item. He had become a small figure in the vast expanse of sand before we took pity on him and fired shots to call him back. He turned back reluctantly and soon rejoined us with a downcast expression. But the laughter of the jokesters told him that something was happening, and when his shorts were produced, he was so happy to get them back that he didn't mind the joke.

[134]The previous night some of the camels paid a visit to my tent and threatened to have it down on top of me. They are clever beasts. They like to scratch their necks on the tent-ropes, and when all the camp is asleep they hobble in quest of this innocent form of diversion. First the camel sticks his head through the flap of my tent to see if I am awake. If he does not hear me resent his intrusion, he then knows I am asleep, and out he backs and sets to scratching vigorously. Soon he is joined by others, and I awake under the impression that my tent is being assailed by a violent storm.

[134]Last night, some of the camels came over to my tent and almost brought it down on me. They're pretty smart animals. They like to scratch their necks on the tent ropes, and when everyone in the camp is asleep, they sneak around looking for this innocent kind of fun. First, the camel sticks his head through the flap of my tent to check if I'm awake. If he doesn't hear me complain about his intrusion, he figures I'm asleep, and then he backs out and starts scratching enthusiastically. Soon, he’s joined by others, and I wake up thinking my tent is being hit by a severe storm.

Each day I was more impressed with Bu Helega as a traveling companion. He was a man of few words, with a big heart and generous spirit. His years and his white hair and beard gained him the respect of all of us, for in the desert the man of experience, who is possessed of the wisdom that comes with age, is the invaluable one. Zerwali and I, therefore, referred continually to Bu Helega’s judgment. He was tactful in offering his suggestions for my consideration, but I was wise enough not to disregard them.

Each day I grew more impressed with Bu Helega as a travel buddy. He was a man of few words, but he had a big heart and a generous spirit. His age, along with his white hair and beard, earned him the respect of all of us because in the desert, an experienced man with the wisdom that comes with age is invaluable. So, Zerwali and I often turned to Bu Helega’s judgment. He was careful in offering his advice for my consideration, but I was smart enough not to overlook it.

He was constantly on the lookout for the well-being of the camels, and his splendid voice was heard at intervals through the day addressing the camels or the men.

He was always checking on the camels' well-being, and his amazing voice could be heard throughout the day, calling out to the camels or the men.

“The white camel is weary. To-morrow, Ibrahim,[135] we will shift its load to the old brown one,” he says to his slave.

“The white camel is tired. Tomorrow, Ibrahim,[135] we will move its load to the old brown one,” he tells his slave.

“Talk to them, men, talk to them,” he commands, knowing how much better the camels travel under encouragement, and again, “Sing to them, Ibrahim.”

“Talk to them, guys, talk to them,” he insists, aware of how much better the camels perform with some encouragement, and again, “Sing to them, Ibrahim.”

“Follow the guide, you beautiful beasts,” he exhorts the camels.

“Follow the guide, you beautiful creatures,” he urges the camels.

“Pray, Hamad, that saddle has shifted; it will irritate the camel’s back.”

“Please, Hamad, that saddle has moved; it will rub the camel’s back.”

When the twilight comes he gives the order, “Light the lantern; it pleases the camels.”

When twilight arrives, he says, “Light the lantern; the camels like it.”

The qualities of the camel are seldom, if ever, appreciated on a slight acquaintance. The camel is as clever as a horse, if not more clever, and in some ways is more human. “Patient as a camel,” is an Arab saying and a very true one. If you ill-treat a camel he will never forget it, but he will not attack you on the spot. He will wait, and if you repeat the offense again and again, he makes up his mind to get his revenge. Not, however, when there are many people about. Here he behaves in a most human way. He watches his chance until you and he are alone, and then he goes for you, either by snatching at you with his mouth and throwing you to the ground, or by kicking you and then trampling upon you. There is a case known where a camel trampled on a man and then sat on him, refusing to move even after punishment[136] from the men who ran up to the rescue, wanting to make sure that he had finished his man, as, indeed, he had.

The traits of a camel are rarely recognized with just a brief encounter. The camel is as intelligent as a horse, if not smarter, and in some ways is more human-like. "Patient as a camel" is a saying among Arabs, and it's spot on. If you mistreat a camel, it will never forget, but it won't retaliate immediately. It will bide its time, and if you keep mistreating it, it will plan its revenge. However, it won’t act out when there are many people around. Instead, it behaves in a very human way, waiting for the moment when it’s just the two of you, and then it will strike—either by snapping at you with its mouth and knocking you down or by kicking and trampling you. There’s a known case where a camel trampled a man and then sat on him, refusing to move even after getting punished by those who rushed in to help, wanting to ensure that he had finished the job, which he indeed had.[136]

People imagine that in the desert a camel has to be roped in and led. As a matter of fact, it is very hard in the desert to keep a camel away from the rest of the caravan, for instinctively he knows that to be left behind is death; so he keeps as near the bulk of the caravan as he can. It is a sad sight to see a camel straggling behind a caravan. It is like the soldier in retreat, unable to keep up with his comrades, knowing that nobody can carry him and that to fall behind means disaster.

People think that in the desert, a camel needs to be tied up and led. Actually, it’s really difficult to keep a camel away from the rest of the caravan, because instinctively it knows that being left behind means death; so it stays as close to the caravan as possible. It’s a sad sight to see a camel lagging behind a caravan. It’s like a soldier in retreat, unable to keep up with his fellow soldiers, knowing that no one can carry him and that falling behind means disaster.

The camel also displays his intelligence when he is taken from the oasis and pushed into the waterless trek. Instinctively he tries at night, even three or four days after the start, to go back to the oasis. There have been a few desert tragedies when all the camels have deserted the men at night, either on the outward or the home-coming journey, when the caravan was still a few days from its destination. Or, in the event of some accident befalling a caravan, camels which have traveled a certain road for ten or fifteen years will complete the journey alone.

The camel also shows his intelligence when taken from the oasis and forced into a dry trek. Instinctively, even three or four days in, he tries to return to the oasis at night. There have been a few tragic incidents in the desert where camels abandoned their handlers at night, whether on their way out or returning home, when the caravan was still a few days away from its destination. Or, if an accident happens to a caravan, camels that have traveled the same route for ten or fifteen years will continue the journey on their own.

As we were approaching Jalo and three days’ journey from the camp of the Bedouins from whom I had hired three camels, one of the latter fell desperately[137] ill. They divided his load between the other two and left him in the desert, I all the time urging the Bedouins to kill him and save him the tortures of death. I even offered to pay them the price of the camel if they would allow me to put an end to him. But as the camel was a pedigreed beast, they refused. They said, “He is only feeling tired; he will go at his leisure back to the camp.” I learned afterward that the camel reached home safely and was feeling much better!

As we were getting close to Jalo and three days' journey from the Bedouin camp where I had hired three camels, one of them fell seriously ill. They split his load between the other two and left him in the desert, while I kept urging the Bedouins to put him down to spare him from suffering. I even offered to pay them for the camel if they would let me end his life. But since the camel was a prized one, they refused. They said, “He’s just tired; he’ll make his way back to the camp in his own time.” I found out later that the camel made it home safely and was feeling much better!

EL TAJ

EL TAJ

The Senussi headquarters at Kufra, which is built on the crest of the hill overlooking the valley

The Senussi headquarters at Kufra, which is located on the hilltop overlooking the valley

THE COUNCIL OF KUFRA

THE KUFRA COUNCIL

It consists of the old Senussi brethren

It consists of the old Senussi brothers.

Instinctively, again, the camel knows that he has a guide, and if you halt in the middle of the desert to debate some point in regard to the route, the camels crowd round the guide; the moment he moves, they follow him, ignoring the presence of every other member of the caravan, but never overtaking the guide. Or if occasionally a camel ignores even the guide and goes right ahead of a caravan, then it is safe for the caravan to follow that camel, for he certainly knows the place that the caravan is coming to. The Bedouins say that a camel who has once grazed in an oasis would find his own way back to that oasis even if he were several days’ journey from it.

Instinctively, the camel knows it has a guide. If you stop in the middle of the desert to discuss the route, the camels gather around the guide. As soon as he moves, they follow him, ignoring everyone else in the caravan, and they never pass the guide. If a camel sometimes disregards the guide and leads the caravan, it’s safe to follow that camel since it knows exactly where the caravan is headed. The Bedouins say that a camel that has grazed in an oasis will find its way back there, even if it’s several days' journey away.

There is a famous Bedouin story of the sand-grouse and the camel who had a competition. The sand-grouse said, “I could lay my eggs in the desert, travel for days, and come back and hatch them.”

There’s a well-known Bedouin story about the sand-grouse and the camel who had a contest. The sand-grouse said, “I can lay my eggs in the desert, travel for days, and then return to hatch them.”

[138]The camel retorted, “If my mother drinks from a well when I am still in her womb, I could travel days and come back and drink from the same well.”

[138]The camel replied, “If my mother drinks from a well while I'm still in her womb, I could travel for days and then return to drink from the same well.”

I myself have seen a camel head the caravan when we were four days from a well, the waters of which he had tasted four years before. There is a well-known case of one camel that saved a caravan which was going from Dakhla Oasis to the Oasis of Ouenat. The guide, who had never been to the place before, but was heading toward it going by the description of another Bedouin, had lost his bearings, and the caravan wandered for twelve days aimlessly. The water was exhausted, and they had lost hope. Suddenly one of the camels headed the caravan, and they followed him. That camel had been to Ouenat a few years before, and when he was two days’ journey from Ouenat he “smelled the place,” as the Bedouins say, and landed the caravan right at one of the wells.

I’ve seen a camel lead a caravan when we were four days away from water that it had tasted four years earlier. There’s a famous story about a camel that saved a caravan traveling from Dakhla Oasis to the Oasis of Ouenat. The guide had never been there before and was trying to navigate based on another Bedouin's description, but he lost his sense of direction, and the caravan wandered aimlessly for twelve days. They ran out of water and lost hope. Suddenly, one of the camels took the lead, and they followed it. That camel had been to Ouenat a few years earlier, and when it was two days away, it “smelled the place,” as the Bedouins say, and brought the caravan right to one of the wells.

In winter the well-trained camel can go for a fortnight without water, in summer up to twelve days. The Bedouins try to feed their camels always on grazing grass if they can, but when they take them to the daffa or long waterless trek, they are fed on dried dates and, when the Bedouin can afford it, on barley. Most of the camels found in Cyrenaica[139] are hamla or pack-camels. The best trotting-camels are Tebus or Touaregs, beautiful white beasts with slim limbs and graceful lines. The average good day’s work of the pack-camel is a distance of twenty-five miles. The thoroughbred Touareg does up to forty, and has been known to do seventy miles at one stretch.

In winter, a well-trained camel can go for two weeks without water, while in summer, it can last up to twelve days. The Bedouins always try to feed their camels grazing grass if they can, but when they take them on a daffa or long waterless journey, they feed them dried dates and, when the Bedouin can afford it, barley. Most of the camels found in Cyrenaica[139] are hamla or pack camels. The best trotting camels are Tebus or Touaregs, beautiful white animals with slender legs and graceful shapes. A good pack camel can cover about twenty-five miles in a day. The elite Touareg can go up to forty miles and has been known to travel seventy miles in one stretch.

The camel can become a very affectionate beast and very devoted to his master. Well-trained trotting-camels or hejins refuse to get up with anybody on their back but their own master.

The camel can become a very loving animal and incredibly loyal to its owner. Well-trained trotting camels or hejins will only get up with their own owner on their back.

As a rule the water is carried on the older and wiser camels, who go sedately with no attempt to frolic. They realize that they are carrying the most valuable asset of the whole caravan, and therefore, the moment the day’s trek is over and we are at the hour of unloading, these older and wiser camels stand apart from the rest for fear the sheepskins they are carrying be bumped. I have also seen camels walk round the camp and approach the sheepskins lying on the ground, arranged and covered for the night; the camels would take great care to walk round them. There was one camel that was trained for a long time to carry my tent and all my books and instruments. He was only chosen for that task because of his being a strong and an old camel. Every morning when the loading started he used to come of his own[140] accord and barrak near my tent and, in his usual supercilious way, wait for the load to be put on his back.

As a rule, the water is carried by the older and wiser camels, who move steadily without any attempt to play around. They know they are carrying the most valuable asset of the entire caravan, so as soon as the day’s journey ends and it’s time to unload, these older camels keep themselves apart from the others to avoid bumping into the sheepskins they’re carrying. I've also seen camels walk around the camp and approach the sheepskins laid out on the ground, arranged and covered for the night; they carefully navigate around them. There was one camel that had been trained for a long time to carry my tent and all my books and instruments. He was chosen for that job solely because he was a strong, older camel. Every morning when it was time to load up, he would come on his own[140] and barrak near my tent, waiting with his usual air of superiority for the load to be placed on his back.

The camel is a jealous husband or a faithful wife as the case may be. The female camels will never leave their lord and master and always follow him, while woe betide any adventurous male camel who dares to attempt to “butt in.”

The camel is a jealous husband or a loyal wife, depending on the situation. Female camels will never abandon their owner and always follow him, while any bold male camel who dares to try to “interfere” will face serious consequences.

Each morning and evening Bu Helega and I rode together and talked about camels and the desert and Bedouin history. I was careful to ask no direct questions, for the Bedouins are suspicious people ready to mistrust your motives. But casual remarks easily bring out interesting comments and information.

Each morning and evening, Bu Helega and I rode together and talked about camels, the desert, and Bedouin history. I made sure not to ask any direct questions because the Bedouins are wary and quick to doubt your intentions. However, casual remarks can lead to interesting comments and insights.

“There was a time,” said the venerable old man, “when Kufra was unknown to our people. A Bedouin of the Chawazi tribe, from El Obayad, a small oasis near Buttafal Well, noticed a crow which kept flying away to the south and coming back again as regularly as the sun rises. He watched it for some time and then set out to follow its course southward. He finally reached Taiserbo and, after a day’s stop on the outskirts of the oasis, managed to get enough water to take him back. On his return he told his tribe of date-trees and water in the heart of the desert. They formed an expedition which set out for Taiserbo and conquered it, after which they went on[141] to Buzeima, Ribiana, and eventually to Kufra itself. So the Bedouins came to Kufra.”

“There was a time,” said the wise old man, “when Kufra was unknown to our people. A Bedouin from the Chawazi tribe, hailing from El Obayad, a small oasis near Buttafal Well, noticed a crow that kept flying away to the south and returning just like the sun rises each day. He watched it for a while and then decided to follow its path southward. He eventually reached Taiserbo and, after staying a day on the outskirts of the oasis, managed to gather enough water to make the return trip. Upon coming back, he told his tribe about the date palms and water in the heart of the desert. They organized an expedition that set out for Taiserbo and conquered it, after which they moved on[141] to Buzeima, Ribiana, and eventually to Kufra itself. That’s how the Bedouins came to Kufra.”

TUAREGS IN KUFRA

Tuaregs in Kufra

Men of the tribe rather than the women conceal their faces, and even when they eat they do not remove their veils. This is accomplished by the use of a specially constructed spoon.

Men in the tribe, rather than the women, hide their faces, and even while eating, they keep their veils on. They achieve this by using a specially designed spoon.

TWO TUAREGS IN WARRIOR ATTIRE

Two Tuaregs in warrior gear

I had been casting covetous eyes on Bu Helega’s horse since first I saw it in Jalo. Abdullahi had inquired for me whether it could be bought, but the price was too high. So I affected indifference and bided my time. No one of Bu Helega’s family rode the horse but himself. The old man’s dignity would not permit. But he kindly allowed me to use the animal whenever I wanted to ride. In fact, on this journey it seemed more mine than his.

I had been eyeing Bu Helega’s horse ever since I first saw it in Jalo. Abdullahi asked for me if it could be bought, but the price was too steep. So I pretended to be indifferent and waited for my chance. No one in Bu Helega’s family rode the horse except him. The old man's pride wouldn’t allow it. But he kindly let me use the horse whenever I wanted to ride. In fact, on this trip, it felt more like mine than his.

Three of the camels were tired and barrakked (knelt down) without orders. They do not behave in this way unless there is good reason for it, and so we shifted their loads to let them have a rest. We lost time in the process but made it up when the cool of the evening came.

Three of the camels were tired and barrakked (knelt down) without any orders. They only act like this when there's a good reason, so we adjusted their loads to let them rest. We lost time doing this, but we made it up when the coolness of the evening arrived.

I made it a point to talk with each man in the caravan every day. It kept things running smoothly, and incidentally I picked up some interesting information. I learned on this day that the Bedouins not only knew the tracks of their own camels but can often tell whether camels which have passed belong to men of the same tribe or not. Tebu camels they know at once because of the peculiar shape of their hoofs and the long strides they take. The Tebu camels are hardier than the Bedouin animals and can[142] be used both in the northern desert of Cyrenaica and to the south in the Sudan. The Bedouins change camels at Kufra, when going north or south.

I made it a point to talk with each person in the caravan every day. It helped keep things running smoothly, and I also picked up some interesting information. I learned that the Bedouins not only recognize their own camels but can often tell whether camels that have passed by belong to men from the same tribe or not. They can identify Tebu camels instantly because of the unique shape of their hooves and their long strides. Tebu camels are tougher than the Bedouin ones and can be used both in the northern desert of Cyrenaica and in the south in Sudan. The Bedouins switch camels at Kufra when heading north or south.

I walked with Senussi Bu Hassan, the guide, and he told me of a trick used by the Bedouins when they are herding camels or sheep. They milk the beasts in the morning and bury the milk in a girba to keep it cool. But desert marauders are clever and can easily find where a girba has been buried. So the wily Bedouin buries two girbas one beneath the other. The bottom one is full of fresh milk and the top one of stale. The thief discovers the upper girba and looks no further, while the owner of the girbas finds his fresh milk safe when he returns at night.

I walked with Senussi Bu Hassan, the guide, and he shared a trick used by the Bedouins when they herd camels or sheep. They milk the animals in the morning and bury the milk in a girba to keep it cool. But desert raiders are clever and can easily find where a girba has been buried. So the crafty Bedouin buries two girbas, one on top of the other. The bottom one is filled with fresh milk and the top one with stale. The thief finds the upper girba and doesn’t look any further, while the owner of the girbas discovers his fresh milk is safe when he returns at night.

We met flocks of small birds winging their way north. Some of them were tired and eagerly accepted the water we offered them. One perched on my hand to drink.

We encountered groups of small birds flying north. Some of them were exhausted and gratefully accepted the water we offered. One landed on my hand to drink.

Sometimes near a well, one of those that is better described as a water-hole, one sees a few wings, feathers, bones of birds that tell their sad tale. They were probably immigrants who came across the well and stayed for a few days to recuperate. The well had just been dug by a passing caravan, water was easily available, and the birds grew accustomed to the spot. Little by little the sand drifted up and filled the well, and one day there was no more water, just[143] a damp patch of sand. Or perhaps the birds arrived there too exhausted to fly another hundred or two hundred miles in search of water, so they remained and died.

Sometimes near a well, more like a waterhole, you can find a few wings, feathers, and bones of birds that tell a sad story. They were probably travelers who stopped by the well to rest for a few days. The well had just been dug by a passing caravan, and water was easily available, so the birds got used to the spot. Gradually, the sand filled the well, and one day there was no water left, just a damp patch of sand. Or maybe the birds arrived too worn out to fly another hundred or two hundred miles in search of water, so they stayed and died.

In the morning at 10:30 we passed sand-dunes, called El Khweimat, eight or ten kilometers to our left, like small white tents on the desert as their name indicates. At 4:30 we sighted on our left at thirty kilometers the landmark called El Ferayeg, four sand-hills in a row. The name means “the little band” of men. At 6:15 we sighted the top of another landmark known as Mazoul, “the solitary one,” hazy in the distance to the southeast.

In the morning at 10:30, we passed sand dunes known as El Khweimat, about eight to ten kilometers to our left, looking like small white tents on the desert as their name suggests. At 4:30, we spotted on our left, thirty kilometers away, the landmark called El Ferayeg, which consists of four sand hills in a row. The name means “the little band” of men. At 6:15, we saw the peak of another landmark known as Mazoul, “the solitary one,” hazy in the distance to the southeast.

We were all cheered by the sight of these landmarks, which indicated our progress. We were confident that we had a skilful guide, but, as the Bedouins say, “the good guide is known only at the well.” It is only when one has reached the end of the journey that there is certainty that the right track has been taken. Senussi Bu Hassan demonstrated his remarkably keen eyesight. Very early in the morning before breaking camp he announced that he saw El Khweimat landmark in spite of the morning mist. It was several hours before other eyes in the caravan could make it out.

We were all uplifted by the sight of these landmarks, which showed how far we’d come. We felt sure we had a skilled guide, but, as the Bedouins say, “the good guide is only recognized at the well.” You can only be certain you've taken the right path when you reach the end of the journey. Senussi Bu Hassan showed off his exceptional eyesight. Very early in the morning, before we packed up, he claimed he could see the El Khweimat landmark despite the morning fog. It took several more hours for others in the caravan to spot it.

In the afternoon we passed camel skeletons lying white on the sands. Strangely enough this is a cheering[144] sign in the desert, for two reasons: first, because in the trackless monotony any sign that others have passed that way is encouraging, and, second, because the camel-bones are more frequent near the wells. Camels are more likely to die near the end of a trek, when, if water is scarce, they have been pushed too hard by their masters. The Bedouins do not like to use the word “skeleton” when they find such a reminder that death has come this way. So they euphemistically call it ghazal, which means gazelle.

In the afternoon, we saw camel skeletons lying pale on the sands. Interestingly, this is a positive sign in the desert for two reasons: first, because in the endless monotony, any indication that others have traveled this way is uplifting, and second, because the camel bones are more common near the wells. Camels are more likely to die near the end of a journey, especially if water is low and they've been pushed too hard by their owners. The Bedouins don’t like to use the word “skeleton” when they encounter this reminder that death has passed through here. Instead, they use the euphemistic term ghazal, which means gazelle.

Thursday, March 22. Up at 5:30 A.M. I watched the sun rise at 6:27 A.M. and recorded its time. We started at 8 A.M. and made forty-eight kilometers over very flat country, hard sand and gravel. All the morning the Mazoul sand-dunes were on our left twenty-five kilometers distant, but by the afternoon we had passed them.

Thursday, March 22. I woke up at 5:30 A.M. and watched the sun rise at 6:27 AM, making a note of the time. We set off at 8 A.M. and traveled forty-eight kilometers across very flat terrain, consisting of hard sand and gravel. Throughout the morning, the Mazoul sand dunes were visible to our left, about twenty-five kilometers away, but by the afternoon, we had passed them.

In the morning I heard Zerwali and Abdullahi discussing this land of astounding flatness through which we were passing.

In the morning, I heard Zerwali and Abdullahi talking about this incredibly flat land we were traveling through.

“Yes, our country is a blessed one,” said Zerwali.

“Yes, our country is a blessed one,” Zerwali said.

“Yes, indeed, it has a wonderful future,” answered the man from Egypt. “It is here, I believe, that the day of reckoning will be held. It is the only place God could find that would be big enough and so empty.”

“Yeah, definitely, it has an amazing future,” replied the man from Egypt. “I think it’s here where the day of judgment will take place. It’s the only place God could find that’s big enough and so wide open.”

The Tebus were running far and wide, ahead and[145] each side of the caravan, in search of camel-dung for fuel. They lived their life a little apart from the others in the caravan, and so they liked to have their own camp-fire at night a short distance from the main camp. Camel-dung was the only available fuel. The Tebus, who are sturdy runners, would go as much as five miles out of their way to find the precious material. But the Bedouins objected to the Tebus’ habit of running ahead and seizing all the dung. It is an inflexible rule of the desert that anything found on the way belongs to him who first touches it, and the Tebus appealed to that rule for justification. The Bedouins, however, had a telling retort.

The Tebus were running far and wide, ahead and[145] on each side of the caravan, searching for camel dung to use as fuel. They lived a bit separately from the others in the caravan, so they preferred to have their own campfire at night a short distance from the main camp. Camel dung was the only fuel they could find. The Tebus, who were strong runners, would go as much as five miles out of their way to collect this valuable resource. However, the Bedouins were unhappy with the Tebus’ tendency to run ahead and take all the dung. There’s a strict rule in the desert that anything found along the way belongs to the person who first touches it, and the Tebus used that rule to justify their actions. The Bedouins, though, had a sharp comeback.

THE CARAVAN ON THE MOVE IN THE DESERT TO AGAH

THE CARAVAN ON THE MOVE IN THE DESERT TO AGAH

“You have no guide ahead, nor do you let your camels go first, where they will not go without the stick,” they said. “You want us to lead the way for your camels, while you run ahead and seize the dung. That dung belongs to us who would come upon it first if you were back with your camels where you belong.”

“You have no guide in front, and you don’t let your camels go first, where they won’t move without the stick,” they said. “You want us to lead the way for your camels while you rush ahead to collect the dung. That dung belongs to us who would have found it first if you were back with your camels where you should be.”

The controversy grew spirited and was finally brought to me for judgment. I decreed that the Bedouins were right, and the Tebus should have no fire of their own. They should, however, be given a hot meal from the general commissariat every night. The Tebus are quite different in many of their habits[146] and customs from the Bedouins. They often do not use fire in the preparation of their food, though, as I have shown, they do not reject it for comfort and cheer. They dry the inside of the bark from the top of the date-tree over a fire and powder it, to use as material for a kind of pudding. They mix it with dates and locusts, also powdered. They invite no one to share their meals as the Bedouins invariably do, nor are they resentful if others do not ask them to share their food. The Bedouins criticize vigorously this failure in hospitality, as they consider it. The Tebus leave nothing behind them on the track, having a superstitious fear that whoever picks up what they have dropped will get hold of them too. They are fine physical specimens and good workers, but extremely simple in their habits of life and mind. They are mixing more and more with the Bedouins, however, and learning the Bedouin ways.

The controversy heated up and was eventually brought to me for a decision. I ruled that the Bedouins were correct, and the Tebus should not have their own fire. However, they should receive a hot meal from the general commissariat every night. The Tebus differ significantly in many of their habits and customs compared to the Bedouins. They often don’t use fire to cook their food, though they do enjoy it for comfort and warmth. They dry the inside of the bark from the top of the date tree over a fire and grind it into powder to make a type of pudding. They mix it with dates and ground locusts. Unlike the Bedouins, who always invite others to share their meals, the Tebus do not extend invitations and aren’t upset if others don’t ask to share their food. The Bedouins criticize this lack of hospitality, as they view it. The Tebus leave nothing behind them on their path because they have a superstitious fear that whoever picks up what they leave will also get hold of them. They are strong and hard workers, but very simple in their lifestyle and thinking. However, they are increasingly mixing with the Bedouins and adopting their ways.

On this day one of the camels became ill. Bu Helega got down and walked behind it and then bled it from the tail. We hoped it would be better after a night’s rest.

On this day, one of the camels got sick. Bu Helega got off and walked behind it, then bled it from the tail. We hoped it would feel better after a night's rest.

As we were sure of our water-supply, we decided to have a glass of tea. Bu Helega, Zerwali, Abdullahi, and I went on ahead of the caravan, taking the guide with us to set our course right. When we were far enough ahead, we quickly made a fire and brewed[147] tea. As the caravan came up, we handed a glass of tea to each man as he passed. The caravan did not stop. When the last camel was past us, we packed up our paraphernalia and hastened to catch up with the plodding caravan, Bu Helega on his camel, Zerwali and Abdullahi riding double on a trotting camel, and I on the horse. I must own Baraka was useful to me for several purposes. With him the camels could be easily brought back from the grazing-ground, which they are reluctant to leave to enter the zerira again. I could ride him to visit places of interest when we halted at oases, allowing the camels to rest or graze. I could go ahead of the caravan with him or remain behind to make observations or secure specimens unwatched by the men. On his back I could make a properly dignified appearance at the head of my caravan when entering or leaving an oasis.

Since we were confident about our water supply, we decided to have a glass of tea. Bu Helega, Zerwali, Abdullahi, and I moved ahead of the caravan, taking the guide with us to keep our direction right. Once we were far enough ahead, we quickly made a fire and brewed[147] tea. As the caravan passed by, we handed each man a glass of tea. The caravan didn’t stop. After the last camel had gone by, we packed up our things and hurried to catch up with the slowly moving caravan, with Bu Helega on his camel, Zerwali and Abdullahi riding double on a trotting camel, and I on the horse. I must say Baraka was helpful to me in several ways. With him, the camels could be easily brought back from the grazing area, which they were reluctant to leave to go back to the zerira. I could ride him to explore interesting places when we stopped at oases, letting the camels rest or graze. I could either go ahead of the caravan with him or stay behind to make observations or collect specimens without being noticed by the men. On his back, I could present a proper dignified appearance at the front of my caravan when entering or leaving an oasis.

Friday, March 23. We made 36 kilometers. There was a strong northeast wind the previous night, starting an hour after midnight. This wind continued all day, increasing from 1 to 3, and dropped in the evening. It was fair and clear, but cloudy in the late afternoon. At five in the afternoon we sighted the sand-dunes called El Mazeel, 25 kilometers toward the southeast.

Friday, March 23. We traveled 36 kilometers. There was a strong northeast wind that began the night before, about an hour after midnight. This wind continued throughout the day, picking up from level 1 to level 3, and let up in the evening. The weather was nice and clear, but it became cloudy in the late afternoon. At five in the afternoon, we spotted the sand dunes known as El Mazeel, located 25 kilometers to the southeast.

The men had become interested in making a full day’s trek, and exerted every effort to be under way[148] at eight, intending to walk for twelve hours. But the sick camel interfered with our plans. When the time came to start, it had to be lifted to its feet. Bu Helega shook his head and said, “This camel will be flesh to eat before the day is over.” Two hours later the camel knelt and refused to rise. In a few minutes it had to be slaughtered. Three men and two camels were left to bring the flesh after us. Before we had gone far Bu Helega came trotting up on his horse and said: “It is a fat camel. Let us stop for a while.”

The men were eager to make a full day's trek and did everything they could to be on their way[148] by eight, planning to walk for twelve hours. But the sick camel got in the way of our plans. When it was time to start, we had to lift it to its feet. Bu Helega shook his head and said, “This camel will be meat by the end of the day.” Two hours later, the camel knelt and wouldn’t get up. A few minutes later, it had to be slaughtered. Three men and two camels were left to carry the meat after us. Before we had gone too far, Bu Helega rode up on his horse and said, “It’s a fat camel. Let’s take a break for a bit.”

Knowing the Bedouin’s love of meat, I halted the caravan while a fire was made and a feast prepared. Every one ate the meat but myself and my two Egyptian servants. Bu Helega asked why I did not join the feast, and I told him that I did not care to eat the flesh of a sick camel.

Knowing the Bedouin’s love of meat, I stopped the caravan while a fire was made and a feast prepared. Everyone ate the meat except for me and my two Egyptian servants. Bu Helega asked why I wasn’t joining the feast, and I told him I didn’t want to eat the flesh of a sick camel.

“It is better than the little fish,” he said, referring to some tins of sardines which we had with us. “We have seen the camel slaughtered, but who knows what has happened to the little fish since they were in the sea?”

“It’s better than the little fish,” he said, pointing to some cans of sardines we had with us. “We’ve seen the camel get butchered, but who knows what’s happened to the little fish since they were in the sea?”

The camel’s flesh which was not eaten at once the Bedouins dried, and cut into thin shreds for flavoring their rice and asida later on. When we started again in the afternoon Senussi Bu Hassan said to me, “We will walk until we knock off the young moon, and then we will be able to lunch at the[149] well to-morrow.” But when evening came clouds hid El Jadi before the young moon had set, and we had to stop and make camp at 10:30 for fear of losing our way.

The Bedouins dried the camel meat they didn't eat right away and cut it into thin strips to use for flavoring their rice and asida later on. When we set off again in the afternoon, Senussi Bu Hassan told me, “We’ll keep walking until the young moon disappears, and then we’ll be able to have lunch at the[149] well tomorrow.” However, by evening, clouds covered El Jadi before the young moon had set, and we had to stop and set up camp at 10:30 to avoid getting lost.

SONS OF SHEIKH HERRI

Sons of Sheikh Herri

The sheikh was one of the kindliest and most hospitable natives encountered by Hassanein Bey south of Kufra

The sheikh was one of the friendliest and most welcoming locals that Hassanein Bey met south of Kufra.

In this part of the desert there was little to discover externally, but a great deal to discover in oneself that could only be brought to light in the silence and calm. It makes all the difference in the world whether one goes through the journey with the intention of getting back as quickly as possible to civilization again, or whether one lives and enjoys every moment of it.

In this part of the desert, there wasn't much to find on the outside, but there was a lot to uncover within oneself that could only be revealed in the silence and tranquility. It makes a huge difference whether you embark on the journey with the goal of rushing back to civilization as quickly as possible or whether you take the time to experience and enjoy every moment of it.

Just as the sun was going down, I saw Zerwali sitting by himself, drawing lines on the sand with a meditative finger. He was doing the yazerga, or the “science of the sands,” with which the Bedouin tells his own fortune. At intervals his eyes lifted from the pattern before him and brooded dreamily on the vivid colors of the sunset. The Bedouin has an appreciation of beauty and a reverence for nature. How could he help it?

Just as the sun was setting, I saw Zerwali sitting alone, drawing lines in the sand with a thoughtful finger. He was practicing the yazerga, or the “science of the sands,” through which the Bedouin predicts his own fortune. Occasionally, he would lift his eyes from the design in front of him and gaze dreamily at the vibrant colors of the sunset. The Bedouin has a deep appreciation for beauty and a respect for nature. How could he not?

Day after day it is exactly the same. The photographs I took in those seven days might be pictures of the same camp from different angles, so persistently the same was the immense desolate expanse of sand unmarked except for a camel’s skeleton or a few pebbles the size of a walnut. There was nothing to[150] distract one’s mind or interrupt one’s contemplation.

Day after day, it’s exactly the same. The photos I took over those seven days could easily be different angles of the same camp, because the vast, desolate stretch of sand was so consistently the same, only broken by a camel's skeleton or a few walnut-sized pebbles. There was nothing to[150] take your mind off things or break your thoughts.

What a peculiar charm this desolate desert has! What a cleansing effect on one’s mind and body! How this constant touch with infinity, day by day and night by night, affects the mind and the spirit, and alters one’s conception of life!

What a strange appeal this empty desert has! What a refreshing effect on your mind and body! How this constant connection with the infinite, day after day and night after night, influences the mind and spirit, and changes how you see life!

How small and petty one’s efforts in the round of ordinary civilization seem! How insignificant one’s efforts in this desert actually are!

How small and trivial our efforts in regular society seem! How insignificant our efforts in this desert really are!

Saturday, March 24. We were up at 5:30 A.M. tired, for we went to bed at 2. It was fine and clear all day; a northeast breeze in the morning dropped at midday, leaving it very warm. A strong northeast wind got up again at 10 P.M.

Saturday, March 24. We woke up at 5:30 AM feeling tired because we went to bed at 2. It was nice and clear all day; a northeast breeze in the morning died down around noon, making it really warm. A strong northeast wind picked up again at 10 PM

At 9:30 A.M. the country began to change slightly; the sand was softer and the ground a little undulating. At 10 we came across patches of black broken stone, which continued all day. At noon we sighted on our right the first hatab—dried brushwood—of Zieghen Valley. At 1:45 we halted for a hot meal and a rest near the first hatab we reached.

At 9:30 A.M., the landscape started to change a bit; the sand became softer and the ground was slightly uneven. By 10, we found patches of black broken stone that lasted throughout the day. At noon, we spotted the first hatab—dried brushwood—of Zieghen Valley on our right. At 1:45, we stopped for a hot meal and a break near the first hatab we encountered.

Our fuel-supply was exhausted the previous day, and we had had nothing hot to eat or drink since the morning of the day before. At 5:13 we sighted sand-dunes to the southeast, about 40 kilometers distant. The dunes ran southward in a line toward Zieghen Valley. At 8:30 the hillocks of hatab increased in number and extent.

Our fuel supply ran out the day before, and we hadn't had anything hot to eat or drink since the morning of the day before. At 5:13, we spotted sand dunes to the southeast, about 40 kilometers away. The dunes stretched south in a line toward Zieghen Valley. By 8:30, the number and size of the hatab hillocks had increased.

When we started in the morning we hoped to get to Zieghen that day. Later there was disagreement[151] as to why we had not reached it. Bu Helega remarked that the guide must have gone too far to the west or we should have arrived at the well before this. Zerwali, who had selected Bu Hassan for our guide, came to his defense; it was because we lost time slaughtering the camel and feasting the day before that we did not arrive, he said. Hamad had another explanation. “The camels are not being driven at all,” he said. “One sleeps long and gets up at his leisure, and the camels are still in sight.” (It was the custom of the men to drop out of line for a nap of a half an hour or so, the slow pace of the camels and their track in the sand making it possible for them to catch the caravan easily on wakening.)

When we set out in the morning, we hoped to reach Zieghen that day. Later, there was disagreement[151] about why we hadn’t made it there. Bu Helega suggested that the guide must have gone too far west, or else we would have arrived at the well by now. Zerwali, who had picked Bu Hassan as our guide, defended him; he said it was because we wasted time slaughtering the camel and feasting the day before that we didn’t arrive. Hamad offered a different explanation. “The camels aren’t being pushed at all,” he said. “One is sleeping in and getting up at his own pace, and the camels are still in sight.” (It was customary for the men to fall out of line for a nap of about half an hour, and the slow speed of the camels and their track in the sand made it easy for them to catch up with the caravan once they woke up.)

When we halted to make a fire and have the first hot meal in thirty hours, I remembered that this was just where we had lost our way on the previous trip to Kufra in 1921. After our meal, Dawood, Zerwali’s uncle, left us with his single camel to go to Taiserbo, which lay a day’s journey west of Zieghen. He proposed to get his wife and daughter and take them to Cyrenaica, where there were better prospects for business. Zerwali had agreed to help him in his affairs in the new region. It must have taken a lot of pluck for the old man to undertake the long journey to the north with the two women and but a[152] single camel. I asked him how he would manage it. He told me that the first day they would all walk. The next day, as the weight of water on the camel grew less, his daughter would ride, and the third day his wife.

When we stopped to make a fire and have our first hot meal in thirty hours, I remembered that this was exactly where we had lost our way on the last trip to Kufra in 1921. After our meal, Dawood, Zerwali’s uncle, left us with his one camel to head to Taiserbo, which was a day’s journey west of Zieghen. He planned to get his wife and daughter and take them to Cyrenaica, where there were better opportunities for business. Zerwali had agreed to help him with his affairs in the new area. It must have taken a lot of courage for the old man to take on the long journey north with two women and just a[152] single camel. I asked him how he would manage it. He told me that on the first day they would all walk. The next day, as the weight of water on the camel decreased, his daughter would ride, and on the third day, his wife would.

“But suppose something happens to your camel?” I asked.

“But what if something happens to your camel?” I asked.

“Protection comes from God,” was his quiet answer. I gave him rice, macaroni, tea, and sugar, and when we had said the “Fat-ha” he departed very happy.

“Protection comes from God,” was his calm reply. I gave him rice, pasta, tea, and sugar, and after we recited the “Fat-ha,” he left feeling very happy.

The Bedouins were delighted with a great feast of rice and camel-flesh and went to bed in vast contentment. It was a beautiful night, and I left my tent and spent a few tranquil moments under the golden moon and the stars paled by her brighter light. Their serene cheerfulness and encouraging company sent me back to my bed, as always, with new hope and confidence.

The Bedouins were thrilled with a huge feast of rice and camel meat and went to bed feeling very content. It was a beautiful night, and I stepped out of my tent to enjoy a few peaceful moments under the golden moon, with the stars faint in her brighter light. Their calm happiness and uplifting company always sent me back to my bed filled with new hope and confidence.

This is the entry in my diary for the following day:

This is the entry in my journal for the next day:

Sunday, March 25. Start at 7:45 A.M., halt at 1:45 P.M. Make 24 kilometers. Highest temperature 32°, lowest 14°. Strong northeast wind all last night and until 4:30 to-day. Cloudy all the morning, no sun; a few drops of rain at midday. It clears in the afternoon. We walk all the way among little hillocks of dry hatab gradually[153] increasing from a few inches to eight feet in height as we near the well. The hillocks are interspersed with patches of sand strewn with bits of black broken stone. The sand gets gradually softer until it is moist a few inches under the surface.

Sunday, March 25. We started at 7:45 AM and stopped at 1:45 P.M. We covered 24 kilometers. The highest temperature was 32°, and the lowest was 14°. A strong northeast wind blew all night and continued until 4:30 today. It was cloudy all morning with no sun, and we had a few drops of rain around midday. The skies cleared up in the afternoon. We walked the entire distance among small hillocks of dry hatab, which gradually grew from a few inches to eight feet tall as we approached the well. The hillocks were mixed with patches of sand scattered with bits of broken black stone. The sand became progressively softer until it was moist just a few inches below the surface.

At 9:15 we sighted to the southwest about 3 kilometers away the sand-dunes of El Washka, a small well of the Zieghen group. At 9:30 we passed on our left Matan Bu Houh, the old well of Zieghen. We camped near the few date-trees that stand by the best well of the group, El Harrash.

At 9:15, we spotted the sand dunes of El Washka to the southwest, about 3 kilometers away, which is a small well in the Zieghen group. At 9:30, we passed Matan Bu Houh, the old well of Zieghen, on our left. We set up camp close to the few date trees that are near the best well in the group, El Harrash.

APPROACHING THE HILLS OF ARKENU

Approaching the Arkenu Hills

The explorer’s caravan nearing the first oasis that he discovered seven days’ journey south of Kufra. The photograph was taken in the morning, and in the foreground is seen a ray of sunshine coming from beyond the hills.

The explorer’s caravan is approaching the first oasis he found seven days' journey south of Kufra. The photograph was taken in the morning, and in the foreground, a ray of sunlight is shining through from beyond the hills.

In the desert a well does not mean a nicely excavated and stoned-up arrangement such as one finds in other parts of the world, with a bucket and windlass or a pump. In this part of the desert a well is a spot where the water is close to the surface and can be easily obtained by digging. It is just a damp patch of sand which the Bedouins scrape open with their hands, getting water at three or four feet down. Between the visits of caravans the sands drift over the place and choke the water-hole, so that each newcomer must clean it out for himself. But the joy of an ample supply of fresh water after days of having just enough for making tea, with no chance of a bath or even a shave, is sufficient reward for all the labor of digging out the well. If it has been a long journey the first thing to think of is the camels. After they have been watered and a good meal digested,[154] washing is the most important item in the program. If the water is scarce, clothes have to wait until the next well, because the question of water for the trek has to be considered.

In the desert, a well isn’t just a neatly dug hole like you’d find in other places, complete with a bucket and pulley or a pump. Here, a well is simply a spot where the water is close to the surface and can be easily reached by digging. It’s just a damp patch of sand that the Bedouins scrape open with their hands to access water at three or four feet down. Between caravan visits, the sands cover the spot and block the water source, so every newcomer has to clear it out themselves. But the happiness of having plenty of fresh water after days of just enough for tea, with no chance for a bath or even a shave, makes all the effort of digging a well worthwhile. If it’s been a long journey, the first priority is the camels. After they’ve been watered and had a good meal, the next crucial task is washing. If water is limited, laundry has to wait until the next well, since the availability of water for the journey needs to be taken into account.

As soon as the men have rested, sheepskins are filled and left for the night. Early next morning two or three men go to see which of the sheepskins has leaked and, if possible, detect the cause of the leakage. They also make a point of separating the bad sheepskins from the good ones, so that on the journey water should be taken on the first day or two from those which leak or are unreliable.

As soon as the men have taken a break, they fill the sheepskins and set them aside for the night. Early the next morning, two or three men check to see which sheepskins have leaked and, if possible, figure out what's causing the leaks. They also make sure to separate the bad sheepskins from the good ones, so during the first day or two of the journey, they can get water from those that leak or aren’t reliable.

The first night at a well, however tired the caravan may be, is always made the opportunity for great rejoicing, singing, and dancing. Before arriving at the well one’s idea of a rest has been at least four or five days’ stay and plenty of water to make up for past privation. Thoughts dwell on the pleasing idea of really having water to splash about with. Curiously enough, after a single day’s rest, a fever of restlessness gets hold of one again, and the luxury of abundance is left most eagerly for the privations of the road. No matter if it be a big well surrounded by a fertile oasis, full of the comforts of life, yet one returns with a sigh of contentment to the twelve hours’ trek and the lunch of dried dates.

The first night at a well, no matter how tired the caravan may be, is always an occasion for celebration, singing, and dancing. Before getting to the well, people think of rest as a stay of at least four or five days with plenty of water to make up for past hardships. They imagine the joy of having water to splash around in. Strangely, after just one day of rest, a feeling of restlessness takes over again, and the luxury of abundance is quickly traded for the struggles of the road. It doesn't matter if it's a big well surrounded by a lush oasis, filled with life's comforts; people still find themselves sighing with contentment as they head back to the twelve-hour trek and a lunch of dried dates.

The well, when scraped out, is probably about the[155] size of a tea-table for two. The moist sand holds the walls together. Usually one leaves it alone a little for the sand to settle, but the water is always sandy, and it is too much bother to strain it. Not on one single occasion did I drink a glass of water that was not cloudy, and never did I see the bottom of my zinc cup while drinking. The filter which kind friends said I must take with me I never used at all until we got to the Sudan, and there the water was really bad; in an inhabited area you do not know what may have happened to it. And then when we tried to get this famous filter working, we found there were no washers for it, so that was the end of the story of the filter.

The well, when cleared out, is probably about the[155] size of a small tea table for two. The damp sand keeps the walls stable. Typically, you leave it be for a bit to let the sand settle, but the water is always gritty, and straining it is too much hassle. Not once did I drink a glass of water that wasn’t murky, and I never saw the bottom of my zinc cup while drinking. The filter that kind friends insisted I bring along went unused until we reached Sudan, and there the water was truly terrible; in populated areas, you just can’t know what’s happened to it. And when we tried to get this so-called famous filter working, we discovered there were no washers for it, so that was the end of the whole filter saga.

Dirt in the desert, it may be necessary to remark, is quite different from dirt anywhere else. It is not unwholesome, for the sand is a clean thing, and the clothes of the Bedouins let in the air. Vermin is there, but it is inevitable, and the Bedouin pays no heed to it. I might have just had my bath, and then I would go and sit down for a glass of tea with my men and—well, you are bound to collect these things!

Dirt in the desert, it’s worth mentioning, is pretty different from dirt anywhere else. It’s not unhealthy, since the sand is clean, and the Bedouins' clothing allows for airflow. There are pests, but that's just part of life, and the Bedouins ignore them. I could have just taken a shower, and then I'd go sit down with my guys for a glass of tea and—well, you’re bound to pick up these things!


[156]CHAPTER XIII

THE CHANGING DESERT AND A CORRECTED MAP

THE CHANGING DESERT AND A CORRECTED MAP

Monday, March 26. At El Harrash Well of the Zieghen group. Highest temperature 27°, lowest 6°. Fine and clear with northeast wind, which develops into a bad sand-storm at eleven. The storm continues until 6:30 in the evening, and the wind does not go down until two hours later.

Monday, March 26. At El Harrash Well of the Zieghen group. Highest temperature 27°, lowest 6°. It was nice and clear with a northeast wind, which turned into a bad sandstorm at eleven. The storm lasted until 6:30 in the evening, and the wind didn't calm down until two hours later.

Our halt at Zeighen should have been only for a night, but the severe sand-storm kept us wind-bound for another day. Zieghen is merely a group of four wells, the two that we passed on Sunday, El Harrash, where we were camped, and another, Bu Zerraig, twenty kilometers to the east.

Our stop at Zeighen was supposed to last only a night, but the fierce sandstorm kept us stuck for another day. Zeighen is just a collection of four wells: the two we passed on Sunday, El Harrash, where we camped, and another one, Bu Zerraig, twenty kilometers to the east.

During the day Bu Helega talked to Abdullahi about my coming to the desert.

During the day, Bu Helega told Abdullahi about my arrival in the desert.

“You have audacity, you Egyptians,” he said. “For your bey to come twice to our country, which no stranger has visited before in my time, that is boldness. Why does he come here and leave all God’s[157] bounty back there in Egypt, if not for some secret purpose? He comes to our unknown country to measure and map it, and, by God, not once but twice.”

“You have some nerve, you Egyptians,” he said. “For your bey to come to our country twice, which no outsider has set foot in during my time, that’s pretty bold. Why is he here, leaving all of God’s[157] wealth back in Egypt, if not for some hidden agenda? He comes to our unfamiliar land to survey and chart it, and, honestly, not just once but twice.”

IN THE OPEN DESERT

In the open desert

Study of shadows cast by the camels

Study of shadows cast by the camels

Even my good friend Bu Helega was suspicious of my intentions in penetrating into his country.

Even my good friend Bu Helega was skeptical of my motives for entering his country.

I finally discovered the real basis of the antagonism of those who live in the desert to the coming of persons from the outside world. It is not religious fanaticism; it is merely the instinct of self-preservation. If a single stranger penetrated to Kufra, the cherished center of the life of their tribe, it would be, as the Bedouins say, “the camel’s nose inside the flap of the tent.” After him would come others, and the final outcome would be foreign domination. That would mean the loss of their independence and the paying of taxes. They can hardly be blamed for dreading either of those results.

I finally understood the real reason behind the hostility of those who live in the desert towards outsiders. It's not religious fanaticism; it's simply the instinct to protect themselves. If even one stranger were to enter Kufra, the heart of their tribe's life, it would be, as the Bedouins say, “the camel’s nose inside the flap of the tent.” After that, more would follow, leading to eventual foreign control. That would mean losing their independence and having to pay taxes. It's hard to blame them for fearing either of those outcomes.

The changes produced by time in the desert, which we are accustomed to think of as eternally the same, are interesting. When Rohlfs passed to the westward of Zieghen on his way to Kufra in 1879 he reported a broad stretch of green vegetation here. To-day there is no extent of greenness, merely a great deal of hatab, dead brushwood. Rohlfs’s statement, however, is confirmed by Bu Helega, who says that when he was a child his father used to take[158] him to Kufra when he went to get dates, because the Bedouins believe that the waters of Shekherra, the headquarters of the Zwayas near Jalo, are bad for children in the summer. Bu Helega used to be carried on his father’s back most of the way. It was in those days that the trip was made in three days and five nights, without halts. They gave the camels but one meal between Jalo and Zieghen; when they reached the latter place the beasts were fed on the green stuff that was growing there then. What has seemed like an error on Rohlfs’s part in describing so much vegetation at Zieghen is thus demonstrated to be merely the result of a difference in conditions after forty-five years. It is probably a variation in the water conditions in the soil which has turned the living shrubs into fire-wood.

The changes brought by time in the desert, which we usually think of as always the same, are fascinating. When Rohlfs traveled west of Zieghen on his way to Kufra in 1879, he reported a wide area of green vegetation there. Today, there’s no greenery, just a lot of hatab, dead brushwood. However, Rohlfs's observation is backed up by Bu Helega, who recalls that when he was a child, his father would take him to Kufra to collect dates because the Bedouins believed that the waters of Shekherra, the home of the Zwayas near Jalo, are harmful to children in the summer. Bu Helega would often be carried on his father’s back for most of the journey. Back then, the trip would take three days and five nights, without any stops. The camels were only fed once between Jalo and Zieghen; when they arrived at Zieghen, the camels were given the green plants that grew there at that time. What seemed like an error on Rohlfs's part in describing so much vegetation at Zieghen is actually shown to be just a result of changing conditions over forty-five years. It’s likely a shift in the soil's water conditions that has turned the living shrubs into firewood.

Our trek from Buttafal to Zieghen illustrated the uncertainties of desert travel. In spite of all the precautions that we could possibly think of, our fuel ran out, one camel died, and two others were so exhausted that they were to fail us soon. The food for the camels was used up also, and from Zieghen to Kufra they were fed on date-tree leaves, gathered at the former place, which was very poor food for them indeed.

Our journey from Buttafal to Zieghen showed the unpredictability of traveling through the desert. Despite all the precautions we could come up with, we ran out of fuel, one camel died, and two others were so worn out that they were about to let us down. The camels' food ran out too, and between Zieghen and Kufra, they were fed on date-tree leaves we gathered at Zieghen, which was really not enough for them.

I picked up from a Bedouin a proverb with a cynical slant to it: “Your friend is like your female[159] camel; one day she gives you milk, and the next she fails you.”

I heard a cynical proverb from a Bedouin: “Your friend is like your female[159] camel; one day she gives you milk, and the next she lets you down.”

On the two evenings at Zieghen I took observations of Polaris with the theodolite. When the observations were worked out I found that Zieghen was about a hundred kilometers farther to the east-northeast than Rohlfs had placed it. He did not visit the place and therefore could make no observations on the spot but relied on what he was told by the Bedouins. I found also that Zieghen is 310 meters above sea-level.

On the two evenings in Zieghen, I took measurements of Polaris using the theodolite. When I analyzed the data, I discovered that Zieghen is about a hundred kilometers further east-northeast than Rohlfs had indicated. He never visited the location and therefore couldn't make any observations in person, relying instead on information from the Bedouins. I also found that Zieghen is 310 meters above sea level.

Tuesday, March 27. Start at 8:15 A.M., halt at 8 P.M. Make 47 kilometers. Highest temperature 26°, lowest 8°. Fine and clear, cold strong northeast wind all day and all night. A few white clouds. From El Harrash Well the guide points out the direction of Kufra as being five degrees south of southeast. For two hours we walk among hatab, which extends about 10 kilometers southeast of the well. Then we enter a region of soft sand, a little undulating. The undulations gradually increase until we get into the sand-dune country late in the afternoon.

Tuesday, March 27. Start at 8:15 AM, stop at 8 P.M. Cover 47 kilometers. Highest temperature 26°, lowest 8°. Beautiful and clear, with a strong cold northeast wind all day and night. A few white clouds. From El Harrash Well, the guide indicates that Kufra is located five degrees south of southeast. For two hours, we walk through hatab, extending about 10 kilometers southeast of the well. Then we enter an area of soft, slightly rolling sand. The undulations gradually increase until we reach the sand-dune region late in the afternoon.

At 2:30 we sighted a range of sand-dunes to the east, with a few black stone garas or small hills in between them. They were about twenty or thirty kilometers away and marched off to the southeast as far as we could see. Later there were gherds—sand-dunes—to the southwest as well, and at 5:30 the[160] gherds closed in across our track and we definitely entered them. So far, however, they were not high or difficult to cross.

At 2:30, we spotted a line of sand dunes to the east, with a few black stone hills or small hills scattered between them. They were about twenty or thirty kilometers away and extended to the southeast as far as we could see. Later, there were sand dunes to the southwest as well, and at 5:30, the sand dunes closed in across our path, and we definitely entered them. So far, though, they weren't high or tough to cross.

The complete separation between the Bedouins and the Tebus on the march impressed me again. The blacks say that they do not like the Zwayas and fear them. The Tebu camels were well kept and better behaved than those of the Bedouins. Each Tebu camel had a lead-rope and did not run loose as the others did.

The clear divide between the Bedouins and the Tebus on the march struck me again. The locals say they don’t like the Zwayas and are afraid of them. The Tebu camels were well cared for and better behaved than those of the Bedouins. Each Tebu camel had a lead rope and wasn’t allowed to roam freely like the others.

In the afternoon we passed the landmark of Jebail El Fadeel. As with most desert landmarks, its name commemorates some one who lost his life there.

In the afternoon, we passed the landmark of Jebail El Fadeel. Like most desert landmarks, its name honors someone who lost their life there.

El Fadeel was one of the best guides in the desert. He was going toward Kufra from Jalo with a caravan. Sand-storms of great severity swept down upon them. While there is no direct evidence of what happened, the testimony of what was finally found told the story eloquently. Fadeel’s eyes must have been badly affected by the driving sand. He bandaged them and, thus deprived of sight, had those who were with him describe the landmarks as they reached them. Nevertheless they missed the wells of Zieghen and tried to struggle on direct to Kufra. The desert took them in its relentless grip, and of the entire caravan but one camel survived. The beast struggled on to its home at Kufra, led by its infallible[161] instinct. There it was recognized by the markings on its neck as belonging to El Fadeel. A rescue party followed the camel’s track back into the desert, but its help came too late. The bodies of the men lay stiff upon the sand, near the landmark now known by El Fadeel’s name, the bandage on the old guide’s eyes revealing the tragic truth.

El Fadeel was one of the best guides in the desert. He was heading towards Kufra from Jalo with a caravan. Intense sandstorms swept down on them. While there's no direct evidence of what happened, the findings that were eventually uncovered tell the story vividly. Fadeel’s eyes must have been severely affected by the blowing sand. He bandaged them and, deprived of sight, had those with him describe the landmarks as they reached them. Still, they missed the wells of Zieghen and tried to push directly to Kufra. The desert held them in its harsh grip, and out of the entire caravan, only one camel survived. The animal made its way back home to Kufra, guided by its instinct. There, it was recognized by the markings on its neck as belonging to El Fadeel. A rescue team followed the camel’s trail back into the desert, but they arrived too late. The bodies of the men lay stiff in the sand, near the landmark now known by El Fadeel’s name, the bandage on the old guide’s eyes revealing the tragic truth.

THE HILLS OF ARKENU

THE ARKENU HILLS

The first oasis that the explorer discovered on his way from Kufra to the Sudan; the camp can be easily discerned

The first oasis the explorer found on his journey from Kufra to Sudan; the camp is easily recognizable.

Wednesday, March 28. There were heavy clouds all day, with little sunshine. It was cloudy too in the evening. A cold northeast wind developed at 8 A.M. into a sand-storm lasting for three hours and a half. The cold wind continued on into the evening. A few drops of rain fell at 10:30 P.M.

Wednesday, March 28. It was overcast all day, with hardly any sunshine. It remained cloudy in the evening as well. A cold northeast wind picked up at 8 AM and turned into a sandstorm that lasted for three and a half hours. The chilly wind continued into the evening. A few drops of rain fell at 10:30 PM

We walked among sand-dunes for two hours, when we entered undulating country, covered with broken black stone. It was bad going for the camels. An hour later the black stone belt ended and we came into the sand-dunes again.

We walked among sand dunes for two hours until we entered a hilly area covered with broken black stone. It was tough for the camels. After another hour, the black stone area ended, and we returned to the sand dunes.

At 11:30 in the forenoon the chain of the Hawayesh Hills were on our left and sand-dunes and black stone garas on our right. At 12:15 we passed on our left four kilometers away Goor El Makhzan landmark, hills of black stone ranging from fifty to one hundred and fifty meters in height. At 1:45 we passed the landmark of El Gara Wobentaha, which[162] means “the gara and its daughter,” two sugar-loaf hills of appropriate proportions to suit the designation.

At 11:30 in the morning, the Hawayesh Hills were on our left, and to our right were sand dunes and black stone garas. At 12:15, we passed the Goor El Makhzan landmark, which was four kilometers away on our left, featuring hills of black stone that ranged from fifty to one hundred and fifty meters high. At 1:45, we passed the El Gara Wobentaha landmark, which[162] means “the gara and its daughter,” consisting of two sugar-loaf hills that perfectly matched the name.

I talked with some of the Bedouins about our losing our way in 1921. They showed no surprise. To these desert dwellers it is all a part of the day’s work, losing one’s way, one’s camels, one’s water, or one’s fuel.

I talked with some of the Bedouins about getting lost in 1921. They didn’t seem surprised at all. For these desert people, getting lost, misplacing camels, running out of water, or not having enough fuel is just part of their daily routine.

Thursday, March 29. The lowest temperature this day was not recorded, as the minimum thermometer was broken in the storm.

Thursday, March 29. The lowest temperature for the day wasn’t recorded because the minimum thermometer was broken in the storm.

The Hawayesh Hills were on our left until mid-afternoon. At 11:30 we entered soft and very undulating sand-dunes, difficult going for men and camels. At 1:30 we passed Garet El Sherif to the right, the biggest landmark we had yet seen. It was a ridge-shaped gara, one hundred and fifty meters long and about one hundred meters high, with three smaller ones beside it, two to the south and one to the north. At three we got into heavy dunes again and two hours later passed into flat country, with harder sand and patches of black stone. At 3:30 in the morning the worst sand-storm we had encountered began. It swept the tents from the moorings, and mine collapsed on top of me, smashing a few of my instruments and also the small chronometer.

The Hawayesh Hills were on our left until mid-afternoon. At 11:30, we entered soft, rolling sand dunes, which were tough going for both people and camels. By 1:30, we passed Garet El Sherif on our right, the largest landmark we had seen so far. It was a ridge-shaped gara, one hundred fifty meters long and about one hundred meters high, with three smaller ones nearby—two to the south and one to the north. At three, we hit heavy dunes again, and two hours later, we moved into flat terrain, with harder sand and patches of black stone. At 3:30 in the morning, the worst sandstorm we had faced started. It blew the tents from their moorings, and mine collapsed on top of me, breaking a few of my instruments along with my small chronometer.

[163]With the whole tent on top of me, weighted down with the constantly growing load of sand, I was threatened with suffocation, but fortunately I got hold of a tent-peg, with which I held the canvas away from my face. Some of the men tried to come to my assistance, but I shouted to them to put the sacks of flour and pieces of luggage on their tents and mine to keep them down. I lay in my uncomfortable position under the tent for two hours or so. The sand came hurtling through the gap in the tent like shot from a gun. The men and the camels suffered badly. Had the pole of my tent fallen a fraction of an inch to one side, it would have smashed my big chronometer, and then what a difference it would have made to the scientific results of the expedition!

[163]With the entire tent pressing down on me, weighed down by the ever-increasing pile of sand, I was at risk of suffocation. Luckily, I managed to grab a tent peg, which I used to keep the canvas away from my face. Some of the guys tried to help, but I yelled at them to put the sacks of flour and pieces of luggage on their tents and mine to hold them down. I stayed in my uncomfortable position under the tent for about two hours. The sand was blasting through the gap in the tent like bullets. The men and the camels were really suffering. If the pole of my tent had shifted even slightly, it would have crushed my big chronometer, and that would have seriously affected the scientific outcomes of the expedition!

To the outside world the work of an explorer is either failure or success with a distinct line between them. To the explorer himself that line is very hazy. He may have won his way through, amassed all the information that he sought, be within a score of miles of his journey’s end; then, suddenly, his camels give out. He must abandon the best part of his luggage. Water and food take precedence; the boxes containing his scientific instruments, his records, have to be left behind. Maybe his plight is still worse, and he must sacrifice everything, even his own life. To the outside world he would be a failure; generous critics[164] might even call him a glorious failure, but in any case he has failed. Yet how much is that failure akin to success! Sometimes on those long treks the man who fails has done more, has endured more hardships, than the man who succeeds. An explorer’s sympathy is rather with the man who has struggled and failed than with the man who succeeds, for only the explorer knows how the man who failed fought to preserve the fruits of his work.

To the outside world, the work of an explorer is either a failure or a success, with a clear line dividing the two. But for the explorer, that line is pretty unclear. They may have pushed through, gathered all the information they were after, and be within a short distance of their destination; then suddenly, their camels fail. They have to leave behind the bulk of their gear. Water and food come first; the boxes with their scientific tools and records have to be left behind. Maybe their situation is even worse, and they have to give up everything, even their own life. To the outside world, they would be deemed a failure; kind critics might even label them a glorious failure, but in the end, it's still a failure. Yet how closely that failure resembles success! Sometimes, on those long journeys, the person who fails has accomplished more and endured greater hardships than the one who succeeds. An explorer tends to empathize more with the one who has struggled and failed than with the one who has succeeded because only the explorer understands how hard the one who failed fought to protect the results of their efforts.

The Bedouins understood this. There is a trait in their character that surprised, even astounded me sometimes, until I grew to understand it. There was often no hilarity, no rejoicing when the day’s march came to its appointed end. “To-day we have arrived, but to-morrow—” they seem to say. Because you have succeeded to-day it is nothing to brag about. It was not by your skill; it was destiny. To-morrow you may start an easier journey and fail horribly. On my first long trip in the Libyan Desert in 1921, between the oases of Buseima (one of the Kufra group) and Kufra, a three days’ journey, we came across the remnants of a perished caravan. There was a hand still sticking out of the sands, the skin yellow like parchment. As we passed, one of the men went reverently and hid it with sand. A three days’ trip, and yet those men had lost their way and died of thirst.

The Bedouins got this. There’s a quality in their character that surprised and even amazed me at times until I started to understand it. There was often no laughter, no celebration when the day’s journey came to an end. “Today we’ve arrived, but tomorrow—” they seem to imply. Just because you succeeded today doesn’t mean much. It wasn’t your skill; it was fate. Tomorrow you might face an easier journey and fail terribly. On my first long trip in the Libyan Desert in 1921, between the oases of Buseima (one of the Kufra group) and Kufra, a three-day journey, we found the remains of a dead caravan. There was a hand still sticking out of the sand, the skin yellow like parchment. As we passed by, one of the men went over and respectfully covered it with sand. A three-day trip, and yet those men had lost their way and died of thirst.

THE EXPLORER’S CAMP AT OUENAT

THE EXPLORER’S CAMP AT OUENAT

THE CARAVAN APPROACHING THE GRANITE HILLS OF OUENAT

THE CARAVAN APPROACHING THE GRANITE HILLS OF OUENAT

[165]There are many gruesome tales of the remnants of a caravan perishing within sight of the well. So far from being deterred from taking the same route, the Bedouin only says that it was God’s decree that they should die on the road. “Better the entrails of a bird than the darkness of the tomb,” one Bedouin told me, meaning that he preferred to be eaten by vultures.

[165]There are many gruesome stories of caravan members dying within sight of the well. Instead of being discouraged from taking the same path, the Bedouin simply say it was God's will that they die on the road. “Better the guts of a bird than the darkness of the grave,” one Bedouin told me, meaning that he preferred to be devoured by vultures.

It was a very tiring day, what with the disturbance to our rest during the night and the heavy going through the soft dunes. But the men were cheerful because we were getting near to Kufra. The news that Bu Helega, who lived at Hawari, the first halting-place on the outskirts of Kufra, was going to slaughter a sheep and provide a feast was an added incentive.

It was a really exhausting day, especially with the interruption to our sleep during the night and the struggle to walk through the soft dunes. But the guys were in good spirits because we were getting closer to Kufra. The news that Bu Helega, who lived in Hawari, the first stop on the edge of Kufra, was going to slaughter a sheep and throw a feast was an added motivation.

The camels were weak and thin, but three of them whose home is in Kufra led the way all day without being driven, in spite of the difficult walking over the dunes.

The camels were weak and thin, but three of them from Kufra led the way all day without being urged, despite the tough trek over the dunes.

At 6:45 we sighted Garet El Hawaria, the great landmark that indicates the approach to Kufra.

At 6:45, we saw Garet El Hawaria, the major landmark that shows we’re getting close to Kufra.

Friday, March 30. We started at 7:45 A.M., halted at 5:45 P.M., made thirty-five kilometers, and arrived at Hawari. A few drops of rain fell in the late evening. The ground was flat, soft sand, undulating a trifle, and marked with patches of black and[166] red stone. At 9:30 we entered upon the zone of red sand of Kufra. We came across pieces of petrified wood all day. At 1:15 we passed Garet El Hawaria, and at 3:30 sighted the date-trees of Hawari. An hour and a half later we entered the oasis and soon camped at Awadel.

Friday, March 30. We started at 7:45 AM, stopped at 5:45 PM, covered thirty-five kilometers, and reached Hawari. A light rain fell in the late evening. The ground was flat, soft sand, slightly undulating, and marked with patches of black and [166] red stone. At 9:30, we entered the red sand area of Kufra. We found pieces of petrified wood throughout the day. At 1:15, we passed Garet El Hawaria, and at 3:30, we spotted the date palms of Hawari. An hour and a half later, we entered the oasis and soon set up camp at Awadel.

We had arrived at the first outpost of Kufra. This name was given in Rohlfs’s time to the four somewhat widely separated oases of Taiserbo, Buseima, Ribiana, and Kebabo—Rohlfs’s designation for the present-day Kufra—but now it is restricted to the last named.

We had reached the first outpost of Kufra. This name was used during Rohlfs’s time to refer to the four somewhat distant oases of Taiserbo, Buseima, Ribiana, and Kebabo—Rohlfs’s term for what we now call Kufra—but now it is only used for the last one.

Hawari is the northernmost part of the present Kufra, a comparatively small oasis with the three villages of Hawari, Hawawira, and Awadel. Seventeen kilometers south lies El Taj, the seat of local government and the principal settlement. It is situated on a rocky cliff overlooking the depression of the oasis proper, which lies to the south and contains the villages of Jof, Boema, Buma, El Zurruk, El Talalib, and El Tollab.

Hawari is the northernmost part of what is now Kufra, a relatively small oasis with three villages: Hawari, Hawawira, and Awadel. Seventeen kilometers to the south is El Taj, the local government center and the main settlement. It sits on a rocky cliff that overlooks the oasis below, which is to the south and includes the villages of Jof, Boema, Buma, El Zurruk, El Talalib, and El Tollab.

I had intended to go straight on to El Taj, the chief town of Kufra, the next day, but Bu Helega claimed the right of hospitality and insisted that I should stop a day at the oasis which is his home. After a good night’s rest—undisturbed by sand-storms or collapsing of tents—and a shave, I was quite ready to[167] do full justice to the breakfast sent by the Bedouins of a caravan which had just arrived from Wadai. At the same time I gathered some interesting information which made me consider making a change in my plans.

I planned to head straight to El Taj, the main town of Kufra, the next day, but Bu Helega insisted on showing his hospitality and urged me to stay an extra day at his oasis home. After a good night’s sleep—free from sandstorms and collapsing tents—and a shave, I was ready to[167] fully enjoy the breakfast provided by the Bedouins from a caravan that had just arrived from Wadai. At the same time, I picked up some interesting information that made me rethink my plans.

I sent a messenger on to El Taj with letters to Sayed El Abid, the cousin of Sayed Idris and the chief Senussi in Kufra, and to Jeddawi, Sayed Idris’s personal wakil.

I sent a messenger to El Taj with letters for Sayed El Abid, the cousin of Sayed Idris and the chief Senussi in Kufra, and for Jeddawi, Sayed Idris’s personal wakil.

In the afternoon Zerwali escorted me to Hawari, where I was received at the zawia by the ikhwan and the notables of the town. After the usual words of welcome and exchange of compliments, I went to dinner at the house of Zerwali’s uncle. The Bedouin chiefs protested that I should not have come direct to Hawari but should have camped outside to give them an opportunity for a ceremonial reception. They had apparently heard how I was received at Jalo and would have liked to duplicate it for me here. I heard rumors of intrigues among some of the Zwaya chiefs, who were suspicious of my purpose in coming a second time to Kufra and, as a protest, had refused to attend the dinner. They were influential chiefs, and the news made me determined to press on to El Taj before they could send word there in prejudice of my coming.

In the afternoon, Zerwali took me to Hawari, where I was welcomed at the zawia by the ikhwan and the local leaders. After the usual greetings and pleasantries, I went to dinner at Zerwali’s uncle's house. The Bedouin chiefs complained that I shouldn't have gone straight to Hawari and should have camped outside to allow for a ceremonial welcome. They had apparently heard about my reception in Jalo and wanted to replicate it for me here. I caught wind of some intrigue among a few of the Zwaya chiefs, who were suspicious of why I was visiting Kufra for a second time and, as a protest, had refused to attend the dinner. They were influential leaders, and the news made me more determined to head to El Taj before they could send word there to sway opinions against my visit.

After the meal I rode home through the beautiful[168] moonlight and on my arrival found a difficult task before me. Egaila, Bu Helega’s eldest son, had been bitten by a scorpion. With more confidence in my medicine-chest than I had myself, Bu Helega asked that I should cure him. I took the anti-scorpion serum and went to the house, where I found the boy very ill indeed, burning with fever.

After the meal, I rode home through the beautiful[168] moonlight and found a tough job waiting for me when I got there. Egaila, Bu Helega’s oldest son, had been stung by a scorpion. Bu Helega had more faith in my medicine kit than I did in myself, so he asked me to help him. I took the anti-scorpion serum and went to the house, where I found the boy very sick, burning with fever.

At the last moment before leaving Cairo these serums had been included in my equipment, and a doctor friend, while he was shaking my hand and I was saying good-by to people all around me, explained to me (perhaps most lucidly) just how to employ the serums. It was the first time I had ever attempted that kind of injection, and I tried to conjure up the scene and recall fragments of those parting instructions, but it only struck me how different was that dimly lit room with the anxious friends and relatives watching my every movement from the hearty send-off when the serum had been added to my stock in trade.

At the last moment before leaving Cairo, these serums were packed into my gear, and a doctor friend, while shaking my hand as I said goodbye to everyone around me, clearly explained how to use the serums. It was the first time I’d ever tried that type of injection, and I attempted to picture the scene and remember bits of those farewell instructions, but all I could focus on was how different that dimly lit room was, with anxious friends and family watching my every move, compared to the cheerful send-off when the serum had been added to my supplies.

However, in spite of my doubts whether the case was not too far advanced for treatment, I administered the serum and went to my camp wondering what the outcome would be.

However, despite my doubts about whether the case was too far gone for treatment, I gave the serum and returned to my camp, wondering what the outcome would be.

Before long I heard a crowd approaching my tent with loud outcries which sounded hostile to my ears. Probably, I thought, the boy was already dead, and[169] his death would be laid at my door instead of at that of the scorpion.

Before long, I heard a crowd coming toward my tent, shouting loudly, and it sounded hostile to me. I thought probably the boy was already dead, and his death would be blamed on me instead of the scorpion.[169]

VALLEY OF ERDI

Erdi Valley

While there remained many miles of travel for the expedition, after this valley was reached the long waterless desert treks were at an end. The march to El Obeid was by easy stages through fertile country from village to village.

While there were still many miles to go for the expedition, after reaching this valley, the long waterless desert treks were over. The journey to El Obeid was easy, passing through fertile areas from one village to the next.

DESERT BREAKING INTO ROCK COUNTRY SOUTH OF OUENAT

DESERT ENTERING ROCK COUNTRY SOUTH OF OUENAT

I summoned my men to protect the box of instruments, which I suspected would be the first object of attack, and prepared myself for a hostile approach. It was a disturbing moment.

I called my team together to guard the box of instruments, which I thought would be the first target of an attack, and braced myself for an aggressive encounter. It was an unsettling moment.

But great was my relief when I detected in the cries of those who were coming a note rather of rejoicing than of hostility. Presently Bu Helega entered my tent and thanked me with impressive warmth for the relief which I had given his son.

But I was really relieved when I heard that the shouts of those approaching sounded more joyful than aggressive. Soon, Bu Helega walked into my tent and thanked me sincerely for the help I had given his son.

“It was like magic,” he declared with fervor, “Allah is great. That medicine of yours has made the boy well again.”

“It was like magic,” he said passionately, “God is great. That medicine of yours has healed the boy.”

In appropriate terms I answered, “Recovery comes from God.” Already the fever was abating and the boy evidently on his way to recovery. I thanked God internally for the good fortune which had attended my ministrations. If the boy had died, my position would have been a dangerous one. When my visitors had left, I went out into the moonlight for a walk among the graceful palms.

In simple terms, I said, “Recovery comes from God.” The fever was already easing up, and the boy was obviously on his way to getting better. I quietly thanked God for the good luck that had come from my efforts. If the boy had died, I would have been in a really tough spot. After my visitors left, I went out into the moonlight for a walk among the beautiful palm trees.


[170]CHAPTER XIV

KUFRA: OLD FRIENDS AND A CHANGE OF PLAN

KUFRA: OLD FRIENDS AND A CHANGE OF PLAN

Sunday, April 1. We started at 9:45 A.M. and halted at 2 P.M., making 17 kilometers, and arrived at El Taj. At 11:15 we entered a broken rocky country, very rolling, covered with patches of black and red sandstone until we reached Taj.

Sunday, April 1. We set out at 9:45 AM and stopped at 2 P.M., covering 17 kilometers and arriving at El Taj. At 11:15, we entered a rugged, hilly area dotted with patches of black and red sandstone until we reached Taj.

Egaila came to help in loading the camels. He had quite recovered from his scorpion-bite and was to go with us to Taj. Breakfast was sent by Bu Helega for me and my men. When I protested that he should not have taken the trouble, he retorted that I should have given him an opportunity to provide the customary three days’ hospitality. A little later a slave-girl came from him with a huge bowl of rice, chicken, and eggs.

Egaila came to help load the camels. He had recovered from his scorpion bite and was going to join us for the trip to Taj. Breakfast was sent by Bu Helega for me and my men. When I protested that he shouldn’t have gone to the trouble, he replied that I should have given him a chance to offer the usual three days of hospitality. A little later, a slave girl came from him with a large bowl of rice, chicken, and eggs.

She was evidently dressed especially for the occasion and was quite charming in her dainty attire of blue cloth with a red sash about her slim waist.

She was clearly dressed for the occasion and looked quite charming in her delicate blue outfit with a red sash around her slim waist.

I told her that we were starting at once and should not need the food.

I told her that we were starting right away and wouldn’t need the food.

“You may need it on the way,” she replied shyly. “I cooked it myself.”

“You might need it while you're out,” she said shyly. “I made it myself.”

[171]“If that is the case,” I assured her, “I will accept it gladly.” She was obviously pleased and immediately went back for another bowl quite as large and inviting. I bowed to the inevitable and sent my thanks to her master.

[171]“If that’s the case,” I told her, “I’ll gladly accept it.” She clearly seemed happy and quickly returned with another bowl just as big and enticing. I surrendered to the situation and sent my thanks to her master.

We were given a pleasant send-off by the people of Awadel, and I set out at the head of my caravan on Bu Helega’s horse. We needed no guide just now, for I knew the way myself.

We received a warm farewell from the people of Awadel, and I started at the front of my caravan on Bu Helega’s horse. We didn’t need a guide at this moment, because I knew the route myself.

“Aye, the bey knows the way too well,” said Senussi Bu Hassan. “He will soon become a guide in this country of ours.”

“Aye, the bey knows the way too well,” said Senussi Bu Hassan. “He will soon become a guide in our country.”

The approach to Kufra from the north has an element of surprise in it that makes it doubly interesting. We marched through a gently rolling country with an irregular ridge of no great height forming the horizon ahead of us. Suddenly the top of the ridge resolved itself into the outlines of a group of buildings, their walls hard to distinguish at any distance from the rocks and sands they match so well in color and in form. This was El Taj, the headquarters of the Senussi family in Kufra. As we entered the town, we saw that the ground dropped abruptly away beyond it, down to the valley of Kufra. This pleasant valley is a shallow, roughly shaped oval bowl, forty kilometers in extent on its long diameter and twenty kilometers on the short[172] one. It is dotted with palm-trees, and across it in an irregular line from northeast to southwest are strung the six settlements of Boema, Buma, Jof, Zurruk, Talalib, and Tollab. Close to Jof lie the blue shimmering waters of a fair-sized lake. At this mid-point in the sand-waste of the desert this expanse of water is both a boon and an aggravation. The mere sight of so much water brings refreshment to the eyes weary of looking at nothing but sand; but to the parched throat it is worse than a mirage to the vision, for its waters are salt.

The approach to Kufra from the north has a surprise element that makes it even more intriguing. We marched through a gently rolling landscape with an uneven ridge of modest height on the horizon before us. Suddenly, the top of the ridge revealed the outlines of a group of buildings, their walls hard to distinguish from a distance due to their color and form blending so well with the surrounding rocks and sands. This was El Taj, the headquarters of the Senussi family in Kufra. As we entered the town, we noticed that the ground dropped sharply beyond it, leading down to the Kufra valley. This lovely valley is a shallow, roughly oval bowl, spanning forty kilometers along its long axis and twenty kilometers across the short one. It's dotted with palm trees, and running in an irregular line from northeast to southwest are the six settlements of Boema, Buma, Jof, Zurruk, Talalib, and Tollab. Close to Jof lie the blue shimmering waters of a sizable lake. At this midpoint in the sandy desert, this body of water is both a blessing and a tease. The mere sight of such water offers a refreshing contrast for eyes tired of endless sand; however, to a parched throat, it feels worse than a mirage since the water is salty.

On our entry into Taj I was met cordially by old friends. Sayed El Abid, the cousin of Sayed Idris and the chief Senussi in Kufra, was ill with rheumatism, but Sidi Saleh El Baskari, the kaimakam, Sidi Mahmoud El Jeddawi, Sayed Idris’s wakil, and several ikhwan brought words of welcome from him and conducted me to the house of Sayed Idris where I was to stay. It was here that we had lived on the first trip to Kufra two years before, and immediately I felt at home.

On my arrival in Taj, I was warmly greeted by old friends. Sayed El Abid, the cousin of Sayed Idris and the chief Senussi in Kufra, was suffering from rheumatism, but Sidi Saleh El Baskari, the kaimakam, Sidi Mahmoud El Jeddawi, Sayed Idris’s wakil, and several ikhwan brought me messages of welcome from him and took me to Sayed Idris's house where I would be staying. This was the same place where we had lived during our first trip to Kufra two years prior, and I instantly felt at home.

“You will have to initiate your men into the ways of Kufra,” said El Baskari whimsically. “Even Zerwali has not been here for thirteen years.”

“You’ll need to bring your men up to speed on Kufra,” said El Baskari with a playful tone. “Even Zerwali hasn’t been here in thirteen years.”

At once the hospitality began, with coffee brought by the commandant of the troops. I had just time[173] for a short rest before a slave came to take me to the house of Sayed El Abid for a meal. Led by the same messenger that came for us two years ago, I walked through the same streets, and entered the same wonderful house of the Senussi leader with a curious feeling as though time had stood still or gone back. El Abid’s house is a labyrinth of corridors, lined with doors behind which live the members of his family and his retainers. We passed into the familiar room whose spaces seemed more richly adorned than ever with gorgeous rugs, many-colored cushions, and stiffly embroidered brocades. On the walls hang the well-remembered collection of clocks, barometers, and thermometers in which my host takes naïve delight. The clocks, of which there are at least a dozen of assorted shapes and sizes, were all going strong.

At once, the hospitality started, with coffee brought by the commander of the troops. I had just enough time[173] for a quick rest before a servant came to take me to Sayed El Abid's house for a meal. Guided by the same messenger who came for us two years ago, I walked through the same streets and entered the same amazing house of the Senussi leader, feeling oddly as if time had either stood still or reversed. El Abid's house is a maze of corridors, filled with doors behind which his family and staff live. We entered the familiar room, which seemed more richly decorated than ever with beautiful rugs, colorful cushions, and intricately embroidered fabrics. On the walls hung the well-remembered collection of clocks, barometers, and thermometers that my host takes innocent joy in. The clocks, of which there are at least a dozen in various shapes and sizes, were all ticking away energetically.

THE DESERT FROM THE HILLS OF OUENAT

THE DESERT FROM THE HILLS OF OUENAT

Ouenat is the bigger of the two oases which the explorer discovered. In the foreground is the explorer’s tent and camp. The hills are of granite and are about fifteen hundred feet high.

Ouenat is the larger of the two oases that the explorer found. In the foreground is the explorer’s tent and camp. The hills are made of granite and rise about fifteen hundred feet high.

Sidi Saleh came to bear me company and to apologize for the enforced absence of my host, Sayed El Abid. There was set before me a feast fit for the gods, or for mortals fresh from the monotonous living of the desert: lamb, rice, vegetables, mulukhiah, an Egyptian vegetable rather like spinach, delicious bread, sweet vinegar, milk, sweets, followed by coffee, milk with almond pulp beaten up in it, and finally the ceremonial three glasses of tea, flavored with amber, rose-water, and mint.

Sidi Saleh came to keep me company and to apologize for the unavoidable absence of my host, Sayed El Abid. They served me a feast worthy of the gods, or for people who are tired of the bland life in the desert: lamb, rice, vegetables, mulukhiah, an Egyptian vegetable similar to spinach, delicious bread, sweet vinegar, milk, sweets, and then coffee, milk with almond pulp mixed in, and finally the traditional three glasses of tea, infused with amber, rose water, and mint.

[174]When the meal was over and I had returned to my house, I had barely time to see about the disposition of my baggage and discuss the question of camels for the next stage of the journey when the slave came to conduct me again to El Abid’s house for dinner. El Baskari was again my host, a dignified, kindly figure in a beautiful gibba of yellow and gold, having changed the classical soft Bedouin tarbush, which he had been wearing, for a white silk kufia and a green and gold egal.

[174] When the meal was finished and I got back to my house, I hardly had time to sort out my luggage and talk about getting camels for the next leg of the journey before the servant came to take me back to El Abid’s house for dinner. El Baskari was once again my host, a dignified and kind person wearing a beautiful gibba of yellow and gold. He had swapped his traditional soft Bedouin tarbush for a white silk kufia and a green and gold egal.

When this second meal had reached the point of scented tea and incense, suddenly the clocks began to strike, each with its own particular tone, the Arabic hour of three—which then meant nine by the standard of the outside world. I closed my eyes for a moment and felt myself back in Oxford with the hour striking in endless variety of tones from all the church towers of the university town.

When this second meal had progressed to fragrant tea and incense, suddenly the clocks started chiming, each with its own unique sound, marking the Arabic hour of three—which then equated to nine by the outside world's standard time. I closed my eyes for a moment and found myself back in Oxford, listening to the endless variety of tones coming from all the church towers of the university town.

I went out into the moonlight with the fragrance of the rose-water and the incense lingering about me. I stood on the edge of the ridge overlooking the waters of the lake and reflected on my former visit to Kufra when this was my goal. Now it was the beginning of the most interesting part of my journey. I heard the voices of ikhwan and students reading the “Hesb” in the evening quiet. Abdullahi slipped out of the shadows and stood beside me.

I stepped out into the moonlight with the scent of rose water and incense all around me. I stood at the edge of the ridge, looking out over the lake, thinking back to my previous visit to Kufra when this was my destination. Now, it marked the start of the most exciting part of my journey. I could hear the voices of ikhwan and students reading the “Hesb” in the calm of the evening. Abdullahi came out of the shadows and joined me.

[175]“This is the night of half-Shaban” (meaning the middle of the month before Ramadan), he said in a low tone as of a man who thinks aloud. “God will grant the wishes of one who prays to-night.”

[175]“This is the night of Shaban's middle” (referring to the middle of the month before Ramadan), he said quietly, like someone lost in thought. “God will fulfill the wishes of anyone who prays tonight.”

For several minutes we two stood there silently. My face was toward the southeast, where lay an untrodden track and oases that are “lost.” But Abdullahi turned to the northeast, where lies Egypt and his family and children. I did not need to ask him for what he prayed.

For several minutes, the two of us stood there in silence. I was facing southeast, where there was an untouched path and the "lost" oases. But Abdullahi looked northeast, where Egypt and his family and children are. I didn’t have to ask him what he was praying for.

Monday, April 2. At Hawari I had been told by the Bedouin caravan from Wadai that a French patrol had come north as far as the well at Sarra over the main trade-route from Wadai to Kufra. This was the route I had intended at first to follow, but it seemed that only the small portion of it which lay between Sarra and Kufra remained unexplored. Again I had heard vague stories of the “lost” oases on the direct route south which I had planned some time to explore, although I knew that this direct route to Darfur in the Sudan was practically never used either by Bedouins or by Sudanese because of its supposed difficulties and dangers. The story of the French patrol turned my mind again to these oases, and I determined to try and find them rather than to follow my original plan.

Monday, April 2. At Hawari, the Bedouin caravan from Wadai informed me that a French patrol had traveled north to the well at Sarra along the main trade route from Wadai to Kufra. This was the route I had initially planned to take, but it appeared that only the small section between Sarra and Kufra remained uncharted. I had also heard vague tales of the "lost" oases along the direct route south that I had intended to explore, even though I knew that this direct path to Darfur in Sudan was hardly ever used by either Bedouins or Sudanese due to its rumored challenges and dangers. The news about the French patrol made me reconsider these oases, and I decided to try to find them instead of sticking to my original plan.

I set out decided to do all that was possible to explore[176] these lost oases, but, failing that, I was to cross the Libyan Desert by the beaten road through Wajunga and Wadai and then turn eastward toward Darfur.

I was determined to do everything I could to explore[176] these lost oases, but if that didn’t work out, I would cross the Libyan Desert along the established route through Wajunga and Wadai, then head east toward Darfur.

Zerwali and Suliman Bu Matari, a rich Zwaya merchant, came to discuss the trip southward. Bu Matari had discouraging counsel to offer as to the route I had now decided to take.

Zerwali and Suliman Bu Matari, a wealthy Zwaya merchant, came to talk about the trip heading south. Bu Matari had some discouraging advice regarding the route I had now chosen.

“Eight years ago,” he said, “the last caravan to go that way—of which my brother Mohammed was the leader—was eaten up and slaughtered on the frontier of Darfur. They went, not as you wish to go, but by the easier route from Ouenat to Merega”—a small oasis about 290 kilometers southeast of Ouenat. “This journey you propose to make is through territory where no Bedouin has passed before. The daffa [a long waterless trek] between Ouenat and Erdi is a long and hazardous one. God be merciful to the caravan in such heat. Your camels will drop like birds before the hot south winds. Even if you get through safely, who knows how the inhabitants of the hills over there will receive you? Do not let your anxiety to travel fast overrule your wisdom and keep you from choosing the safe trade-route to Wajanga and Abeshe.”

“Eight years ago,” he said, “the last caravan to go that way—led by my brother Mohammed—was ambushed and slaughtered on the border of Darfur. They traveled, not the way you want to go, but by the easier path from Ouenat to Merega,” a small oasis about 290 kilometers southeast of Ouenat. “The journey you’re planning to take is through land where no Bedouin has ventured before. The daffa [a long waterless trek] between Ouenat and Erdi is long and dangerous. May God have mercy on the caravan in such heat. Your camels will collapse like birds before the hot southern winds. Even if you make it through safely, who knows how the people in the hills will welcome you? Don’t let your eagerness to travel quickly override your judgment and keep you from choosing the safer trade route to Wajanga and Abeshe.”

I thanked him for his advice; but I knew that I should not take it.

I thanked him for his advice, but I knew I shouldn't take it.

THE KING OF OUENAT

THE KING OF OUENAT

He is holding his Mohammedan rosary in his hand

He is holding his Muslim prayer beads in his hand.

[177]After luncheon royally provided by El Abid, I went to visit his son Sharrufa. He is an intelligent young man, thirsting for knowledge. He has gone as far into the outside world as Benghazi and that by no means metropolitan community is still for him “the” city of the world. He apologized for the illness of his father, and I offered to send medicine which might possibly help him.

[177]After a lavish lunch hosted by El Abid, I went to visit his son Sharrufa. He is a bright young man eager for knowledge. He has traveled as far as Benghazi, and that rather non-urban area is still, to him, “the” city of the world. He apologized for his father’s illness, and I offered to send some medicine that might help him.

Tuesday, April 3. It was very warm, with heavy clouds and a bad southwest wind. After luncheon as usual I went to visit Shams El Din, a cousin of Sharrufa, and his younger brother. The older boy is very intelligent and has eyes that seem to be asking questions of the world. They offered me three cups of milk with almond pulp and home-made jam. I knew that to refuse such an offer is to offend; so I left the house in a state of torpor. Dinner later at Sayed El Abid’s did not improve matters internally.

Tuesday, April 3. It was really warm, with dark clouds and a strong southwest wind. After lunch, as usual, I went to visit Shams El Din, a cousin of Sharrufa, and his younger brother. The older boy is very bright and has eyes that seem to be questioning the world. They offered me three cups of milk with almond pulp and homemade jam. I knew that refusing such an offer would be rude, so I left the house feeling sluggish. Dinner later at Sayed El Abid’s didn’t help my situation.

Again I discussed the plan of going by way of Arkenu and Ouenat. I was more determined than ever. We would see what Bu Helega had to say when he arrived from Hawari.

Again I talked about the plan to go through Arkenu and Ouenat. I was more determined than ever. We would see what Bu Helega had to say when he got here from Hawari.

Wednesday, April 4. I was awakened by Jeddawi, who as usual brought me a pot of fragrant tea.

Wednesday, April 4. I was woken up by Jeddawi, who as always brought me a pot of fragrant tea.

This is comparative civilization, I thought, as I saw Ahmed preparing my shaving-kit. There are[178] of course times when one welcomes the conveniences and comforts of civilization, but having trekked so far one feels more at home when on the move than when resting in an oasis.

This is comparative civilization, I thought, as I saw Ahmed preparing my shaving kit. There are[178] of course times when you appreciate the conveniences and comforts of civilization, but after traveling so far, you feel more at home while on the move than when sitting still in an oasis.

The early part of the day was spent in cutting down most of the wooden boxes and rearranging the luggage in preparation for the long trip south. It required particular care, since from now onward there would be no chance of changing the camels until our arrival at El Fasher in the Sudan, about 950 miles.

The morning was spent breaking down most of the wooden boxes and reorganizing the luggage for the long journey south. It needed special attention because from this point on, we wouldn’t have the chance to switch camels until we reached El Fasher in Sudan, which is about 950 miles away.

The question of providing new shoes for the men of my caravan had to be attended to, as the Bedouin shoes that were made for them at Jalo had been worn out. Before lunch I had a visit from a few Zwaya chiefs, who came officially to pay their respects, and also unofficially to satisfy their curiosity and suspicion as to the size of my caravan and the equipment I was carrying, and if possible to find out what plans I had made for my journey to the Sudan.

The issue of getting new shoes for the men in my caravan needed to be addressed since the Bedouin shoes made for them in Jalo had worn out. Before lunch, I was visited by a few Zwaya chiefs, who came to formally pay their respects and also informally to satisfy their curiosity and doubts about the size of my caravan and the gear I was carrying, and if possible, to find out what plans I had made for my trip to the Sudan.

Lunch, as usual, at Sayed El Abid’s. I had the cheerful news that the medicine I gave to him had a good effect. The afternoon I spent in attending to the question of arms and ammunition. Later I took a long walk in order to make compass observations of the vicinity of Taj.

Lunch, as usual, at Sayed El Abid’s. I was happy to hear that the medicine I gave him worked well. I spent the afternoon focusing on the issue of arms and ammunition. Later, I went for a long walk to take compass readings of the area around Taj.

Thursday, April 5. Zerwali had a long talk with[179] Bu Helega, who arrived in the night from Hawari. The latter refused point-blank to go to El Fasher by the Ouenat route.

Thursday, April 5. Zerwali had a lengthy conversation with[179] Bu Helega, who came in during the night from Hawari. Bu Helega outright refused to take the Ouenat route to El Fasher.

Bu Helega came to visit me and tried to persuade me to go by way of Wadai. When he saw that his advice would probably not be taken he became desperate. I had clearly pointed out to him that nothing could change my decision to cut across by the Ouenat route to El Fasher.

Bu Helega came to visit me and tried to convince me to take the Wadai route. When he realized that I probably wouldn't take his advice, he became desperate. I had clearly told him that nothing would change my decision to go straight through the Ouenat route to El Fasher.

“By God, it’s a dangerous route,” he said, “and many a caravan has been eaten up by the inhabitants of the hills on the way. They do not fear God, and they are under the authority of no man. They are like birds; they live on the tops of mountains, and you will have trouble with them.”

“Seriously, it’s a risky path,” he said, “and many caravans have been taken out by the people in the hills along the way. They don’t fear God, and they answer to no one. They’re like birds; they live on the mountain tops, and you’ll have problems with them.”

“We are men, and we are believers,” I responded. “Our fate is in the hands of God. If our death is decreed, it may come on the beaten track to the nearest well.”

“We're men, and we believe,” I replied. “Our fate is in God's hands. If our death is meant to be, it might happen on the well-worn path to the nearest well.”

“Many a Zwaya beard has been buried in those unknown parts,” he declared. “The people are treacherous, and they fear neither God nor man.”

“Many a Zwaya beard has been buried in those unknown areas,” he declared. “The people are deceitful, and they fear neither God nor anyone.”

“May God’s mercy fall on those Zwayas who have lost their lives,” I replied. “Our lives are no more precious than theirs. Shall our courage be less?”

“May God’s mercy be with those Zwayas who have lost their lives,” I said. “Our lives are no more valuable than theirs. Should our bravery be any less?”

“The water on this route is scarce and bad,” he[180] argued again. “God has said, ‘Do not throw yourselves with your own hands unto destruction.’”

“The water on this route is scarce and bad,” he[180] argued again. “God has said, ‘Don’t throw yourselves into danger.’”

“God will quench the thirst of the true believer,” I answered, “and will protect those who have faith in Him.”

“God will satisfy the thirst of the true believer,” I replied, “and will safeguard those who have faith in Him.”

He felt himself in danger of being beaten in argument and shifted his ground.

He felt he was at risk of losing the argument and changed his position.

“None of my men are willing to accompany you on this route,” he asserted, “and I cannot send my camels either. It is sending them to death. If you find anybody who is willing to hire his camels I am ready to pay for them, but neither my men nor my camels are going to take you on this journey.”

“None of my men are willing to go with you on this route,” he said, “and I can’t send my camels either. It would be sending them to their doom. If you find anyone who is willing to rent out their camels, I’m ready to pay for them, but neither my men nor my camels are going to take you on this trip.”

“Do what you like,” I retorted with spirit. “I am going by this route. It will be between you and Sayed Idris when he knows that Bu Helega has not kept his word.”

“Do whatever you want,” I shot back with energy. “I'm taking this path. It’ll be up to you and Sayed Idris when he finds out that Bu Helega didn’t keep his promise.”

There the argument rested. I had already learned that the few owners of camels at Kufra had been urged by Bu Helega and his men not to help me in my new plan. He hoped by so doing to force me to accept his plan of the safe route through Wadai.

There the argument ended. I had already learned that the few camel owners in Kufra had been pressured by Bu Helega and his men not to assist me with my new plan. He hoped that by doing this, he would force me to agree to his proposed safe route through Wadai.

An enormous lunch was provided by Jeddawi. The three days of official hospitality of El Abid having ended yesterday, Jeddawi, as Idris’s wakil at Kufra, can now entertain us.

An enormous lunch was provided by Jeddawi. The three days of official hospitality from El Abid ended yesterday, so now Jeddawi, as Idris’s wakil at Kufra, can host us.

Bu Helega was about to leave, but I invited him[181] to partake of our meal, and he accepted. He hoped still to persuade me to change my mind. I hoped even more strongly to convince the old man that the route was not as dangerous as he made it out to be. After the third glass of tea we parted, neither of us having succeeded in convincing the other. But I felt that my last words had an effect on him.

Bu Helega was about to leave, but I invited him[181] to join us for a meal, and he accepted. He still hoped to persuade me to change my mind. I was even more determined to convince the old man that the route wasn’t as dangerous as he claimed. After the third glass of tea, we parted ways, neither of us having succeeded in convincing the other. But I sensed that my last words had made an impact on him.

THE EXPLORER’S KITCHEN IN A CAVE

THE EXPLORER’S KITCHEN IN A CAVE

It was very hot, and the party had to take shelter from the sun

It was really hot, and the group had to find shade from the sun.

THE ROCK VALLEY WELLS FOUND AT OUENAT

THE ROCK VALLEY WELLS FOUND AT OUENAT

They are full of rain-water every year, and as they are in small caves sheltered from the sun they keep the water during the greater part of the year.

They collect rainwater every year, and since they're in small caves protected from the sun, they hold onto the water for most of the year.

In the afternoon the slave came to tell me that his master, Sayed El Abid, would like to see me. I had already intimated that he need not be in a hurry to give me an audience, as I knew he was suffering badly from his gout and it was very difficult for him to come down to the reception-room. But he was not willing to have me think that he had violated the rules of hospitality by delaying the audience, and so he very kindly allowed me to see him in spite of his suffering.

In the afternoon, the servant came to let me know that his master, Sayed El Abid, wanted to see me. I had already hinted that he didn't need to rush to meet with me since I knew he was in a lot of pain from his gout and it was tough for him to come down to the reception room. However, he didn’t want me to think he had broken the rules of hospitality by postponing our meeting, so he graciously agreed to see me despite his discomfort.

It was the first time that I had seen Sayed El Abid on this journey, and as I was ushered into his presence I thought that he might have come out of a gorgeous illustration of “The Thousand and One Nights.” He was dressed in a yellow silk kuftan embroidered with red braid, a rich white silk burnoos carelessly hung on his shoulders. On his head he wore a white turban with snow-white gauze flowing from the sides. This is the classical head-gear of the chiefs of the Senussi family. He carried in his hand a heavy[182] ebony stick with a massive silver head. He was a picture of simple and benign dignity, and no one would have suspected him of being the redoubtable warrior that he really is. He was sitting on a big upholstered arm-chair, and as I entered he tried to get up. I hastened to him, grasping his hand, and begged him not to make an effort to rise. He was suffering badly from his gout, and the conversation started easily on the subject of his ailment. He has been suffering for many years. At times at night, he said, when the pain is at its worst, “I pray to God that He may shorten the number of my days in this world, for I cannot even perform my prayers as I should.”

It was the first time I had seen Sayed El Abid on this journey, and as I was ushered into his presence, I thought he might have stepped out of a beautiful illustration from “The Thousand and One Nights.” He was wearing a yellow silk kuftan embroidered with red trim, and a luxurious white silk burnoos draped carelessly over his shoulders. On his head was a white turban with pure white gauze flowing from the sides. This is the traditional headwear of the chiefs of the Senussi family. He held a heavy[182] ebony stick with a large silver top in his hand. He was a portrait of simple yet dignified presence, and no one would have guessed he was the formidable warrior that he truly is. He was sitting in a large upholstered armchair, and as I entered, he tried to get up. I rushed to him, took his hand, and urged him not to strain himself. He was in significant pain from his gout, and our conversation naturally began with his condition. He mentioned he had been suffering for many years. At times during the night, he said, when the pain is at its worst, “I pray to God that He may shorten my days in this world, because I can’t even pray as I should.”

We then discussed the question of my trip to the Sudan, and he too, I found, had been prevailed upon to urge me to take the safer route through Wadai. I pointed out to him that Sayed Idris was now in Egypt and that I had to hasten to my country to try to repay a little of the hospitality that had been lavished upon me by the Senussis. It was fortunate that the route to the Sudan through Ouenat is known to be shorter than that through Wadai.

We then talked about my trip to Sudan, and I discovered that he had also been convinced to suggest that I take the safer route through Wadai. I reminded him that Sayed Idris was now in Egypt and that I needed to hurry back to my country to try to give back some of the hospitality the Senussis had shown me. Luckily, the route to Sudan through Ouenat is known to be shorter than the one through Wadai.

“You are a dear friend of ours,” he said; “and the Sayed, I am sure, would rather have you arrive in Egypt late and safe than hear that any harm had befallen you.”

“You are a dear friend of ours,” he said; “and the Sayed would definitely prefer for you to arrive in Egypt late and safe than to hear that anything had happened to you.”

[183]“Our fates are in the hands of God,” I replied; “our efforts are decreed by Him, and I carry with me the blessing of the Senussi masters.”

[183]“Our destinies are in God’s hands,” I replied; “our actions are determined by Him, and I have the blessing of the Senussi leaders with me.”

I spoke with an air of determination. Sayed El Abid was pensive for a few moments. Slowly he raised his head and lifted his two hands toward heaven.

I spoke with a strong sense of purpose. Sayed El Abid was deep in thought for a moment. Gradually, he lifted his head and raised both hands to the sky.

“May God make your efforts succeed and send you back safe to your people,” he said, yielding to my desire. “You have visited the tomb of our grandfather at Jaghbub and the kubba of Sidi El Mahdi here, and you have their blessings. ‘He who struggles and has faith is rewarded by God.’” He quoted from the Koran. We then read the “Fat-ha”; he gave me his blessing and again prayed that God might guide our steps and give me and my men fortitude. I felt very happy as I wound my way through the multitude of corridors and courtyards. I was relieved to know that I had an ally in Sayed El Abid, and that he would not prove an obstacle in my new plan of going to the Sudan by way of Ouenat.

“May God help your efforts succeed and bring you back safely to your people,” he said, agreeing with my wishes. “You’ve been to our grandfather’s tomb at Jaghbub and the kubba of Sidi El Mahdi here, so you have their blessings. ‘He who struggles and has faith is rewarded by God.’” He quoted from the Koran. We then read the “Fat-ha”; he blessed me and prayed again for God to guide our steps and give me and my men strength. I felt very happy as I made my way through the crowd of corridors and courtyards. I was relieved to know that I had an ally in Sayed El Abid, and that he wouldn’t be an obstacle in my new plan to head to Sudan via Ouenat.

All the men of my caravan were there when I entered the house. One look at their faces told me with what suppressed excitement they had been waiting since my departure to Sayed El Abid to hear his verdict on the journey south. Slowly I made my way to my room and asked them to come in. I too[184] had to suppress my excitement; but mine was the excitement of success and not of expectation. There was a long pause before I could control my voice and make it as indifferent as it should be.

All the guys in my caravan were there when I walked into the house. One look at their faces showed me how much they had been anxiously waiting since my trip to Sayed El Abid to hear his verdict on the journey south. I slowly headed to my room and invited them in. I also had to hold back my excitement; but mine was the excitement of success, not just anticipation. There was a long pause before I could steady my voice and make it sound as casual as it needed to be.

“The Sayed has blessed our journey to Ouenat and has given me the ‘Fat-ha’ for it.”

“The Sayed has blessed our trip to Ouenat and has given me the ‘Fat-ha’ for it.”

I dared not even look in the men’s faces.

I couldn't even bring myself to look at the men's faces.

“We have the blessings of the Senussi masters with us, Sayed El Abid has assured me, and God will give us fortitude and success; and guidance comes from Him.”

“We have the blessings of the Senussi masters with us, Sayed El Abid has assured me, and God will give us strength and success; and guidance comes from Him.”


[185]CHAPTER XV

KUFRA: ITS PLACE ON THE MAP

KUFRA: ITS PLACE ON THE MAP

Friday, April 6. The day began with the arrival of an immense bowl of roses, gloriously fragrant, sent by Sayed El Abid. This is the way the desert belies its name every now and then. I defy the Riviera to produce anything finer than these, or more fragrant.

Friday, April 6. The day started with the delivery of a huge bowl of roses, beautifully fragrant, sent by Sayed El Abid. This is how the desert occasionally surprises you. I dare the Riviera to produce anything better than these, or more fragrant.

It was Friday, the Moslem Sabbath, and I attended prayers at the mosque. The young Senussi princes were expected, and some of the Bedouins came in their best clothes, but side by side with the richest of silk kuftans were the shabbiest jerds. Every one took off his slippers as they came in. I watched them for a while. There came a prosperous Zwaya or Majbari merchant with the crease still fresh in rich robes just removed from the chest, and kohl in his eyes, put in with a madwid (kohl stick) of ivory or brass. The prosperous man, maybe, has everything upon him new, and he smells strongly of scent, perhaps pure rose-water distilled in Kufra, or[186] else musk or other strong perfume from the Sudan. He enters in a dignified way and takes his place. There comes another, and his jerd is tattered and his face bronzed and withered, not flabby, but he is no less dignified. Clothes play but a small part in this assembly because of the natural dignity and courage of these people, and those qualities are brought out in relief even more by the tattered jerd than by the fine silks and scents, which sometimes take away something of the personality of the individual.

It was Friday, the Muslim Sabbath, and I attended prayers at the mosque. The young Senussi princes were expected, and some of the Bedouins came in their best clothes, but alongside the finest silk kuftans were the shabbiest jerds. Everyone took off their slippers as they entered. I watched them for a while. A successful Zwaya or Majbari merchant walked in, looking sharp in freshly pressed rich robes just taken out of the chest, with kohl applied with an ivory or brass madwid. This prosperous man was dressed in all new items and had a strong scent, perhaps pure rose-water distilled in Kufra, or[186] musk or other powerful perfumes from Sudan. He entered with dignity and took his seat. Another man entered with a tattered jerd and a sun-drenched, weathered face—not flabby, but still dignified. Clothing plays a minor role in this gathering because of the natural dignity and strength of these people, and those qualities stand out even more in the tattered jerd than in the fine silks and fragrances, which can sometimes overshadow a person's individuality.

A slave comes. He is the favorite slave and confidant of one of the Senussi chiefs. His silks are as rich and even more vivid, and there is little to suggest servility. He feels his importance and walks with equally dignified grace through the ranks of the worshipers to take his place, maybe next to a dignitary, maybe next to a beggar. At the mosque the poor not only stand on level ground with the rich and the prosperous, but in a subtle way they have their revenge, for in the house of God the master is God and the beggar may feel as great or greater than the rich man since he is not submerged in the luxury of the world and forgetting God. The old and shabby jerd is, to the Bedouin going into the mosque, as fit a garment for worship as silken brocades are proper raiment for a man going to see the Senussi chiefs.

A slave approaches. He's the favored servant and confidant of one of the Senussi chiefs. His silks are just as luxurious and even more vibrant, and there's little to indicate he's a servant. He knows his worth and moves with dignified grace through the crowd of worshipers to find his place, perhaps next to an important person, or maybe next to a beggar. In the mosque, the poor stand on equal footing with the rich and successful, but in a subtle way, they get their revenge, because in the house of God, the true master is God, and the beggar might feel as significant, if not more so, than the wealthy man since he isn’t lost in the excess of the world and is closer to God. The old and worn jerd is, for the Bedouin entering the mosque, just as appropriate a garment for worship as silken brocades are for a man visiting the Senussi chiefs.

[187]The worshipers are now ready. The muezzin has finished the call to prayer. There is a hush. The young Senussi princes are entering the mosque. They take the places that have been reserved for them. All eyes turn toward them, and, on account of their youth, they look a little shy and embarrassed. No one rises as they enter, for this is the House of God, wherein God alone is the master. Then the imam mounts the pulpit and delivers his sermon. On the few occasions that I have been able to attend Friday prayers in an oasis mosque, the theme of the sermon has often been the same, advising the congregation to shun the world and its luxury and to prepare for a life of happiness in the next world by doing good. “Beware of the ornaments and the luxuries of this world, for they are very enticing. Once you fall a victim to them you lose your soul and stray farther from God. Draw nearer to God by doing good deeds and obeying his commands. This life will pass away. Only the next world is everlasting. Prepare yourselves for it, that you may be happy in eternity.”

[187]The worshipers are now ready. The muezzin has finished the call to prayer. There is a quietness. The young Senussi princes are entering the mosque. They take the seats that have been set aside for them. All eyes turn to them, and because of their youth, they seem a bit shy and awkward. No one stands as they walk in, for this is the House of God, where God alone is the master. Then the imam steps up to the pulpit and delivers his sermon. In the few times I've been able to attend Friday prayers in an oasis mosque, the message of the sermon has often been the same, urging the congregation to avoid the distractions of the world and its luxuries and to get ready for a life of happiness in the next world through good deeds. “Stay away from the allure of this world and its luxuries, for they are very tempting. Once you become a victim to them, you lose your soul and drift farther from God. Draw closer to God by doing good deeds and following His commands. This life will pass. Only the next world is eternal. Prepare yourselves for it, so that you may be happy forever.”

The interior of this mosque is beautiful in the simple dignity of its lines. The walls are bare, whitewashed, scrupulously clean. The floor is covered with rugs or with fiber matting. The worshipers squat cross-legged upon the floor in a very reverent attitude. There are perhaps two hundred of them,[188] ranged in rows, all facing toward Mecca. There are some who count their prayers upon rosaries of amber beads; others, too poor to have rosaries, record the number of their prayers by opening and closing their fingers. There are some whose every movement betrays opulence and prosperity; others, Bedouins of the desert, have a far-away look. The most striking impression is the serenity and contentment written on their faces. Even upon the pinched and haggard face there is an expression of equanimity which shows that the man has accepted his fate. It is written there that he is living on the verge of starvation, yet he does not rebel.

The inside of this mosque is beautiful in its simple elegance. The walls are bare, whitewashed, and meticulously clean. The floor is covered with rugs or fiber mats. The worshipers sit cross-legged on the floor in a very respectful manner. There are about two hundred of them,[188] arranged in rows, all facing toward Mecca. Some count their prayers on amber bead rosaries; others, too poor to have rosaries, keep track of their prayers by opening and closing their fingers. Some individuals exude wealth and prosperity; others, desert Bedouins, have a distant look in their eyes. The most striking impression is the peace and contentment reflected in their faces. Even on the face of someone who looks worn and thin, there is a sense of calm that indicates acceptance of his situation. It shows that he is living on the brink of starvation, yet he does not resist.

After lunch at El Abid’s, Soliman Bu Matari came again to talk about the trip south. He reported that Bu Helega and Mohammed, who was to be our guide, had met and talked things over, but Bu Helega was still unwilling to go.

After lunch at El Abid’s, Soliman Bu Matari came by again to discuss the trip south. He shared that Bu Helega and Mohammed, who was supposed to be our guide, had met and gone over the details, but Bu Helega was still reluctant to go.

Abdullahi had spent the day at Jof, gathering what information he could about the Ouenat route and trying to find out if the Tebus would let me hire camels from them for the journey thither.

Abdullahi had spent the day at Jof, collecting what information he could about the Ouenat route and trying to find out if the Tebus would allow me to rent camels from them for the trip there.

After dinner at El Abid’s, I spent some time in Sayed Idris’s library, which he had instructed Jeddawi to throw open to me.

After dinner at El Abid’s, I spent some time in Sayed Idris’s library, which he had told Jeddawi to open up for me.

Imagine a room of medium size filled with chests containing books. The ceiling is decorated in vivid[189] colors, the work of an artist, a lover of the Senussis, who came from Tunis simply to do them a service, just as in medieval Europe painters and sculptors devoted their lives to adorning churches. Every bit of wood in the room has come from Egypt or Benghazi. There is a window open to the air with only wooden shutters as a protection against the sun.

Imagine a medium-sized room filled with chests full of books. The ceiling is decorated in bright colors, created by an artist and a fan of the Senussis, who traveled from Tunis just to do this, similar to how painters and sculptors in medieval Europe dedicated their lives to decorating churches. Every piece of wood in the room has come from Egypt or Benghazi. There's a window open to the fresh air, secured only by wooden shutters against the sun.

AT ARKENU

AT ARKENU

Hidden in the heart of the desert are these strange picturegraphs

Hidden in the heart of the desert are these strange pictographs.

THE MOST IMPORTANT DISCOVERY MADE AT OUENAT

THE MOST IMPORTANT DISCOVERY MADE AT OUENAT

Rock drawings found in the valley chiseled on the granite rock. The drawings are similar to those found in Egypt of prehistoric age. There are drawings of giraffes, gazelles of every kind, lions, ostriches, cattle, but none of the camel, yet no traveler can reach this oasis now except with the camel because of the absence of water on the route and of any grains which could make the journey possible for a donkey or a horse. The remains of routes found in the Egyptian oasis west of the Nile Valley point toward the oasis of Ouenat, and it is probable that in the old times the route from the Mediterranean coast to central Africa was through this oasis and not through Kufra, as is the case now.

Rock drawings found in the valley are carved into the granite. The drawings resemble those discovered in prehistoric Egypt. They depict giraffes, various types of gazelles, lions, ostriches, and cattle, but there are no images of camels. Yet, no traveler can reach this oasis now except by camel due to the lack of water along the route and the absence of grains that would allow for a donkey or horse to make the journey. The remnants of paths found in the Egyptian oasis west of the Nile Valley suggest a connection to the oasis of Ouenat, and it’s likely that in ancient times, the route from the Mediterranean coast to central Africa passed through this oasis instead of Kufra, which is the current route.

It is not easy to move about, for books and chests of books are ranged along the walls and in the middle of the room as well.

It’s not easy to get around because books and stacks of books are lined up against the walls and in the center of the room too.

There are many very ancient chests used as cup-boards and at the same time fitted with attachments at the sides which enable them to be straightway loaded upon a camel in case of need. The library is somewhat out of order, books piled carelessly one on top of another, for Sayed Idris has long been absent. There is a great number of manuscripts inclosed in beautifully tooled morocco covers. There are modern books printed in Cairo and in India. There are manuscripts from Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia. With the exception of a few books in the Persian language, all are in Arabic. There are two or three manuscripts of the Koran illuminated in gold. It was a great privilege for me to be allowed to go into this library, for as a rule no one is admitted.

There are many very old chests used as cupboards that also have attachments on the sides so they can be easily loaded onto a camel when needed. The library is a bit messy, with books piled carelessly one on top of another, as Sayed Idris has been gone for quite some time. There are a lot of manuscripts enclosed in beautifully decorated morocco covers. There are also modern books printed in Cairo and India. The collection includes manuscripts from Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. Apart from a few books in Persian, everything is in Arabic. There are two or three beautifully illuminated manuscripts of the Koran. It was a great privilege for me to be allowed to enter this library, as usually, no one is permitted inside.

I found many manuscripts laboriously written on ancient parchment, works on philosophy, the Arabic[190] language, theology, Sufism, a few on poetry and mysticism, another on talismans and magic. Many were the interesting and pleasant hours that I spent among the collection. The surroundings and the atmosphere were just right; so remote, so many miles from the world, one felt in the mood to absorb the thought to be found in these manuscripts. Sit in a comfortable chair in the midst of civilization and try to read such books; one ring of the telephone would be enough to make them appear archaic.

I found many handwritten manuscripts on ancient parchment, covering topics like philosophy, the Arabic[190] language, theology, Sufism, a few on poetry and mysticism, and another on talismans and magic. I spent many interesting and enjoyable hours among the collection. The surroundings and atmosphere were perfect; so far removed from the world, it felt right to dive into the ideas found in these manuscripts. Try sitting in a comfortable chair in the middle of civilization and reading those kinds of books; just one ring of the telephone would be enough to make them feel outdated.

Saturday, April 7. A fine pair of shoes came as a present from Sharrufa. The chiefs of the Zwayas came to pay me another visit. We talked over our coffee about Zwaya history. I learned that it was not the Zwayas who first conquered Kufra from the Tebus, but the Ghawasi and Jahama tribes. The names of two of the Kufra villages, Tollab and Zurruk, are family names of the Jahama tribe.

Saturday, April 7. I received a nice pair of shoes as a gift from Sharrufa. The leaders of the Zwayas came to visit me again. We chatted over coffee about the history of Zwaya. I found out that it wasn’t the Zwayas who initially conquered Kufra from the Tebus, but rather the Ghawasi and Jahama tribes. The names of two Kufra villages, Tollab and Zurruk, are family names from the Jahama tribe.

I gave each of my visitors a photograph of the group which I had taken several days before, and they were delighted with them.

I gave each of my visitors a photo of the group that I had taken a few days earlier, and they were thrilled with them.

I realized to the full that day the perils of Kufra. Rohlfs almost lost his life here by violence; I almost lost mine by kindness. I lunched prodigally at El Abid’s, as usual, and the meal was followed by coffee, three glasses of tea, with amber, rose-water, and mint, and three glasses of milk enriched with almond pulp.[191] Then Sharrufa insisted that I should come to his house and offered me three glasses of perfumed tea, followed again by three glasses of almond-flavored milk. I reflected that to refuse was to offend, and gulped down the beverages, which, by now, had become somewhat nauseating. The end was not yet. Shams El Din hauled me off to his house and set before me biscuits and nuts and a huge glass of sweet syrup. It was almost more than flesh and blood could endure, but—to refuse was to offend. There followed three glasses of coffee, but I stalked forth with all the dignity of a man going to the gallows or the Spartan boy with the fox gnawing at his vitals.

I fully understood the dangers of Kufra that day. Rohlfs nearly lost his life here due to violence; I almost lost mine because of kindness. I had a lavish lunch at El Abid’s, as usual, which was followed by coffee, three glasses of tea with amber, rose water, and mint, and three glasses of milk enhanced with almond pulp.[191] Then Sharrufa insisted I come to his house and served me three glasses of perfumed tea, followed again by three glasses of almond-flavored milk. I realized that refusing would be rude, so I gulped down the drinks, which had started to make me feel slightly sick. That wasn't the end of it. Shams El Din dragged me to his house and offered me biscuits and nuts, along with a huge glass of sweet syrup. It was almost more than I could handle, but refusing would be offensive. Then came three glasses of coffee, but I walked away with all the dignity of a man heading to the gallows or the Spartan boy with the fox gnawing at his insides.

As I lay down in my room to recuperate, many thoughts surged through my brain. Would that the Bedouin, whoever he was, who selected “three” as the mystic number to characterize desert hospitality, had died unborn! But it was lucky that he did not hit on seven instead of three. I came to the desert perfectly prepared for destruction by the hand of nature or hostile men, but the idea of perishing through indigestion did not commend itself to my sense of the fitness of things.

As I lay down in my room to recover, a bunch of thoughts raced through my mind. I wish the Bedouin, whoever he was, who chose "three" as the special number to represent desert hospitality, had never been born! But luckily, he didn't pick seven instead of three. I came to the desert fully ready to face destruction by nature or hostile people, but the idea of dying from indigestion just didn’t sit right with me.

And yet, at the proper time, I went to El Abid’s again for dinner. Some of the Bedouin chiefs were my fellow-guests, and once more the route to the[192] southward was discussed. Bu Helega persisted in his refusal to go by way of Ouenat.

And yet, at the right time, I went to El Abid’s again for dinner. Some of the Bedouin chiefs were my fellow guests, and once again, the route south was discussed. Bu Helega continued to refuse to go by way of Ouenat.

“The conditions laid down by Sayed Idris,” he said, “call for a journey to Wadai and not to Darfur.” He would send neither his camels nor his men that way. I argued like a lawyer that since he had contracted to provide thirty-five marhalas—or days’ journeys—from Kufra southward, it should make no difference to him whether I use those marhalas to go to Wadai or to El Fasher or back to Egypt. He was unconvinced by this ingenious reasoning, but when he realized that I was determined, that El Abid was not opposed to my plan, and that I was willing to take fewer camels than originally stipulated, he gave a reluctant consent. But he would not go himself or send his men.

“The conditions set by Sayed Idris,” he said, “require a journey to Wadai and not to Darfur.” He wouldn’t send his camels or his men in that direction. I argued persuasively that since he had agreed to provide thirty-five marhalas—or days’ journeys—from Kufra southward, it shouldn’t matter to him if I used those marhalas to go to Wadai, El Fasher, or back to Egypt. He wasn’t convinced by this clever argument, but when he saw that I was determined, that El Abid was on board with my plan, and that I was willing to take fewer camels than originally agreed, he reluctantly agreed. However, he wouldn’t go himself or send his men.

Sunday, April 8. The affair of Bu Helega’s horse came to a head. I bought him for thirty-three pounds. He was sturdy and a splendid traveler, needing to drink only every second day.

Sunday, April 8. The situation with Bu Helega’s horse reached a turning point. I purchased him for thirty-three pounds. He was strong and a great traveler, only needing to drink every other day.

After luncheon I took El Abid’s photograph and had a long talk with him about his malady, which he bore with true Bedouin fortitude, about conditions in Cyrenaica and Egypt, and about my plans for the trip to the Sudan.

After lunch, I took El Abid’s photo and had a long conversation with him about his illness, which he handled with real Bedouin strength, about the situation in Cyrenaica and Egypt, and about my plans for the trip to Sudan.

I had had bad luck with my scientific work at Kufra. I did not find it easy to escape surveillance[193] and to move about unattended or to use my instruments without arousing suspicion. What was worse, it had been cloudy every day since I arrived there, and I had been unable to take observations of the sun or Polaris with the theodolite.

I had bad luck with my scientific work at Kufra. It wasn't easy to avoid surveillance[193] and to move around without being watched or to use my instruments without raising suspicion. To make matters worse, it had been cloudy every day since I got there, and I hadn’t been able to observe the sun or Polaris with the theodolite.

WHITE SAND VALLEY AND EXPLORER’S CAMP

WHITE SAND VALLEY AND EXPLORER’S CAMP

A view of the inhabitants of Ouenat, the second oasis discovered by the explorer

A look at the people living in Ouenat, the second oasis found by the explorer.

After dinner I was thoroughly tired. I had used up all the indigestion tablets which I brought with me. I felt that it would be a relief to get back to the simplicity of the open desert again.

After dinner, I was completely worn out. I had gone through all the indigestion tablets I had brought with me. I felt like it would be a relief to return to the simplicity of the open desert again.

Monday, April 9, was still cloudy, but a cool breeze was blowing. I spent a quiet day, reading in Idris’s library, developing a few films, and buying girbas and barley for the journey. Sayed El Abid gave me copies, written with his own hand, of letters by El Mahdi to various ikhwan. He made me presents of a Moorish knife in a silver scabbard and a flint-lock pistol also beautifully inlaid.

Monday, April 9, was still overcast, but a cool breeze was blowing. I had a quiet day, reading in Idris’s library, developing a few films, and buying girbas and barley for the journey. Sayed El Abid gave me handwritten copies of letters from El Mahdi to various ikhwan. He gifted me a Moorish knife in a silver scabbard and a beautifully inlaid flint-lock pistol.

Tuesday, April 10. The clouds cleared away in the afternoon, and I took photographs of the valley. I arranged with the shoemaker for shoes for myself and my men, and for bandoliers, which the men insisted on having, in view of the alarming rumors they had been hearing.

Tuesday, April 10. The clouds cleared in the afternoon, and I took pictures of the valley. I worked out a deal with the shoemaker for shoes for myself and my crew, as well as for bandoliers, which the guys insisted on getting because of the worrying rumors they'd been hearing.

I met Mohammed Sukkar, who was to be our guide over the Ouenat route, for the first time, and liked him.

I met Mohammed Sukkar, who would be our guide along the Ouenat route, for the first time, and I liked him.

Wednesday, April 11. El Abid had heard of my[194] purchase of Bu Helega’s horse and sent me a Tuareg sword and an Italian carbine, to carry when I ride him.

Wednesday, April 11. El Abid had heard about my[194] purchase of Bu Helega’s horse and sent me a Tuareg sword and an Italian carbine to use while I ride him.

At last I was able to make observations with my theodolite. I was anxious to see how my results would agree with those of Rohlfs.

At last, I was able to take measurements with my theodolite. I was eager to see how my results matched up with Rohlfs'.

Thursday, April 12. I sent Sayed El Abid my shot-gun as a gift.

Thursday, April 12. I sent Sayed El Abid my shotgun as a gift.

In the afternoon I rode with Sayed Mohammed Bu Tamanya and Zerwali to Jof. We were met by the chiefs of the village. I visited the suk, where the weekly market was being held, the zawia, which is the oldest Senussi school in Kufra, and the mosque. Jof is the trade-center of Kufra. It was interesting to find side by side in the suk rifle-cartridges whose marking showed them to be thirty years old, Italian tomato sauce in tins from Benghazi, blue and white calico made in Manchester and imported from Egypt, and leather, ivory, and ostrich-feathers from Wadai. These products of the south, however, are not plentiful now in Kufra, except when a merchant who has brought them from Wadai is prevented for some reason from going on to the north to sell them in Egypt or Cyrenaica. Kufra had seen its best days as a trade-center before the occupation of the Sudan. Then it was easier to find an outlet for the products of Wadai and Darfur through Kufra than by way[195] of the country to the east. Even now, however, there is a contraband trade through Kufra in female ivory and ivory of less than fourteen pounds weight, the exportation of which is prohibited by the Sudan Government.

In the afternoon, I rode with Sayed Mohammed Bu Tamanya and Zerwali to Jof. We were greeted by the village leaders. I checked out the suk, where the weekly market was happening, the zawia, which is the oldest Senussi school in Kufra, and the mosque. Jof is the trade center of Kufra. It was fascinating to see, side by side in the suk, rifle cartridges that were thirty years old, Italian tomato sauce in cans from Benghazi, blue and white calico made in Manchester and imported from Egypt, and leather, ivory, and ostrich feathers from Wadai. However, these southern products aren't abundant in Kufra now, unless a merchant who brought them from Wadai happens to be unable to continue on to the north to sell them in Egypt or Cyrenaica. Kufra had its prime as a trade center before the occupation of Sudan. Back then, it was easier to find a way to transport products from Wadai and Darfur through Kufra rather than through the eastern route. Even so, there's still a smuggling trade through Kufra in female ivory and ivory weighing less than fourteen pounds, which the Sudan Government prohibits exporting.

In addition to the trade that passes through Kufra, most of the big Zwaya chiefs who have enough slaves go in for agriculture. They raise barley and maize. The Senussis are more progressive and grow melons, grapes, bananas, marrows, and other vegetables of the more delicate kinds, all of which are a great treat after the monotonous fare of the desert. They raise mint and roses, from which they make the rose-water and mint essence so essential in their ceremonies of hospitality. From a few olive-trees some olive-oil is produced in primitive presses. The animals of Kufra are camels, sheep, donkeys, and a few horses. Meat, however, is very expensive, as there is little grazing for sheep in the valley. The animals are fed on pounded date-stones, which do very well as a staple diet. But some green stuff is necessary at intervals. The Senussis, who are in everything more progressive than their neighbors, raise chickens and pigeons.

In addition to the trade that flows through Kufra, most of the major Zwaya chiefs with enough slaves engage in agriculture. They grow barley and maize. The Senussis are more advanced and cultivate melons, grapes, bananas, zucchinis, and other delicate vegetables, all of which are a nice change after the bland food typical of the desert. They grow mint and roses, which they use to make the rose-water and mint essence that are essential for their hospitality rituals. A few olive trees produce some olive oil using basic presses. The animals in Kufra include camels, sheep, donkeys, and a few horses. However, meat is very costly since there’s limited grazing for sheep in the valley. The animals are fed crushed date pits, which work well as a main diet. Still, some greens are needed occasionally. The Senussis, who are generally more progressive than their neighbors, raise chickens and pigeons.

The price of slaves, I learned at Kufra, has risen a great deal during the last few years because there are no more slaves coming up from Wadai on account[196] of the vigilance of the French authorities in that province. Occasionally the Bedouins get round this by contracting a marriage with a slave-girl in Wadai and then, when they come back, divorcing and selling her. On one of my travels in 1916 I was offered a slave-girl for six gold louis (120 francs); now the price varies from thirty to forty pounds. A male slave costs less. The Bedouins sometimes marry their slave-girls, and if one of these bears a male child she automatically becomes free. The Bedouins have no prejudice against color; that is, if a slave bears the head of a tribe his eldest male child, that child ipso facto becomes in his turn the head of the tribe, however black he may be. Whereas the children of slaves are slaves, the child of a slave-girl and a free man, however poor, is always free, and even though his father dies and he is left an orphan, he can never be a slave. The lot of a favorite male slave especially is preferable. They have more power and are taken more into the confidence of their masters than free men. They are very well treated and become members of the family. They are well dressed, for an ill-dressed slave reflects badly on his master, just as a shabby footman would detract from the glory of a millionaire’s Rolls-Royce. The favorite slave of Sayed Idris, Ali Kaja, is not only the most trusted man of Sayed Idris, but he has more power and[197] authority among the Bedouins themselves than many a free man. Such a slave is treated as a confidant. If the slave of Sayed El Abid came to me with a message, I took it to be absolutely true, knowing that it is his duty to report exactly what he is told. In the same way, if I wished something to reach the ears of Sayed El Abid, and only his ears, I knew that I could tell it without a moment’s hesitation to his slave and be perfectly confident that it would not go anywhere else.

The price of slaves, I learned in Kufra, has gone up a lot in recent years because there are no more slaves coming from Wadai due to the strict oversight of the French authorities in that area. Sometimes the Bedouins get around this by marrying a slave-girl in Wadai and then, when they return, divorcing her and selling her. On one of my trips in 1916, I was offered a slave-girl for six gold louis (120 francs); now the price ranges from thirty to forty pounds. A male slave costs less. The Bedouins sometimes marry their slave-girls, and if any of these women have a son, she automatically becomes free. The Bedouins don’t discriminate based on color; if a slave has the head of a tribe as his father, his eldest son automatically becomes the head of the tribe, no matter how dark his skin is. While the children of slaves are slaves themselves, a child of a slave-girl and a free man, regardless of how poor the man is, will always be free, and even if his father dies and he’s left orphaned, he can never be enslaved. The situation for a favored male slave is particularly better. They hold more power and are trusted more by their masters than free men. They are treated well and become part of the family. They are well dressed because a poorly dressed slave would reflect badly on his master, just like a shabby footman would take away from the prestige of a millionaire’s Rolls-Royce. The favorite slave of Sayed Idris, Ali Kaja, is not only Sayed Idris's most trusted man, but he also has more power and authority among the Bedouins than many free men. Such a slave is considered a confidant. If Sayed El Abid's slave came to me with a message, I took it as completely true, knowing it's his responsibility to report exactly what he’s told. Similarly, if I wanted to share something exclusively with Sayed El Abid, I knew I could tell it to his slave without hesitation and trust that it wouldn’t go any further.

THE CARAVAN ARRIVING AT OUENAT

The caravan arriving at Ouenat

A man slave is permitted to buy a slave-girl. Once when I asked Ali Kaja about the price of slaves, he complained: “They are very expensive nowadays. The other day I bought one, and she cost me forty pounds in golden sovereigns.” He said it with such an air that he might never have been a slave himself.

A male slave is allowed to buy a female slave. One time, I asked Ali Kaja about the cost of slaves, and he said, “They’re really pricey these days. Just the other day, I bought one, and she cost me forty pounds in gold sovereigns.” He said it with such confidence that you’d think he had never been a slave himself.

The shabbiest slave that you see in an oasis is generally the freed slave, who curiously enough is looked down upon by the other owned slaves, and himself feels ashamed that he is a freed slave and belongs to no one!

The scruffiest slave you see in an oasis is usually the freed slave, who, interestingly enough, is looked down upon by the other enslaved individuals and feels embarrassed about being a freed slave who doesn’t belong to anyone!

There are many date-trees all through the Kufra Valley, and many of them belong to the Senussis. When the Zwayas invited Sidi Ibn Ali El Senussi to come to Kufra, each one of them gave the Senussis one third of his property, land, and date-trees. The[198] proportion of two to one between the date-trees owned by the Zwayas and those of the Senussis has, however, in the years since then, been considerably altered in favor of the Zwayas. These regular inhabitants of the valley naturally planted new trees faster and thus increased their own holdings. One can still see in the valley the walls separating the Senussi lands from those of the Zwayas.

There are many date palm trees throughout the Kufra Valley, and a lot of them belong to the Senussis. When the Zwayas invited Sidi Ibn Ali El Senussi to come to Kufra, each of them gave the Senussis a third of their property, including land and date trees. The[198] ratio of two to one between the date trees owned by the Zwayas and those of the Senussis has, however, changed quite a bit in favor of the Zwayas over the years. The regular residents of the valley naturally planted new trees more quickly, increasing their own holdings. You can still see in the valley the walls that separate the Senussi lands from those of the Zwayas.

On our way back from Jof we met a wedding party. The officer commanding the troops at Kufra was being married, and the father of the bride invited me to “empty gunpowder” in honor of the occasion. I was glad to pay a compliment to the officer, who was an old friend of mine, and, when they fired their guns in salute, in good Bedouin style I rode my horse at a gallop up to the party, pulled him to a sudden halt in front of the bride, and fired my gun into the ground before her. It was astonishing how Baraka, the moment he heard the sound of the guns, took to the gallop and brought me at a rush within the prescribed distance for firing. It was all a part of his training.

On our way back from Jof, we ran into a wedding party. The officer in charge of the troops at Kufra was getting married, and the bride's father invited me to “empty gunpowder” in celebration. I was happy to pay my respects to the officer, who was an old friend of mine, and when they fired their guns in salute, I took my horse and galloped up to the party, brought him to a quick stop in front of the bride, and fired my gun into the ground before her. It was amazing how Baraka, as soon as he heard the gunshots, went into a gallop and brought me right to the spot where I was supposed to shoot. It was all part of his training.

Friday, April 13. A slave of Sayed Idris came to be treated for an illness which had lasted for two months. It seemed to be a digestive upset, with continual vomiting. I gave him ether on a piece of sugar, milk, and rice, and by evening he was better.

Friday, April 13. A servant of Sayed Idris came in for treatment for an illness that had lasted for two months. It appeared to be a digestive issue, with ongoing vomiting. I administered ether on a piece of sugar, along with milk and rice, and by the evening he was feeling better.

[199]Bu Helega arrived from Hawari with seventeen camels. I told him to complete the twenty-five we had agreed upon.

[199]Bu Helega arrived from Hawari with seventeen camels. I told him to get the total to twenty-five as we had agreed.

I received a visit from the bridegroom and his father-in-law, who came to thank me for the compliment I paid the wedding procession.

I got a visit from the groom and his father-in-law, who came to thank me for the compliment I gave to the wedding procession.

Saturday, April 14. Bu Helega brought the rest of the camels. He was in a dilemma about sending a man with us. He did not wish to send his son, or even a slave, on such a hazardous journey which none of us might get through alive. On the other hand, there was the off chance that Fate might be good to us and let us escape. In that case, remote though it seemed to him, if he had no representative with us, how should he get his camels back, or rather their value? For it would be the natural thing to sell them at the end of the trip.

Saturday, April 14. Bu Helega brought the rest of the camels. He was torn about sending someone with us. He didn't want to send his son or even a slave on such a dangerous journey where none of us might come back alive. On the other hand, there was a slim chance that Fate might be kind and allow us to escape. In that case, as unlikely as it seemed to him, if he didn't have someone with us, how would he get his camels back, or rather their value? It would be normal to sell them at the end of the trip.

The afternoon was spent in packing and the evening in making observations. The weather was now more gracious. This was only the third night since reaching this spot that I had been able to see Polaris. I determined that I would not leave Kufra until I had made at least twice as many observations on different nights.

The afternoon was spent packing and the evening making observations. The weather was now more pleasant. This was only the third night since arriving at this place that I had been able to see Polaris. I decided that I wouldn’t leave Kufra until I had made at least twice as many observations on different nights.

Sunday, April 15. The morning was spent in loading. Bu Helega was still in a quandary about sending a man with us. But since I had the camels[200] it did not make any particular difference to me what he decided.

Sunday, April 15. The morning was spent loading up. Bu Helega was still unsure about sending someone with us. However, since I had the camels[200], it didn’t really matter to me what he decided.

The slave whom I had been treating was astonishingly improved in health. He came to thank me. No one was more surprised than I at what I had been able to do for him.

The slave I had been treating showed remarkable improvement in his health. He came to thank me. No one was more surprised than I at what I had managed to do for him.

At two the caravan set out for Ezeila, the last well of Kufra Valley on the south. There we were going to do tag-heez properly, taking several days for perfecting our final preparations. I had bought two sheep for Bu Zafar, as none of us had made this journey before.

At two, the caravan headed out for Ezeila, the last well in Kufra Valley to the south. We were planning to do tag-heez right, taking several days to finalize our preparations. I had bought two sheep for Bu Zafar, since none of us had made this journey before.

All my men had been newly clothed and made a cheerful sight, in spotless white with red shoes. Their carefully cleaned rifles glittered as they hung on their backs. Most of the new camels looked fresh and strong.

All my men were newly dressed and looked cheerful in spotless white with red shoes. Their thoroughly cleaned rifles shone as they hung on their backs. Most of the new camels appeared fresh and strong.

Monday, April 16. Abdullahi took the horse to Taj for shoeing, as I found that the stony ground was too hard for him. I sent a brass tray to the commandant as a wedding present, and the last three bottles of Bovril to Idris’ sick slave. Our departure was postponed because the guide was still occupied before the kadi with a legal matter over a camel.

Monday, April 16. Abdullahi took the horse to Taj for shoeing since I noticed that the rocky ground was too tough for him. I sent a brass tray to the commandant as a wedding gift and the last three bottles of Bovril to Idris’ ill slave. Our departure was delayed because the guide was still tied up with a legal issue regarding a camel before the kadi.

Tuesday, April 17. I had breakfast at Soliman Bu Matari’s in Jof with Zerwali, Abdullahi, the commandant,[201] Saleh, and Mohammed Bu Tamania. The rest poked fun at the commandant because, being a new bridegroom, he would not partake of a dish cooked with onions. “They do not forgive when they are young,” said Bu Tamania, winking at the commandant.

Tuesday, April 17. I had breakfast at Soliman Bu Matari’s in Jof with Zerwali, Abdullahi, the commandant,[201] Saleh, and Mohammed Bu Tamania. The others teased the commandant because, as a newlywed, he wouldn’t eat anything with onions in it. “They don’t forgive when they’re young,” Bu Tamania said, winking at the commandant.

THE VALLEY OF ERDI

THE VALLEY OF ERDI

The red rocks and rose-colored sand are the peculiarity of that region

The red rocks and pink sand are what makes that area unique.

I bought a hejin, or trotting-camel, for my own use, paying nine pounds for it. We were at last ready for the start the next day.

I bought a hejin, or trotting camel, for my use, paying nine pounds for it. We were finally ready to start the next day.

As I made my last observation of Polaris, I had a strong hope that I should have succeeded in putting Kufra into its proper place on the map. I had been keen to check Rohlfs’s determination of the position of Kufra, which he made from the observations of his companion Stecker at Boema. Taj had not been built in Rohlfs’s day. When I made my first observations at Taj, I discovered that they were not in agreement with the results of Stecker’s observations at Boema, which is two kilometers from Taj in a direction 54° east of true south. I thereupon determined that I would not leave Kufra until I had secured a sufficient number of observations to preclude the possibility of any appreciable error. Polaris was observed with the theodolite by me on six different nights, under conditions which Dr. Ball, in his scholarly paper on my work published at the end of this volume, declares to leave no room for an[202] error greater than a single minute of latitude or longitude.

As I took my last look at Polaris, I felt confident that I had successfully pinpointed Kufra on the map. I was eager to verify Rohlfs’s assessment of Kufra’s location, which he based on the observations of his associate Stecker at Boema. Taj hadn’t been established in Rohlfs’s time. When I first observed from Taj, I found that my findings did not match Stecker’s results from Boema, which is two kilometers from Taj at an angle of 54° east of true south. Therefore, I decided I wouldn’t leave Kufra until I collected enough observations to eliminate any significant errors. I observed Polaris with the theodolite on six different nights, under conditions that Dr. Ball, in his detailed analysis of my work published at the end of this volume, claims leave no possibility for an error greater than a single minute of latitude or longitude.

The net result of my observations, when they were finally reduced after my return to Egypt, was that Kufra is some forty kilometers south-southeast of the position assigned to it by Rohlfs from Stecker’s observations. I found the altitude of Kufra to be almost precisely the same as that ascertained by Rohlfs, 400 meters for Boema, on the floor of the valley, and 475 meters for Taj on the valley’s ridge.

The final outcome of my observations, once I analyzed them after returning to Egypt, was that Kufra is about forty kilometers south-southeast of the location given to it by Rohlfs based on Stecker’s observations. I found that the altitude of Kufra is almost exactly the same as what Rohlfs reported: 400 meters for Boema, on the valley floor, and 475 meters for Taj, on the valley ridge.


[203]CHAPTER XVI

THE LOST OASES: ARKENU

THE LOST OASES: ARKENU

WEDNESDAY, April 18. Bu Helega had at last found two men, Bukara and Hamid, who would go with his camels. They were poor men, and the money they would make loomed larger in their eyes than the danger.

WEDNESDAY, April 18. Bu Helega had finally found two men, Bukara and Hamid, who were willing to go with his camels. They were struggling financially, and the money they could earn seemed more important to them than the risk involved.

Sayed El Abid sent three representatives to see us off. They brought a letter of farewell from him that touched my heart.

Sayed El Abid sent three representatives to see us off. They brought a goodbye letter from him that really moved me.

Bu Helega came to say good-by. At the final moment there were tears in his eyes, and I do not think they were caused by fears for his camels or for the men whom he was sending with us. In spite of our controversy over the route, we remained true friends, with affection and respect for each other.

Bu Helega came to say goodbye. At the last moment, there were tears in his eyes, and I don't think they were due to worries about his camels or the men he was sending with us. Despite our disagreement over the route, we stayed true friends, with affection and respect for one another.

My men were greeted by their friends as though this was to be their last meeting. It was the most touching farewell of the whole journey. “May God make safety your companion. . . . What is decreed is[204] decreed, and that will happen. May God guide you to the true road and protect you from evil.”

My guys were welcomed by their friends as if it were going to be their last meeting. It was the most emotional goodbye of the entire trip. “May God keep you safe... What’s meant to happen will happen. May God lead you on the right path and shield you from harm.”

There was little about this parting of that sense of assurance which attends both those who go and those who stay behind when it is a case of starting for a holiday with some certitude of safe arrival. There were a few quivers in the last phrases of farewell, and, knowing what had passed in the preceding days and the intimidation to which the men had been subjected, I could guess what was in their minds. Whereas I was excited by thoughts of the “lost oases” and taking the unexplored road and going into the unknown, they were thinking that this might be the last time they would shake hands with their friends. There was even a pitying look on the faces of some of those who came to bid us God-speed as to doomed men, yet being Bedouins they also felt, “It is decreed that they should go thus.”

There was little about this goodbye that carried the usual sense of assurance felt by both those leaving and those staying behind when heading out for a holiday with some certainty of a safe return. The last words of farewell had a few tremors, and knowing what had happened in the days before and the pressure the men had faced, I could sense what was on their minds. While I was excited about the “lost oases,” exploring the unknown road, and venturing into the unfamiliar, they were thinking that this might be the last time they shook hands with their friends. Some of those who came to wish us well even had pitying looks, as if they saw us as doomed, yet being Bedouins, they also felt, “It is destined that they should go like this.”

We recited the “Fat-ha,” the first chapter of the Koran:

We recited the “Fat-ha,” the first chapter of the Quran:

Praise be to God, the Master of the Universe, the Merciful, the Compassionate, the Lord of the day of Resurrection. It is You Whom we worship, and it is You Whom we ask for help. Guide us to the straight path, the path of those whom You have rewarded, not those upon whom displeasure has fallen nor those who have gone astray. Amen.

Praise be to God, the Master of the Universe, the Merciful, the Compassionate, the Lord of the Day of Resurrection. It is You we worship, and it is You we ask for help. Guide us to the straight path, the path of those You have rewarded, not those who have earned Your displeasure or those who have gone astray. Amen.

THE FIRST TREE SEEN APPROACHING ERDI

THE FIRST TREE SEEN APPROACHING ERDI

[205]There followed the call to prayers:

[205]Then the call to prayer was heard:

God is great, and I testify that there is no God but God, and that Mohammed is the Prophet of God. Haste to prayers, haste to that which is beneficent. Prayers are ready. God is great. There is no God but God.

God is great, and I declare that there is no God but God, and that Mohammed is the Prophet of God. Hurry to prayers, hurry to what is good. Prayers are ready. God is great. There is no God but God.

It was upon the edge of the valley of Kufra, where the oasis ends and the desert stretches out ahead. They had walked with us until then, and as we passed from the valley into the flat desert we looked back upon the date-palms. The sun was setting, dusk falling, and Kufra itself in the waning light was glimpsed as through the aperture of a camera. Those who had come to say farewell straightway returned and looked back no more. I was eager to get away from Kufra and let my men turn their minds to the task ahead.

It was at the edge of the Kufra valley, where the oasis ends and the desert stretches ahead. They had walked with us up to that point, and as we moved from the valley into the flat desert, we looked back at the date palms. The sun was setting, dusk was falling, and Kufra itself was barely visible in the fading light, like a scene through a camera lens. Those who came to say goodbye turned right back and didn’t look back again. I was eager to leave Kufra and wanted my men to focus on what lay ahead.

At last the real start had been made. Before me all was unknown, full of the mystery and the fascination that lie in those parts of the earth’s surface yet untraversed by men from the outside world.

At last, the real journey had begun. In front of me was everything unknown, filled with the mystery and allure that exist in the areas of the earth that haven't been explored by outsiders.

We started at 4:30 P.M. and halted at 8:15, making fifteen kilometers. It was fine and clear, with no wind. Hard sand covered with very fine gravel, slightly undulating. After leaving the date-trees of Ezeila and Kufra, we crossed a zone of hatab, similar to that at Zieghen, and entered the serira at 5:45.[206] At 6:30 we passed hillocks which form the south side of the valley of Kufra. At 8:15 we arrived at Hatiet El Houesh, marked by dry hatab, which must once have been green. We left two men behind us to bring two loads that were to be carried on Tebu camels.

We started at 4:30 P.M. and stopped at 8:15, covering fifteen kilometers. The weather was nice and clear, with no wind. The ground was hard sand sprinkled with very fine gravel, slightly hilly. After leaving the date trees of Ezeila and Kufra, we passed through an area of hatab, similar to what we saw at Zieghen, and entered the serira at 5:45.[206] At 6:30, we moved past the small hills that form the southern side of the Kufra valley. By 8:15, we arrived at Hatiet El Houesh, marked by dry hatab, which must have been green at one time. We left two men behind to carry two loads that were meant to be transported on Tebu camels.

Our caravan comprised twenty-seven camels and nineteen persons: myself, Zerwali, Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, Ismail, Senussi Bu Hassan, Senussi Bu Jaber, Hamad Zwai, Sad the Aujili, Faraj the slave, Bukara and his young brother Hamid, the camelman, Hassan, Mohammed our guide, and three Tebus.

Our caravan had twenty-seven camels and nineteen people: me, Zerwali, Abdullahi, Ahmed, Hamad, Ismail, Senussi Bu Hassan, Senussi Bu Jaber, Hamad Zwai, Sad the Aujili, Faraj the slave, Bukara and his younger brother Hamid, the camelman, Hassan, Mohammed our guide, and three Tebus.

An entry from my diary again:

An entry from my diary again:

Thursday, April 19. Start at 1:45 P.M., halt at 7:15 P.M. Make 24 kilometers. Highest temperature 32°, lowest 11°. Fair and clear, with few white clouds. Southeast breeze which drops at midday. After leaving Hatiet El Houesh we enter into a serira again, flat expanse of hard sand covered with fine gravel. East of the hatia is a chain of sand hillocks covered with dark brown stones; to the west is another similar chain about 4 kilometers away.

Thursday, April 19. Start at 1:45 PM, stop at 7:15 P.M. Cover 24 kilometers. Highest temperature 32°, lowest 11°. Clear skies, with a few white clouds. Southeast breeze that calms down by midday. After leaving Hatiet El Houesh, we enter a serira again, a flat stretch of hard sand covered with fine gravel. To the east of the hatia is a line of sand hills topped with dark brown stones; to the west is another similar line about 4 kilometers away.

At 2:15 we pass the end of the Hatiet El Houesh. The hatia is about 2 kilometers broad. At 3:45 there is a gara on our left about 2 kilometers away, and at 5 another gara 4 kilometers distant on our right. At 6:30 the sand is softer, with patches of red and black stones. The surface is undulating.

At 2:15, we reach the end of the Hatiet El Houesh. The hatia is about 2 kilometers wide. At 3:45, there's a gara on our left about 2 kilometers away, and at 5, there's another gara 4 kilometers to our right. At 6:30, the sand gets softer, with areas of red and black stones. The surface is bumpy.

[207]We were delayed in starting through waiting for the two camels which had been left behind, and used the time in collecting hatab. It was very warm, and the camels grew tired quickly because of the heat. The country was similar to that between Buttafal and Zieghen. With my new hejin I found it easy to fall behind to take observations without exciting suspicion. We had to camp early because of the condition of the camels.

[207]We were held up starting because we had to wait for the two camels that were left behind, and we used the time to gather firewood. It was really warm, and the camels got tired quickly because of the heat. The landscape looked a lot like what we had seen between Buttafal and Zieghen. With my new outfit, it was easy for me to lag behind and take observations without raising any suspicion. We had to set up camp early because the camels weren't in great shape.

Friday, April 20. Start at 2 A.M.; halt at 9:30 A.M. Start again at 3:30 P.M. and final halt at 8 P.M., make 48 kilometers. Highest temperature 32°, lowest 10° at 12:30 A.M. Fine and clear, with cold southeast wind in the early morning. It drops at midday and gets up again at 4. In the evening it shifts to northeast.

Friday, April 20. Start at 2 AM; stop at 9:30 AM Start again at 3:30 PM and finish for the day at 8 PM, covering 48 kilometers. Highest temperature 32°, lowest 10° at 12:30 AM Nice and clear, with a cold southeast wind in the early morning. It drops at midday and picks up again at 4. In the evening, it shifts to northeast.

At 4 A.M. passing through undulating country strewn with stone. At 6 enter serira again, flatter. Sunrise is at 5:30. Immediately thereafter on our right and left are low sand-hills from 8 to 10 kilometers distant. See a swallow in the morning and a hawk in the afternoon. At 4:20 cross low sand-dunes and sight a black gara, a long low mound, 10 degrees south of southeast.

At 4 A.M., we’re traveling through rolling countryside covered in stones. By 6, we re-enter serira, which is flatter. Sunrise is at 5:30. Right after that, we see low sand hills on both sides, about 8 to 10 kilometers away. I spot a swallow in the morning and a hawk in the afternoon. At 4:20, we cross some low sand dunes and notice a black gara, a long, low mound, 10 degrees south of southeast.

This was the worst part of the journey for traveling, so far as temperature conditions were concerned. In the middle of the day it was too hot to march, and at night it was too cold. So we broke the trek into two parts, starting soon after midnight, and resting[208] in the heat of the day. We had trouble with the baggage because of the difficulty of good packing and loading in the dark. The camels, however, went better on this day.

This was the worst part of the journey in terms of temperature conditions. It was too hot to march in the middle of the day, and too cold at night. So, we split the trek into two parts, starting just after midnight and resting[208] during the heat of the day. We struggled with the baggage due to the challenges of packing and loading well in the dark. However, the camels performed better that day.

This was the fourth day of the lunar month. The Bedouins observe the weather conditions on that day, believing that the weather for the rest of the month will be the same. It was to prove true in this case.

This was the fourth day of the lunar month. The Bedouins keep an eye on the weather on this day, thinking that it will be similar for the rest of the month. In this instance, they were right.

Saturday, April 21. We started at 2:30 A.M. At six in the morning we came across stony and hilly country, which lasted for 12 kilometers. We passed on our left the gara called Garet Kudi. At nine we entered again into serira, with distant sand-dunes on the right and left.

Saturday, April 21. We started at 2:30 AM By six in the morning, we encountered rocky and hilly terrain, which continued for 12 kilometers. To our left, we passed the gara known as Garet Kudi. At nine, we re-entered serira, with distant sand dunes on both the right and left.

One camel fell ill shortly after our start and refused to go even when its load was taken off. Two Bedouins were left behind to bleed it, but all efforts at cure were in vain, and it had to be slaughtered. I forbade the Bedouins to eat its flesh. Later, after the midday halt, two Tebus dumped the loads from their camels and went back to dry the flesh and leave it until their return from Ouenat. They were to catch us later. This all delayed us about an hour.

One camel got sick soon after we started and wouldn’t move even after we took off its load. Two Bedouins stayed behind to bleed it, but despite their attempts to help it, it was no use, and we had to slaughter it. I told the Bedouins not to eat its meat. Later, after our break at noon, two Tebus unloaded their camels and went back to dry the meat, planning to leave it until they returned from Ouenat. They were supposed to catch up with us later. This all set us back about an hour.

The men had little sleep the previous night and were very tired after sunrise. But it was chiefly the intense heat from noon to four o’clock that exhausted both men and camels. It was a very tired caravan[209] that started again at 4.30 P.M. and moved slowly along.

The men barely slept the night before and were really worn out by sunrise. But it was mostly the extreme heat from noon to four PM that drained both the men and the camels. It was a very exhausted caravan[209] that set off again at 4:30 PM and moved slowly along.

THE EXPLORER’S CAMP IN THE VALLEY OF ERDI

THE EXPLORER’S CAMP IN THE VALLEY OF ERDI

SOUTH OF ERDI

SOUTH OF ERDI

Broken country and rough ground encountered by the party; it was very difficult for the camels’ pads, which were often cut by the sharp stones

Broken country and rough terrain faced by the party; it was very tough on the camels' pads, which were often damaged by the sharp stones.

I saw two hawks and fresh sleeping-camps of birds on the sands.

I saw two hawks and new sleeping areas for birds on the sand.

Sunday, April 22. We traveled over flat hard sand, with occasional sand hillocks, three to ten meters high, covered with black stones. At 5:30 A.M. we sighted a chain of hills on our left running from north to southwest across our path. At 8 A.M. we entered into broken, hilly country, which continued all day. It was called Wadi El Maraheeg. We came across broken ostrich-eggs.

Sunday, April 22. We traveled over flat, hard sand, with occasional sand hills, three to ten meters high, covered in black stones. At 5:30 A.M. we saw a chain of hills to our left running from north to southwest across our path. At 8 A.M. we entered a rugged, hilly area that continued all day. It was called Wadi El Maraheeg. We came across broken ostrich eggs.

We had better loading to-day, but the men were tired. Many of them fell out to snatch a half-hour’s sleep, catching up with the caravan when they woke.

We had better loading today, but the men were exhausted. Many of them dropped out to grab a half-hour nap, rejoining the caravan once they woke up.

Bukara brought me two little eagles, which he had taken from their nest on the top of a gara. I ordered him to put them back and saw that it was done.

Bukara brought me two little eagles that he had taken from their nest on top of a gara. I told him to put them back and saw that it was done.

The hejin was ill and had to go all the afternoon without load or even saddle.

The hejin was sick and had to go the whole afternoon without a load or even a saddle.

At the midday halt the men fell asleep immediately and snored heavily. This kind of travel is grueling, tedious work. But we were getting on.

At the midday break, the guys fell asleep right away and snored loudly. This kind of travel is tough, draining work. But we were making progress.

Monday, April 23. We started at 2.30 A.M., halted at 9:15 A.M., second start at 3:45 P.M., halt at 9 P.M., making forty-six kilometers. This was the most exhausting trek that I had yet known. For[210] eight days we had had only four hours of sleep a day. We had hardly started before the men with one accord fell back to snatch a half-hour’s sleep, leaving the camels to follow the will-o’-the-wisp of the guide’s lantern. I could not avail myself of this privilege, because of my anxiety for my instruments. The loading, done in the dark, was insecure, and a slipped fastening may mean a broken instrument or camera.

Monday, April 23. We started at 2:30 AM, took a break at 9:15 A.M., started again at 3:45 PM, and stopped for the night at 9 PM, covering a total of forty-six kilometers. This was the most tiring journey I had experienced so far. For[210] the past eight days, we had only managed about four hours of sleep each day. Hardly had we begun when the men all fell back to grab a quick half-hour sleep, leaving the camels to follow the flickering light of the guide’s lantern. I couldn’t take this chance because I was worried about my equipment. The loading, done in the dark, wasn’t secure, and a slipped strap could mean a broken instrument or camera.

At intervals one or another camel would halt and kneel and refuse to get up. Then a Tebu would come and press his thumb on a certain big vein in the camel’s forehead and manipulate it. It seemed to give the beast relief.

At times, one camel or another would stop, kneel down, and refuse to get up. Then a Tebu would approach and press his thumb on a specific large vein in the camel’s forehead and work it. It seemed to bring the animal some relief.

We were having a hard time of it crossing the high steep sand-dunes when suddenly mountains rose before us like medieval castles half hidden in the mist. A few minutes later the sun was on them, turning the cold gray into warm rose and pink.

We were struggling to cross the tall, steep sand dunes when suddenly mountains appeared in front of us like medieval castles partially hidden in the mist. A few minutes later, the sun hit them, transforming the cold gray into warm shades of rose and pink.

I let the caravan go on, and for half an hour I sat on the sand-dune and let the sight of these legendary mountains do its will with my mind and heart. I had found what I came to seek. These were the mountains of Arkenu.

I watched the caravan move on, and for half an hour, I sat on the sand dune, letting the view of these legendary mountains fill my thoughts and emotions. I had found what I came to seek. These were the mountains of Arkenu.

It was the outstanding moment of the whole journey. Any hardships I might have endured, any hardships that might still await me, were as nothing[211] compared with the joy that filled me at the mere sight of these hills. It was not like going to seek a hidden treasure that had to be dug out of the ground. There they were standing right up high before me so that I might feast my eyes upon them. Up and down, up and down we had plodded across the sand-dunes in the chilly grayness of the hours before dawn, until suddenly at the last dune it was as though somebody had rung up a curtain upon these magical hills of which I have not seen the like in the whole Libyan Desert. From the time I left Sollum until I reached this spot, there had been nothing like the mountains of Arkenu. The sight of them so gripped me that for a while I dreamed that I was not in the desert any more.

It was the highlight of the entire journey. Any hardships I had faced, any challenges that might still be ahead of me, were nothing compared to the joy I felt just by seeing these hills. It wasn’t like searching for hidden treasure that needed to be dug out of the ground. They were right there in front of me, just waiting for me to admire them. Up and down, up and down, we trudged across the sand dunes in the chilly grayness of the early morning, until suddenly, at the last dune, it felt like someone had drawn back a curtain to reveal these magical hills that I had never seen before in the entire Libyan Desert. From the moment I left Sollum until I got to this point, there was nothing like the mountains of Arkenu. The sight of them was so captivating that for a moment, I imagined I was no longer in the desert.

Tuesday, April 24, was the one hundred and eleventh day from Sollum and the one hundred and fortieth from Cairo. We covered broken country, sand covered with stones, undulating. At 5 A.M. heavy sand-dunes. After the dunes the country became stony again, and later there was hard sand covered with gravel. North of Arkenu Mountain and only a hundred meters from it was a big sandstone hill about two kilometers long and a hundred meters or so high.

Tuesday, April 24, was the one hundred and eleventh day since leaving Sollum and the one hundred and fortieth day since departing Cairo. We traveled across rough terrain, with sand mixed with stones, unevenly rolling. At 5 A.M. we encountered large sand dunes. After the dunes, the landscape turned stony again, and later we found hard sand mixed with gravel. To the north of Arkenu Mountain, and just about a hundred meters from it, was a large sandstone hill that stretched about two kilometers long and was around a hundred meters high.

There was a glorious sunrise, with shades of red and gold splashed on the few gray clouds in the east.[212] The cool wind soon dropped, and it became close and warm.

There was a stunning sunrise, with bursts of red and gold painted on the few gray clouds in the east.[212] The cool breeze quickly faded, and it turned hot and humid.

Arkenu Mountain is a mass of granite, its gray surface weathered to a ruddy brown, rising uniformly along its length some five hundred meters from the desert surface. It is made up of a series of conical masses which run together at their feet, without intervals between them. We approached it at its most western point. As we came toward it, we could not tell how far it extended to the east. At the farthest point which we could see in that direction it rose into a peak. We marched around the northwestern corner of the mountain mass and came to the entrance of a valley which runs to the eastward. There is one solitary tree of the species called by the Goran arkenu standing in the desert here. From it the oasis takes its name. We made our camp near it. This was a bad spot for camel-ticks, who lived in the shade of the tree and came literally running by the score when our camels approached. We were obliged to camp some distance from the tree, as the insects did not seem to care to forsake its shade, even to attack the camels.

Arkenu Mountain is a large granite formation, its gray surface worn down to a reddish-brown, rising steadily about five hundred meters above the desert floor. It consists of a series of cone-shaped peaks that connect at their bases, without any gaps in between. We approached it from its western side. As we got closer, we couldn't see how far it stretched to the east. The farthest point we could see that direction ended in a peak. We walked around the northwestern edge of the mountain and arrived at the entrance of a valley that leads eastward. There's one lone tree of the species known by the Goran as arkenu standing in the desert here. The oasis is named after this tree. We set up our camp nearby. This wasn’t a great place because of camel ticks, which thrived in the tree's shade and came rushing out in large numbers when our camels approached. We had to set up camp a bit away from the tree since the insects seemed unwilling to leave its shade, even to go after the camels.

I once picked up a tick that was like a piece of petrified stone. I hit it with a stick, and it just clicked like a piece of stone. I turned away and pretended to be busy with something else. It took about[213] three or four minutes before it gave any sign of life. The tick knows instinctively that safety lies in pretending to be petrified. Then, without warning, it scooted like lightning. When there are no camels these ticks live on nothing. They absorb the camel’s blood, get inflated, and then they can live—the Bedouins say years, but certainly a few months.

I once picked up a tick that felt like a piece of rock. I hit it with a stick, and it just clicked like stone. I turned away and pretended to be busy with something else. It took about[213] three or four minutes before it showed any sign of life. The tick instinctively knows that safety comes from acting like it’s turned to stone. Then, suddenly, it darted away like lightning. When there are no camels, these ticks survive on nothing. They drink the camel’s blood, get swollen, and then they can live—the Bedouins say for years, but definitely for a few months.

THE CHIEFTAIN OF THE BIDIYAT TRIBE

THE LEADER OF THE BIDIYAT TRIBE

His sword over his shoulder is carried ordinarily on the left arm, with his wrist through the thong

His sword is usually carried over his shoulder on the left arm, with his wrist through the strap.

TWO BIDIYAT MEN

TWO BOYS

Note the finer type of physique

Note the finer type of physique

Immediately on our arrival the camels were sent into the valley to be watered and to bring back the supply of water of which we were much in need.

Immediately upon our arrival, the camels were sent into the valley to get watered and to bring back the much-needed supply of water.

Two hours after we pitched camp the two Tebus left behind arrived with a supply of meat from the slaughtered camel, which was eaten with enthusiasm for dinner. A hot, gusty wind blew all the afternoon. While I was resting in my tent I was suddenly aroused by something tickling my ear and tried to brush it away, without discovering what it was. In a moment a gust of wind blew in one of the side walls of the tent, which had been raised for ventilation, and I felt something darting across my body. I grasped at it instinctively and, fortunately for my peace of mind, missed it. It was a snake some four feet long, which was subsequently caught by my men and despatched.

Two hours after we set up camp, the two Tebus we left behind came back with some meat from the slaughtered camel, which we eagerly devoured for dinner. A hot, strong wind blew all afternoon. While I was resting in my tent, I was suddenly jolted awake by something tickling my ear and tried to brush it away, but I couldn't figure out what it was. Moments later, a gust of wind blew in one of the side walls of the tent that we had opened for ventilation, and I felt something dart across my body. I instinctively grabbed at it and, thankfully for my peace of mind, missed it. It turned out to be a snake about four feet long, which my men later caught and dealt with.

The men held a shooting competition in the afternoon. It started as a perfunctory affair, but the interest quickened when I put up a Medjidie—a[214] Turkish dollar—as a prize. Senussi Bu Jaber, though short-sighted, won the contest. Hamid expressed the feelings of the other contestants when he said: “It was the Medjidie that worked on my emotions and made me nervous. I had hit the mark before.”

The guys had a shooting competition in the afternoon. It started out pretty routine, but things got exciting when I offered a Medjidie—a[214] Turkish dollar—as a prize. Senussi Bu Jaber, even though he was short-sighted, ended up winning the contest. Hamid said what everyone else was feeling when he remarked, “It was the Medjidie that really got to me and made me nervous. I had already hit the target before.”

I made observations and took photographs, and, incidentally, treated the guide’s teeth.

I took notes and snapped pictures, and, by the way, I helped the guide with his dental issues.

Goran, the black tribes of the neighborhood, suddenly appeared from the valley and were kept to dine with my men. No one had dreamed of their presence until they appeared. The mountain looked desolate and deserted, and one would not suspect that inside it lies a fertile valley which is inhabited. As a matter of fact, Arkenu is not inhabited all the year round. In the valley is good vegetation to which in the past Bedouins, Tebus, and Goran brought their camels during the grazing season. They closed the entrances to the valley with rocks and left the camels there unattended for three months.

Goran, the local black tribes, suddenly came out of the valley and joined my men for dinner. No one had expected to see them until they showed up. The mountain looked barren and abandoned, and you wouldn't think there was a fertile valley inside that was home to people. In fact, Arkenu isn't inhabited year-round. The valley has good vegetation, which in the past attracted Bedouins, Tebus, and Goran who brought their camels during grazing season. They would block the valley entrances with rocks and leave the camels there without supervision for three months.

“When they came to take them back,” said Mohammed, the guide, “they had as much fat on them as this.” He put his closed fists one on top of the other.

“When they came to take them back,” said Mohammed, the guide, “they had as much fat on them as this.” He stacked his closed fists one on top of the other.

Wednesday, April 25. The Goran family in the valley brought a sheep, milk and samn, which is butter in a curious liquid state because of the heat,[215] as diafa or hospitality. They also drove their sheep to the camp to be milked for the men of the caravan.

Wednesday, April 25. The Goran family in the valley brought a sheep, milk, and samn, which is butter in a strange liquid form because of the heat,[215] as diafa or hospitality. They also brought their sheep to the camp to be milked for the men of the caravan.

After luncheon I rode into Arkenu Valley with Zerwali and Bukara. It is a karkur, or narrow winding valley, extending some fifteen kilometers back into the mountains. There are grass, shrubs, and an occasional tree. We visited the Goran hut, where I took photographs of a girl and two boys of the family. The boys wore white robes, the sign of the sons of a sheikh. When I got back to camp, I sent presents of cloth, handkerchiefs, and rice for the three children.

After lunch, I rode into Arkenu Valley with Zerwali and Bukara. It's a karkur, or a narrow winding valley, stretching about fifteen kilometers back into the mountains. There are grasses, shrubs, and an occasional tree. We stopped by the Goran hut, where I took pictures of a girl and two boys from the family. The boys wore white robes, the sign of being the sons of a sheikh. When I returned to camp, I sent gifts of cloth, handkerchiefs, and rice for the three kids.

It was a beautiful moonlight night. I decided to spend three days more at Arkenu because the grazing was good and the camels still seemed tired from their hard trek. My hejin was doing well. I picked up stones for geological specimens and aroused the suspicions of some of my men. They thought there was gold in what stones I picked up or else I would not take the trouble to carry them back home.

It was a beautiful moonlit night. I decided to stay three more days at Arkenu because the grazing was good and the camels still seemed tired from their long trek. My hejin was doing well. I collected stones for geological samples and raised the suspicions of some of my men. They thought there must be gold in the stones I picked up, or else I wouldn’t bother to carry them home.

Thursday, April 26. At Arkenu. Highest temperature 36°; lowest 9°. Fine and clear, with very strong and hot southeast wind. Twice the wind blew the tents down. We sent the camels to be watered and to graze. It was a sweltering day, over 100° Fahrenheit in the tent, and only a little less in the shade outside. Making observations was difficult[216] on account of the wind. I did not like to shelter myself behind the tent while making them for fear of arousing the inevitable curiosity and suspicion. The wind dropped in the evening, and we were repaid for a hot and scorching day by a beautifully cool evening with a fine moon. There was dancing and singing by Bukara and the other men until midnight.

Thursday, April 26. At Arkenu. Highest temperature 36°; lowest 9°. It was clear and sunny, with a really strong and hot southeast wind. The wind knocked the tents down twice. We sent the camels to get water and graze. It felt like a scorching day, over 100° Fahrenheit inside the tent and just a bit cooler in the shade outside. Making observations was tough[216] because of the wind. I didn’t want to hide behind the tent while doing them since it would probably spark curiosity and suspicion. The wind calmed down in the evening, and after a hot day, we were rewarded with a wonderfully cool evening and a lovely moon. There was dancing and singing by Bukara and the other guys until midnight.

Friday, April 27. Arkenu was the first of the two “lost” oases which it is my good fortune to place definitely on the map. There had long been a tradition that two oases existed close to the southwestern corner of Egypt. But the position that they had been conjecturally given on one or two maps was from thirty to one hundred and eighty kilometers out of place. No one had described them from an actual visit. My observations showed that Arkenu is situated in north latitude 20° 12′ 32″ and east longitude 24° 44′ 15″ and has an altitude of 598 meters at the foot of the mountain. It is thus well within the boundaries of Egypt.

Friday, April 27. Arkenu was the first of the two "lost" oases that I was fortunate enough to locate definitively on the map. There had long been a belief that two oases were located near the southwestern corner of Egypt. However, the positions assigned to them on a couple of maps were off by thirty to one hundred eighty kilometers. No one had documented a visit to them before. My observations revealed that Arkenu is located at a latitude of 20° 12′ 32″ N and a longitude of 24° 44′ 15″ E, with an altitude of 598 meters at the base of the mountain. It is, therefore, well within the borders of Egypt.

The principal interest of this oasis, as of Ouenat, lies in the possibilities it offers for exploring the southwest corner of Egypt, which has until now been unreached either by military patrols or by travelers. No one has known with any certainty of water-supplies in that part of the desert which could be relied upon. The water at Arkenu is apparently unfailing[217] and is drinkable, though not as wholesome for human beings as one could wish. Arkenu may conceivably prove to have strategic value at some future time, standing as it does almost precisely at the meeting-point of the western and southern boundaries of Egypt.

The main appeal of this oasis, like Ouenat, is the opportunities it provides for exploring the southwest corner of Egypt, which has previously been untouched by military patrols or travelers. No one has had any real certainty about reliable water supplies in that part of the desert. The water at Arkenu seems to be consistently available[217] and is drinkable, though not as healthy for people as one might hope. Arkenu could potentially have strategic importance in the future, given that it is almost exactly at the junction of Egypt's western and southern borders.

BIDIYAT BELLES

Bidiya Beauties

BIDIYAT PRIEST

Bidiya Priest

Both Arkenu and Ouenat differ from all the other oases of the Western Desert of Egypt in that they are not depressions in the desert with underground water-supplies, but mountain areas where rain-water collects in natural basins in the rocks.

Both Arkenu and Ouenat are different from all the other oases in Egypt's Western Desert because they aren't low-lying areas with underground water sources; instead, they are mountainous regions where rainwater collects in natural basins in the rocks.

The mountain chain of Arkenu as I saw it is about fifteen kilometers in extent from north to south and some twenty kilometers from east to west. But there was no opportunity to explore it to the eastward, so that I cannot say whether it may not extend farther in that direction than I have stated. I could only observe it as far as I could see from the desert at the western foot of the mountain. It may well be that off to the east Arkenu Mountain runs into a chain of hills of which the Ouenat Mountains are also spurs to the south. There is an opportunity for more exploration of the eastern portions of both these rock masses than I was able to make in the time and with the resources at my command.

The Arkenu mountain range, as I saw it, spans about fifteen kilometers from north to south and around twenty kilometers from east to west. However, I didn’t have the chance to explore the eastern side, so I can’t say for sure if it extends farther in that direction than I've indicated. I could only view it from the desert at the western base of the mountain. It's possible that to the east, Arkenu Mountain connects with a series of hills, with the Ouenat Mountains being additional spurs to the south. There’s definitely room for more exploration of the eastern parts of both these rock formations than I was able to do given the time and resources I had.

The nearest known point to Arkenu and Ouenat to the east or rather the northeast is Dakhla Oasis,[218] some six hundred kilometers distant. There is a tradition that there is an old track to Egypt between these two points, but a journey from Dakhla to Arkenu and Ouenat with caravan, which would take at least fourteen days, would be a formidable undertaking.

The closest known point to Arkenu and Ouenat to the east, or more accurately the northeast, is Dakhla Oasis,[218] which is about six hundred kilometers away. There's a tradition that an ancient route to Egypt exists between these two locations, but traveling from Dakhla to Arkenu and Ouenat by caravan, which would take at least fourteen days, would be quite a challenge.


[219]CHAPTER XVII

THE LOST OASES: OUENAT

THE LOST OASES: OUENAT

SATURDAY, April 28. We started at 9:30 P.M. for the first all-night trek, halting at 7 A.M. of the twenty-ninth. We made forty kilometers. It was fair and clear with a very strong hot wind from southeast all day. The wind blew from the same quarter, but was warm rather than hot all night. The ground was serira, with large stones making bad going for the camels. At 6 A.M. we reached the western corner of Ouenat Mountain and camped an hour later.

SATURDAY, April 28. We set out at 9:30 PM for our first all-night trek, stopping at 7 AM on the twenty-ninth. We covered forty kilometers. The weather was fair and clear with a very strong hot wind from the southeast all day. The wind continued from the same direction, but was warm rather than hot all night. The ground was serira, with large stones making it tough for the camels. By 6 AM, we reached the western corner of Ouenat Mountain and set up camp an hour later.

The day was spent quietly, chiefly in rest for the coming night trek. In the early evening we sent men to bring the camels from their grazing. Bukara hired a camel from a Tebu, to relieve his own, which he wanted to be able to sell at the end of the journey for a high price. I hired three Tebus and their camels to go with us, but not for the same reason. Our transport was inadequate, for the trek from Kufra had[220] shown me that our loads were too heavy. The camels became quickly exhausted.

The day was spent quietly, mainly getting rest for the upcoming night trek. In the early evening, we sent some men to bring in the camels from their grazing. Bukara rented a camel from a Tebu to spare his own, which he wanted to sell for a good price at the end of the journey. I hired three Tebus and their camels to accompany us, but not for the same reason. Our transport was insufficient, as the trek from Kufra had[220] shown me that our loads were too heavy. The camels quickly became exhausted.

The camels were brought in at eight in the evening, and we started an hour and a half later. They were lightly loaded this time because we were taking no water from Arkenu. The water there, while its taste is not particularly unpleasant, is hard on one’s digestive apparatus. We had three bad cases of dysentery among the men. The invalids rode camels from the start, and the rest of the men took turns during the night.

The camels arrived at eight in the evening, and we set off an hour and a half later. They were carrying light loads this time because we weren't taking any water from Arkenu. The water there, while not particularly awful tasting, can upset your stomach. We had three serious cases of dysentery among the men. The sick riders started on camels from the beginning, and the others took turns riding through the night.

The caravan started out in the best of humor. At intervals some cheerful spirit stopped and began to chant. In a moment half a dozen of them were lined up beside him, all chanting, stamping and clapping their hands rhythmically as the camels filed past. The words of the song were always the same:

The caravan set off in high spirits. Every now and then, someone would stop and start singing. Soon, half a dozen people lined up next to him, all singing, stomping, and clapping their hands in rhythm as the camels walked by. The lyrics of the song were always the same:

En kán azeéz alaih lanzár
Hátta laú ba-éd biddár

The accents are strongly pronounced and differ in the two lines, as I have marked them. I would translate the verse thus, without making any attempt to fit it to the jazz rhythm that would be needed to complete the effect for the western ear: “O beloved, our eyes gaze after you, even though your camp is far away.”

The accents are very noticeable and vary between the two lines, as I've pointed out. I would translate the verse like this, without trying to match it to the jazz rhythm that would be necessary for the western audience: “O beloved, our eyes follow you, even though your camp is far away.”

A BIDIYAT GIRL, WITH HER SISTER

A BIDIYAT GIRL, WITH HER SISTER

The necklace of macaroni beads was given to her by the explorer to eat, but she preferred to make it into a necklace.

The necklace made of macaroni beads was given to her by the explorer to eat, but she chose to turn it into a necklace instead.

A BIDIYAT GIRL WITH HER CHILD

A Bidiya girl with her child

Note the nose-bead. Her hair is plaited when she is young, and is oiled from time to time but never combed out.

Note the nose-bead. Her hair is braided when she’s young and is occasionally oiled, but it’s never brushed out.

[221]Again and again the chant was repeated until the performance ended in a sudden shout. I had been the whole audience for the little show, beating the rhythm with my whip, and when the shout went up I called out, “Farraghu barud!” “Empty gunpowder!” was the signal for a feu de joie from the rifles, after which we all took our places in the caravan and went on exhilarated.

[221]Over and over, the chant was repeated until the performance ended with a loud shout. I was the entire audience for the little show, keeping the beat with my whip, and when the shout happened, I called out, “Farraghu barud!” “Empty gunpowder!” was the signal for a feu de joie from the rifles, after which we all took our spots in the caravan and continued on, feeling exhilarated.

A night march has its advantages. The time, unless one is dead tired, passes more quickly than during the day, and the stars are cheering company for any lover of nature. On the horizon ahead of us loomed the dark masses of the Ouenat Mountains. It is so much easier to march with one’s destination distinct before one than to be walking on the flat disk of a desert where every point of the compass looks like every other and the horizon keeps always at the same maddening distance. We steadily approached the mountains until the sun was rising over them, tinting and gilding their peaks and throwing out on the desert a heavy shadow whose edge marched steadily toward the mountain-foot as we approached it from another direction. Shortly after sunrise we were opposite the northwest corner of the mountains, and an hour later we made camp close under their rocky walls. At this point there was an indentation in the mountain-side, with a well in a cave at its[222] inner end. We pitched our tents at the mouth of this little arm of the desert sea, and ten minutes later we were all sunk into sleep. This was our first full night of travel, and we had some arrears of sleep to make up.

A night march has its perks. The time goes by faster than during the day, unless you're completely exhausted, and the stars are a comforting sight for anyone who loves nature. Ahead of us, the Ouenat Mountains loomed darkly on the horizon. It’s so much easier to march when you can see your destination clearly ahead, rather than wandering on the flat expanse of a desert where every direction looks the same and the horizon always seems frustratingly far away. We steadily made our way toward the mountains until the sun rose over them, coloring their peaks and casting a heavy shadow on the desert that moved forward as we approached from another angle. Shortly after sunrise, we found ourselves at the northwest corner of the mountains, and an hour later, we set up camp right under their rocky walls. Here, there was a small indentation in the mountainside, with a well in a cave at the back. We pitched our tents at the entrance of this little pocket of the desert, and ten minutes later, we were all fast asleep. This was our first full night of travel, and we had some serious sleep to catch up on.

However, we did not sleep as long as we had expected to, but roused ourselves before noon and turned our attention to food. The French saying, qui dort dîne, may be true under some conditions, but we of the desert find it more satisfactory when we are able to do both. We all found pleasant distraction in roasting parts of the lamb which was provided by Mohammed as diafa for Ouenat.

However, we didn’t sleep as long as we expected, but woke up before noon and shifted our focus to food. The French saying, qui dort dîne, might hold some truth, but we in the desert find it more satisfying when we can do both. We all enjoyed roasting parts of the lamb that Mohammed provided as diafa for Ouenat.

I spent the rest of the day in visiting the well, which is situated in the cave in the mountain-side, in taking observations, and in looking over our surroundings. At this point the mountain rises in a sheer cliff, with a mass of boulders, great and small, heaped against it at its foot. The stones that make up this tabre, as the geologists call it, have been carved by ages of wind and driven sand into smooth, rounded shapes that giants of the heroic days might have used in their slings to kill monsters or for some enormous game of bowls. The ain or well lies a few meters away from the camp, in a cavity walled and roofed with the great rocks. It is a pool of refreshing water kept cool by their protection from the sun.[223] The desert knows two kinds of wells, the ain, which properly speaking is a spring, and the bir or matan, which is a place where water may be obtained by digging in the sand. We call these wells of Ouenat ains, for lack of a better word, although they are not springs but reservoirs in the rock where rain-water collects.

I spent the rest of the day visiting the well, which is located in the cave on the mountainside, taking measurements, and checking out our surroundings. At this point, the mountain rises into a sheer cliff, with a pile of boulders, large and small, stacked against its base. The stones that make up this tabre, as geologists call it, have been shaped by countless ages of wind and sand into smooth, rounded forms that giants from heroic times might have used in their slings to take down monsters or for some massive game of bowls. The ain or well sits just a few meters away from the camp, in a cavity walled and covered by the large rocks. It’s a pool of refreshing water kept cool by their shelter from the sun.[223] The desert has two kinds of wells: the ain, which is technically a spring, and the bir or matan, which is a spot where you can get water by digging in the sand. We refer to these wells of Ouenat as ains, since there isn't a better term, even though they are not springs but reservoirs in the rock where rainwater collects.

There are said to be seven of these ains in the Ouenat Mountains, of which I was to see four before I moved south again. I also heard rumors of one or two birs in the oasis, but I did not see them.

There are said to be seven of these ains in the Ouenat Mountains, of which I was to see four before I moved south again. I also heard rumors of one or two birs in the oasis, but I didn't see them.

In the evening the camp was full of life and gaiety. The men danced and sang as though there were no tedious days of hot sand and scorching wind behind or ahead of them.

In the evening, the camp buzzed with life and energy. The men danced and sang as if there were no long days of hot sand and blazing wind behind or ahead of them.

Monday, April 30. Up early and went with Zerwali, Abdullahi, Mohammed, and Malkenni, the Tebu, to the big ain up the mountain. It was a stiff climb of an hour and a half. The ain has a plentiful supply of splendid water and is picturesquely surrounded with tall, slim reeds. I took some of the reeds back with me to make pipe-stems. They give a pleasantly cool smoke.

Monday, April 30. I got up early and went with Zerwali, Abdullahi, Mohammed, and Malkenni, the Tebu, to the big ain up the mountain. It was a tough climb that took us an hour and a half. The ain has a good supply of great water and is beautifully surrounded by tall, slim reeds. I brought some of the reeds back with me to make pipe stems. They produce a nice, cool smoke.

In the early evening I set out on the hejin, with Malkenni, Senussi Bu Hassan, and Sad to explore the oasis. It was a fine moonlight night with a warm southeast breeze. For four hours we marched over[224] serira, skirting the northwest corner of the mountain, and at midnight we entered a valley with a chain of low hills on our left and the sinister mountain with its fantastic rock formations on our right. The valley is floored with soft sand strewn with big stones, which made hard going for the camels. At the hour when men’s spirits and courage are proverbially at the lowest ebb we halted a few minutes for a draft of strong tea from my thermos flask and then pushed on. But our spirits were by no means low. There was something magical about the night and the moonlight and the mountains, to make this an experience stirring to the imagination and uplifting to the soul. I speak for myself; but the men seemed to be getting something out of it too.

In the early evening, I set out on the hejin with Malkenni, Senussi Bu Hassan, and Sad to explore the oasis. It was a beautiful moonlit night with a warm southeast breeze. For four hours, we marched over[224] serira, skirting the northwest corner of the mountain, and at midnight, we entered a valley with a chain of low hills on our left and the eerie mountain with its surreal rock formations on our right. The valley had soft sand scattered with large stones, making it tough for the camels. At the time when people’s spirits and courage are usually at their lowest, we stopped for a few minutes to enjoy some strong tea from my thermos, then continued on. But our spirits were anything but low. There was something enchanting about the night, the moonlight, and the mountains that made it a deeply moving and uplifting experience. I can only speak for myself, but the others also seemed to be feeling the magic of it all.

At five the valley opened out on to a wide plain of flat serira, with hills ten or fifteen kilometers away to the northeast. We turned sharply to the south, around a spur of the mountain. At dawn we stopped for morning prayers.

At five, the valley expanded into a broad plain of flat serira, with hills ten to fifteen kilometers off to the northeast. We made a sharp turn to the south, going around a ridge of the mountain. At dawn, we stopped for morning prayers.

The camels were barrakked, and we took our stand on the sands facing toward Mecca. When Moslems take part in their ceremonial prayers, they stand before God—not, as some misinformed persons say, before Mohammed, who was not God but man, a prophet and not the Deity—and the first essential is cleansing, of body, heart, and soul. In the desert[225] the cleansing of the body can be only symbolical, since water cannot be spared. We take sand in our hands, rub it over each hand and forearm, then gently over our faces. With hands uplifted, palms upward, we say the prayers appointed, then, kneeling, touch our foreheads to the cool sands of the morning.

The camels were barrakked, and we took our position on the sands facing Mecca. When Muslims participate in their ceremonial prayers, they stand before God—not, as some misinformed people claim, before Mohammed, who was a man, a prophet, and not the Deity—and the first essential is purification, of body, heart, and soul. In the desert[225], the purification of the body can only be symbolic since water is scarce. We take sand in our hands, rub it over each hand and forearm, then gently over our faces. With our hands raised, palms up, we say the set prayers, then, kneeling, we touch our foreheads to the cool sands of the morning.

A BIDIYAT PARTY

A Birthday Party

The explorer came across them after passing through uninhabited country for a fortnight

The explorer found them after traveling through uninhabited land for two weeks.

GIRLS AT EL FASHER GOING TO MARKET

GIRLS AT EL FASHER GOING TO MARKET

In the desert, prayers are no mere blind obedience to religious dogma but an instinctive expression of one’s inmost self. The prayers at night bring serenity and peace. At dawn, when new life has suddenly taken possession of the body, one eagerly turns to the Creator to offer humble homage for all the beauty of the world and of life and to seek guidance for the coming day. One prays then, not because one ought, but because one must.

In the desert, prayers aren't just blind obedience to religious rules; they're a natural expression of one's deepest self. Night prayers bring calm and peace. At dawn, when new energy fills the body, one eagerly reaches out to the Creator to offer humble thanks for all the beauty in the world and life, and to ask for guidance for the day ahead. One prays then, not because it's expected, but because it's necessary.

Seven o’clock found us entering a wide valley, running a little east of south, with mountains rising high on both sides. The floor of the valley is as flat as a table, patterned with tufts of grass and marked here and there with mimosa-trees and small shrubs, whose leaves when crushed give off a fragrance similar to that of mint. At intervals the ground is carpeted with creeping plants of the colocynth, expanses of green leaves dotted with brilliant yellow globes like grape-fruit. It is from this fruit that the Tebus and Goran make abra. They boil the pips thoroughly to get rid of their bitter taste and then crush them with[226] dates or locusts in a wooden mortar. Abra is their staple dish.

At seven o’clock, we entered a wide valley that ran slightly southeast, with mountains towering on both sides. The valley floor is as flat as a table, dotted with tufts of grass and occasionally marked by mimosa trees and small shrubs, which release a mint-like scent when crushed. Here and there, the ground is covered with creeping plants of colocynth, with stretches of green leaves sprinkled with bright yellow globes resembling grapefruit. It's from this fruit that the Tebus and Goran make abra. They boil the seeds thoroughly to eliminate their bitterness and then crush them with[226] dates or locusts in a wooden mortar. Abra is their main dish.

For three hours we proceeded up the valley, and at ten we camped hot and tired but not ill content. We ate a good meal of rice, drank our three glasses of tea, and went to sleep in the shade of a ridge. It was uncomfortable slumber, what with swarming flies and the moving shadow of the ridge, which made each of us shift position from time to time.

For three hours, we made our way up the valley, and at ten o'clock, we set up camp, feeling hot and tired but not unhappy. We had a nice meal of rice, enjoyed our three glasses of tea, and went to sleep in the shade of a ridge. It was an uncomfortable sleep, thanks to the buzzing flies and the shifting shadow of the ridge, which made us all adjust our positions every now and then.

As I opened my eyes a figure stood near me that seemed to be part of a pleasant dream. She was a beautiful girl of the Goran, the slim graceful lines of whose body were not spoiled by the primitive garments she wore. She carried a bowl of milk, which she offered with shy dignity. I could only accept it and drink gratefully. Then she asked me for medicine for her sister, who had borne no children. When she refused to believe that I had no medicine that would be helpful to her sister, I fell back on my malted milk tablets, a harmless remedy for ailments which were beyond me. I also gave her a Medjidie and a silk handkerchief for herself.

As I opened my eyes, I saw a figure standing near me that seemed like a part of a pleasant dream. She was a beautiful girl from the Goran, her slim and graceful figure unaffected by the simple clothes she wore. She held out a bowl of milk, which she offered with shy dignity. I could only take it and drink gratefully. Then she asked me for medicine for her sister, who had never had children. When she wouldn’t believe that I didn’t have any medicine that could help her sister, I turned to my malted milk tablets, a harmless remedy for issues I couldn’t really address. I also gave her a Medjidie and a silk handkerchief for herself.

A Tebu appeared with a parcel of meat of the waddan or wild sheep. I gave him macaroni and rice, and he went away happy.

A Tebu showed up with a package of meat from the waddan or wild sheep. I gave him some macaroni and rice, and he left feeling satisfied.

After we had eaten I went to see some relics of the presence of men in earlier times. At Arkenu I[227] had got to talking with one of the Gorans, and, having satisfied myself about the present inhabitants of Ouenat, I asked him whether he knew anything about any former inhabitants of the oasis.

After we finished eating, I went to check out some remnants of past human activity. At Arkenu, I had started chatting with one of the Gorans, and after learning about the current residents of Ouenat, I asked him if he knew anything about the previous inhabitants of the oasis.

He gave me a startling answer: “Many different people have lived round these wells, as far back as any one can remember. Even djinn have dwelt in that place in olden days.”

He gave me a surprising answer: “Many different people have lived around these wells for as long as anyone can remember. Even djinn used to inhabit that place back in the day.”

Djinn!” I exclaimed. “How do you know that?” “Have they not left their drawings on the rocks?” he answered.

Djinn!” I exclaimed. “How do you know that?” “Haven't they left their drawings on the rocks?” he answered.

With suppressed excitement I asked him where. He replied that in the valley of Ouenat there were many drawings upon the rocks, but I could not induce him to describe them further than saying that there were “writings and drawings of all the animals living, and nobody knows what sort of pens they used, for they wrote very deeply on the stones, and Time has not been able to efface the writings.” Doing my best not to show anything like excitement, I inquired whether he could tell me just where the drawings were.

With hidden excitement, I asked him where. He said that in the valley of Ouenat, there were many drawings on the rocks, but I couldn’t get him to explain them more than saying there were “writings and drawings of all the animals living, and nobody knows what kind of tools they used, because they carved very deeply into the stones, and Time hasn’t been able to erase the writings.” Trying my best not to show any excitement, I asked if he could tell me exactly where the drawings were.

“At the end of the valley, where the tail of the valley wags,” he answered.

“At the end of the valley, where the end of the valley shakes,” he replied.

The whole time I remembered this, and after a little time spent in making sure about the water, which is the most important thing, and having a look[228] round from the top of the hills at the surrounding country, there came the exciting task of going round the oasis. But the most exciting part of it was to find these rock inscriptions, especially as the history that I had been able to collect about the oasis was very scanty. I gathered that Ouenat was the pied-à-terre of Tebus and Goran who were going eastward to attack and despoil the Kababishe. Arkenu and Ouenat, indeed, were very well placed for that purpose, since they provided water for the attacking party and at the same time were too far away for the Kababishe to dare attempt reprisals or try to recover their own belongings.

The whole time I remembered this, and after spending some time checking the water, which is the most important thing, and looking around from the top of the hills at the surrounding area, the exciting task of exploring the oasis began. But the most thrilling part was finding these rock inscriptions, especially since the history I had gathered about the oasis was quite limited. I learned that Ouenat was the base for Tebus and Goran, who were heading east to attack and plunder the Kababishe. Arkenu and Ouenat were perfectly situated for that purpose, as they provided water for the attacking party while being far enough away that the Kababishe wouldn’t dare launch a counterattack or try to reclaim their belongings.

With these drawings in mind, then, I took Malkenni, who had joined the caravan at Arkenu, and toward sunset he led me straight to them. They were in the valley at the part where it drew in, curving slightly with a suggestion of the wagging tail. We found them on the rock at the ground level. I was told there were other similar inscriptions at half a day’s journey, but as it was growing late and I did not want to excite suspicion, I did not go to them.

With these drawings in mind, I took Malkenni, who had joined the caravan at Arkenu, and as the sun was setting, he led me right to them. They were in the valley where it narrowed, gently curving like a wagging tail. We found them on the rock at ground level. I heard there were other similar inscriptions half a day's journey away, but since it was getting late and I didn’t want to raise any suspicions, I decided not to go to them.

There was nothing beyond the drawings of animals, no inscriptions. It seemed to me as though they were drawn by somebody who was trying to compose a scene. Although primitive in character, they betrayed an artistic hand. The man who drew[229] these outline figures of animals had a decorative sense. On their wall of rock these pictures were rudely, but not unskilfully carved. There were lions, giraffes, and ostriches, all kinds of gazelles, and perhaps cows, though many of these figures were effaced by time. The carving is from a quarter to half an inch in depth, and the edges of the lines are weathered until in some parts they can be scraped off easily with the finger.

There was nothing beyond the animal drawings, no inscriptions. It felt like they were done by someone trying to create a scene. Although simple in style, they showed an artistic touch. The person who made[229] these outline figures of animals had a knack for decoration. On the rock wall, these pictures were roughly but skillfully carved. There were lions, giraffes, ostriches, all kinds of gazelles, and maybe cows, although many of these figures had faded over time. The carvings were about a quarter to half an inch deep, and the edges of the lines were worn down so that in some areas they could be easily scraped off with a finger.

BIDIYAT WOMEN

Bidiya Women

ZAGHAWA GIRL AND HER INFANT

Zaghawa girl and her baby

I asked who made the pictures, and the only answer I got came from Malkenni, the Tebu, who declared his belief that they were the work of the djinn.

I asked who created the pictures, and the only response I received was from Malkenni, the Tebu, who stated that he believed they were made by the djinn.

“What man,” he demanded, “can do these things now?”

“What man,” he asked, “can do these things now?”

I did not find any traditions about the origin of these interesting rock-markings, but I was struck by two things. There are no giraffes in this part of the country now; nor do they live in any similar desert country anywhere. Also there are no camels among the carvings on the rocks, and one cannot penetrate to this oasis now except with camels. Did the men who made these pictures know the giraffe and not the camel? I reflected that the camel came to Africa from Asia some five hundred years B.C.

I couldn’t find any stories about where these intriguing rock markings came from, but two things stood out to me. There are no giraffes in this area now, nor do they live in any similar desert regions anywhere. Also, there are no camels in the carvings on the rocks, and nowadays, you can’t reach this oasis without camels. Did the people who created these images know about giraffes but not camels? I thought about how the camel arrived in Africa from Asia around five hundred years BCE

At 5:30 we started for the home camp. We wound our way up a steep mountain path, hardly[230] wide enough in places for a single man and exceedingly dangerous going for the camels. We reached the highest point of the path and then picked our way down to the desert level south of the mountains. At the highest point we reached there were a few peaks around, some two or three hundred meters higher than we were. The camels went up and down the steep path wonderfully well in spite of the darkness, and at 10:30 we were at the foot of the mountains.

At 5:30, we set out for the home camp. We made our way up a steep mountain path, which was barely[230] wide enough for one person in some spots and extremely risky for the camels. We reached the peak of the path and then carefully navigated our way down to the desert level south of the mountains. At the highest point, we were surrounded by a few peaks that were two or three hundred meters taller than us. The camels managed the steep path beautifully, even in the dark, and by 10:30, we were at the base of the mountains.

It seemed best to give the camels a rest, and we halted at eleven for two hours. We had tea, and a Tebu family whose camp was near came to visit us. We snatched a brief sleep and awoke refreshed. There was a cool wind blowing, and the ride home over the level desert was a pleasant relief after the hot work of climbing about among the rocks.

It seemed best to let the camels rest, so we stopped at eleven for two hours. We had some tea, and a Tebu family whose camp was nearby came to visit us. We grabbed a quick nap and woke up feeling refreshed. There was a cool breeze blowing, and the ride home over the flat desert was a nice break after the hot effort of climbing around the rocks.

We reached camp at 10 A.M. of the second and were met with firing of rifles and an agreeable welcome.

We got to camp at 10 AM on the second and were greeted with gunfire and a friendly welcome.

Wednesday, May 2. On reaching camp we found Sheikh Herri, the Goran chief who is called King of Ouenat and its one hundred and fifty inhabitants. He came the day before to visit me and waited for my return. He was a very nice old man with a calm, dignified face. He brought two sheep, milk, and abra for diafa. He was keeping Ramadan, and I[231] insisted on his staying the night with us. Otherwise I could not offer him hospitality, since he might not eat or drink until sunset.

Wednesday, May 2. When we arrived at camp, we met Sheikh Herri, the Goran chief known as the King of Ouenat and its 150 residents. He had come the day before to see me and waited for my return. He was a very kind old man with a calm, dignified expression. He brought two sheep, milk, and abra for diafa. He was observing Ramadan, and I[231] insisted that he stay the night with us. Otherwise, I wouldn’t have been able to offer him hospitality, since he couldn’t eat or drink until sunset.

I had a long talk with him and with Mohammed. The old chief was still fond of his own country north of Wadai and sighed when it was spoken of. He belonged to the Hezzi family, which is a ruling family of Goran in northern Wadai. He came to Kufra as a voluntary exile, when the French entered Wadai, and later he settled in Ouenat.

I had a long conversation with him and Mohammed. The old chief still had a deep affection for his homeland north of Wadai and sighed when it was mentioned. He was part of the Hezzi family, which is a ruling family of Goran in northern Wadai. He came to Kufra as a voluntary exile when the French took over Wadai, and later, he settled in Ouenat.

I found myself tired after our twenty-eight hours of trekking with only nine hours of rest, but a bath, a meal, and a short sleep made life worth living again in the evening.

I was exhausted after our twenty-eight hours of hiking with just nine hours of rest, but a bath, a meal, and a short nap made life enjoyable again in the evening.

Bukara had organized a chorus among the men, and the evening was spent with Bedouin, Tebu, and Sudanese songs.

Bukara had set up a group of singers among the men, and the evening was filled with songs from the Bedouins, Tebu, and Sudanese.

Thursday, May 3. Herri came to my tent with a bowl of milk when I got up. When I thanked him, he shook his head sadly.

Thursday, May 3. Herri came to my tent with a bowl of milk when I got up. When I thanked him, he shook his head sadly.

“This is all I have to offer,” he said. “It is not worthy of you. But you will forgive us for not being able to give you the hospitality that you should have.”

“This is all I can offer,” he said. “It’s not good enough for you. But I hope you’ll forgive us for not being able to give you the hospitality you deserve.”

I assured him that it is the spirit that counts in these matters and not the intrinsic value of the offering. The day was spent in preparations for the[232] start south, which I hoped would be made on the morrow.

I assured him that what matters is the spirit behind it, not the actual value of the gift. We spent the day getting ready for the[232] journey south, which I hoped we could begin tomorrow.

Friday, May 4. I made an arrangement with Herri to go with us to Erdi, as an additional guide. Mohammed had not been through this country for a number of years, and I felt that Herri should know it better.

Friday, May 4. I made plans with Herri to join us on our trip to Erdi as an extra guide. Mohammed hadn't been through this area in several years, and I thought Herri would be more familiar with it.

In the afternoon I went for a long walk and took photographs of the mountains. By this time all the Tebu and Goran settlements, which are scattered about the oasis wherever there is grazing for their beasts, had heard of our presence, and the people came to visit us. There were many guests for dinner, and it was a very gay camp. It was one of the pleasantest evenings of the trip.

In the afternoon, I went for a long walk and took pictures of the mountains. By then, all the Tebu and Goran settlements, which are spread throughout the oasis wherever there’s grazing for their animals, had heard about us, and the locals came to visit. We had many guests for dinner, and the camp was really lively. It turned out to be one of the most enjoyable evenings of the trip.

Before we leave Ouenat I must say something about Bukara, who is one of the most interesting people in the caravan and a romantic figure. He is tall, slim, and wiry, a typical Bedouin, always cheerful and with a song at his lips at those critical moments in the day, early in the morning or late at night, when the men are tired with the night march and need encouragement.

Before we leave Ouenat, I have to mention Bukara, who is one of the most fascinating people in the caravan and quite a romantic figure. He’s tall, slim, and wiry, a typical Bedouin, always cheerful and ready with a song during those tough times of the day, early in the morning or late at night, when the men are worn out from the night march and need some motivation.

I did not know that he smoked until one day, as I was saddling my horse, I caught him collecting the cigarette-ends from the spot where my tent had stood. After this I shared my cigarettes with him.[233] It was great fun to hand him a packet of the precious articles and see him break into a song and dance of joy.

I didn't know he smoked until one day, while I was saddling my horse, I saw him picking up the cigarette butts from where my tent had been. After that, I started sharing my cigarettes with him.[233] It was so much fun to hand him a pack of those valuable cigarettes and watch him burst into a happy song and dance.

MARKET AT UM BURU

Market at Um Buru

Bukara is one of the most traveled Bedouins that I have come across. He is only thirty-three, and yet he has traveled to Wadai, Borku, Bornu, and Darfur. He has seen days of good fortune in the past, but to-day he owns but one camel. He has thrown in his lot with my caravan, arranging with Bu Helega that he is to have a share of the money received for the latter’s camels when they are sold at the end of the journey.

Bukara is one of the most well-traveled Bedouins I've met. He's only thirty-three, yet he's been to Wadai, Borku, Bornu, and Darfur. He has experienced better times before, but today he owns just one camel. He’s joined my caravan, making an arrangement with Bu Helega to get a share of the money from the sale of the latter’s camels when we finish our journey.

He speaks most of the dialects of the black tribes and knows a great deal about them. He is also a wonderful mimic. One evening he put on the green cloth that formed a partition in my tent as a burnoos and, with Sad and Hamid bleating like sheep behind him, came to the camp pretending to be a Bedouin sheikh, bringing the two sheep as diafa. We were kept in roars of laughter, and suddenly Bukara flung away the green cloth and, snatching a spear from one of the Tebus, broke into a Tebu war-dance. A Tebu assisted him by beating a rhythm on one of the small empty fantasses. This droll exhibition was followed by a concert of Bedouin songs from Cyrenaica, Fezzan, and Tripoli.

He speaks most of the dialects of the black tribes and knows a lot about them. He’s also a fantastic mimic. One evening, he put on the green cloth that divided my tent as a burnoos and, with Sad and Hamid bleating like sheep behind him, came to the camp pretending to be a Bedouin sheikh, bringing the two sheep as diafa. We were all in fits of laughter, and suddenly Bukara threw off the green cloth and, grabbing a spear from one of the Tebus, started doing a Tebu war dance. A Tebu helped him by keeping a rhythm on one of the small empty fantasses. This funny display was followed by a concert of Bedouin songs from Cyrenaica, Fezzan, and Tripoli.

I have seen Bukara refuse to mount a camel to[234] ride when all the Bedouins have yielded to the temptation.

I have seen Bukara refuse to get on a camel to[234] ride when all the Bedouins have given in to the temptation.

“Why don’t you ride, Bukara?” I asked. “There are several unloaded camels.”

“Why don’t you ride, Bukara?” I asked. “There are several unloaded camels.”

“What would my washoon [wife] say if she heard that her Bukara had ridden between Arkenu and Ouenat?” he replied with scorn in his voice for the thought.

“What would my washoon [wife] say if she found out that her Bukara rode between Arkenu and Ouenat?” he answered with disdain in his voice at the idea.

He told me that on one occasion he had been intrusted with some fifty camels to take to Ouenat for grazing. He was alone and ran short of food.

He told me that one time he had been entrusted with about fifty camels to take to Ouenat for grazing. He was on his own and ran out of food.

“For twelve days I ate no meal, except the pips of colocynth, which upset my digestion,” he replied simply. “Then I reached Kufra. The men at Kufra who had sent me for the camels had forgotten to send me food. They had expected me at Kufra earlier.”

“For twelve days, I didn’t eat anything except the seeds of colocynth, which didn't sit well with my stomach,” he said plainly. “Then I arrived at Kufra. The guys at Kufra who were supposed to send me for the camels forgot to send me any food. They thought I'd get to Kufra sooner.”

“But why didn’t you slaughter a camel?” I inquired.

“But why didn’t you kill a camel?” I asked.

“Should I permit the men of Kufra to say that Bukara could not endure hunger and had killed a camel?” he retorted proudly.

“Should I let the people of Kufra say that Bukara couldn't handle hunger and had to kill a camel?” he replied proudly.

Bukara is very fond of his wife. When we reached Arkenu he said to me: “I am feeling better now, but I cried like a child when I said good-by to my washoon at Kufra. It is always like that when I begin my journeys. If the company is good I forget more quickly.”

Bukara really loves his wife. When we got to Arkenu, he said to me, “I’m feeling better now, but I cried like a baby when I said goodbye to my washoon at Kufra. It’s always like that when I start my journeys. If the company is good, I forget faster.”


[235]CHAPTER XVIII

NIGHT MARCHES TO ERDI

Night marches to Erdi

SUNDAY, May 6. We got away at 6:45 P.M. and made a good twelve hours’ trek of fifty-four kilometers. It was a thoroughly tiring performance, however, as the first night’s march was likely to be. The men had had no chance to sleep during the day, but on the contrary had been busier than usual. In spite of our weariness the loads had to be carefully watched and readjusted every now and then. At dawn most of the men dropped back for short naps.

SUNDAY, May 6. We set out at 6:45 P.M. and completed a solid twelve-hour journey of fifty-four kilometers. It was an exhausting experience, as the first night’s march usually is. The men hadn’t had a chance to rest during the day; in fact, they were busier than normal. Despite our fatigue, the loads needed to be monitored and adjusted regularly. By dawn, most of the men had fallen back to grab short naps.

One of the camels broke away and ran back toward Ouenat; Malkenni had to leave the caravan at midnight and go after it.

One of the camels broke loose and ran back toward Ouenat; Malkenni had to leave the caravan at midnight to chase after it.

There was moonlight the latter half of the night and a refreshing cool breeze at three in the morning. The camels grazed, as they went, on the grass which grew here because of the water coming down from the hills.

There was moonlight for the second half of the night and a refreshing cool breeze at three in the morning. The camels fed on the grass that grew here thanks to the water flowing down from the hills.

When we came to make camp one of our best girbas was found torn and half empty. It was a misfortune,[236] for we could not spare water on the trek that was before us. We had to go ten days before reaching a well. Malkenni and the runaway camel did not appear during the day.

When we set up camp, we discovered that one of our best girbas was torn and half empty. That was a setback,[236] since we couldn't afford to waste water on the journey ahead of us. We had to travel for ten days before we reached a well. Malkenni and the runaway camel didn't show up during the day.

My diary runs:

My diary says:

Monday, May 7. Cloudy all day. Strong northeast wind, which drops in afternoon. Highest temperature 38°. When traveling at night cannot take minimum temperature, which occurs about 2 or 3, as we are on the move at that time. Start at 6:30 P.M., halt at 11:30 P.M. Make 20 kilometers. Very soft sand, undulating, with dry sabat for grazing.

Monday, May 7. It was cloudy all day with a strong northeast wind that died down in the afternoon. The highest temperature reached 38°. When we travel at night, we can’t record the minimum temperature, which usually happens around 2 or 3, since we’re moving at that time. We started at 6:30 PM and stopped at 11:30 PM We covered 20 kilometers. The sand was very soft and uneven, with dry sabat available for grazing.

In the afternoon a Tebu arrived with a camel loaded with the luggage that had been on the runaway. He told us that Malkenni’s camel had thrown off its load and run back to the grazing ground at Ouenat, with Malkenni after him. At 11:30 we halted on very soft sand with patches of rock about and grazing ground near Garet Shezzu, to wait for the runaways. They appeared shortly after our arrival; but I decided not to go farther that night. The rest would do us all good.

In the afternoon, a Tebu showed up with a camel carrying the luggage that had been left behind during the escape. He informed us that Malkenni’s camel had lost its load and taken off back to the grazing area at Ouenat, with Malkenni chasing after it. At 11:30, we stopped on really soft sand with some rocky patches around and grazing land nearby at Garet Shezzu, to wait for the strays. They showed up shortly after we arrived, but I decided not to travel any further that night. Rest would benefit us all.

Tuesday, May 8. We started at 4:45 P.M. in an oppressive atmosphere under heavy clouds. Two hours later it rained a little, and the Bedouins, whose life depends on rain, instinctively shouted with joy and sang fervently to the camels.

Tuesday, May 8. We began at 4:45 P.M. in a stifling atmosphere beneath dark clouds. Two hours later, it drizzled a bit, and the Bedouins, whose lives rely on rain, instinctively cheered and sang passionately to the camels.

EXPLORER’S CAMP AT UM BURU

Explorer's Camp at Um Buru

[237]The ground was undulating, hard, and covered with stones and large gravel. We crossed some small gherds soon after starting, and then the country flattened out again, with softer sand. At 3:30 A.M. we entered a belt of high sand-dunes and crossed it in an hour and a half. After the dunes the ground became the old familiar serira again. Here I found bits of ostrich-shells.

[237]The ground was uneven, hard, and covered with stones and large gravel. We crossed some small gherds shortly after we began, and then the area flattened out again, with softer sand. At 3:30 AM we entered a stretch of high sand dunes and crossed it in an hour and a half. After the dunes, the ground became the familiar serira again. Here, I found pieces of ostrich shells.

Early in the day Arami, Malkenni’s brother, had taken a sack and gone to collect hatab. His name tells his story, for among the Tebus and Goran a man who has killed another is known frankly as Arami. He had said that he would meet us later on. We had no anxiety about him, especially as we were told that he knew the way well.

Early in the day, Arami, Malkenni’s brother, took a bag and went to collect hatab. His name tells his story, because among the Tebus and Goran, a man who has killed another is simply called Arami. He mentioned that he would meet us later. We weren't worried about him, especially since we were told he knew the way well.

But when we had been two hours on the road and it was growing dark we became anxious and halted to wait for him. We fired many shots to attract his attention and direct him to where we were. The men shouted his name as loud as they could, but all in vain. I turned to Malkenni and asked him what he intended to do.

But after we had been on the road for two hours and it was getting dark, we started to worry and stopped to wait for him. We fired several shots to get his attention and guide him to us. The men yelled his name as loudly as they could, but it was all for nothing. I turned to Malkenni and asked him what he planned to do.

“My brother is mad,” he said. “No one asked him to collect hatab. He left the camp without even having his breakfast. It may be that he has been called by God to his death. When the moon rises I shall leave my camel’s load and return to look for him.[238] If he is alive I shall bring him back with me; if he is dead I shall bury him and join you later.”

“My brother is crazy,” he said. “No one asked him to collect hatab. He left the camp without even having breakfast. Maybe God has called him to his death. When the moon rises, I’ll leave my camel’s load and go back to look for him.[238] If he’s alive, I’ll bring him back with me; if he’s dead, I’ll bury him and join you later.”

It was said quite simply and as though it were all a matter of course. The load was shifted from Malkenni’s camel to another, and he set out on the back track. Arami had already had many narrow escapes from death, and every one hoped that it might be so this time. But Mohammed was doubtful.

It was said matter-of-factly, as if it were just routine. The cargo was transferred from Malkenni’s camel to another, and he started on the way back. Arami had already had several close calls with death, and everyone hoped it would be the same this time. But Mohammed wasn’t so sure.

“God is merciful,” he said, “but I think Arami has walked to his fate.”

“God is merciful,” he said, “but I believe Arami has walked to his destiny.”

I was afraid he might be right. There was something strange about Arami from the first. I learned that on a trek once from Erdi to Ouenat his water-supply had run out and he had had a “bad thirst,” as the desert people call it. He had reached Ouenat half dead. Such an experience leaves its mark on a man, and it is likely to be long before he is himself again. I had noticed the queer, strained, vague look in his eyes and wondered about it. If he did not come back, the desert, in one of its moods of cruelty, would have claimed its own.

I was worried he might be right. There was something off about Arami from the start. I found out during a trip once from Erdi to Ouenat that he had run out of water and had suffered from what the desert people call a “bad thirst.” He arrived in Ouenat half dead. Experiences like that leave a mark on a person, and it’s likely to be a while before he’s truly himself again. I had noticed the strange, tense, distant look in his eyes and wondered about it. If he didn’t come back, the desert, in one of its cruel moods, would have claimed him.

In the desert upon the long, waterless treks, the men, from exhaustion, thirst, fatigue, sleeplessness, often lose their heads, and, as the Bedouins say, “walk to their fate”; which means that unless their comrades are on the lookout and keep them with the caravan they walk away into the desert disregarding even[239] the animal instinct of the camel to keep with the herd. In such a case, if the wanderer suddenly returns to his senses, he has to sit down where he finds himself and not move. It is understood that his comrades when they are aware of his absence will retrace the tracks of the caravan and then his own tracks upon the sand and so rescue him. I met a Bedouin at Kufra who had been lost for eighteen hours, cut off from the caravan. When he was rescued he was unconscious, suffering badly from thirst. “God was merciful,” he told me, “for I was just able to do my prayers and face God before what I thought was my inevitable death. But we live and die only by the decree of God,” he added with a smile.

In the desert during long, waterless journeys, the men, overwhelmed by exhaustion, thirst, fatigue, and lack of sleep, often lose their sanity. As the Bedouins say, they “walk to their fate,” which means that unless their friends are keeping an eye on them and ensure they stay with the caravan, they wander off into the desert, ignoring even[239] the camel's instinct to stay with the group. If a wanderer suddenly regains their senses, they need to sit down wherever they are and not move. It's understood that their friends, realizing they’re missing, will retrace the caravan’s path and then their own tracks in the sand to rescue them. I met a Bedouin at Kufra who had been lost for eighteen hours, separated from the caravan. When he was found, he was unconscious and suffering severely from thirst. “God was merciful,” he told me, “for I was just able to do my prayers and face God before what I thought was my inevitable death. But we live and die only by the decree of God,” he added with a smile.

Wednesday, May 9. Start 4:15 P.M., halt at 10:15 P.M. Make 24 kilometers. Highest temperature 37°. White clouds and very strong warm wind from the northeast, which continues all day and at night develops into a sand-storm. A few drops of rain fall at 7 P.M. The sand-storm lasts from 8 to 10. The ground is ordinary serira, with soft sand in places. There are no landmarks and no dry grass. We sight distant sand-dunes on our right in the early morning.

Wednesday, May 9. Start at 4:15 P.M., stop at 10:15 PM. Travel 24 kilometers. Highest temperature 37°. White clouds and a very strong warm wind from the northeast, which keeps blowing all day and turns into a sandstorm at night. A few drops of rain fall at 7 PM. The sandstorm lasts from 8 to 10. The ground is regular serira, with patches of soft sand. There are no landmarks and no dry grass. We see distant sand dunes on our right in the early morning.

We marched fourteen and a half hours last night, but we were not very tired. Breakfast and four hours’ sleep found us all refreshed again. Mohammed wanted us to make an early start, as there was a[240] difficult gherd ahead which could not be crossed in the dark. So 4:15 found us under way, with serira under our feet and a cool northeast wind behind us. Shortly after eight I felt the wind in my face. I was startled, for the wind does not usually shift so suddenly. Besides, the quality of the wind had not changed. This wind in our faces should be coming from the south, and yet it is not warm. There is something strange about it. I look above for the stars, but the sky is completely covered with dark clouds. I take out my compass and am startled to find that we were heading full northeast instead of southwest. Then it is clear to me that Mohammed has “lost his head,” as the Bedouins say, and is leading us in the diametrically opposite direction from the right one.

We marched for fourteen and a half hours last night, but we weren't that tired. Breakfast and four hours of sleep had us feeling refreshed again. Mohammed wanted us to get an early start since there was a[240] toughgherd ahead that couldn’t be crossed in the dark. So at 4:15, we were on our way, with serira under our feet and a cool northeast wind at our backs. Shortly after eight, I felt the wind hit my face. I was surprised because the wind doesn’t usually shift like that. Plus, the quality of the wind hadn’t changed. This wind hitting us should be coming from the south, but it’s not warm. There’s something odd about it. I look up for the stars, but the sky is completely covered in dark clouds. I pull out my compass and am shocked to see that we’re headed full northeast instead of southwest. Then it hits me that Mohammed has “lost his head,” as the Bedouins say, and is taking us in the exact opposite direction from where we need to be.

It was a serious moment and one that required tact and careful handling. It is dangerous to undermine a desert guide’s confidence. I got off my camel and, mounting my horse, galloped to where Mohammed is leading the caravan.

It was a serious moment that needed tact and careful handling. It’s risky to undermine a desert guide’s confidence. I got off my camel and, getting on my horse, galloped to where Mohammed was leading the caravan.

I realized as I went that the men of the caravan, most of whom were accustomed to this sort of country and this kind of weather, had also a feeling that we were going wrong. But it is the etiquette of the desert that no one may interfere with the guide in any way. The guide of a caravan is exactly like the[241] captain of a ship. He is absolute master of the caravan so far as direction is concerned, and must also be consulted as to the starting and halting times.

I noticed as we traveled that the men in the caravan, most of whom were used to this kind of terrain and weather, felt that we were heading in the wrong direction. But, in the desert, it's considered improper to question the guide. The guide of a caravan is just like the captain of a ship. He has complete control over the caravan regarding which way we go, and we also need to check with him about when to start and stop.

ZAGHAWA CHIEFS COMING OUT TO WELCOME THE PARTY AT UM BURU

Zaghawa chiefs coming out to welcome the group at Um Buru.

I had fortunately asked Mohammed before leaving Ouenat as to the direction we were to take and had set my compass to it. As I approach the guide I find him agitated and lacking his habitual cheerful smile and air of self-reliance. I show him the compass and suggest that we are going in the wrong direction. He says nothing but scans the sky anxiously for his favorite Jadi, but in vain, for Polaris is behind the clouds.

I had luckily asked Mohammed before leaving Ouenat which way we should go and had set my compass accordingly. As I approach the guide, I see he’s anxious and doesn't have his usual cheerful smile or confident demeanor. I show him the compass and suggest that we might be heading the wrong way. He doesn’t reply but anxiously looks at the sky for his favorite Jadi, but he can’t find it, as Polaris is hidden by the clouds.

At this moment the sand-storm, which had been rising, blew out his lantern. The caravan had caught up with us, and every one realized that we had lost our way. Men and camels were huddled together, with the gale and hurtling sand beating upon them. The wind made it impossible to hear one’s own voice, to say nothing of any other man’s.

At that moment, the sandstorm, which had been building up, extinguished his lantern. The caravan had caught up with us, and everyone understood that we had lost our way. People and camels were huddled together as the wind and flying sand pounded down on them. The wind was so loud that you couldn't even hear your own voice, let alone anyone else's.

Mohammed’s confidence had completely deserted him, and I could see its effect on the men’s faces. They were all traveled men of the desert, and they know what it meant to lose one’s way in a serira, where there are no landmarks.

Mohammed’s confidence had totally disappeared, and I could see its impact on the men’s faces. They were all experienced travelers of the desert, and they knew what it meant to lose one’s way in a serira, where there are no landmarks.

“We must camp until the sky clears,” is the chorus.

“We have to camp until the sky clears,” is the chorus.

But I know how fatal such a policy would be.[242] They would spend four or five hours brooding over their fate and growing more and more despondent and hopeless. There is no need for a halt, as my compass is a reliable one, and I have checked it many times with the directions pointed out by Mohammed.

But I know how disastrous such a policy would be.[242] They would spend four or five hours dwelling on their fate and becoming increasingly despondent and hopeless. There’s no need to stop, as my compass is trustworthy, and I’ve verified it many times with the directions given by Mohammed.

“This wind comes from the north,” I asserted quietly but with assurance during a lull in the storm, “as it has for the past few days. If it came from the south it would be hot. There is the Jadi, and this is our route.”

“This wind is coming from the north,” I said quietly but confidently during a break in the storm, “like it has for the past few days. If it were coming from the south, it would be warm. There's the Jadi, and this is our way.”

I pointed to where Polaris must be, unless the compass was all wrong, and then swung around and indicated the way that we should go.

I pointed to where Polaris should be, unless the compass was completely off, and then turned around and showed the direction we needed to take.

“Allah bless you,” replied Mohammed, pulling himself together. “What you say is true.”

“God bless you,” replied Mohammed, gathering his composure. “What you’re saying is true.”

Senussi Bu Hassan, who was our guide to Kufra, came close to me and in a loud voice confirmed the statement.

Senussi Bu Hassan, our guide to Kufra, came over to me and loudly confirmed the statement.

“Wallahi, you speak truth,” he said firmly. “I had thought of it but could not speak as I had no proof, since the Jadi hides himself behind the clouds.”

“Wallahi, you’re speaking the truth,” he said firmly. “I had thought about it but couldn’t say anything because I had no proof, since the Jadi hides behind the clouds.”

That was enough for us. We lighted the lantern with difficulty, and with Mohammed and Bu Hassan beside me I led the way.

That was all we needed. We struggled to light the lantern, and with Mohammed and Bu Hassan next to me, I took the lead.

“How are we going to march?” demands a voice from the darkness.

“How are we going to march?” a voice from the darkness demands.

“Let the wind fan the back of your black neck,[243] and you won’t go much wrong,” answers Bukara with a laugh.

“Let the wind cool the back of your neck,[243] and you won’t go far off track,” Bukara replies with a laugh.

A few hours later Mohammed grips my hand and, pointing to the sand-dunes ahead, ejaculates with deep feeling: “The gherds! Praise be to God! God is generous!” He is perfectly cheerful again.

A few hours later, Mohammed grabs my hand and, pointing to the sand dunes ahead, exclaims with deep emotion, “The gherds! Praise be to God! God is generous!” He is completely cheerful again.

The storm soon subsided completely, and we were among the sand-dunes. The sky was perfectly clear now, and even the most pessimistic of the men could have no more anxiety. But our little experience in this sand-storm demonstrated what a touch-and-go business desert trekking could be at times. It was only my compass that saved us from a very serious situation.

The storm quickly calmed down, and we found ourselves among the sand dunes. The sky was completely clear now, and even the most negative of the guys couldn't feel anxious anymore. But our short experience in this sandstorm showed how unpredictable desert trekking could be at times. It was only my compass that kept us from getting into a really serious situation.

Mohammed was doubtful of the wisdom of trying to cross the gherds in the darkness, and so we made our camp where we were.

Mohammed was unsure about the wisdom of trying to cross the gherds in the dark, so we set up our camp where we were.

Thursday, May 10. Start at 4:15 A.M., halt at 8:45 A.M., start again at 4:30 P.M., halt at 7 A.M. (of the 11th). Make 75 kilometers. Fine and clear. Strong cold wind in the early morning, moderating later. Highest temperature 38°. Sand-dunes, 2 kilometers in width, of very soft sand, dangerous in places. Then ordinary serira. At 5:30 P.M. country is interspersed with patches of black and white stone like that before reaching Kufra. At 3 A.M. of the 11th enter zone of dry grass on flat soft sands. At 4:30 A.M. pass belt of sand-dunes.

Thursday, May 10. Start at 4:15 AM, stop at 8:45 AM, start again at 4:30 P.M., stop at 7 A.M. (on the 11th). Cover 75 kilometers. It’s fine and clear. There’s a strong cold wind in the early morning, which calms down later. The highest temperature is 38°. The sand dunes, 2 kilometers wide, have very soft sand and can be dangerous in some places. Then there’s regular serira. At 5:30 P.M., the landscape has patches of black and white stones, similar to what we saw before reaching Kufra. At 3 AM on the 11th, we enter an area of dry grass on flat soft sands. At 4:30 A.M., we pass through a belt of sand dunes.

In the early morning we got under way to cross[244] the gherds and speedily realized how serious a mistake it would have been to tackle them in the darkness. They were very steep, and the sand was treacherously soft. The camels sank to their knees and had to be helped by the men. It took us three quarters of an hour to cross them. We halted at 9 A.M. very hungry, for we had not eaten since lunch the day before. We needed food more than sleep, since the few hours of rest during the night were quite refreshing.

In the early morning, we set off to cross[244] the gherds and quickly realized how serious it would have been to attempt that in the dark. They were very steep, and the sand was dangerously soft. The camels sank to their knees and needed help from the men. It took us about forty-five minutes to get across them. We stopped at 9 AM, feeling very hungry since we hadn't eaten since lunch the day before. We needed food more than sleep, as the few hours of rest we had during the night were quite refreshing.

It was still hot when we started again at 4:30 P.M., but a pleasant northeast breeze tempered the oppressiveness. Herri asked me for a few yards of white cloth to make a turban, because the heat of the sun was affecting his head. I was glad to give it to him. Among the Tebus and Goran only sheikhs wear white.

It was still hot when we started again at 4:30 P.M., but a nice northeast breeze made it more bearable. Herri asked me for a few yards of white cloth to make a turban since the sun was bothering his head. I was happy to give it to him. Among the Tebus and Goran, only sheikhs wear white.

I felt like walking that night and rode my camel less than usual. Since leaving Ouenat I had been walking six or seven hours a night, but that night I did nine. We made good progress until 3 A.M., when I suddenly felt or heard something rustle against my ankle-boot. I reached down and found grass. The desert had changed its aspect. The camels were hungry, for we set out from Ouenat with only two days’ food for them, trusting to the opportunities for grazing that we expected to find. So we let them[245] eat as they went along instead of driving them at their best pace.

I felt like taking a walk that night and rode my camel less than usual. Since leaving Ouenat, I had been walking six or seven hours each night, but that night I did nine. We made good progress until 3 AM, when I suddenly felt or heard something rustling against my ankle boot. I reached down and found grass. The desert had changed its appearance. The camels were hungry because we left Ouenat with only two days of food for them, expecting to find some grazing opportunities along the way. So we let them[245] eat as we traveled instead of driving them at their best pace.

A ZAGHAWA SHEIKH

A Zaghawa Chief

A ZAGHAWA WOMAN

A Zaghawa woman

That night’s march was tiring for everybody. We had arrears of sleep to make up, and keeping the camels going in grazing country was hard work. Mohammed and Herri both rode most of the way, with Hassan carrying the lantern. Just before dawn, however, Mohammed got down and relieved him. When we rounded up the camels for our morning prayers the men looked more weary than I had ever seen them.

That night’s march was exhausting for everyone. We had lost a lot of sleep to catch up on, and keeping the camels moving in the grazing area was tough. Mohammed and Herri both rode most of the way, while Hassan carried the lantern. Just before dawn, though, Mohammed got off and took over. When we gathered the camels for our morning prayers, the men looked more worn out than I had ever seen them.

Friday, May 11. Start at 4:45 P.M., halt at 3:15 A.M. (of the 12th). Make 42 kilometers. Clear and fine. No wind. Warm all day and night. Highest temperature 39°. Soft sand covered with dry tufts of grass like a field of ripe corn. At 12:45 A.M. pass an ordinary gherd. At 1 enter flat serira without grass. At 3:15 halt at sandstone hills, having missed our way.

Friday, May 11. Start at 4:45 P.M., stop at 3:15 Morning (on the 12th). Travel 42 kilometers. Clear and nice weather. No wind. Warm all day and night. Highest temperature is 39°. Soft sand covered with dry patches of grass, resembling a field of ripe corn. At 12:45 AM, pass by a typical gherd. At 1, enter a flat serira without grass. At 3:15, stop at sandstone hills after losing our way.

The day was spent in sleeping and eating, and at 4:45 P.M. we started with the intention of marching all night. But by ten everybody was tired and sleepy. Even Mohammed was riding his camel. In the next few hours he fell asleep at intervals and because of his fatigue did not look back to correct his direction by Polaris. When a guide neglects the Jadi he is far gone indeed. Senussi Bu Hassan and I felt certain that he was not taking the right course[246] but did not want to interfere with him again after the previous night.

The day was spent sleeping and eating, and at 4:45 P.M. we set out with plans to march all night. But by ten, everyone was tired and drowsy. Even Mohammed was on his camel. In the next few hours, he dozed off intermittently and, due to his exhaustion, didn’t check his direction using Polaris. When a guide ignores the Jadi, he’s in trouble. Senussi Bu Hassan and I were sure he wasn’t on the right path[246] but didn’t want to disturb him again after last night.

At 3:15 A.M. we came to a ridge of hills, and Mohammed stopped dead. Until now I had been walking behind the caravan and checking from time to time the bearing on which we were going. We had been walking since ten o’clock more to the southward than before. When the caravan halted I rode forward to Mohammed and asked why we were stopping.

At 3:15 AM, we reached a ridge of hills, and Mohammed suddenly stopped. Until then, I had been walking behind the caravan, occasionally checking our direction. We had been heading more south since ten o’clock. When the caravan stopped, I rode up to Mohammed and asked why we were halting.

“This opening in the hills,” he says, pointing in front of him. “I do not recognize it, and I do not know what kind of ground follows it.” Whatever his faults he is perfectly frank.

“This opening in the hills,” he says, pointing ahead. “I don’t recognize it, and I have no idea what kind of land comes next.” Whatever his flaws, he is completely honest.

I did not want to arouse any feeling of anxiety in the men, and so I said casually: “Let us camp until daybreak. We are all tired to-night.” I have hardly spoken the words when the camels are barrakked and their loads are on the ground. I have never seen men fall so quickly to sleep. Each one wraps himself swiftly in his jerd and takes shelter from the cold northeast wind behind a piece of luggage.

I didn't want to make the guys anxious, so I said casually, "Let's camp until morning. We're all tired tonight." I had barely finished speaking when the camels were unloaded and their packs were on the ground. I've never seen anyone fall asleep so quickly. Each person quickly wraps themselves in their blanket and hides from the cold northeast wind behind a piece of luggage.

Mohammed goes up the ridge to look about him, and I follow.

Mohammed climbs up the ridge to check out the surroundings, and I follow him.

“I think you have been following the Jadi too much,” I suggest, meaning that he had been going too directly south. I do not intimate that he has been asleep on his camel. I do not want to shake[247] his self-confidence and have him become demoralized.

“I think you’ve been following the Jadi a bit too closely,” I say, implying that he had been heading too far south. I’m not suggesting that he’s been dozing off on his camel. I don’t want to undermine his self-confidence and risk him feeling discouraged.

“Allah bless you,” he murmurs, scanning the horizon anxiously. “I must have done so, for we should not have reached hills so early. I counted on getting to them at dawn. But in the morning God will bring solace.”

“God bless you,” he whispers, looking at the horizon nervously. “I must have done something right, because we shouldn’t have reached the hills this early. I expected to get there at dawn. But in the morning, God will bring comfort.”

I am somewhat troubled as I leave him, and lie awake a few minutes hoping that we have not gone far from our proper path. But I am too tired to worry long and go quickly to sleep.

I feel a bit uneasy as I leave him and lie awake for a few minutes, hoping we haven't strayed too far from the right path. But I'm too exhausted to worry for long and quickly fall asleep.

Saturday, May 12. At 4:30 A.M. Mohammed’s voice is heard. “To prayers, O ye Moslems!” We quickly get up and are under way in an hour. Mohammed puts himself at the head of the caravan, and I join him. He is still troubled, but as we round a corner of the hills he sighs with relief.

Saturday, May 12. At 4:30 AM Mohammed’s voice echoes, “Time for prayers, O Muslims!” We quickly get up and are on the road within an hour. Mohammed takes the lead of the caravan, and I join him. He is still feeling anxious, but as we turn a corner in the hills, he breathes a sigh of relief.

“Allah be praised. There lies our way.”

“God be praised. There is our path.”

He points to the northwest corner of the chain of hills, and we make for it. We reach it at 9:45 A.M. and pitch camp. The camels are sent a kilometer or two into the hills to graze. Men and camels are in bad shape, and water is getting scarce.

He points to the northwest corner of the range of hills, and we head towards it. We arrive there at 9:45 Morning. and set up camp. The camels are sent a kilometer or two into the hills to graze. Both the men and camels are struggling, and water is becoming scarce.

In the afternoon Mohammed and Herri go ahead into the hills to make a track in the sand with a tent-pole for us to follow. At 5 P.M. we follow them into the sand-dunes and thence into the hills. The[248] gherds are fortunately not many, though they are steep enough. But it is the hilly country beyond them that takes it out of us. Our feet keep bumping into stones in the dark, and Bedouin shoes are little protection against such painful encounters. The collisions are particularly numerous and correspondingly trying in the early morning hours when we are terribly sleepy and walk with eyes half shut.

In the afternoon, Mohammed and Herri head into the hills to create a trail in the sand with a tent pole for us to follow. At 5 PM, we follow them into the sand dunes and then into the hills. The [248] gherds are fortunately few, although they are steep enough. However, it’s the hilly terrain beyond that really wears us out. Our feet keep hitting stones in the dark, and Bedouin shoes offer little protection against these painful encounters. The collisions are especially frequent and frustrating in the early morning hours when we’re incredibly sleepy and walking with our eyes half-closed.

On previous nights I have tried the experiment of suddenly firing two or three shots from my rifle to rouse the men to life, and with good results. Each time they have responded with a loud cheer and mended their pace forthwith. But to-night the scheme fails. About three in the morning, the most deadly hour of all, I “empty gunpowder,” but not a voice responds.

On previous nights, I’ve tried shooting off two or three rounds from my rifle to wake the men up, and it worked well. Each time, they responded with loud cheers and picked up their pace immediately. But tonight, that plan fails. Around three in the morning, the deadliest hour, I “empty gunpowder,” but not a single voice answers.

There is one small compensation, however, in the midst of this dead expanse of fatigue and depression. The crescent moon rises in the early morning, a curved silver thread with a brilliant star above it, an exquisite piece of celestial jewelry. I fix my eyes on their beauty and forget for a moment the bruises that my poor feet are getting.

There is one small perk, though, in the middle of this endless fatigue and sadness. The crescent moon rises in the early morning, a curved silver thread with a bright star above it, a beautiful piece of celestial jewelry. I focus on their beauty and momentarily forget the pain in my poor feet.

When, a little later, we reach a patch of dry grass, we are all ready to let the camels graze for a while and to give our tired bodies a brief respite. At dawn we halt again for morning prayers. We have[249] barely risen from our knees when most of the men wrap themselves in their jerds and fall on the beautiful red sand like white stones. The caravan goes limping on, and the sleepers join us presently, I hope a little refreshed.

When we get to a patch of dry grass a little later, we're all ready to let the camels graze for a bit and give our tired bodies a short break. At dawn, we stop again for morning prayers. We’ve[249] barely gotten up from our knees when most of the men wrap themselves in their jerds and collapse onto the beautiful red sand like white stones. The caravan continues on slowly, and the sleepers catch up with us soon, hopefully a little refreshed.

My limbs ache this morning and cannot be made comfortable. I try every possible position on my camel and every possible pace and stride in walking, but none of them are of any avail. My eyelids too seem weighted with lead.

My limbs ache this morning and I can't find any comfortable position. I try every possible way to sit on my camel and every possible pace and stride while walking, but nothing helps. My eyelids also feel heavy, as if they're made of lead.

At six we have the good fortune to come across a few patches of green grass and make camp, having marched for thirteen tormented hours. Eyes are bloodshot, and bodies are protesting in every muscle and sinew. In a half-hour it is a dead camp.

At six, we are lucky to find some patches of green grass and set up camp after marching for thirteen exhausting hours. Our eyes are red, and every muscle and sinew in our bodies is complaining. In half an hour, the camp is completely silent.

Sunday, May 13. We were up at 10 A.M. for breakfast. The men went to sleep again, but I could not. We started again at 5:15 P.M., and this evening things were worse than ever. The country had become more undulating and broken, and both camels and men found the going disastrously painful. Camels were continually being left behind as we wound about among the dunes and little hills of rock. They found bits of grass and fell to grazing. It was very difficult to see them against the red sand spotted with patches of dark stone.

Sunday, May 13. We woke up at 10 AM for breakfast. The men went back to sleep, but I couldn't. We started again at 5:15 P.M., and this evening things were worse than ever. The terrain had become more uneven and rugged, making it painfully difficult for both the camels and the men. Camels were constantly being left behind as we navigated through the dunes and small rocky hills. They found some grass and started grazing. It was really hard to spot them against the red sand with patches of dark stone.

The singing stopped early that night, the surest[250] sign that the men were dead tired. Zerwali told me that Mohammed had come to him to say that we had better camp early and not try to march too long to-night. The going was so difficult and we changed directions so often to go around the elevated points and stone outcroppings that there was danger of our losing our way. But Zerwali, knowing how averse I am to any delay, had told the guide that I wanted to make a night’s march of it.

The singing stopped early that night, the clearest[250] sign that the men were exhausted. Zerwali told me that Mohammed had come to him to suggest we should set up camp early and not try to march for too long tonight. The terrain was so challenging, and we kept changing directions to go around the high points and rocky outcrops that we risked losing our way. But Zerwali, knowing how much I dislike any delays, had told the guide that I wanted to push on for a nighttime march.

At last the walking was so hard and camels were so continually left behind that I felt there was no use in going farther. If I had needed any more proof that the men were spent it would have been supplied by the fact that Hassan, the Wajangi, ordinarily a sturdy walker, had taken to a camel early in the evening and had not come off it.

At last, the walking was so difficult, and the camels were continually being left behind that I felt there was no point in going any further. If I needed any more proof that the men were exhausted, it was shown by the fact that Hassan, the Wajangi, who usually was a strong walker, had gotten on a camel early in the evening and hadn’t come off it since.

We camped at 11:30 P.M. I wrapped myself in my jerd and told the men not to bother about making a shelter for me. I am sure I did not move from the first position I dropped into until five. I got up with a stiff back and aching legs.

We set up camp at 11:30 PM I wrapped myself in my jerd and told the guys not to worry about building a shelter for me. I'm pretty sure I didn't move from the spot I dropped into until five. I got up with a stiff back and sore legs.

The morning air was serene and refreshing, and the sight of the men busy and eager to go ahead made me forget my physical discomforts. In spite of the new spirit of cheerfulness which the morning brought, however, things were not too encouraging for us. The country was nearly as bad for trekking as it[251] could be. The men seemed to be losing confidence in Mohammed and Herri. The camels were in bad condition, and our water was very low.

The morning air was calm and refreshing, and seeing the men busy and eager to move forward made me forget my physical discomforts. Despite the new sense of cheerfulness the morning brought, things weren't very promising for us. The terrain was almost as rough for hiking as it could be. The men seemed to be losing faith in Mohammed and Herri. The camels were in poor shape, and our water supply was running low.

Monday, May 14. Start at 6 A.M., halt at 9 A.M., start again at 5:30 P.M., halt at 10 P.M. Make 30 kilometers. Fair and clear. Cool northeast breeze at 7 A.M., which drops at midday. Calm evening and night. Highest temperature 32°. Soft sand covered with grass, both green and dry. Shortly after start in afternoon country changes into undulating ground with valleys full of green grass and dry nisha. This is one of the signs that we are approaching Erdi. At 6:30 P.M. hilly again for about 4 kilometers, and then we pass a big valley with grazing and trees.

Monday, May 14. Start at 6 Morning., stop at 9 AM, start again at 5:30 P.M., stop at 10 P.M.. Cover 30 kilometers. It's fair and clear. There’s a cool northeast breeze at 7 AM, which dies down by midday. Calm evening and night. The highest temperature is 32°. The soft sand is covered with both green and dry grass. Shortly after starting in the afternoon, the landscape changes to rolling hills with valleys filled with green grass and dry nisha. This is one of the signs that we are getting closer to Erdi. At 6:30 PM, it’s hilly again for about 4 kilometers, and then we pass through a large valley with grazing land and trees.

As we started again in the morning I intended to go forward for four or five hours, but it speedily got too hot, and we camped at nine. The four hours’ rest had its good effect, and no one went to sleep until we had had breakfast.

As we set off again in the morning, I planned to travel for four or five hours, but it quickly became too hot, so we camped at nine. The four-hour break was beneficial, and nobody went to sleep until after we'd had breakfast.

In the afternoon Mohammed and Herri went ahead again to mark the way, as there was even more difficult going before us.

In the afternoon, Mohammed and Herri moved ahead again to mark the way, since there was even tougher terrain ahead of us.

The caravan got under way at 5:30 P.M. Our water had become scarce and bad, and the camels looked weak and exhausted. We were anxious to reach Erdi as soon as possible. Shortly after the start Bukara and Arami—not the one who went[252] away into the desert and disappeared, but another who had also killed his man—found the track of a big warran or lizard, and we followed it to its hole. A little sport was a pleasant relief. We dug into the hole, but the lizard was not at home. We traced its track to a pile of rocks and after twenty minutes of excavation caught the creature.

The caravan set off at 5:30 P.M. Our water had run low and was unhealthy, and the camels were looking weak and tired. We were eager to reach Erdi as quickly as we could. Shortly after we began, Bukara and Arami—not the one who[252] wandered off into the desert and vanished, but another who had also killed his man—found the trail of a large warran or lizard, and we followed it to its burrow. A little hunting was a nice break. We dug into the hole, but the lizard wasn’t home. We tracked its trail to a pile of rocks and after twenty minutes of digging, we caught the creature.

The Bedouins and blacks use the fat of the warran as medicine for rheumatism and say that if one carries its head about with him he is safe against black magic. Its skin hung in a house is reputed to keep snakes at a distance. The warran does not bite, but it has a tail like a whip with which it can do damage. Arami skinned the creature for me.

The Bedouins and black people use the fat of the warran as a remedy for rheumatism and claim that carrying its head protects against black magic. If the skin is hung in a house, it’s said to keep snakes away. The warran doesn’t bite, but it has a whip-like tail that can cause injury. Arami skinned the creature for me.

We followed the track made by our guides but lost it many times in the dark and wasted time finding it again. At last it began to wabble about, and I realized that Mohammed was by no means certain of his direction. I ordered the men to camp and fired shots into the air. Shortly we were joined by Mohammed and Herri, who were relieved that I had decided to halt. The guide told me that he could not be sure of his road in this country in the darkness, but that he knew we were not far from the well.

We followed the path laid out by our guides but lost it several times in the dark, wasting time trying to find it again. Eventually, it started to zigzag, and I realized that Mohammed wasn't sure of his direction at all. I told the men to set up camp and fired some shots into the air. Soon, Mohammed and Herri joined us, relieved that I had chosen to stop. The guide told me he couldn't be sure of his way in this country at night, but he thought we were close to the well.

For the first time since leaving Ouenat we had five solid hours of undisturbed sleep. Before going to bed I talked to Arami about Erdi and its wells.

For the first time since leaving Ouenat, we finally had five uninterrupted hours of sleep. Before hitting the hay, I chatted with Arami about Erdi and its wells.

A BELLE OF THE ZAGHAWA TRIBE

A BEAUTY OF THE ZAGHAWA TRIBE

With silver rings in her hair and ivory and silver bangles

With silver rings in her hair and ivory and silver bangles

ZAGHAWA GIRL

Zaghawa Girl

Note the thatched roof on the building in the foreground

Note the thatched roof on the building in the foreground.

[253]“Mohammed is a good guide by daylight,” he said, “but he is old, and at night he does not see much. Besides, he has not been to this country for several years. We should have camped at the first well this evening, but we have missed it. But God knows best.” I told him to say nothing of this to the men, lest they should grow more panicky and blame Mohammed.

[253]“Mohammed is a good guide during the day,” he said, “but he’s old, and he doesn’t see well at night. Plus, he hasn’t been to this area in years. We should have set up camp at the first well this evening, but we've missed it. But only God knows best.” I told him not to mention this to the men, so they wouldn’t get more anxious and blame Mohammed.

I prepared my sleeping-bag and sat down to think. This was the most discouraging moment of the journey. The men had lost confidence and had suffered much from the heat; the camels were dead beat, largely from the same cause; the guide was not sure of the way; and the water was scarce and bad. Any one of these circumstances would have been enough to make one anxious, but all together made a devastating assault upon one’s nerve.

I got my sleeping bag ready and sat down to think. This was the most discouraging moment of the journey. The men had lost their confidence and were really struggling with the heat; the camels were exhausted, mostly for the same reason; the guide wasn't sure of the route; and the water was limited and bad. Any one of these factors would have been enough to cause worry, but all of them together were a serious blow to one’s nerves.

As I reviewed the difficulties and dangers of the trip thus far, there flashed through my mind the thought that neither the mad Arami nor his brother Malkenni, who went to find him, had been seen again. I found myself wondering whether Fate intended to rob me of what I had been able to achieve. If Fate is malicious, this was an opportune moment to strike. If I had missed Arkenu and Ouenat, it would not have been so hard. But now that I had made my modest achievement, I felt I should like to get back[254] home with it. But—God knows best. I wondered if it would be a sleepless night. But the magic of the desert again came into play, and I was surprised to find my eyelids growing heavier. The sleep that came was sweet.

As I thought about the challenges and dangers of the trip so far, it struck me that neither the crazy Arami nor his brother Malkenni, who went to look for him, had been seen again. I started to worry if Fate was trying to take away what I had managed to achieve. If Fate is cruel, this was the perfect time to hit. Missing Arkenu and Ouenat wouldn’t have been as tough. But now that I had made my small accomplishment, I really wanted to get back[254] home with it. But—God knows best. I wondered if it would be a restless night. Yet the magic of the desert worked again, and I was surprised to feel my eyelids getting heavier. The sleep that followed was blissful.

Tuesday, May 15. We were up at four. Still uncertain where we were, Herri, Mohammed, and I went forward to make a reconnaissance, when suddenly the red hills of Erdi leaped into view. I satisfied myself by a good look through my binocular that we were not mistaken, and an hour later we started toward them. Before we started there was a discussion as to whether we should camp on the hills above the valley in which the well lies or go down into it. The descent would be hard on the camels, but nevertheless we decided to make it and camp on the floor of the wadi. In case of an attack by marauders we should at least have possession of the water-supply.

Tuesday, May 15. We got up at four. Still unsure of where we were, Herri, Mohammed, and I moved ahead to scout the area when suddenly the red hills of Erdi came into view. I confirmed our location with a good look through my binoculars and an hour later we headed toward them. Before we set off, there was a debate about whether to camp on the hills above the valley where the well is located or to go down into it. The descent would be tough on the camels, but we decided to proceed and camp on the floor of the wadi. In case of an attack by bandits, we wanted to at least secure the water supply.

We had been steadily climbing through rough defiles between cliffs of red rock, and suddenly we came out on the top of a high cliff with the pleasant wadi of Erdi lying stretched out below us. It is a narrow valley, about ten kilometers long by not more than one hundred meters wide, surrounded by sheer cliffs of red rock. Trees and green grass, after the monotonous serira and the bare, unfriendly rocks[255] that we have been traversing since Ouenat, suggest all the traditional connotations of the phrase “an oasis in the desert.” As we approached the well, Mohammed and Herri went forward again to reconnoiter the ground. The blacks are always cautious when they come to a well. They do not approach it directly but send a man or two ahead to make sure that if any one is already there he is not a stranger or at least not an enemy. So the two guides will not only mark out the path we are to follow but will discover if we need be on our guard when approaching a well.

We had been steadily climbing through rough paths between cliffs of red rock, and suddenly we emerged on top of a high cliff overlooking the pleasant wadi of Erdi stretched out below us. It is a narrow valley, about ten kilometers long and no more than one hundred meters wide, surrounded by steep cliffs of red rock. Trees and green grass, after the monotonous serira and the bare, unwelcoming rocks[255] we had been crossing since Ouenat, evoke all the classic ideas of an “oasis in the desert.” As we got closer to the well, Mohammed and Herri moved ahead again to scout the area. The locals are always careful when approaching a well. They never go directly to it but send one or two people ahead to ensure that if anyone is already there, they are not a stranger or at least not an enemy. So the two guides will not only mark the path we should take but will also find out if we need to be cautious when approaching a well.

We picked our way laboriously down the rough path into the valley and pitched camp at its northern end. The well lies at the extreme south, and there is no way of getting to it safely from above—without great risk to the camels—except where we came down.

We carefully made our way down the rocky path into the valley and set up camp at the northern end. The well is located at the far southern end, and the only safe way to reach it from above—without putting the camels at great risk—is the route we took down.

A huge meal of rice and freshly baked bread, combined with our pleasant surroundings, made us all as cheerful as a wedding party. My anxious thoughts of the previous night seemed now like an absurd nightmare, and yet there was plenty of truth in them. There is often in the desert only a hair’s-breadth between safety and comfort and disaster.

A huge meal of rice and freshly baked bread, along with our nice surroundings, made us all as cheerful as a wedding party. My anxious thoughts from the previous night felt like a silly nightmare now, but there was definitely some truth to them. In the desert, there’s often just a hair’s-breadth between safety and comfort and disaster.

After three glasses of stimulating tea, over which we all lingered luxuriously, the men went off to the[256] well to water the camels and to bring back water for the camp. When they returned, a shave, a bath, and clean clothes restored all my self-respect and confidence, and life seemed very good again.

After three cups of refreshing tea, which we all enjoyed for a while, the men went to the[256] well to water the camels and bring back water for the camp. When they came back, a shave, a bath, and clean clothes brought back my self-respect and confidence, and life felt great again.

At five in the afternoon I climbed the wall of the valley with the theodolite and took observations. Zerwali went with Senussi Bu Hassan and Arami on a hunt for waddan, the mountain sheep, but they came back unsuccessful. I asked Arami if it were the fault of the sportsmen. “Wallahi [by God], no, they shoot straight, but God was merciful to the waddan.”

At five in the afternoon, I climbed the valley wall with the theodolite to take some measurements. Zerwali went hunting for waddan, the mountain sheep, with Senussi Bu Hassan and Arami, but they returned empty-handed. I asked Arami if it was the hunters' fault. “Wallahi [by God], no, they aim well, but God had mercy on the waddan.”

Night fell on a camp of rested camels and cheerful, singing men. I felt I should have none but pleasant dreams to-night.

Night settled over a camp of well-rested camels and happy, singing men. I thought I would have nothing but pleasant dreams tonight.

WELL ON THE FRONTIER OF DARFUR

WELL ON THE FRONTIER OF DARFUR


[257]CHAPTER XIX

ENTERING THE SUDAN

Entering Sudan

I GOT up early in order to open the film-box and refill the cameras while it was still cool. At seven, with Mohammed and Hamad, I set out to visit the well. The valley of Erdi is what is known as a karkur, a long narrow depression in the hills which winds like a snake. It runs to the southward for seven or eight kilometers ending in a cul-de-sac where the well lies in a shadowy hollow under the rocks. The pool is semicircular in shape, half a dozen meters long and half as broad. The well is like those at Ouenat, although I suspect that in addition to the rain-water it may possibly be fed by a spring. The approach to it is a rocky and somewhat dangerous climb. The night before one of the camels bringing water slipped and hurt itself rather badly.

I got up early to open the film box and refill the cameras while it was still cool. At seven, I set out with Mohammed and Hamad to visit the well. The valley of Erdi is known as a karkur, a long, narrow dip in the hills that winds like a snake. It stretches south for about seven or eight kilometers, ending in a cul-de-sac where the well sits in a shadowy hollow under the rocks. The pool is semicircular, about six meters long and three meters wide. The well is similar to those at Ouenat, although I suspect that besides rainwater, it might also be fed by a spring. The path to it is rocky and a bit dangerous to climb. The night before, one of the camels carrying water slipped and injured itself pretty badly.

We climbed up to the ain, had a rest and tea, and rode home under a hot sun. The valley is beautiful,[258] with its sheer walls of red rock, and the green grass and trees scattered about below them. Mohammed told me that it is the most difficult valley in this region to enter and therefore the easiest to defend.

We climbed up to the ain, took a break for some tea, and rode home under the blazing sun. The valley is stunning,[258] with its steep red rock walls and patches of green grass and trees scattered below. Mohammed told me that it's the toughest valley to enter in this area and, as a result, the easiest to defend.

In the late afternoon I climbed the valley wall to watch the fine sunset and the play of the light on the red sand and the rose-colored rocks. The men shaved their heads, trimmed their beards, and washed and mended their clothes, which were becoming very tattered.

In the late afternoon, I climbed up the valley wall to enjoy the beautiful sunset and the way the light danced on the red sand and the pink rocks. The men shaved their heads, trimmed their beards, and cleaned and repaired their clothes, which were getting quite worn out.

The grazing here just saved our camels, and it was wise to take this day for rest and recuperation. Mohammed and Herri told me that from now on it would not be practicable to travel at night. The country was too hilly to be safe to traverse in the darkness. All the Bedouins gave Mohammed credit for the way he led the camels over the steep rocks to the valley yesterday.

The grazing here really helped our camels, and it was smart to take a day for rest and recovery. Mohammed and Herri told me that from now on, it wouldn’t be practical to travel at night. The landscape was too hilly to navigate safely in the dark. All the Bedouins admired Mohammed for how he guided the camels over the steep rocks into the valley yesterday.

In the evening the dog had a fit of barking, and we suspected that some one was near. We quickly put out the fires, gathered the camels together, made ready the rifles, and put sentries out around the camp; but it was a false alarm.

In the evening, the dog suddenly started barking, and we thought someone might be nearby. We quickly extinguished the fires, rounded up the camels, got the rifles ready, and set up sentries around the camp; but it turned out to be a false alarm.

These precautions, like those we take when approaching a well, seem absurd when it is all over and nothing has happened. But in unknown country like this the caravan that did not take them would be[259] very foolish. An attack by hostile tribesmen or outlaws is far from an improbability.

These precautions, like the ones we take when approaching a well, seem ridiculous once everything's over and nothing happened. But in an unfamiliar place like this, a caravan that ignores them would be[259] very foolish. An attack by hostile tribesmen or outlaws is far from unlikely.

Thursday, May 17. We were up at four and under way at 5:30. The climb out of the valley was as difficult as the descent, and one camel fell, but fortunately without serious results. As we reached the edge of the wadi and looked back I realized the difference between the valleys in these hills and those at Arkenu and Ouenat. There the floor of a valley is on the same level as the plain outside, and one goes into it by a pass as through a gateway. In the region we were now in, the valleys are depressed below the general level of the country, and one drops down into them by winding, rocky paths.

Thursday, May 17. We got up at four and were on the move by 5:30. Climbing out of the valley was just as tough as going down, and one camel fell, but luckily without any serious injuries. As we reached the edge of the wadi and looked back, I noticed the difference between the valleys in these hills and those at Arkenu and Ouenat. There, the valley floor is level with the surrounding plain, and you enter it through a pass like a gateway. In the area we were in now, the valleys are lower than the general landscape, and you descend into them via winding, rocky paths.

In an hour we were out of the wadi and turned to the southeast. We were in a mountainous country of black and red rocks, and it was clear that we could not travel over such terrain in the dark. At 9:30 we descended into a large valley by a steep path, on which two camels stumbled and threw off their loads. One, carrying water, very nearly broke its neck; but the presence of mind of Abdullahi, who drew a knife and cut the girths, saved the situation. The wooden stopper of one of the fantasses came out, and the water was three-quarters spilled. Fortunately the next well was only three days ahead, and we had an ample supply for even a longer trek. Such[260] an occurrence as this would have been a disaster if we had been in a daffa, as a long waterless trek between wells is called.

In an hour, we were out of the wadi and headed southeast. We found ourselves in a mountainous area with black and red rocks, and it was obvious that traveling over such terrain in the dark wouldn’t work. At 9:30, we went down into a large valley via a steep path, where two camels stumbled and dropped their loads. One camel, which was carrying water, almost broke its neck, but Abdullahi acted quickly; he pulled out a knife and cut the girths, saving the day. The wooden stopper on one of the fantasses popped out, and three-quarters of the water spilled. Luckily, the next well was only three days away, and we had plenty of water for an even longer journey. Such[260] an incident would have been a disaster if we had been on a daffa, which is what you call a long trek without water between wells.

On this morning a serious situation arose suddenly which might have had fatal results had it not been for two pieces of luck. Ahmed, the cook who came with me from Egypt, was riding a camel without a bridle. He had asked Hamid, the camelman of Bu Helega, to provide a bridle; but the other, being wise in the ways of camels, knew better than to do so. It is important that the camels be able to graze at will. They are more in need of food than of guidance.

On that morning, a serious situation suddenly came up that could have had deadly consequences if it weren't for two strokes of luck. Ahmed, the cook who traveled with me from Egypt, was riding a camel without a bridle. He had asked Hamid, the camelman from Bu Helega, to give him a bridle, but Hamid, being knowledgeable about camels, knew better than to do that. It's crucial for camels to graze freely. They need food more than guidance.

Ahmed’s camel, spying a fine tuft of grass, went directly to it. On the way he passed under a tree set thickly with thorns. The rider could not escape the sharp projections, and his face was badly torn. Annoyed by the pain, Ahmed proceeded to curse the camel and the owner of the camels. Hamid instantly retaliated by cursing him and telling him not to curse the noble owner of the animals. I happened to be near, and in my heart I praised the camelman for his loyalty to Bu Helega, his master.

Ahmed’s camel, spotting a nice patch of grass, headed straight for it. On the way, it brushed against a thorny tree. The rider couldn't avoid the sharp thorns, and his face got badly scratched. Frustrated by the pain, Ahmed started cursing the camel and its owner. Hamid immediately shot back with a curse of his own, telling him not to insult the noble owner of the animals. I happened to be nearby and silently admired the camelman for his loyalty to Bu Helega, his master.

Ahmed came quickly off the camel, his face streaked with blood, and went hotly at Hamid. Senussi Bu Hassan, the other Hamid, and Sad, the Aujili, rushed to take the side of their brother Bedouin.[261] Abdullahi ranged himself beside Ahmed, two Egyptians shoulder to shoulder.

Ahmed quickly dismounted from the camel, his face smeared with blood, and charged at Hamid. Senussi Bu Hassan, the other Hamid, and Sad, the Aujili, hurried to support their fellow Bedouin.[261] Abdullahi stood next to Ahmed, two Egyptians standing shoulder to shoulder.

A WATER-CARRIER IN THE DESERT

A Water Carrier in the Desert

A WOMAN OF THE FALLATA TRIBE

A WOMAN OF THE FALLATA TRIBE

I had had experience of such quarrels before, and I quickly looked to see where the rifles were. It was with deep relief that I saw them safely fastened on the camels’ backs. The men had only sticks to fight with, but, even so, prompt action was necessary before the trouble became more acute.

I had experienced such arguments before, and I quickly checked to see where the rifles were. I was deeply relieved to see them securely fastened on the camels’ backs. The men only had sticks to fight with, but even so, quick action was needed before the situation escalated.

I galloped my horse among the men and pushed him between the two groups of combatants, brusquely ordering Ahmed and Abdullahi to stand back. It was a most difficult moment, with one side my own men and the other the men of my caravan.

I rode my horse through the crowd and squeezed him between the two groups of fighters, sharply telling Ahmed and Abdullahi to step back. It was a really tough moment, with one side being my own men and the other the members of my caravan.

Senussi Bu Hassan and Hamid looked back, and for the flicker of a second I saw their eyes rest on the slung rifles. One word of encouragement from me to the other party would have meant disaster, for the Bedouins outnumbered us. On the other hand, it was not the time, even if my own men were in the wrong, to humiliate them before the Bedouins.

Senussi Bu Hassan and Hamid glanced back, and for just a moment I saw them look at the rifles hanging by their sides. Any word of support from me to the other group would have spelled disaster, as the Bedouins outnumbered us. On the other hand, it wasn’t the right time, even if my own men were at fault, to embarrass them in front of the Bedouins.

“What do you mean by behaving like children?” I demanded impartially of the men on both sides. “Men like you ought to be ashamed.”

“What do you mean by acting like children?” I asked fairly to the men on both sides. “Men like you should be embarrassed.”

Hamid started to speak. “He insulted me.”

Hamid began to speak. “He disrespected me.”

Ahmed interrupted him. “He attacked me as I came off my camel.”

Ahmed cut him off. “He jumped me as I got off my camel.”

“I don’t care who insulted whom or who attacked[262] whom,” I declared sharply. “You are all my men, and it is a shame to have you behave like a batch of children.”

“I don’t care who insulted whom or who attacked[262] whom,” I said sharply. “You’re all my team, and it’s embarrassing to see you act like a bunch of kids.”

Just then Zerwali came up. I turned to Abdullahi and then to Senussi Bu Hassan. “And you older men, instead of bringing peace, actually take part in this disgraceful quarrel,” I said severely. “Perhaps I have made a mistake. I should have chosen men for my caravan and not boys.”

Just then, Zerwali showed up. I turned to Abdullahi and then to Senussi Bu Hassan. “And you older guys, instead of bringing peace, are actually getting involved in this shameful argument,” I said sternly. “Maybe I made a mistake. I should have picked men for my caravan instead of boys.”

By this time both parties had begun to cool down and to lose their tense look of men about to spring to the attack. Zerwali, who probably expected me to take the side of my compatriots, Abdullahi and Ahmed, was disarmed and did the unexpected thing.

By this time, both sides had started to calm down and were losing their tense expressions like men getting ready to fight. Zerwali, who probably thought I would side with my fellow countrymen, Abdullahi and Ahmed, was caught off guard and acted in a surprising way.

“Put Hamid on the ground,” he ordered the slave Faraj. “I will beat him with my whip.”

“Put Hamid on the ground,” he commanded the slave Faraj. “I will whip him.”

In a flash the stalwart Faraj laid Hamid unceremoniously on the ground and pinned him there with his knee. Before I could interfere Zerwali’s whip descended twice. But by that time I had dismounted and caught Zerwali’s arm.

In an instant, the strong Faraj dropped Hamid on the ground and held him down with his knee. Before I could step in, Zerwali’s whip struck down twice. But by then, I had gotten off my horse and grabbed Zerwali’s arm.

“This is no matter for punishment,” I asserted. “We don’t know who is to blame. I shall inquire into the matter and punish with my own hands the man who is proved guilty.”

“This isn’t a matter for punishment,” I insisted. “We don’t know who is at fault. I’ll look into it and personally deal with the one who is found guilty.”

Turning to the men I commanded, “Follow the camels.”

Turning to the men, I said, “Follow the camels.”

[263]To Mohammed and Herri, who had kept tactfully out of the affair, I gave the order, “Lead the way,” pointing with my stick.

[263]To Mohammed and Herri, who had stayed out of it, I said, “Take the lead,” pointing with my stick.

All moved off, and I walked alone, trying to preserve for their benefit my expression of stern disapproval. Zerwali gradually edged nearer to me and spoke deprecatingly.

All of them left, and I walked alone, trying to maintain a serious expression to show my disapproval for their sake. Zerwali slowly moved closer to me and spoke in a dismissive tone.

“The bey is not angry over what has happened?” he questioned. “God knows when I got up this morning there was something weighing heavy on my heart. I felt sure that something unpleasant was going to happen. My feeling was reflected in your salutation to me.”

"The bey isn't upset about what happened?" he asked. "God knows that when I woke up this morning, I felt something heavy on my heart. I was sure something bad was going to happen. That feeling showed in how you greeted me."

I realized that I also had had an uncanny feeling. There was no reason for it, for everything was going smoothly and well. But still something had oppressed me.

I realized I had this strange feeling. There was no reason for it since everything was going smoothly and well. But still, something had weighed on me.

In a short while both parties felt like children who had been naughty. I observed furtive glances stealing toward me from both sides to see if my anger was abated. But I kept my stern countenance until luncheon.

In a little while, both sides felt like kids who had misbehaved. I caught quick looks coming my way from each side, trying to gauge if I was still mad. But I maintained my serious expression until lunch.

Those who have traveled in the desert and know the Bedouins will realize what a serious possibility this incident contained. A single harsh word interpreted as an insult means shooting if guns are close at hand. If both men had had their rifles and if I[264] had been some hundred yards away, as was generally the case, there would almost certainly have been bloodshed. The Bedouins would probably have killed Ahmed and Abdullahi out of hand. Then what could I have done, as an Egyptian, but avenge the killing of my countrymen at whatever cost to myself?

Those who have been to the desert and know the Bedouins understand how serious this situation was. A single harsh word taken as an insult can lead to gunfire if weapons are nearby. If both men had their rifles and I had been about a hundred yards away, which usually happened, there would likely have been bloodshed. The Bedouins would probably have killed Ahmed and Abdullahi on the spot. Then what could I have done, as an Egyptian, but seek revenge for the deaths of my fellow countrymen, no matter the personal cost?

How lucky it was that the rifles were lashed to the camels and that I was close at hand!

How lucky it was that the rifles were tied to the camels and that I was nearby!

“We are getting near the end of our journey,” said Zerwali. “The men are always quarrelsome then.”

“We're getting close to the end of our journey,” said Zerwali. “The guys are always arguing at this point.”

By the time this dangerous incident was over, the sun was very hot, and we camped in the valley in the shade of some fine trees. The camels had good grazing while we ate and rested. Before we started in the afternoon Mohammed, Senussi Bu Hassan, Bukara, and Hamid, the camelman, came to ask me to forgive Hamid for having let his anger get the better of him with Ahmed. I pardoned him readily, and he went to Ahmed and kissed his head. Ahmed returned the compliment, and then the quarrel was ended in the best Bedouin tradition.

By the time this risky situation was over, the sun was blazing, and we set up camp in the valley under some nice trees. The camels had plenty to graze on while we ate and rested. Before we headed out in the afternoon, Mohammed, Senussi Bu Hassan, Bukara, and Hamid, the camel driver, came to ask me to forgive Hamid for losing his temper with Ahmed. I readily forgave him, and he went over to Ahmed and kissed his head. Ahmed returned the gesture, and just like that, the argument was settled in true Bedouin style.

We made our way down the big valley for three hours and camped near its mouth at 7:15. Shortly before halting we saw ahead of us the distant hills of Agah, where the next well lay. The ground before us was flat serira, and it was a relief to see it.[265] On this morning when we were going down into the valley it looked as if all our baggage would be in bits if there were more of these precipices. In places the descent was so rough that for safety we had to unload the camels. The men had to carry the baggage down the steep rocks, often a drop of three feet from boulder to boulder.

We made our way down the large valley for three hours and set up camp near its mouth at 7:15. Just before stopping, we spotted the distant hills of Agah ahead, where the next water source was located. The ground in front of us was flat serira, and it was a relief to see it.[265] That morning, as we descended into the valley, it seemed like all our luggage would be in shambles if there were more of these cliffs. In some places, the descent was so tough that we had to unload the camels for safety. The men carried the luggage down the steep rocks, often facing drops of three feet from one boulder to another.

The new moon had risen as we camped. The next day was Bairam, the feast marking the end of Ramadan, and Zerwali came to say that the men would like to feast according to our Moslem custom. I willingly agreed, since the Agah Hills were in sight before us and the water-supply was ample. Besides, the excellent grazing in this valley would do the camels good.

The new moon had risen as we set up camp. The next day was Bairam, the celebration marking the end of Ramadan, and Zerwali came to say that the men wanted to feast in keeping with our Muslim tradition. I gladly agreed, since the Agah Hills were visible in front of us and there was plenty of water available. Plus, the great grazing in this valley would be good for the camels.

We all rose early the next day (Friday, May 18) and put on clean clothes for the feast-day. We exchanged good wishes and followed them with the prayers appointed for Bairam. There was a look on every face as of men who are thinking of those left behind at home.

We all got up early the next day (Friday, May 18) and put on clean clothes for the celebration. We shared well wishes and followed them with the prayers designated for Bairam. There was an expression on everyone’s face that suggested they were thinking about those who stayed back at home.

I produced a few Medjidies and Egyptian notes and distributed them. The coins went to Mohammed, Herri, Hassan, and Arami, who were to leave us before we reached territory where Egyptian notes are current. The rest got the notes, which they would be able to use at El Fasher. To Zerwali I gave twenty[266] rounds of revolver ammunition and a bottle of scent. Another bottle of scent was divided among the men; Bukara received one of my pipes and tobacco to go with it, and he declared that he did not know what to do to return all the kindness I had shown him.

I handed out some Medjidies and Egyptian notes. The coins went to Mohammed, Herri, Hassan, and Arami, who would leave us before we entered the area where Egyptian notes were accepted. The rest received the notes, which they could use in El Fasher. I gave Zerwali twenty[266] rounds of revolver ammo and a bottle of perfume. Another bottle of perfume was shared among the men; Bukara got one of my pipes along with some tobacco, and he said he didn’t know how to repay all the kindness I had shown him.

“I have only my camel and the clothes on my back,” he said. “He has given me the value of my camel in tobacco.”

“I have just my camel and the clothes I’m wearing,” he said. “He has given me the equivalent of my camel in tobacco.”

It was a cheerful camp at breakfast; the men were pleased with their gifts, and I enjoyed their satisfaction. After breakfast we all lay down for a siesta, but got up again promptly, our bodies itching furiously from the assaults of white ants.

It was a lively camp at breakfast; the guys were happy with their gifts, and I liked seeing them so satisfied. After breakfast, we all took a nap, but we got up quickly, our bodies itching intensely from the bites of white ants.

At 5:45 P.M. we made our start and half an hour later emerged from the valley upon the serira. In front of us lay a chain of hills running east and west, in the middle of which was Jebel Islingah, and to the right of it Jebel Agah, to which we were going. Herri said that there was a well also in Jebel Islingah, but that it was difficult to get at. The valley where we had camped was marked by trees on the east side of the entrance to it.

At 5:45 PM, we set off, and half an hour later, we came out of the valley onto the serira. In front of us was a range of hills stretching east to west, with Jebel Islingah in the center and Jebel Agah to its right, which was our destination. Herri mentioned that there was a well in Jebel Islingah, but it was hard to access. The valley where we had camped was marked by trees on the east side of its entrance.

It was a hot day, and we moved slowly for six hours, when we reached a belt of sand-dunes, which stopped our progress for the night.

It was a hot day, and we moved slowly for six hours until we reached a stretch of sand dunes that halted our progress for the night.

Saturday, May 19. We started at 5:15 A.M. and[267] made our final halt at 8 P.M. There was a hot northeast wind from the hills, which dropped in the evening. We traveled over soft sand, very undulating, covered with dry grass. As we approached the hills the country became flatter with patches of small black stone.

Saturday, May 19. We set off at 5:15 AM and[267] reached our last stop at 8 PM A hot northeast wind blew in from the hills, but it calmed down in the evening. We traveled over soft, uneven sand that was covered with dry grass. As we got closer to the hills, the landscape flattened out, revealing small patches of black stone.

The sun got hot quickly in the morning, and a hot wind was blowing, and so we camped at half-past nine in the shade of a tumtum tree. Its protection was welcome, and its bunches of red berries made an attractive pattern over our heads.

The sun heated up fast in the morning, and a warm wind was blowing, so we set up camp at 9:30 in the shade of a tumtum tree. Its shelter was a relief, and its clusters of red berries formed a nice pattern above us.

We started again at 3:30 in spite of the heat, with the hope of reaching the hills of Agah before dark. The camels had to be beaten in order to get them away from the shade of the tree and into the hot sun. By 7:30 we were at the foot of the hills, with the slim moon just coming up. Mohammed suddenly raised the alarm. He had found the fresh tracks of two men leading toward Merdi. A stranger in the desert is an occasion for vigilance until he proves to be not unfriendly. Rifles were quickly unslung; the oil-rags were stripped from their breeches, and cartridges shoved in. The men collected the camels which were scattered out grazing, and Mohammed, Herri, and Senussi Bu Hassan went forward to the valley to reconnoiter. After a careful search they came back to report that there were no tracks leading[268] into the valley but that there were fresh tracks leading out of it. We made camp at the entrance, keeping clear of trees and vegetation in case any one approached in the night. We ate dinner rapidly and extinguished our camp-fire. The camels and girbas were put in the center of the camp, and the luggage arranged around its edge. Four sentries were posted for the night, and we went to bed. But sleep was difficult because of the oppressive heat and the suspense.

We started again at 3:30 despite the heat, hoping to reach the hills of Agah before dark. The camels had to be whipped to get them to leave the shade of the tree and get into the hot sun. By 7:30, we had arrived at the base of the hills, with the thin moon just rising. Suddenly, Mohammed raised the alarm. He had spotted fresh tracks of two men heading toward Merdi. A stranger in the desert calls for caution until he proves to be friendly. Rifles were quickly taken off their slings; the oil cloths were removed from their barrels, and cartridges were loaded. The men gathered the camels, which were scattered, grazing, and Mohammed, Herri, and Senussi Bu Hassan went ahead into the valley to scout. After a careful search, they returned to report that there were no tracks leading into the valley but that there were fresh tracks coming out of it. We set up camp at the entrance, staying away from trees and vegetation in case someone approached during the night. We ate dinner quickly and put out our campfire. The camels and girbas were placed in the center of the camp, with the luggage arranged around the edge. Four sentries were assigned for the night, and we went to bed. But sleep was hard to come by because of the stifling heat and the tension.

Early on the Sunday morning we got up and approached the valley cautiously. We came across fresh tracks of sheep and men and were convinced that some one had a camp in the valley. Mohammed and Herri went ahead, as the inhabitants of this district were Goran and no one else spoke their language. They soon returned with three Gorans. I met them, and we solemnly went through the ceremony of giving and receiving the aman. We advanced toward each other and lay whatever weapons we might be carrying, sword or rifle, on the ground. I addressed them in the time-honored phrases: “I swear by God that we are peaceful men, that we wish you no harm, and that we have no intention of robbing you.” One of them did the same in his turn, and we indulged in brief questions and answers on each side. Who are you? Whence do you come?[269] Whither are you going? On what business? Then we shook hands formally, each took up his weapons, and both sides retired.

Early on Sunday morning, we got up and approached the valley carefully. We found fresh tracks of sheep and people and figured that there was a camp in the valley. Mohammed and Herri went ahead since the people in this area were Goran and no one else spoke their language. They soon came back with three Gorans. I met them, and we seriously went through the ritual of giving and receiving the aman. We moved toward each other and placed whatever weapons we had—sword or rifle—on the ground. I addressed them with the traditional phrases: “I swear by God that we are peaceful men, that we mean you no harm, and that we have no intention of robbing you.” One of them responded similarly, and we exchanged brief questions and answers. Who are you? Where are you from? Where are you going? What brings you here? Then we shook hands formally, each picked up his weapons, and both sides withdrew.

A WELL NEAR KUTTUM IN DARFUR. WOMEN WORKING

A WELL NEAR KUTTUM IN DARFUR. WOMEN WORKING

We tried to buy sheep from them, but they refused to sell. In a short time they went away and returned with three sheep which they offered as diafa, refusing to accept any money for them. I gave them etkias of blue cloth as a return courtesy, with which they were delighted. The camels were sent off to the well to drink and to bring back water for the camp, while the men busied themselves with preparations for the great feast of meat. In the afternoon I took photographs and in the evening made observations. The electric torch which I used in reading the theodolite first frightened the Goran boys and then delighted them.

We tried to buy sheep from them, but they wouldn’t sell. Soon, they left and came back with three sheep that they offered as diafa, refusing to take any money for them. I gave them etkias of blue cloth as a return gift, which made them really happy. The camels were sent to the well to drink and bring back water for the camp, while the men got busy preparing for the big meat feast. In the afternoon, I took photos and in the evening, I made observations. The flashlight I used to read the theodolite scared the Goran boys at first, but then it thrilled them.

The valley of Agah is very picturesque, a long narrow defile between high cliffs, with more vegetation and trees than we had seen thus far. Half-way down its length it divides, one branch leading southwestward to the well and the other southward toward the open desert. The well is similar to that at Erdi, but its water is badly fouled by sheep and camels. The valley is full of birds whose pleasant songs make one think one is at the aviary in the Zoo.

The valley of Agah is really beautiful, a long, narrow gap between tall cliffs, with more plants and trees than we had seen up to that point. About halfway down, it splits, one path going southwest to the well and the other heading south toward the open desert. The well is like the one at Erdi, but its water is dirty from sheep and camels. The valley is alive with birds whose sweet songs make you feel like you're at the aviary in the zoo.

We were up while it was dark and the stars were still shining in the clear sky. The Goran came to say[270] good-by. Arami and Hassan had declined to go further south and left us to return to Ouenat, with Arami’s camel. We wound our way down the eastern fork of the valley, its steep sides protecting us from the sun. On the way we sighted three gazelles, and some of the men gave chase, but the nimble animals climbed the hills and escaped. Hamid, the Zwayi, fired at one and missed, to the scornful delight of the others. Hamid, however, refused to admit complete failure.

We were awake while it was dark and the stars were still shining in the clear sky. The Goran came to say[270] goodbye. Arami and Hassan chose not to go further south and left us to head back to Ouenat, using Arami’s camel. We made our way down the eastern fork of the valley, its steep sides shielding us from the sun. Along the way, we spotted three gazelles, and some of the men went after them, but the quick animals scaled the hills and got away. Hamid, the Zwayi, took a shot at one and missed, which amused the others. However, Hamid refused to completely admit defeat.

“By God,” he stoutly maintained, “I hit it. I saw the blood spurt.”

“By God,” he firmly insisted, “I got it. I saw the blood spurt.”

It did not matter so much, however, as we still had meat left from the diafa of the Goran.

It didn't matter that much, though, since we still had meat left from the diafa of the Goran.

It quickly got too hot for comfort, and the camels, fresh from drinking, refused to go on. We camped in the shade of a tree, but soon discovered that better protection from the sun was to be had in crevices in the rocks. The camels were allowed to graze, and the men settled down to prepare the midday meal. Two sheep were slaughtered, and their flesh, impaled on sticks, was slowly revolved before the fire to roast in the Bedouin fashion. It was delicious. While the meat was being prepared, Sad cut his hand. I saw the blood and asked where it came from.

It quickly became too hot to bear, and the camels, just after drinking, refused to move. We set up camp in the shade of a tree, but soon realized that we could find better shelter from the sun in the crevices of the rocks. The camels were let loose to graze, and the men settled in to cook the midday meal. Two sheep were killed, and their meat, speared on sticks, was slowly rotated over the fire to roast in the Bedouin style. It was delicious. While the meat was being cooked, Sad cut his hand. I saw the blood and asked where it was from.

“From Hamid’s gazelle!” said Bukara, and once[271] more shouts of laughter went up over the unsuccessful hunter.

“From Hamid’s gazelle!” said Bukara, and once[271] again, laughter erupted over the failed hunter.

After lunch I wound my watches, recorded the readings of the aneroid and the maximum and minimum thermometers, and wrote up my diaries, when Hamid the camelman came running to say that a herd of ostriches was near-by. We all grasped our rifles and stood ready. Soon the ostriches appeared, thirty or forty in number. The Bedouins were impatient and opened fire while the distance was too great. The ostriches dashed off into another valley with the men in hot pursuit. Many shots were fired, but Zerwali soon came back to say that nothing had been killed.

After lunch, I wound my watches, noted the readings of the aneroid and the max and min thermometers, and wrote in my diaries, when Hamid the camelman came running to tell us that a herd of ostriches was nearby. We all grabbed our rifles and got ready. Soon, the ostriches showed up, about thirty or forty of them. The Bedouins were eager and started shooting while they were still too far away. The ostriches took off into another valley, with the men chasing after them. Many shots were fired, but Zerwali soon returned to say that nothing had been shot.

In a little while Hamid appeared carrying a small ostrich and followed by Senussi Bu Hassan. Both men claimed to have shot the creature, and since there were two bullet-wounds in it, either of which might have been fatal, they appealed to me for judgment; I asked the opinion of the men who saw the shooting, and all agreed that Hamid’s shot felled the bird. I decided in his favor.

In a little while, Hamid showed up carrying a small ostrich, followed by Senussi Bu Hassan. Both men said they had shot the bird, and there were two bullet wounds in it, either of which could have been lethal, so they asked me to decide. I consulted the people who witnessed the shooting, and they all agreed that Hamid's shot took down the bird. I ruled in his favor.

Later Hamid, the camelman, small and sharp of features and afraid of no animals, not even of snakes, came upon an ostrich in a closed part of the valley and, after attacking it unsuccessfully with stones, rushed at it and caught it round the neck. He wrestled with it manfully, but it landed a kick on his[272] side from one of its powerful legs and ran away. I was watching the contest through my binoculars and nearly split my sides with laughter. The ostrich mounted a ridge, looked back scornfully at Hamid, who stood cursing it, arranged its feathers, and trotted off with the gait of a gay dowager, leaving him with his hand pressed to his maltreated side.

Later, Hamid, the camel guy, who was small, sharp-featured, and not scared of any animals—even snakes—came across an ostrich in a secluded part of the valley. After throwing stones at it without success, he charged at it and grabbed it by the neck. He fought it bravely, but it kicked him hard on his[272] side with one of its strong legs and took off. I was watching the whole thing through my binoculars and almost laughed myself silly. The ostrich climbed up a ridge, glanced back at Hamid with a look of disdain as he cursed at it, preened its feathers, and strutted away like a stylish dowager, leaving him wincing with his hand on his hurting side.

“Has the ostrich hurt you?” I asked solicitously when he returned.

“Did the ostrich hurt you?” I asked with concern when he came back.

“Oh, no,” he replied, quickly taking his hand from his side.

“Oh, no,” he said, quickly pulling his hand away from his side.

“Why didn’t you bring it back, then?” I asked again.

“Why didn’t you bring it back, then?” I asked again.

“I had to let it go,” he explained with great plausibility. “She was only a female.”

“I had to let it go,” he explained convincingly. “She was just a woman.”

One of my great regrets on this trek was that I was unable to follow game as I would have liked to. The night marches between Ouenat and Erdi left me too exhausted in the morning to do anything but record the readings of my scientific instruments and try to snatch two or three hours of sleep before it was too hot. Then our food-supply began to get less and less. I could not stay at Agah where there were plenty of gazelles, ostriches, and wild sheep. Besides, the scarcity of water made me lose no time there, where the well had been so fouled by animals.

One of my biggest regrets on this journey was that I couldn’t track wildlife as much as I wanted to. The night hikes between Ouenat and Erdi left me too worn out in the mornings to do anything except take notes from my scientific instruments and try to grab two or three hours of sleep before it got too hot. Then our food supply started to dwindle. I couldn’t stick around Agah where there were plenty of gazelles, ostriches, and wild sheep. Plus, the lack of water didn't let me waste any time there, especially with the well so contaminated by animals.

An old Egyptian army Martini and an Italian[273] cavalry carbine which I was given at Kufra, handy as they would have been for self-defense, were of little use for long-range work on game, especially gazelle. Hunting, therefore, was a diversion which I had to deny myself.

An old Egyptian army Martini and an Italian[273] cavalry carbine that I got at Kufra, although they would have been useful for self-defense, weren't practical for shooting game at a distance, especially gazelles. So, hunting became an activity I had to give up.

SUDANESE TROOPS AND GIRLS

Sudanese troops and girls

They are singing in welcome to the explorer’s party

They are singing to welcome the explorer's group.

It was very hot, and we could not start until 5 P.M. We followed the lovely valley for an hour and then began to climb the hills. As we got to the top we had a fine view of its beauties, all the various shades of green of the trees and shrubs making picturesque patterns with the rosy sand and the redder rocks of the hills guarding the valley. The soft notes of innumerable doves floated up on the cool evening breeze. A gorgeous red and gold sunset completed an ensemble not easy to forget. I stopped my horse and spent a pleasant half-hour lying on a patch of soft sand drinking in the delights of this little bit of paradise. It soon grew dark. The crescent moon showed herself, and far away I heard the Bedouins of my caravan singing. Reluctantly I rose and took the track again.

It was really hot, and we couldn't start until 5 PM We followed the beautiful valley for an hour and then began to climb the hills. When we reached the top, we had a great view of its beauty, with all the different shades of green from the trees and shrubs creating picturesque patterns with the pink sand and the redder rocks of the hills surrounding the valley. The soft sounds of countless doves floated up on the cool evening breeze. A stunning red and gold sunset completed a scene hard to forget. I stopped my horse and spent a nice half-hour lying on a patch of soft sand, soaking in the pleasures of this little piece of paradise. It soon got dark. The crescent moon appeared, and in the distance, I heard the Bedouins from my caravan singing. Reluctantly, I got up and continued on the path.

We were soon in different country, broken and very undulating, with distant jagged hills surrounding us. The camels were suffering from the foul water of Agah, and so were the men. We camped early, both on this account and because it is dangerous country to travel by the weak moonlight.

We quickly found ourselves in a different country, rough and very hilly, with distant jagged hills all around us. The camels were struggling with the bad water from Agah, and so were the men. We set up camp early, both for this reason and because it's a dangerous area to traverse in the weak moonlight.

[274]We dropped into a soft sand valley about two hundred meters from our route and camped.

[274]We settled into a soft sandy valley about two hundred meters off our path and set up camp.

We got up with the stars still in the sky on Tuesday, May 23, and made our start with a gorgeous sunrise on our left hand. We moved slowly because of the thick shrubs and scattered stones and also because Mohammed and Herri had not been in this country for ten years and were picking their way cautiously.

We got up while the stars were still out on Tuesday, May 23, and started our day with a beautiful sunrise to our left. We moved slowly because of the thick bushes and scattered rocks, and also because Mohammed and Herri hadn’t been in this country for ten years and were navigating carefully.

“Mohammed is riding, I suppose,” I said to Hamid, the camelman, as I walked in my favorite place behind the caravan, “or we would not be moving so slowly.”

“Mohammed is riding, I guess,” I said to Hamid, the camelman, as I walked in my favorite spot behind the caravan, “or we wouldn’t be moving so slowly.”

“The gray-haired man is walking, O bey,” said the shrewd fellow quickly. “His track is on the ground.”

“The gray-haired man is walking, oh boy,” said the clever guy quickly. “You can see his footprints on the ground.”

Once more I was impressed with the keen observation of the Bedouins, especially the camelman. Hamid had already learned the characteristic footprints that each man of the caravan leaves. Of course he knew the track of each camel also.

Once again, I was struck by the sharp observations of the Bedouins, particularly the camel driver. Hamid had already recognized the unique footprints left by each member of the caravan. Naturally, he also knew the tracks of each camel.

On Wednesday we were up much earlier than usual in our anxiety to reach the well of Enebah. The water of Agah was the worst we had yet tasted, and it was having its effect on both men and camels. A three hours’ trek brought us to the edge of the valley in which the well lay. We dropped down into[275] it and discovered from tracks of sheep, donkeys, and men that the place was inhabited. Mohammed went forward to meet the men who live there, and gave and received the aman; and soon we were camped by the well. The water was excellent; animals and men both enjoyed the change.

On Wednesday, we woke up much earlier than usual, anxious to reach the well of Enebah. The water from Agah was the worst we had tasted so far, and it was affecting both the men and the camels. After a three-hour trek, we reached the edge of the valley where the well was located. We descended into[275] it and noticed tracks from sheep, donkeys, and people, indicating that the area was inhabited. Mohammed went ahead to meet the locals and exchanged the aman; soon, we were set up camp by the well. The water was excellent, and both the animals and the men appreciated the change.

There was quite a large Bidiyat camp here, with hundreds of sheep and a few horses for the sheikhs. Presently the whole population, led by the sheikhs, came to greet us. I shook hands with them and distributed scent, putting a little on the hand of each one.

There was a large Bidiyat camp here, with hundreds of sheep and a few horses for the sheikhs. Right now, the entire population, led by the sheikhs, came to welcome us. I shook hands with them and handed out fragrance, putting a little on the hand of each person.

In the afternoon they brought sheep as diafa, and the women (who have a keen business sense) produced samn—butter—and leather to sell to us. We gave them Medjidies and cloth in exchange. In the evening I took observations. The Bidiyats were frightened at the theodolite and the electric torch, and their suspicions were aroused.

In the afternoon, they brought sheep as diafa, and the women (who are quite savvy in business) provided samn—butter—and leather to sell to us. We traded them Medjidies and cloth in return. In the evening, I took measurements. The Bidiyats were scared of the theodolite and the flashlight, and their curiosity was piqued.

One of the sheikhs entered my tent and caught me opening the instrument-case. I shut the case quickly and instantly realized my mistake. I could see in his dark cruel face, with yellow eyes like those of a fox set close together, that he believed I had gold in the box. As he left my tent I ostentatiously ordered Senussi Bu Hassan and Hamid to stand as sentries in the camp. I pointed to them and told the sheikh[276] not to allow the women and children to approach the camp at night lest my men might make a mistake and shoot at them. It was just a hint that we were wide-awake and that there was no hope of catching us off our guard. I could see that the hint went home.

One of the sheikhs walked into my tent and caught me opening the instrument case. I quickly shut the case and immediately realized my mistake. I could see in his dark, cruel face, with yellow eyes like those of a closely set fox, that he thought I had gold in the box. As he left my tent, I deliberately ordered Senussi Bu Hassan and Hamid to stand guard in the camp. I pointed to them and told the sheikh[276] not to let the women and children near the camp at night, so my men wouldn’t accidentally shoot at them. It was just a warning that we were alert and that there was no chance of catching us off guard. I could tell the message hit home.


[277]CHAPTER XX

TO FURAWIA ON SHORT RATIONS

TO FURAWIA ON LIMITED SUPPLIES

THE valley of Enebah was covered with soft sand, dotted with shrubs both green and dry and with trees.

THE valley of Enebah was filled with soft sand, scattered with both green and dry shrubs and trees.

I had a good night’s rest and was awakened by the hubbub of the Bidiyat women bargaining with the men of my caravan for empty tins. They offered a kind of dry shrub that they called tobacco and milk in return. Five more sheep were brought as diafa, and more presents were distributed.

I had a good night's sleep and was woken up by the noise of the Bidiyat women haggling with the men of my caravan for empty cans. They offered a type of dry plant they called tobacco and milk in exchange. Five more sheep were brought as diafa, and more gifts were handed out.

Encouraged by a cool southeast wind, we started at 3:15 P.M., but the wind soon dropped and we made slow progress in the heat. The evening was cooler, however, and we made up a little for lost time. The night was cold.

Encouraged by a cool southeast breeze, we set off at 3:15 P.M., but the wind quickly died down and we moved slowly in the heat. The evening was cooler, though, and we made up some lost time. The night was chilly.

On Friday, May 25, we were up at four and started an hour and a quarter later. The country was very undulating and broken, and Herri was not sure of the way. We moved slowly because of the difficulty of the going and the uncertainty of the[278] guide. Shortly after nine we dropped into a valley and camped an hour later.

On Friday, May 25, we got up at four and set off an hour and fifteen minutes later. The terrain was very hilly and rough, and Herri wasn’t sure of the route. We traveled slowly due to the difficult ground and the unreliable[278] guide. Shortly after nine, we descended into a valley and set up camp an hour later.

Senussi Bu Hassan, who was walking beside me, gave expression to his opinion of the guide and his Bedouin pride.

Senussi Bu Hassan, who was walking next to me, shared his thoughts about the guide and showed his Bedouin pride.

“Those Goran wabble about like camels,” he said. “They do not walk like Bedouins, who fly straight to their goal like birds.”

“Those Goran wobble around like camels,” he said. “They don’t walk like Bedouins, who go straight to their goal like birds.”

When we took the road again in the afternoon the sun was still very hot. The camels moved slowly, and the men’s singing sounded like broken bagpipes. It was perhaps as well that we were compelled to move slowly, for Herri was more uncertain of the way than ever. Some of the time we followed the track left by a flock of sheep going presumably toward Bao, but at intervals it was lost in the tracts of broken stones.

When we hit the road again in the afternoon, the sun was still blazing hot. The camels moved at a slow pace, and the men’s singing sounded like off-key bagpipes. It was probably a good thing we had to take our time because Herri was more unsure of the way than ever. At times, we followed the path left by a flock of sheep presumably heading toward Bao, but at intervals, it vanished into patches of broken stones.

A little after five we dropped into a big valley whose name we discovered later to be Koni-Mina, running east and west and filled with fine trees. Just before reaching it we met a Goran with a few sheep. He came up to me, dropped his sword and spears on the ground, and took off his sandals. We shook hands with many ejaculations of “Keif-halak, tayibeen” (“How are you? Very well.”). It was all the Arabic he knew. Mohammed and Herri then talked with him and learned that there was a Goran camp in[279] the valley before us. A cattle merchant had also just arrived from Fada in Wadai with sheep and cows on his way to El Fasher. Mohammed and Herri left us and approached the few straw-thatched huts that constituted the Goran camp. We went across the valley and camped on its farther rim.

A little after five, we entered a large valley, which we later learned was called Koni-Mina, stretching east to west and filled with beautiful trees. Just before we reached it, we encountered a Goran man with a few sheep. He came up to me, dropped his sword and spears on the ground, and took off his sandals. We shook hands and exchanged a lot of “Keif-halak, tayibeen” (“How are you? Very well.”). That was the extent of his Arabic. Mohammed and Herri spoke with him and found out that there was a Goran camp in[279] the valley ahead. A cattle trader had also just come from Fada in Wadai with sheep and cows, on his way to El Fasher. Mohammed and Herri then left us to approach the few straw-thatched huts that made up the Goran camp. We crossed the valley and set up camp on the far side.

Soon a man came running to ask us to return to the camp and start again the next day. I appreciated the hospitable suggestion but felt that we could not afford to retrace our steps even for two or three kilometers. I thanked him for the invitation and told him that we were in a great hurry. We should camp near-by to wait for our two guides. An hour later Mohammed appeared, full of news from Fada and El Fasher, obtained from the merchant.

Soon a man came running to ask us to return to the camp and start fresh the next day. I appreciated the kind suggestion but felt we couldn't afford to go back even for two or three kilometers. I thanked him for the invitation and explained that we were in a big hurry. We decided to camp nearby to wait for our two guides. An hour later, Mohammed showed up, brimming with news from Fada and El Fasher that he got from the merchant.

We were busy that evening overhauling our baggage and repairing damages. All the ropes were getting worn, and the Bedouin woolen bags too. We had been losing much time on the way with reloading and shifting things about. But it was a consolation to know that in a fortnight we should be in El Fasher.

We were occupied that evening reorganizing our luggage and fixing up damages. All the ropes were wearing out, as well as the Bedouin wool bags. We had lost a lot of time on the journey reloading and rearranging our things. But it was comforting to know that in two weeks we would be in El Fasher.

We had the most beautiful sunrise on May 26 that I have seen. The brilliant white light on the red and black stones near-by and the distant hills made everything wonderfully clear and distinct. Soon it changed to a warm red glow, and then the golden rays of the sun broke through the thin clouds[280] and flooded everything. The long shadows cast by rocks and shrubs on the ground looked like black stenciling on the yellow sand. The shadows of the slowly moving caravan made a fantastic pattern.

We had the most beautiful sunrise on May 26 that I’ve ever seen. The bright white light on the red and black stones nearby and the distant hills made everything look so clear and distinct. Soon it shifted to a warm red glow, and then the golden rays of the sun broke through the thin clouds[280] and lit everything up. The long shadows cast by the rocks and shrubs on the ground looked like black stenciling on the yellow sand. The shadows of the slowly moving caravan created an amazing pattern.

It soon proved to be an oppressively close morning.

It quickly turned out to be a stiflingly humid morning.

Herri joined us later in the forenoon with a slaughtered sheep slung on each side of his camel, the diafa from the Goran camp.

Herri joined us later in the morning with a slaughtered sheep hanging on each side of his camel, the diafa from the Goran camp.

We followed sheep and camel tracks and marched from one valley into another until we camped in one of the largest of them, which had many shady trees.

We followed the tracks of sheep and camels and moved from one valley to another until we set up camp in one of the largest valleys, which had plenty of shady trees.

It is always a problem whether to stop under the shade of a tree and suffer the attacks of white ants and all sorts of sinister-looking insects or pitch tent in the broiling sun. In future, I shall be inclined to take my chance in the open, as the insects are always with you, while the sun’s heat is over by five or six in the afternoon. The valley in which we camped is called Kap-Terku.

It’s always a dilemma whether to stop under the shade of a tree and deal with the attacks of termites and various creepy-looking insects or set up camp in the blazing sun. In the future, I think I’ll risk it in the open since the insects are always around, while the sun’s heat fades by five or six in the afternoon. The valley where we camped is called Kap-Terku.

We started again at four, with a southeast breeze that made walking not so tedious. There were also a few clouds which tempered the heat of the sun. The camels walked better. In the late afternoon we passed a Goran family, a man, wife, and naked child, and later we found a well. It was seven meters deep and had good water, though the roots of a near-by[281] tree had rotted in it, giving it an unpleasant odor.

We set off again at four, with a southeast breeze that made walking much easier. There were also a few clouds that helped cool off the sun's heat. The camels moved more smoothly. In the late afternoon, we encountered a Goran family—a man, his wife, and a naked child—and later we came across a well. It was seven meters deep and had good water, although the roots of a nearby[281] tree had decayed in it, giving it a bad smell.

WELL ON THE FRONTIER OF DARFUR

WELL ON THE FRONTIER OF DARFUR

We camped at eight fortunately in a clear space free from shrubs and stones. At one in the morning a hyena visited the camp, and had it not been for the vigilance of Hamid, the camelman, it might have got Baraka, who was tied at night and therefore unable to defend himself. Hamid fired at it impulsively, and with my glasses I saw a dark object running far away in the brilliant moonlight.

We set up camp at eight in a spot that was luckily clear of shrubs and rocks. At one in the morning, a hyena wandered into the camp, and if it hadn't been for Hamid, the camelman, being alert, it could have gotten Baraka, who was tied up for the night and couldn’t protect himself. Hamid shot at it on impulse, and with my binoculars, I saw a dark shape running off into the bright moonlight.

Sunday, May 27. Start at 5:15 A.M., halt at 9:15 A.M. start again at 3:45 P.M., halt at 7:45 P.M. Make 30 kilometers. Highest temperature 38°, lowest 7°. Fine, clear, and calm in the morning. At midday strong hot southeast wind, which drops in afternoon. Few white clouds. Warm and calm in the evening. Very cloudy, with few drops of rain at 10 P.M. Valleys of soft sand as before, with low sandstone hills twenty to eighty meters high. Patches of the same stone crop out through the sand.

Sunday, May 27. Start at 5:15 AM, stop at 9:15 A.M., start again at 3:45 P.M., stop at 7:45 P.M.. Travelled 30 kilometers. Highest temperature was 38°, lowest was 7°. It was fine, clear, and calm in the morning. At midday, a strong hot southeast wind picked up but died down in the afternoon. There were a few white clouds. It was warm and calm in the evening, very cloudy with a few drops of rain at 10 PM. The valleys were filled with soft sand, surrounded by low sandstone hills ranging from twenty to eighty meters high. Patches of the same stone stuck out through the sand.

Herri proved himself a bad guide. He predicted that we would reach Bao this morning, but when night came we were not yet there. He knew the places when he saw them, but his sense of direction was faulty. Our water had given out, except for one last girba, and it was very hot.

Herri proved to be a terrible guide. He said we would get to Bao this morning, but by nighttime we still weren’t there. He recognized the places when he saw them, but his sense of direction was off. Our water was all gone, except for one last girba, and it was extremely hot.

We marched until 7:45, when we reached rocky ground, dangerous for the camels even in the clear moonlight. We were on the edge of a large valley[282] which Herri declared to be that of Bao, but we could not believe him. Experience had taught me not to permit the last of the water-supply to be used until we had not only seen the well but approached it to make sure that there was drinkable water there. I insisted that the last girba should not be touched that night. We went to bed without dinner, since we could not cook without water.

We marched until 7:45, when we hit rocky ground, which was risky for the camels even in the bright moonlight. We were at the edge of a big valley[282] that Herri claimed was Bao's, but we couldn’t accept that. Experience had taught me not to use the last of our water supply until we had actually seen the well and confirmed that there was drinkable water. I insisted that the last girba should remain untouched that night. We went to bed without dinner since we couldn’t cook without water.

There was, however, the consolation of a beautiful night. I lay in bed watching the play of the moonlight on the clouds. A few drops of rain announced the approach of the rainy season. We were astir early. Empty stomachs do not encourage long sleep. We drove the camels as we had not driven them before. How tired they looked, and how weak! When camels and men are hungry and thirsty, all the other defects in the caravan come out. There was no singing that morning, merely silent, relentless urging forward of the camels and ourselves.

There was, however, the comfort of a beautiful night. I lay in bed watching the moonlight play on the clouds. A few drops of rain signaled the approach of the rainy season. We were up early. Empty stomachs don’t promote long sleep. We drove the camels like we never had before. They looked so tired and weak! When camels and people are hungry and thirsty, all the other issues in the caravan become obvious. That morning, there was no singing, just a quiet, determined push forward for the camels and for us.

The descent into the valley was steep and dangerous. Three camels threw off their loads, which had to be carried by the men down to the level ground and loaded again. At last we saw a few sheep and a straw hut or two. We stopped, and I let the men drink the water from the last girba, for which they had asked many times that morning.

The drop into the valley was steep and risky. Three camels dropped their loads, which the men had to carry down to the flat ground and load back up again. Finally, we spotted a few sheep and a couple of straw huts. We paused, and I allowed the men to drink the water from the last girba, which they had requested several times that morning.

Herri and Mohammed went ahead and made their[283] way to the huts. The caravan meanwhile moved directly down the valley toward the well. Soon some blacks of the Goran and Bidiyat tribes came to meet us. We fired our rifles as usual, as if in salutation, but in reality to impress the natives with our preparedness.

Herri and Mohammed moved on and headed to the huts. The caravan, on the other hand, traveled straight down the valley toward the well. Before long, some members of the Goran and Bidiyat tribes came to greet us. We shot our rifles as we normally did, seemingly as a greeting, but really to show the locals that we were ready for anything.

I noticed that by a curious coincidence those who met us, men and women, were all old. There was not a single young person among them, especially no young woman. However, it did not strike me as extraordinary, but a little later I was surprised to see batches of slim and beautiful girls, brown or black, half naked in their tattered clothes, but holding themselves gracefully erect. As they came along in groups of three and four, I turned to Bukara and asked, “From where are these girls?”

I noticed that, strangely enough, everyone who met us—both men and women—was old. There wasn't a single young person among them, especially no young women. However, it didn't seem unusual to me at the time. But a little later, I was surprised to see groups of slim and beautiful girls, brown or black, dressed in tattered clothes but standing tall and gracefully. As they walked by in groups of three and four, I turned to Bukara and asked, “Where are these girls from?”

Bukara looked at them with great admiration and replied: “Allah be great! These girls are of the village. They thought we were going to rob the village and take away the young girls as slaves, so they sent them out to hide as soon as they sighted our caravan. Now that the men know that we are a peaceful caravan, they have sent word to the girls to come back.”

Bukara looked at them with great admiration and replied, “Wow! These girls are from the village. They thought we were going to raid the village and take the young girls as slaves, so they sent them out to hide as soon as they saw our caravan. Now that the men know we are a peaceful group, they’ve sent word for the girls to come back.”

As the girls passed my horse they shyly dropped on their knees in salutation, as is the custom there when addressing a person of higher rank. In this part of the world when one is addressed by some more[284] exalted person the etiquette is not to stand up but to sit down in token of reverence. One after another these girls dropped to their knees, and in return I gave them the usual Arab blessing, “May God’s peace be on you and His mercy and blessings.” As they rose again the girls bashfully turned to look at my company of admiring Bedouins.

As the girls walked by my horse, they shyly dropped to their knees in greeting, which is the local way of showing respect to someone of higher status. Here, when a person of higher rank addresses you, the proper etiquette is to sit down as a sign of reverence. One by one, the girls knelt, and in return, I offered them the typical Arab blessing, “May God’s peace be upon you and His mercy and blessings.” As they stood up again, the girls bashfully glanced over at my group of admiring Bedouins.

We camped at the end of the valley near the well. An hour later the sheikh of the camp came to greet us. We discussed the roads to El Fasher and the direction to be followed. Here Herri looked thoughtful and sad. This was close to his own country, for we were across the frontier of French Wadai now. He had thrown away his rights and run away from the French, leaving all his property and relatives, and gone to the solitary oasis of Ouenat to live in self-inflicted exile.

We set up camp at the end of the valley near the well. An hour later, the sheikh of the camp came to greet us. We talked about the routes to El Fasher and which direction to take. At this point, Herri looked pensive and downcast. We were close to his homeland, as we had crossed into French Wadai now. He had given up his rights and fled from the French, leaving behind all his belongings and family, and retreated to the secluded oasis of Ouenat to live in self-imposed exile.

We were getting into a different kind of country. There were many more varieties of birds, including crows, owls, parrots, doves, and others whose names I do not know.

We were entering a different kind of region. There were many more types of birds, including crows, owls, parrots, doves, and others whose names I don't know.

In the night a lioness had killed two donkeys, and some of the natives captured one of its young and sent its skin to Fada to be sold. There are several score of blacks of the Goran and Bidiyat tribes at Bao. The women are graceful creatures, clothed with the utmost simplicity. Their dress is either a length[285] of cloth wound skilfully around the body, with a narrow strip of cloth for a belt, in which is carried a small knife, or a sheepskin wrapped round the lower part of the body. Their hair is arranged in small plaits. They wear ornaments of silver and ivory, heavy rings in the hair, and bead and amber necklaces. Young girls wear only an apron of cloth or leather. The men have splendid physique, go naked except for a loin-cloth, and carry two or three spears, a sword, and throwing-knife. Only sheikhs wear white robes and large turbans.

In the night, a lioness killed two donkeys, and some locals caught one of its cubs and sent its skin to Fada to be sold. There are several dozen people from the Goran and Bidiyat tribes at Bao. The women are graceful, dressed in the simplest way. Their attire is either a length of cloth skillfully wrapped around their bodies with a narrow strip of cloth as a belt, which holds a small knife, or a sheepskin wrapped around their lower bodies. Their hair is styled in small braids. They wear silver and ivory jewelry, heavy rings in their hair, and necklaces made of beads and amber. Young girls wear just an apron made of cloth or leather. The men have impressive physiques, dress only in loincloths, and carry two or three spears, a sword, and a throwing knife. Only sheikhs wear white robes and large turbans.

We gave the women and children macaroni, but they refused to eat it. Instead, they threaded the pieces on strings and made necklaces, which they wore proudly. The business instinct of the Bedouins at once displayed itself. They made necklaces from our little store of macaroni and exchanged them for butter and leather.

We gave the women and kids macaroni, but they wouldn't eat it. Instead, they strung the pieces on strings and made necklaces, which they wore with pride. The business savvy of the Bedouins quickly showed. They created necklaces using our small supply of macaroni and traded them for butter and leather.

Herri and Mohammed were to leave us here. They did not care to venture further south. I had some difficulty in finding a guide to take us to Furawia but at last succeeded. A sheep was brought to us as diafa, and we dined early on Tuesday, intending to make a prompt start in the morning.

Herri and Mohammed were going to leave us here. They didn’t want to go any further south. I had a hard time finding a guide to take us to Furawia but finally managed to do it. A sheep was brought to us as diafa, and we had dinner early on Tuesday, planning to leave first thing in the morning.

The guide did not present himself, and I began to feel that the Bidiyat were suspicious of my caravan. At 11 P.M. he appeared, however, and I immediately[286] woke the men and set them to loading the camels before he had any chance of changing his mind.

The guide didn’t introduce himself, and I started to sense that the Bidiyat were wary of my caravan. At 11 PM, he showed up, though, and I quickly [286] woke the men and got them to start loading the camels before he could change his mind.

Wednesday, May 30. Start at 1 A.M., halt at 8:30 A.M., start again at 4:15 P.M., halt at 7:15 P.M. Make 40 kilometers. Highest temperature 36°. Fine and clear. Strong and dusty southeast wind. The wind changes to northeast in the afternoon and drops in the evening. Country same as before, except flatter, and with no large valleys and no big trees. At 8:15 A.M. across a small wadi running east and west.

Wednesday, May 30. Start at 1 A.M., stop at 8:30 AM, start again at 4:15 PM, stop at 7:15 P.M. Cover 40 kilometers. Highest temperature 36°. Clear and sunny. Strong, dusty southeast wind. The wind shifts to northeast in the afternoon and calms down in the evening. The terrain is the same as before, but flatter, with no large valleys and no big trees. At 8:15 AM crossed a small wadi running east and west.

When we started at one o’clock there was a beautiful moon, which made it as clear as in daylight.

When we set off at one o’clock, there was a beautiful moon that made everything as bright as if it were daytime.

Herri and Mohammed started with us, as they wished to give the impression to the men of Bao that they were going with us to El Fasher. Otherwise they feared that they might be waylaid. In an hour we had climbed out of the valley. We halted to say good-by to the two guides, who were going to travel only by night on their way back to Ouenat, to avoid detection.

Herri and Mohammed started with us because they wanted to make the men of Bao think they were accompanying us to El Fasher. They were afraid they might get ambushed otherwise. After an hour, we made our way out of the valley. We stopped to say goodbye to the two guides, who would be traveling only at night on their way back to Ouenat to avoid being seen.

As I stood a little apart from the caravan in the moment of farewell to them, I realized that the difficulties through which we had come had drawn us close together. Mohammed was tall, erect, with a piercing eye and an interesting illustration of the[287] self-assurance that life in the desert gives and the fatalistic resignation with which one accepts whatever comes. Herri was a gentle-mannered, unassuming old man with a benign smile and charming manners. There was unquestioned dignity in his movements in spite of an injured left foot which he had to drag when he walked. He was a prince by nature.

As I stood a little away from the caravan during our goodbye, I realized that the challenges we faced had brought us closer together. Mohammed was tall and upright, with a sharp gaze and a fascinating mix of confidence that desert life brings, along with a resigned acceptance of whatever happens. Herri was a kind, unpretentious old man with a warm smile and pleasant ways. Despite having to drag his injured left foot when he walked, he moved with an undeniable dignity. He was a natural prince.

This was not merely a parting of companions of the trek, but a symbol of the old, having run the race, pointing the onward road to the young. We all forgot that I was the head of a caravan and they my guides. Herri put his hands on my shoulders and spoke with feeling in his voice.

This wasn’t just a goodbye between travel companions; it represented the old generation, having completed their journey, guiding the young on their way forward. We all overlooked the fact that I was leading the caravan and they were my guides. Herri placed his hands on my shoulders and spoke earnestly.

“May God bless you and give you strength,” he said. “There is your road.” He pointed to an opening in the distant hills. I murmured a few words in a voice that I could scarcely trust not to tremble and turned away to my caravan. The two dignified but somehow pathetic figures, both exiles from their own land, faded away in the moonlight.

“May God bless you and strengthen you,” he said. “That’s your path.” He pointed to an opening in the distant hills. I murmured a few words in a voice I could barely trust not to shake and turned back to my caravan. The two dignified yet somewhat sorrowful figures, both exiles from their own country, faded away in the moonlight.

We halted at dawn for our morning prayers and at 8:30 to camp for the day. There were tracks of lions about. We started again early in the afternoon, but the men were tired, having had little sleep the previous night, and we marched only three hours. The sheep which had been given us escaped, and in the moonlight Hamid and Sad went after it, bleating[288] like sheep themselves to attract it, but with no success.

We stopped at dawn for our morning prayers and around 8:30 to set up camp for the day. There were signs of lions nearby. We started again early in the afternoon, but the men were exhausted from not getting much sleep the night before, so we only marched for three hours. The sheep we had received got away, and under the moonlight, Hamid and Sad went after it, bleating like sheep themselves to lure it back, but they were unsuccessful.

Thursday, May 31. Start at 3:45 A.M., halt at 8:45 A.M., start again at 3:30 P.M., halt at 7:30 P.M. Make 36 kilometers. Highest temperature 37°, lowest 5°. Fine, clear, and calm. Southeast wind in the afternoon, which changed to northeast and dropped toward evening. Calm evening and night, with full moon and few white clouds.

Thursday, May 31. Start at 3:45 AM, stop at 8:45 AM, start again at 3:30 PM, stop at 7:30 P.M. Travelled 36 kilometers. Highest temperature 37°, lowest 5°. Nice, clear, and calm. Southeast wind in the afternoon, which shifted to northeast and decreased toward evening. Calm evening and night, with a full moon and a few white clouds.

An uneventful day.

A boring day.

Shortly after an early start on Friday, June 1, the guide got sleepy and “lost his head.” We were soon traveling due west instead of southeast. I did not interfere until we stopped for morning prayers at five, but then I asked him quietly if he had intended to march to the westward. He was surprised but admitted frankly his error. Fortunately, we had not been going wrong for long.

Shortly after an early start on Friday, June 1, the guide got sleepy and "lost his focus." We were soon heading due west instead of southeast. I didn’t say anything until we paused for morning prayers at five, but then I quietly asked him if he meant to go west. He was surprised but honestly admitted his mistake. Thankfully, we hadn’t been off course for long.

At 6:30 we passed a hill called Tamaira, on which stood a dry tree marking the boundary between Wadai and the Sudan. From the boundary-post we dropped into Wadai Hawar, a large valley full of big trees, which is said to extend westward to Wadai and eastward toward the Sudan. In Wadai, it is called Wadi Hawash.

At 6:30, we passed a hill called Tamaira, where a dry tree marked the border between Wadai and Sudan. From the border post, we descended into Wadai Hawar, a large valley filled with big trees, which is said to stretch west toward Wadai and east toward Sudan. In Wadai, it's referred to as Wadi Hawash.

The soil in the wadi is very fertile, and the men from Wadai and Darfur come to it in the autumn for grazing. We camped here for the midday halt and[289] found tracks of giraffe. In the afternoon we walked through high dry grass as though in a great field of ripe corn.

The soil in the wadi is really fertile, and the men from Wadai and Darfur come here in the fall to graze their animals. We set up camp for the midday break and[289] spotted giraffe tracks. In the afternoon, we walked through tall dry grass as if we were in a huge field of ripe corn.

THE CHIEF OF THE ZAGHAWA TRIBE OF DARFUR

THE CHIEF OF THE ZAGHAWA TRIBE OF DARFUR

Receiving the explorer and his party on entering the frontiers

Receiving the explorer and his group upon entering the borders

The men of the caravan were getting worn out, all the more as clothing was tattered, shoes at the last gasp; and to add to our inflictions we had much trouble with haskanit, a small, very hard, hooked thorn which grows on a low bush and attaches itself to whosoever brushes against it, when it is extremely difficult to extract.

The men in the caravan were getting really tired, especially since their clothes were torn and their shoes were falling apart; and to make things worse, we struggled a lot with haskanit, a small, very tough, hooked thorn that grows on a low bush and sticks to anyone who brushes against it, making it really hard to get rid of.

I heard Bukara describing to Hamid a giraffe and an elephant. The giraffe, he said, has the head of a camel, the hoofs of a cow, and the hind quarters of a horse. His word picture of the elephant was grotesque and much exaggerated, to impress the man from the north.

I heard Bukara explaining to Hamid about a giraffe and an elephant. The giraffe, he said, has a camel's head, cow's hooves, and the back end of a horse. His description of the elephant was bizarre and heavily exaggerated, trying to impress the guy from the north.

We made a very early start on Saturday, June 2, to make sure of reaching Furawia that day. At 5 A.M. we passed on our right the landmark of Hagar Kamra-ra, ten kilometers away, and an hour later passed another, Hagar Urdru, a hill about eighty meters high and two hundred meters long. Hagar is the Sudanese word for gara, or small hill. Then we started dropping into the valley of Furawia. It was the largest valley and the most inhabited that we had come across. Its people are Zaghawa and a few Bidiyat.

We left very early on Saturday, June 2, to ensure we reached Furawia that day. At 5 AM, we passed the landmark Hagar Kamra-ra on our right, ten kilometers away, and an hour later, we passed another one, Hagar Urdru, a hill about eighty meters high and two hundred meters long. Hagar is the Sudanese word for gara, meaning small hill. Then we began descending into the valley of Furawia. It was the largest and most populated valley we had encountered. Its residents are primarily Zaghawa, along with a few Bidiyat.

[290]We camped at nine near a Bidiyat camp and soon heard the distressing news that no food was to be obtained at Furawia. This was contrary to my expectation. I made haste to find a messenger to take a letter to the governor of Darfur at El Fasher, asking him to send me provisions and cloth to clothe my men, who were in rags. After much hesitation, caused apparently by fear of my men, the Zaghawa sheikh of a camp near-by came, driven by curiosity, to visit us. He was under the Sudanese Government, and I pounced on him and offered him three pounds to take a letter from me to Saville Pasha, Governor of Darfur. It was liberal pay, and in addition I threatened him with much unpleasantness should he hesitate or refuse. I told him he must start at dawn the next day. After murmuring something about having no animal to carry him, he went away and soon returned to say that he would take my letter to El Fasher. He intended to go on horseback. This was good news, for we had had no sugar for three weeks and had been obliged to sweeten our tea as best we could with pounded-up dates. Flour and rice had also given out, and a scanty diet of macaroni prepared with bad water is very monotonous.

[290]We set up camp around nine near a Bidiyat camp and soon heard the frustrating news that no food could be found at Furawia. This was not what I expected. I quickly looked for someone to send a letter to the governor of Darfur in El Fasher, asking him to send me supplies and fabric to clothe my men, who were in tatters. After some hesitation, apparently out of fear of my men, the Zaghawa sheikh from a nearby camp came over, driven by curiosity, to see us. He was under the Sudanese Government, and I seized the opportunity to offer him three pounds to deliver a letter to Saville Pasha, the Governor of Darfur. It was a generous offer, and I also warned him of serious consequences if he hesitated or refused. I told him he needed to leave at dawn the next day. After muttering something about not having an animal to ride, he left but soon returned to say he would take my letter to El Fasher. He planned to go on horseback. This was great news, as we hadn’t had sugar for three weeks and had been forced to sweeten our tea as best we could with crushed dates. We had also run out of flour and rice, and a meager diet of macaroni made with poor-quality water is pretty dull.

I moved the camp near to one of the wells in the valley and tried to buy a sheep to cheer up my men. But it was getting dark, and none of the inhabitants[291] came near our camp. We watered the camels and settled down for the night, not very well satisfied with life.

I set up the camp close to one of the wells in the valley and tried to buy a sheep to lift my men's spirits. But it was getting dark, and none of the locals[291] approached our camp. We watered the camels and settled in for the night, feeling pretty unsatisfied with life.

I was suddenly surprised to hear my men singing and apparently as cheerful as though they had had a good meal. I called Zerwali and Bukara over and asked them what was the singing about when there was no sugar and little food and things were generally disagreeable.

I was suddenly taken aback to hear my men singing and seemingly as happy as if they had just enjoyed a good meal. I called Zerwali and Bukara over and asked them what the singing was about when there was no sugar and not much food, and everything was generally unpleasant.

“We can breathe now,” answered Zerwali. “We have entered the Sudan and feel ourselves at last in safety.”

“We can breathe now,” Zerwali replied. “We’ve entered Sudan and finally feel safe.”

“Were you so fearful, then, of this journey we have made?” I asked.

“Were you really that afraid of this journey we just took?” I asked.

“At Kufra all our relations said that we were ‘walking for our fate’ when we took this road,” explained Bukara. “‘Your fates are written,’ they said to us, ‘but may God protect you.’ We wondered if perhaps they might not be right.”

“At Kufra, everyone we talked to said we were ‘walking for our fate’ when we chose this road,” Bukara explained. “‘Your fates are written,’ they told us, ‘but may God protect you.’ We started to wonder if maybe they were onto something.”

“You heard at Kufra,” said Zerwali, “how some people offered you encouragement to take this route, while many advised against it. Those who favored it were malicious men who simply hoped that they would never see you again.”

“You heard at Kufra,” said Zerwali, “how some people encouraged you to take this route, while many warned you not to. Those who were in favor were just shady guys who were hoping they’d never see you again.”

It was then also that Zerwali—who, now that we were nearing the end of the trip, felt himself more free to talk—told me that the houses of Sadaida and[292] Jehilat of the Zwaya tribe at Hawari and Kufra had strongly resented my second visit and held a meeting to discuss the best means of either destroying the caravan or preventing me from coming back.

It was then that Zerwali—who, now that we were close to the end of the trip, felt more comfortable talking—told me that the houses of Sadaida and[292] Jehilat of the Zwaya tribe at Hawari and Kufra were really upset about my second visit and held a meeting to figure out the best way to either destroy the caravan or stop me from coming back.

Then I realized what pluck it had taken for these men to come with me by the strange and unknown way without a murmur of protest. I was proud of them.

Then I realized how brave it had been for these men to follow me along the strange and unknown path without a word of complaint. I felt proud of them.

At 2 A.M. Hamid, who was acting as sentry, woke me to say that the messenger had arrived and was ready to take my letter to El Fasher. Two letters were all written and ready under my pillow, one to Saville Pasha and the other to the officer in command at Kuttum, the outpost on the way to El Fasher, asking him to make sure that my letter to El Fasher reached its destination. I was glad the messenger had come so early. The sooner we got new supplies the happier we should all be. I promised him a few extra dollars if he would deliver the letter to El Fasher in four days. I bade him a very warm God-speed and watched him ride off in the moonlight on a quite strong if ragged-looking horse.

At 2 A.M., Hamid, who was on guard duty, woke me up to tell me that the messenger had arrived and was ready to take my letter to El Fasher. I had already written two letters and they were ready under my pillow—one to Saville Pasha and the other to the officer in charge at Kuttum, the outpost on the way to El Fasher, asking him to ensure that my letter reached its destination. I was glad the messenger showed up so early. The sooner we got new supplies, the happier we would all be. I promised him a few extra dollars if he could deliver the letter to El Fasher within four days. I wished him a warm God-speed and watched as he rode off in the moonlight on a fairly strong but ragged-looking horse.


[293]CHAPTER XXI

JOURNEY’S END

Journey's End

SLEEP came slowly to me that first night at Furawia. I was excited as I had not been since saying good-by to Lieutenant Bather at Sollum and beginning the journey. Now I was in touch again with the outside world and the journey was really over, even though it would still be a month or more before I should exchange my caravan for other methods of travel. The “lost” oases of Arkenu and Ouenat were no longer lost, and, if my observations proved to be as accurate as I hoped they were, a good map could now be made of this strip of the Libyan Desert from Jalo to Furawia.

SLEEP came slowly to me that first night at Furawia. I was excited like I hadn't been since saying goodbye to Lieutenant Bather at Sollum and starting the journey. Now I was back in touch with the outside world, and the journey was officially over, even though it would still be a month or more before I would trade my caravan for other ways of traveling. The "lost" oases of Arkenu and Ouenat were no longer lost, and if my observations turned out to be as accurate as I hoped, a good map could now be created of this stretch of the Libyan Desert from Jalo to Furawia.

We spent three full days at Furawia getting used to the damp climate we had come into and trying to get enough to eat to keep us from feeling miserable. Dark clouds hovered over our heads much of the time, and every day it rained. My men gorged themselves with mutton, but the lack of sugar for the tea and other provisions rather took the edge off their enjoyment of these feasts.

We spent three entire days at Furawia adjusting to the humid climate we were in and trying to get enough to eat to avoid feeling miserable. Dark clouds hung over us most of the time, and it rained every day. My men stuffed themselves with mutton, but the lack of sugar for the tea and other supplies really dampened their enjoyment of these meals.

[294]On June 6 we started south in the afternoon and climbed slowly out of the valley. We passed many flocks of sheep and cattle going home, followed by slim girls and boys clad in nothing but a loin-cloth or strings of beads.

[294]On June 6, we headed south in the afternoon and slowly made our way out of the valley. We saw many groups of sheep and cattle headed home, accompanied by slender girls and boys dressed in just a loincloth or strings of beads.

It was quite different from the desert we had come through. We were following a beaten track and passing frequently small villages of straw huts, women carrying hatab, and other signs of habitation.

It was really different from the desert we had just crossed. We were following a worn path and often passing small villages of straw huts, with women carrying hatab, along with other signs of life.

Near one of the villages I told the caravan to go ahead and pointed out to them where we would camp. I followed with my horse. There were a few points of interest geographically, and I had to take some observations. As I was nearing the camp I heard voices curiously upraised, a mixture between men wailing and singing. My first thought was that some of the men of the caravan had got into trouble with the natives. I spurred on my horse and as I was approaching the camp my mind was relieved, for I heard the tom-tom of the drum and women’s voices singing. It was just after sunset, and in the dusk I could not distinguish clearly the crowd that was moving toward me, but soon one of my men came rushing up to tell me they had had the most cordial reception from the men and women of the village, who insisted on coming out to receive “the sheikh of the caravan.” He had hardly broken this news to[295] me when a bevy of young girls, some singing, others dancing, surrounded my horse, who responded as befitted a Bedouin horse and started prancing. The women raised lu-lias, and I was urged by my Bedouins to empty gunpowder. The crowd made way for my horse, and I walked him a short distance off, turned around, came rushing back, and pulled him up dead. By that time I had got out my rifle, and as my horse stopped dead I fired my shot, in Bedouin fashion, at the feet of the first row of beautiful damsels. They were half frightened and half delighted. Then six of them surrounded the horse, circling round me, and gave me the shabaal; that is to say, with a sudden twist of the head they whirled their tresses toward me as a woman of southern Europe might throw a rose. In response, I put my finger on each girl’s forehead and, holding my rifle high in the air, twirled it round her head, crying “Abshir bil kheir!” (“Rejoice in the bounty of God!”). We then formed ourselves into a procession and proceeded to the camp. The moment they saw me coming surrounded by all those girls the Bedouins fired in the air in honor of the occasion. The Bedouin is very chivalrous, and such is his idea of honoring the ladies. Afterward I distributed scent to all the girls, who went away very happy, and it was a most cheerful evening in the camp.

Near one of the villages, I told the caravan to move on and pointed out where we would set up camp. I followed on my horse. There were a few geographical points of interest, and I needed to take some measurements. As I got closer to the camp, I heard voices raised in excitement, a mix of men wailing and singing. My first thought was that some of the caravan men had gotten into trouble with the locals. I urged my horse on, and as I got nearer to the camp, I felt relieved when I heard the sound of a drum and women singing. It was just after sunset, and in the dim light, I couldn’t clearly see the crowd approaching me, but soon one of my men rushed up to tell me they had received a warm welcome from the village men and women, who insisted on coming out to greet “the sheikh of the caravan.” He had barely finished telling me this when a group of young girls, some singing, others dancing, surrounded my horse, who, as a proper Bedouin horse should, started prancing. The women began to sing lu-lias, and my Bedouins encouraged me to shoot some gunpowder. The crowd made way for my horse, and I walked him a short distance away, turned around, came rushing back, and stopped him abruptly. By that point, I had my rifle ready, and as my horse halted, I fired a shot, in true Bedouin style, at the feet of the first row of beautiful girls. They were half scared and half thrilled. Then six of them surrounded the horse, circling around me, and performed shabaal; that is to say, with a quick twist of their heads, they whirled their hair at me as a southern European woman might throw a rose. In response, I touched each girl’s forehead and, holding my rifle high in the air, twirled it around her head, shouting “Abshir bil kheir!” (“Rejoice in the bounty of God!”). We then arranged ourselves into a procession and made our way to the camp. As soon as they saw me coming surrounded by all those girls, the Bedouins fired into the air to celebrate the moment. The Bedouins are very chivalrous, and that’s how they honor the ladies. Afterward, I handed out perfume to all the girls, and they left very happy, making it a joyful evening in the camp.

[296]The next day we reached Um Buru, thirty-eight kilometers from Furawia. We camped near the well, and the next morning I was awakened early by sounds of cattle and sheep coming to water. An hour later a busy market was being held alongside our camp. We had unwittingly pitched our tents close by the big tree that marked the center of the market-place. Only women took part in the market, bringing butter, leather, mats, maize, cotton, and salt, which they bartered with each other without the use of money. Meanwhile the men lay about at their ease and did nothing. As I watched such a scene as this and others not unlike in the villages of the Sudan, I found myself wondering whether the black women were not after all better off as slaves in a Bedouin household. Here they do all the work that is done, caring for cattle and sheep, doing the housework, and preparing meals and making the favorite beverage merissa for their men, carrying on the business of the market—everything. As slaves they would have only certain circumscribed duties and some opportunity for leisure. As I turned this over in my mind, however, I seemed to catch something in the sound of their talk and their laughter that slaves do not have. Perhaps there is something in the feeling of liberty after all, even when it is accompanied by drudgery.

[296]The next day we arrived at Um Buru, which is thirty-eight kilometers from Furawia. We set up camp near the well, and the next morning I was woken early by the sounds of cattle and sheep coming to drink water. An hour later, a bustling market was happening right next to our camp. We had unknowingly pitched our tents close to the large tree that marked the center of the market. Only women participated in the market, bringing butter, leather, mats, maize, cotton, and salt, which they traded with each other without using money. Meanwhile, the men lounged around doing nothing. As I observed scenes like this and similar ones in the villages of Sudan, I began to wonder if the Black women were actually better off as slaves in a Bedouin household. They do all the work, taking care of the cattle and sheep, doing house chores, preparing meals, and making the favorite drink merissa for their men, handling the market—everything. As slaves, they would have specific responsibilities and some free time. However, as I thought about it, I sensed something in the sound of their voices and laughter that slaves lack. Maybe there is value in the feeling of freedom, even when it comes with hard work.

THE RECEPTION OF THE EXPLORER AT EL FASHER

THE RECEPTION OF THE EXPLORER AT EL FASHER

The governor of the Darfur Province and his staff welcome the explorer to the capital of the province

The governor of Darfur Province and his team welcome the explorer to the provincial capital.

[297]We stopped at Um Buru for two days. Abdel Rahman Jeddu, wakil of Mohammedin, the head of the Zaghawa tribe, visited me and brought sheep and chicken as diafa. On the second day we were given an official welcome, the wakil coming with a retinue of retainers on horseback beating drums. Mohammedin’s family, in the absence of the master of the household, sent a lunch of asida, vegetables, merissa, and pastry.

[297]We stayed at Um Buru for two days. Abdel Rahman Jeddu, the representative of Mohammedin, the leader of the Zaghawa tribe, visited me and brought sheep and chickens as hospitality gifts. On the second day, we received an official welcome, with the representative arriving with a group of followers on horseback, beating drums. Mohammedin’s family, in the absence of the head of the household, sent a lunch consisting of asida, vegetables, merissa, and pastries.

The next stage of our journey was a five days’ trek to Kuttum, 129 kilometers to the southward. The weather was generally good, though hot, with an occasional shower. We traveled as usual in the early morning and late afternoon. There was a beaten track with fairly good going, through hilly country covered with dry grass and small trees. At intervals there were patches which had been burnt in preparation for being cultivated.

The next stage of our journey was a five-day trek to Kuttum, 129 kilometers to the south. The weather was generally good, though hot, with an occasional shower. We traveled as usual in the early morning and late afternoon. There was a well-worn path that was pretty decent to walk on, winding through hilly terrain covered with dry grass and small trees. At intervals, we passed patches that had been burned in preparation for cultivation.

On the third day my messenger to El Fasher arrived, with two companions, but it was a disappointing meeting. It had taken him five days instead of four to reach his destination, and he had not brought the answer to my letter back with him. It was waiting for me, he said, in the possession of a soldier at Mutarrig Well, twelve hours’ journey from where we were. The soldier also had provisions for us, but they did us little immediate good at that distance.

On the third day, my messenger arrived in El Fasher with two companions, but the meeting was disappointing. It took him five days instead of four to get to his destination, and he didn't bring back the answer to my letter. He said it was with a soldier at Mutarrig Well, which was a twelve-hour journey from where we were. The soldier also had supplies for us, but they didn't help us much at that distance.

[298]There was little for dinner when we camped that night. After dinner I sent our guide off post-haste with orders to ride all night and until he reached Mutarrig. There he was to tell the soldier to come to us as fast as he could.

[298]There wasn't much for dinner when we set up camp that night. After we ate, I quickly sent our guide off with orders to ride all night until he got to Mutarrig. There, he was to tell the soldier to come to us as fast as possible.

We started before four the next morning, and in an hour the men came rushing to me with the news that there was a soldier ahead on a camel. In a few minutes I had a letter from Charles Dupuis, acting Governor of Darfur, in the absence of Saville Pasha who had resigned from the service, and a small supply of rice, flour, tea, and sugar. I was especially pleased to be handed a supply of cigarettes.

We set out before four the next morning, and within an hour, the men rushed to me with the news that there was a soldier ahead on a camel. A few minutes later, I received a letter from Charles Dupuis, the acting Governor of Darfur, since Saville Pasha had resigned from his position, along with a small supply of rice, flour, tea, and sugar. I was particularly happy to receive a supply of cigarettes.

I had not smoked since soon after leaving Erdi. At Ouenat I had suddenly realized that there were only a few cigarettes left. I then laid down a strict rule for myself: one cigarette a day after dinner. It was hard work waiting all day for that brief smoke, but it was worth it when the moment came. I would get into a sheltered corner, light the precious cigarette, and shield it carefully from any breath of wind that might make it burn ever so slightly faster. When the few cigarettes were gone, there was nothing left but memories and expectation. Now at last the expectation was gratified with a vengeance, for I smoked until my throat was sore.

I hadn’t smoked since shortly after leaving Erdi. When I got to Ouenat, I suddenly realized I only had a few cigarettes left. So, I set a strict rule for myself: one cigarette a day after dinner. It was tough waiting all day for that quick smoke, but it was worth it when the time came. I would find a sheltered spot, light the precious cigarette, and carefully shield it from any breeze that could make it burn just a bit faster. Once the few cigarettes were gone, all I had left were memories and anticipation. Now, that anticipation was finally fulfilled, and I smoked until my throat was sore.

Bukara, with a handful of the newly arrived[299] cigarettes, put on his long-tasseled red tarboosh, got on the guide’s horse, and did a little fantasia of joy. But it was when we camped at the government rest-house at Marahig that general rejoicing broke loose with singing and dancing. The corporal, looking on while the men set the sugar-loaf on the ground and executed a wild dance about it, thought us all a little mad.

Bukara, with a handful of the newly arrived[299] cigarettes, put on his long-tasseled red tarboosh, mounted the guide’s horse, and did a little fantasia of joy. But it was when we set up camp at the government rest-house in Marahig that the real celebration began, filled with singing and dancing. The corporal, watching as the men placed the sugar-loaf on the ground and performed a wild dance around it, thought we were all a little crazy.

“Why all this rejoicing?” he demanded.

“Why all this celebrating?” he asked.

“Because for a month we have had no sugar, and now our tea is sweetened again,” said Abdullahi.

“Because we haven't had any sugar for a month, and now our tea is sweetened again,” said Abdullahi.

Until one has tried going without any sugar whatever, one does not realize how keenly it will be missed.

Until you try going without any sugar at all, you don’t really understand how much you'll miss it.

The corporal shook his head and smiled. “I must return at once to Kuttum and bring you more provisions,” he said. “We never realized that you were so short of food.” Before he left he was kind enough to go to a camp near-by and bring us a sheep and butter, which were to be paid for by the moawin of Kuttum, since the seller refused to accept Egyptian paper money. The corporal then left with letters from me for Mr. Dupuis and the moawin, the deputy Governor of Kuttum.

The corporal shook his head and smiled. “I need to head back to Kuttum right away and bring you more supplies,” he said. “We had no idea you were running low on food.” Before he left, he kindly went to a nearby camp and brought us a sheep and some butter, which would be paid for by the moawin of Kuttum since the seller wouldn’t accept Egyptian paper money. The corporal then left with letters from me for Mr. Dupuis and the moawin, the deputy Governor of Kuttum.

The provisions which he had brought us were good as far as they went, but we should very soon be in need of more. I decided to push on at once. We made our midday halt at the government rest-house[300] at Marahig Well and our stop for the night only a few kilometers farther on. The camels were in very bad condition. The backs and sides of some of them were sore and bleeding, and two camels refused to move until their loads were taken off. It rained for an hour that evening, but it could not dampen our spirits. The men sang and danced around a big fire. The humidity and the smell of the wet grass reminded me of my walks in English country.

The supplies he brought us were good enough, but we would soon need more. I decided to move forward immediately. We stopped for lunch at the government rest-house[300] at Marahig Well and spent the night just a few kilometers ahead. The camels were in really bad shape. Some had sore and bleeding spots on their backs and sides, and two camels wouldn't budge until their loads were taken off. It rained for an hour that evening, but it didn't bring us down. The men sang and danced around a large fire. The humidity and the scent of the wet grass reminded me of my walks in the English countryside.

We made an early start the next morning in order to reach Mutarrig Well for the midday halt. We lunched at the rest-house near the well and received a visit from the sheikh of Mutarrig, who brought a few chickens as diafa. He wanted us to stop the night so that he could entertain us properly the next day, but I felt the necessity of going on as fast as possible.

We got up early the next morning to reach Mutarrig Well by noon. We had lunch at the rest house near the well and were visited by the sheikh of Mutarrig, who brought a few chickens as a welcoming gift. He wanted us to stay the night so he could host us properly the next day, but I felt it was important to keep moving as quickly as we could.

The camels were getting steadily worse. We had to leave one of them with the sheikh of the village on the understanding that if it recovered he was to get a quarter of the price it brought when sold, while if it died he was not to be held responsible.

The camels were getting steadily worse. We had to leave one of them with the sheikh of the village with the agreement that if it recovered, he would receive a quarter of the price it sold for, and if it died, he wouldn’t be held responsible.

An hour and a half after starting the next day another soldier on horseback appeared. He brought a letter from the moawin of Kuttum and a small quantity of rice and sugar. They are gratefully received, for once more we were on short rations[301] and without sugar for our tea. I gave him a letter to take back to Kuttum. A little later we camped in the small valley of Boa. In the afternoon, soon after we had started again, it came on to rain with a strong southeast wind, and I thought it might be wise to camp until the storm was over. But through my glasses I made out ahead of us the row of straw huts of the Markas—the government house—of Kuttum, and spurred on by the sight we drove the camels faster.

An hour and a half after setting out the next day, another soldier on horseback showed up. He brought a letter from the moawin of Kuttum along with some rice and sugar. We were really thankful for it since once again we were running low on supplies and out of sugar for our tea. I gave him a letter to take back to Kuttum. A little later, we set up camp in the small valley of Boa. In the afternoon, just after we started again, it started to rain with a strong southeast wind. I thought it might be a good idea to wait for the storm to pass. But through my binoculars, I spotted the row of straw huts of the Markas—the government house—of Kuttum, and motivated by the sight, we pushed the camels to go faster.

Soon a group of horsemen were seen approaching us, and my Bedouins impulsively raised a cheer. When I recognized the uniform of Sudanese troops, it was the most cheering sight that I had seen for many weeks. Riad Abu Akla Effendi and Nasr El Din Shaddad Effendi, the two moawins of Kuttum, approached with a detachment of ten soldiers, the kadi, the head clerk, and other officials and notables of Kuttum. I shook hands warmly with them all, and under their escort the caravan moved on through the village. As we approached, the Markas women clothed in white and beating drums greeted us with singing and “lu-lias.” We settled ourselves in and about the rest-house, and the women came again to offer greetings. In a long line they sang and danced, much to the delight of my Bedouins, who asked permission to empty gunpowder in acknowledgment of[302] the courtesy. I could not refuse my consent, and one by one, beginning with Bukara, the men performed the ceremony of singeing the girls’ slippers. The Sudanese women were not so accustomed to the Bedouin manner of paying homage as the girls of the northern desert, and flinched a little as the powder flashed at their feet. But they accepted it all in good part, the whole line swaying and dancing to the rhythm of the drums while one by one my men singled them out for the “slipper-singeing honor.” It was a wonderful reception, and the pleasure of it dispersed like magic the fatigue and lassitude of the journey.

Soon a group of horsemen was seen approaching us, and my Bedouins excitedly cheered. When I recognized the uniform of the Sudanese troops, it was the most uplifting sight I had seen in many weeks. Riad Abu Akla Effendi and Nasr El Din Shaddad Effendi, the two moawins of Kuttum, came forward with a detachment of ten soldiers, the kadi, the head clerk, and other officials and notable people from Kuttum. I greeted them all warmly, and under their escort, the caravan moved on through the village. As we got closer, the Markas women dressed in white and playing drums welcomed us with singing and “lu-lias.” We settled in and around the rest-house, and the women came again to offer their greetings. In a long line, they sang and danced, much to the delight of my Bedouins, who asked for permission to fire gunpowder in acknowledgment of[302] the courtesy. I couldn’t refuse, and one by one, starting with Bukara, the men performed the ceremony of singeing the girls’ slippers. The Sudanese women weren’t as used to the Bedouin way of showing respect as the girls from the northern desert, and they flinched a bit when the powder flashed at their feet. But they accepted it all gracefully, the whole line swaying and dancing to the rhythm of the drums while one by one my men honored them with the “slipper-singeing.” It was an incredible reception, and the joy of it wiped away the fatigue and exhaustion of the journey.

More hospitality was to come. Four sheep, butter, and fresh vegetables, to say nothing of sugar, were brought to us as diafa from the moawins and officials, and we spent a pleasant evening feasting.

More hospitality was on the way. Four sheep, butter, and fresh vegetables, not to mention sugar, were brought to us as diafa from the moawins and officials, and we enjoyed a nice evening feasting.

Our arrival at Kuttum at this particular moment had seemed to the inhabitants there an especially auspicious one, for we came with the first rain of the season.

Our arrival at Kuttum at this moment felt especially lucky to the locals, as we arrived with the first rain of the season.

We stopped there for two days, entertained generously by the moawins in the absence of the inspector, Mr. Arkell, who was at El Fasher.

We stayed there for two days, well taken care of by the moawins while the inspector, Mr. Arkell, was away in El Fasher.

One afternoon we attended a soccer match between two teams of soldiers. It was played with energy if not with finesse. At times a player, striving[303] to give the ball an especially vigorous kick, would miss it and send his Sudanese slipper shooting high into the air. The camaraderie between officers and men, playing this not exactly gentle game together, was interesting to see.

One afternoon, we went to a soccer match between two teams of soldiers. It had a lot of energy, even if it wasn't very graceful. Sometimes, a player, trying to give the ball a really strong kick, would miss and send his Sudanese slipper flying high into the air. The camaraderie between the officers and the soldiers, playing this not-so-gentle game together, was fascinating to watch.

Dinner that night with Riad Effendi and Nasr El Din Effendi, the moawins, was the first meal I had eaten in a house since leaving Kufra. My hosts gave me Egyptian newspapers to read, the first I had seen in nearly six months.

Dinner that night with Riad Effendi and Nasr El Din Effendi, the moawins, was the first meal I had in a house since leaving Kufra. My hosts gave me Egyptian newspapers to read, the first ones I had seen in almost six months.

We left Kuttum at six o’clock on the morning of June 17, cheered by the generous hospitality we had enjoyed and the friendly send-off our friends gave us. The two days’ journey to El Fasher was a joy-ride. We all felt the thrill and exhilaration of getting in touch with the world again.

We left Kuttum at 6 a.m. on June 17, feeling grateful for the warm hospitality we had received and the friendly goodbye from our friends. The two-day trip to El Fasher was a pleasure. We all felt the excitement and joy of connecting with the world again.

But as I went to bed on the eighteenth I realized with a stab of regret that this was my last day in the real desert. I thought how I should miss my men and my camels, the desolateness and the beauty, the solitude and the companionship; in two words, the desert and its life. I thanked God for His guidance across this vast expanse of pathless sand and found myself adding a prayer, half wistfully, that I might come back to it again.

But as I went to bed on the eighteenth, I felt a pang of regret realizing this was my last day in the true desert. I thought about how much I would miss my crew and my camels, the emptiness and the beauty, the solitude and the companionship; in short, the desert and its life. I thanked God for His guidance across this vast stretch of endless sand and found myself adding a prayer, half-longingly, that I would be able to return to it one day.

I had given orders for an early start the next morning. In their eagerness my men somewhat exaggerated[304] my idea of “early,” but I was excited myself and did not mind getting under way at half-past two.

I had instructed everyone to start early the next morning. My team, in their enthusiasm, stretched my notion of "early" a bit, but I was excited too and didn’t mind getting going at 2:30 AM.

Three hours’ march from El Fasher we camped to make preparations for entering the place. We all shaved and put on our best clothes. Mr. Dupuis had sent a supply of white cloth to Kuttum for us, and my men were able to appear once more in decent raiment. They crowded around my remnant of a mirror to see how they looked. Rifles were cleaned, and the luggage, which was in a very shabby state, was tidied as much as possible. I wished that I might be able to do something for the camels as well, which were thin and dejected-looking. But rest and attention to their sore backs were what they needed, and we had no time or facilities for giving them that. Nevertheless they too seemed to be infected with the spirit of eagerness felt by all of us and walked forward briskly. Abdullahi and Zerwali got into their silks, and the caravan moved gaily toward its destination.

Three hours of walking from El Fasher, we set up camp to prepare for heading into the place. We all shaved and dressed in our best clothes. Mr. Dupuis had sent a batch of white cloth to Kuttum for us, so my men could finally look decent again. They gathered around my tiny mirror to check their appearances. Rifles were cleaned, and we did our best to tidy up our luggage, which was in pretty rough shape. I wished I could do something for the camels, who looked thin and worn out. But what they needed was rest and care for their sore backs, and we had neither the time nor the resources to provide that. Still, they too seemed to catch the excitement we all felt and walked forward with a bit more energy. Abdullahi and Zerwali put on their silk outfits, and the caravan happily moved toward its destination.

As we reached the outskirts of El Fasher, cheers of rejoicing rose throughout the caravan. A cavalcade of men in khaki was coming toward us. I put spurs to Baraka, and he responded willingly. He saw the horses before us, pricked his ears forward, and dashed toward them.

As we got to the edge of El Fasher, cheers of celebration echoed through the caravan. A group of men in khaki was approaching us. I urged Baraka to go faster, and he gladly obliged. He spotted the horses ahead, perked up his ears, and took off towards them.

EL FASHER

EL FASHER

The capital of Darfur Province

The capital of Darfur

[305]Mr. Dupuis came forward on his horse to meet me, and we shook hands warmly. The greetings were repeated by the English and Egyptian officers of his staff, and we went on to his house, a part of which he generously made over to me and the men of my caravan. The weary camels were promptly taken in hand by Bimbashi Andas, who gave them food, water, and the medical treatment for their wounds they so much needed.

[305]Mr. Dupuis rode up on his horse to greet me, and we shook hands warmly. The English and Egyptian officers on his staff repeated the greetings, and we headed to his house, a section of which he generously offered to me and the members of my caravan. The tired camels were quickly attended to by Bimbashi Andas, who provided them with food, water, and the medical care they desperately needed for their wounds.

The officer in charge of the wireless station kindly got me the exact Greenwich time from Paris by radio. I was pleased to discover that my chronometer had lost only twenty-three minutes and twenty-three seconds in eight months.

The officer in charge of the radio station kindly got me the exact Greenwich time from Paris via radio. I was happy to find out that my clock had only lost twenty-three minutes and twenty-three seconds over eight months.

For ten days I was the guest of Mr. Dupuis and was lavishly entertained by the officers and officials of the garrison, both English and my own compatriots, and the notables of the town. Hospitality was showered upon me, and every kind of assistance that could possibly be needed was eagerly rendered. This was civilization again. I enjoyed once more the luxuries of life, especially vegetables and fruits. It is only when one has gone through the austere régime of the desert that one looks upon these things as luxuries and not necessities. There was in particular a brand of prunes, the pride of Major Smith, and of peculiar lusciousness. He called them “If[306] Winter Comes,” and I have never tasted their like anywhere.

For ten days, I stayed with Mr. Dupuis, who, along with the officers and officials of the garrison—both English and my fellow countrymen—treated me to an extravagant level of hospitality. The local notables also made me feel welcome. I was inundated with kindness, and they eagerly provided every kind of help I could possibly need. This felt like civilization again. I relished the luxuries of life once more, especially fresh vegetables and fruits. It's only after experiencing the harsh conditions of the desert that you start to see these as luxuries rather than necessities. One standout item was a specific type of prunes, which Major Smith took great pride in; they were incredibly delicious. He called them “If[306] Winter Comes,” and I have never tasted anything like them anywhere else.

At last the day came when I must take leave of my companions of the trek from Kufra. When Bukara and his brother and Hamid and Senussi Bu Jaber came to my room to say good-by, it was a moment full of real emotion and crowded with memories. These rugged men of the desert burst into tears, and I found my own eyes wet. We had been through thick and thin together and came out fast friends. I could never wish for better companions on a journey into desolate regions, more able, more manly, or more loyal.

At last, the day came when I had to say goodbye to my companions from the trek through Kufra. When Bukara, his brother, Hamid, and Senussi Bu Jaber came to my room to say farewell, it was a moment filled with genuine emotion and packed with memories. These tough desert men broke down in tears, and I found my own eyes were wet. We had been through so much together and had become fast friends. I could never have asked for better companions on a journey into remote regions—more capable, more masculine, or more loyal.

We read the “Fat-ha,” the sound of the familiar sacred phrases punctuated by Bukara’s sobbing. I exchanged a final handclasp with each of them, and we parted, to meet one day, I hope, in that desert that I love as much as they.

We read the “Fat-ha,” the familiar sacred phrases mixed with Bukara’s sobbing. I shared a final handshake with each of them, and we parted ways, hoping to meet again one day in that desert I love just as much as they do.

One more camel-trek before me eastward to El Obeid. There I took train for Khartum and thence home to Cairo, where I arrived on August 1, 1923.

One more camel trek for me east to El Obeid. From there, I took a train to Khartoum and then headed home to Cairo, where I arrived on August 1, 1923.

I had been away from home seven months and twenty-three days, having trekked twenty-two hundred miles across the desert by caravan.

I had been away from home for seven months and twenty-three days, having traveled two thousand two hundred miles across the desert by caravan.

I had determined finally the position of the Zieghen Wells and of Kufra on the map of Africa, in the placing of which there had been hitherto errors[307] of one hundred and of forty-five kilometers respectively.

I finally figured out the locations of the Zieghen Wells and Kufra on the map of Africa, where there had previously been mistakes of one hundred and forty-five kilometers, respectively.[307]

I had also had the great good fortune to put the “lost” oases of Arkenu and Ouenat definitely on the map of the Libyan Desert.

I was also lucky enough to definitively place the “lost” oases of Arkenu and Ouenat on the map of the Libyan Desert.

[308]To A. M. H.

To A. M. H.

I crave no statue in a public street,
Nor page of history to give my name:
A desert flower on my winding sheet
Is all I ask to mark the way I came.
There were no jewels buried in the sand,
The treasure that I sought was little worth:
I went—but oh, how few will understand—
To tread an unworn carpet of the earth.
Wide spaces called me, and the way was free;
Feet falter not upon a road unknown:
How languish, one who, looking back, can see—
A thousand miles—no footsteps but his own?
Not half a hundred voyagings for gold
Could make me rich as many times I’ve been
When, weary-eyed, I’ve watched the dawn unfold
And spread soft radiances o’er a desert scene.
Thoughts were my treasure; where may thoughts be sold?
My world was empty, but my world was clean.
G. F. Foley sound effects.
El Fasher,
June 30, 1923.

[309]APPENDIX I

Note on the Cartographical Results of Hassanein Bey’s Journey

Note on the Cartographical Results of Hassanein Bey’s Journey

John Ball, O.B.E., D.Sc., Director of Desert Surveys, Egypt

John Ball, O.B.E., Ph.D., Director of Desert Surveys, Egypt

1. Introduction

THE cartographical data brought back by Hassanein Bey consist of:

THE cartographical data brought back by Hassanein Bey includes:

(1) Note-books containing the records of astronomical observations for the determination of time, latitude, and compass-variation at nineteen principal camps, with records of watch-comparisons.

(1) Notebooks that include the records of astronomical observations used to determine time, latitude, and compass variation at nineteen main camps, along with records of watch comparisons.

(2) A journal giving a continuous record of observed compass-bearings and estimated distances from Siwa Oasis to Lameina Wells, near El Fasher, a distance of about 2430 kilometers.

(2) A journal providing a continuous record of observed compass bearings and estimated distances from Siwa Oasis to Lameina Wells, near El Fasher, covering approximately 2430 kilometers.

The journal also contains a considerable number of observed compass-bearings to conspicuous features on either side of the route, with a few rough trigonometrical estimations of the altitudes of mountains passed, a large number of readings of an aneroid barometer and sling thermometer for the estimation of altitudes along the route, daily observations of maximum and minimum temperatures, observations on the character of the country passed through, and notes on the meteorological conditions.

The journal also includes a significant number of recorded compass bearings to noticeable landmarks on both sides of the route, along with some rough trigonometric estimates of the heights of mountains encountered, numerous readings from an aneroid barometer and sling thermometer for measuring altitudes along the route, daily recordings of maximum and minimum temperatures, notes on the nature of the terrain traveled through, and observations on the weather conditions.

[310]These observational data have been reduced in the Desert Survey Office, Cairo, and utilized in the preparation of the map on a scale of 1:2,000,000 which accompanies Hassanein Bey’s account of his travels. The objects of the present note are, first, to give an account of the critical examination to which the records were subjected in the course of the reduction of the observations, so as to enable an estimate to be formed of the degree of precision which may be fairly assigned to the geographical positions, altitudes, and other results used in the construction of the map; and, secondly, to indicate the additions to existing geographical knowledge concerning a little-known region of northeast Africa which have accrued from the expedition.

[310]These observational data have been processed at the Desert Survey Office in Cairo and used to create the accompanying map at a scale of 1:2,000,000, which goes along with Hassanein Bey’s travel account. This note has two main purposes: first, to provide an overview of the thorough examination the records went through during the processing of the observations, allowing for an understanding of the accuracy of the geographical positions, altitudes, and other outcomes used to create the map; and, second, to highlight the new geographical insights gained about a little-known area in northeast Africa from the expedition.

2. Astronomical Determination of Local Time

Theodolite observations of altitudes of the sun or of stars were made at all the principal camps for determining the error on local mean time of the half-chronometer watch which was used in the latitude observations. In all, thirty-four complete time determinations were made at seventeen camps. The observations were made with a three-inch Troughton & Simms theodolite, the vertical circle of which could be read by two verniers to 1′, and which was provided with a sensitive level on the microscope arm. The theodolite was invariably set up in the magnetic meridian by its trough compass, and the method used was to note the times of passage of the sun’s limb or of the star over each of the three horizontal wires of the stadia-graticule, reading the level and circle at each pointing, face-right and face-left. In the case of stars, the magnetic bearing of the star was also noted from the horizontal circle, and a note made of the color and brightness of the star, for the identification of the stars subsequently in the office, and thus to free the[311] observer from the necessity of knowing the stars’ names. The barometer and thermometer were carefully read at each observation for calculating the refraction.

Theodolite measurements of the sun's or stars' altitudes were taken at all the main camps to determine the error in the local mean time of the half-chronometer watch used for latitude observations. In total, thirty-four complete time readings were made at seventeen camps. The observations were conducted using a three-inch Troughton & Simms theodolite, whose vertical circle could be read to 1' using two verniers, and which was equipped with a sensitive level on the microscope arm. The theodolite was consistently set up in the magnetic meridian using its trough compass. The method involved noting the times when the sun's edge or the star crossed each of the three horizontal wires of the stadia-graticule, and reading the level and circle at each point, both face-right and face-left. For the stars, the magnetic bearing was also recorded from the horizontal circle, along with notes on the star's color and brightness for later identification in the office, freeing the observer from needing to know the stars' names. The barometer and thermometer were carefully recorded during each observation to calculate refraction.

No difficulty was experienced in subsequently identifying the stars. In only a single case was it found necessary to reject an observation, and this because the observer had accidentally sighted different stars on the two faces of the instrument. On many days two or more observations were taken at the same place, and comparisons of the results at these places indicated that the observations are remarkably accurate for so small an instrument. In seven cases where the sun has been observed shortly before sunset and a star soon after sunset, for example, the maximum difference between the results given by the two observations is only seven seconds, while the average is under four seconds. It is thus apparent that the precision of the time observations is amply sufficient to insure that no sensible error in the latitudes can be due to errors of the adopted local times.

There was no trouble later on identifying the stars. In just one instance, it was necessary to discard an observation because the observer accidentally aimed at different stars on the two sides of the instrument. On many days, two or more observations were taken at the same location, and comparing the results from these places showed that the observations are impressively accurate for such a small instrument. In seven cases where the sun was observed just before sunset and a star soon after sunset, for example, the maximum difference between the two observations was only seven seconds, while the average was less than four seconds. It’s clear that the precision of the time observations is more than enough to ensure that no significant error in the latitudes can result from errors in the local times used.

As the only use made of the time observations in the preparation of the map has been in the determination of latitude, it would serve no useful purpose to give a list of the watch errors. But it may interest future geographers, undertaking long desert journeys, to note some of Hassanein Bey’s experiences in the transport of watches, and the hazard of relying on constancy of rate for long periods with even the best watch.

As the only use made of the time observations in creating the map was for determining latitude, it wouldn't be helpful to provide a list of watch errors. However, it might be of interest to future geographers taking long desert journeys to consider some of Hassanein Bey’s experiences with transporting watches and the risks of depending on a consistent rate over long periods, even with the best watches.

Of the six watches carried, only a single one remained in going order throughout the journey. The timekeeper which thus successfully resisted the vicissitudes of the seven months of desert travel was fortunately the one with which Hassanein Bey took all his observations, and was carried in his pocket during the entire journey; it was a large-sized half-chronometer “explorer’s” watch of English manufacture,[312] with a dust-proof cap to the winding mechanism. It had been awarded an “especially good” certificate at the National Physical Laboratory of England, and was consequently the most expensive of all the six watches taken on the journey. Even this watch failed to maintain a sufficiently constant rate to be of any service in the determination of longitudes, though it amply sufficed for the latitudes, even in two cases when reliance had to be placed on the constancy of its rate for one or two days owing to latitude alone being observed without corresponding observations for local time. Thus, for instance, the following were the average rates of the principal watch deduced from local time observations at places of previously known latitudes:

Of the six watches carried, only one kept working throughout the journey. The timepiece that managed to endure the ups and downs of the seven months spent traveling through the desert was, fortunately, the one that Hassanein Bey used for all his observations and kept in his pocket for the entire trip; it was a large half-chronometer "explorer's" watch made in England,[312] with a dust-proof cap over the winding mechanism. It had received an “especially good” certificate from the National Physical Laboratory of England, making it the most expensive of all six watches taken on the journey. Even this watch couldn't maintain a consistent enough rate to be useful for determining longitudes, but it was more than adequate for latitudes, even in two instances where its rate had to be relied upon for one or two days due to only latitude observations being recorded without corresponding local time observations. So, for example, the following were the average rates of the main watch derived from local time observations at locations with previously known latitudes:

Rate of Principal Watch

Principal Watch Rate

Sollum to Siwa Dec. 29-Jan. 13 15 days losing 5.8 secs.
Siwa to Jaghbub Jan. 13-Jan. 20 7 0.1
Jaghbub to Furawia Feb. 14-June 5 111 7.7
Furawia to Um Buru June 5-June 8 3 6.6
Um Buru to El Fasher June 8-June 26 18 9.4
El Fasher to El Obeid June 30-July 15 15 9.4

The above table fails, however, to bring out fully the actual variations of the watch. So long as the other five watches remained in order, Hassanein Bey made frequent comparisons with his principal watch, and between March 21 and 23 there is strong evidence that the principal watch made an abnormal gain of about fifty seconds. A similar abnormal gain of twenty-nine seconds by the principal watch is evidenced in the twenty-four hours between comparisons of March 24 and 25. Both these abnormalities occurred between Jalo and El Harrash, at an early stage of the journey, while all the watches appeared to be behaving tolerably well, and it is quite possible that other abnormalities[313] occurred at later stages, when, owing to some or all of the other watches having stopped or broken down, no satisfactory control by comparison was possible.

The table above doesn’t fully capture the actual variations of the watch. As long as the other five watches were functioning correctly, Hassanein Bey frequently compared them with his main watch. Between March 21 and 23, there's strong evidence that the main watch gained about fifty seconds unusually. A similar unusual gain of twenty-nine seconds by the main watch is noted in the twenty-four hours between the comparisons on March 24 and 25. Both of these irregularities happened between Jalo and El Harrash, early in the journey, while all the watches seemed to be working fairly well. It's also likely that other irregularities[313] occurred later, when some or all of the other watches had stopped or malfunctioned, making it impossible to compare them satisfactorily.

Of the other five watches carried, one was an English half-chronometer, similar to the principal watch but of smaller size; three were high-class Swiss lever (“Peerless”) watches with very tight-fitting cases; and the fifth was a small Swiss lever-watch with luminous dial, carried on the wrist for noting the times of marching. The small half-chronometer stopped on April 3, after going for over four months; and though it was restarted, its rate changed considerably after the stoppage. The three “Peerless” watches, though they failed to continue going to the end of the journey, showed by no means a bad record. One was found stopping and unreliable on May 6, after going for over five months; the two others continued to go for over a month longer; and so far as can be judged from the comparisons made on the route, their variations of rate were about of the same order as those of the half-chronometers. The wrist-watch, from the manner in which it was carried, was of course liable to much greater variations of rate, and was occasionally reset by the principal watch; but it kept going till nearly the end of the journey.

Of the five other watches carried, one was a smaller English half-chronometer, similar to the main watch; three were high-end Swiss lever (“Peerless”) watches with very snug cases; and the fifth was a compact Swiss lever watch with a luminous dial, worn on the wrist to track marching times. The small half-chronometer stopped on April 3, after running for over four months; and although it was restarted, its accuracy changed significantly after the stoppage. The three “Peerless” watches, while they didn’t run all the way to the end of the journey, had a decent record. One was found to be stopped and unreliable on May 6, after running for over five months; the other two continued running for over a month longer; and based on the comparisons made along the route, their rate variations were roughly on par with those of the half-chronometers. The wristwatch, given how it was worn, was naturally subject to much greater rate variations, and it was occasionally reset by the main watch; but it kept running until nearly the end of the journey.

As regards dust-resisting power, which must always be one of the principal aims in selection of watches for desert exploration, there appears to be nothing to choose between good English half-chronometers and the highest class of Swiss watches, the cases of the latter being remarkably close-fitting. The most probable cause either of stoppage or of abnormal changes of rate appears to be the sudden shocks which may arise either to a watch carried on the person when jumping on or off a camel, or to one carried in the baggage by sudden movements of the camel.[314] The most likely explanation of the abnormal gains of the principal watch for short periods on the two occasions above noted would seem to be that, owing to a jerk in mounting or dismounting, two contiguous coils of the hair-spring may have been made to touch each other for a short time, with consequent temporary shortening of the period of vibration of the balance-wheel. It is noteworthy that the watch which remained going throughout the journey was the largest of all those taken, and its greater resisting-power may have been to some extent due to its size, permitting of greater strength in its component parts.

When it comes to dust resistance, which should always be a key factor when choosing watches for desert exploration, there doesn’t seem to be much difference between good English half-chronometers and high-end Swiss watches, as the cases of the Swiss ones fit extremely well. The most likely reason for stoppages or unusual rate changes seems to be the sudden shocks that can happen when a watch is worn while getting on or off a camel, or to one carried in the luggage due to the camel's sudden movements.[314] The most plausible reason for the abnormal gains in the main watch during the two noted instances is that, due to a jolt while getting on or off, two neighboring coils of the hair-spring may have briefly touched, causing a temporary shortening of the balance-wheel's vibration period. Interestingly, the watch that kept running throughout the journey was the largest of all those carried, and its greater durability may have been partly due to its size, which allowed for stronger components.

3. Astronomical Determinations of Latitude

Observations for latitude by altitudes of the pole-star were carried out on thirty-five nights at nineteen principal camps, using the same three-inch theodolite as was employed for the time-observations. Three readings of altitude were made on each face, using each of the three horizontal stadia-wires in turn, the corresponding times being noted on a half-chronometer watch whose error on local time was accurately known from sun or star-observations carried out just before the latitude-observation. Particular care was taken with the level-adjustment, and the air-pressure and temperature at the time of the observation were recorded.

Observations for latitude using altitudes of the pole star were done over thirty-five nights at nineteen main camps, utilizing the same three-inch theodolite that was used for the time observations. Three altitude readings were taken on each face, using each of the three horizontal stadia wires in turn, with the corresponding times noted on a half-chronometer watch whose error on local time was accurately determined from sun or star observations conducted just before the latitude observation. Special attention was given to the level adjustment, and the air pressure and temperature during the observations were recorded.

The following table gives the results of the observations:

The table below shows the results of the observations:

Astronomical Latitudes

Astronomical Coordinates

°
Sollum 4 nights Lat. 31 35  9 N.
Siwa 1 29 12 41
Jaghbub 5 29 44 26
Camp near Jalo 1 29 11 56
[315]Jalo (El Erg) 1 29  2 33
Buttafal 1 28 54 26
El Harrash 1 25 26 29
Taj 6 24 13 47
Arkenu 2 22 12 32
Ouenat 1 21 52 29
Erdi 1 18 35 39
Agah 1 17 52 38
Enebah 1 17 21 24
Bao 1 16 28 24
Furawia 2 15 21 51
Um Buru 2 15  3 57
Kuttum 1 14 12 15
El Fasher 2 13 38  3
El Obeid 1 13 10 51

Of six of the above places (Sollum, Siwa, Jaghbub, Kuttum, El Fasher, and El Obeid) the latitudes are accurately known from the Egyptian and Sudan official surveys, and the agreement in these cases is very satisfactory, though a very close comparison is not generally possible owing to uncertainty as to Hassanein Bey’s precise observation-spot. At Jaghbub, Hassanein Bey records that his observation-spot was 200 meters S.S.W. of the dome of the mosque. Applying the corresponding difference of latitude (− 6″) to my own determination of the latitude of the dome in 1917 (29° 44′ 41″) we obtain 29° 44′ 35″, showing a difference of only 9″ from Hassanein Bey’s observed latitude.

Of the six places mentioned (Sollum, Siwa, Jaghbub, Kuttum, El Fasher, and El Obeid), the latitudes are accurately known from official surveys conducted in Egypt and Sudan. The agreement in these cases is quite satisfactory, although a very close comparison is usually not feasible due to uncertainties regarding the exact location of Hassanein Bey's observation point. In Jaghbub, Hassanein Bey notes that his observation point was 200 meters S.S.W. of the dome of the mosque. By applying the corresponding difference in latitude (−6″) to my own determination of the latitude of the dome in 1917 (29° 44′ 41″), we arrive at 29° 44′ 35″, which indicates a difference of only 9″ from Hassanein Bey’s observed latitude.

A further test of the degree of precision of the latitude-observations can be made by comparison of the latitudes found for the same camp by observations taken on different nights. The following gives the average deviation of a single observed latitude from the mean at all the camps where two or more observations for latitude were made:

A further test of the accuracy of the latitude observations can be done by comparing the latitudes determined for the same camp through observations taken on different nights. The following shows the average deviation of a single observed latitude from the mean at all the camps where two or more latitude observations were made:

[316]
Sollum 4 nights Av. dev. 8
Jaghbub 5 40
Taj 6 12
Arkenu 2 6
Furawia 2 8
Um Buru 2 23
El Fasher 2 6

It thus appears unlikely that any observed latitude can be as much as 1′ in error, and consequently in the preparation of the map, Hassanein Bey’s observed latitudes have been accepted as fundamental data for all the places for which no previous determinations are known to exist, viz., El Harrash, Taj, Arkenu, Ouenat, Erdi, Agah, Enebah, and Bao. His latitudes for Jalo (El Erg), Bir Buttafal, and Furawia have also been adopted for the map, the first because it is possibly better than that of Rohlfs, with whose mapped position it is however in very close agreement; the second because while differing by about 2′ from Rohlfs’s value (28° 36′ 22″) it is doubtless more exact, because it checks admirably well with Hassanein Bey’s dead reckoning; and the third because, although the position of Furawia is shown on the Sudan maps, it is outside the present limits of the Sudan triangulation and is possibly liable to some slight error.[1]

It seems unlikely that any observed latitude could be off by as much as 1′. Therefore, in preparing the map, Hassanein Bey’s observed latitudes have been used as the main data for all locations where no previous determinations are known, specifically El Harrash, Taj, Arkenu, Ouenat, Erdi, Agah, Enebah, and Bao. His latitudes for Jalo (El Erg), Bir Buttafal, and Furawia have also been included in the map. The first is possibly more accurate than Rohlfs's, although it lines up closely with his mapped position; the second is about 2′ different from Rohlfs’s value (28° 36′ 22″) but is likely more precise since it aligns well with Hassanein Bey’s calculations; and for the third, even though Furawia's location is indicated on the Sudan maps, it is outside the current limits of Sudan triangulation and could be subject to minor errors.[1]

[317]4. Observations of Compass-Variations

For finding the pole-star easily when the sky was not very dark or was partially obscured by clouds, and also for obtaining the approximate bearings of time-stars for their subsequent identification, the theodolite was invariably set up in the magnetic meridian by its trough-compass, and the magnetic bearing of the pole-star was read on the horizontal circle after each latitude-observation and the time noted. In this way approximate compass-variation was determined at each camp, with the following results:

For easily locating the pole star when the sky wasn't very dark or was partly covered by clouds, and for getting the approximate positions of time stars for later identification, the theodolite was always positioned in the magnetic meridian using its trough compass. The magnetic bearing of the pole star was recorded on the horizontal circle after each latitude observation, and the time was noted. This method allowed for determining the approximate compass variation at each camp, resulting in the following findings:

Variation of the Compass

Compass Variation

°
Sollum Dec., 1922 3 obs. 2 34 W.
Siwa Jan., 1923 1 2 42
Jaghbub Feb., 1923 5 2 25
Near Jalo March, 1923 1 4 12
Jalo (El Erg) 1 4 5
Buttafal 1
El Harrash 1 3 48
Taj April, 1923 6 3 32
Arkenu 2 3 25
Ouenat 1 3 32
Erdi May, 1923 1 3 57
Agah 1 4 0
Enebah " 1 4 21
Bao 1 4 59
Furawia June, 1923 2 4 32
Um Buru 2 3 25
Kuttum 1 4 26
El Fasher 2 2 51

[318]The method of estimating the compass-variation with the theodolite is, of course, only rough; but the values found are probably correct at most places within half a degree, and they serve to show that there is no likelihood of any serious errors of dead-reckoning owing to local irregularities of the compass-variation. They have accordingly been utilized in reduction of the compass-bearings of the traverse to true bearings over the major portion of the route, where no previous determinations exist, and where in consequence the distribution of the isogonic lines is not known with any exactitude.

[318]The method for estimating the compass variation with the theodolite is, of course, only a rough approach; however, the values obtained are likely accurate within half a degree at most locations. They demonstrate that significant errors in dead reckoning due to local variations in compass direction are unlikely. As a result, these values have been used to convert the compass bearings of the traverse to true bearings for most of the route, where no previous measurements exist, and where the distribution of the isogonic lines is not precisely known.

5. Longitudes

The probability of some watches breaking in the course of seven months’ travel had been foreseen, and from the outset it appeared improbable that any use could be made of the watches in the direct determination of longitude of so long and difficult a journey. We had decided accordingly to depend ultimately on dead-reckoning for longitude, making every effort to obtain an unbroken chain of compass-bearings and estimated distances between Jaghbub and some known place in the Sudan, the bearings to be taken with a good compass with all possible precision, at very frequent intervals, and the estimates of distance to be carefully made each day from the marching time of the baggage-camels, assuming a normal rate of 4 km. per hour over average desert, and making allowance for the variations in speed over ground of varying character. The journey being predominantly north to south, the estimates of distance could mostly be well controlled by the latitudes, while errors of bearing would not be cumulative, and would tend to cancel out over any considerable stretch of route. The primary reason for taking six watches was therefore not to determine longitude,[319] for which at best they could afford only somewhat uncertain values, but to make sure of at least one watch being available throughout the journey for latitude-observations, without which no proper control of the all-important distances could be obtained.

The chance of some watches breaking during the seven months of travel was anticipated, and from the beginning, it seemed unlikely that the watches could be effectively used to determine the longitude for such a long and challenging journey. Therefore, we decided to rely primarily on dead reckoning for longitude, putting in maximum effort to create an unbroken series of compass readings and estimated distances between Jaghbub and a known location in Sudan. The bearings would be taken with a high-quality compass as accurately as possible at very frequent intervals, and distance estimates would be made carefully each day based on the travel time of the baggage-camels, assuming a normal speed of 4 km per hour across average desert terrain, while accounting for variations in speed over different terrain types. Since the journey mostly went north to south, distance estimates could largely be verified by the latitudes, and any errors in bearing wouldn’t accumulate but would tend to balance out over any significant distance traveled. Therefore, the main reason for carrying six watches was not to determine longitude—where they could at best provide somewhat uncertain values—but to ensure that we had at least one operational watch throughout the journey for latitude observations, which were essential for accurately controlling the critical distances involved.[319]

The doubts about the possibility of safely transporting the watches proved justified, for all but one broke down before the end of the journey. But fortunately on the one hand the watch which survived sufficed amply for the determination of latitude (though its rate was insufficiently constant for it to be used uncontrolled in finding longitudes), and on the other hand the program of a continuous chain of very careful bearings and estimation of distances was scrupulously adhered to from the departure of the caravan from Jaghbub, the last known place in Egypt, to Furawia, the first known place in the Sudan—a journey of 2430 kilometers—and from this chain of bearings and estimated distances, combined with the observed latitudes, it was possible to estimate the longitudes of all places on the route with a fairly high probability of accuracy.

The concerns about whether the watches could be transported safely turned out to be valid, as all but one failed before the journey was over. However, on the bright side, the surviving watch was more than sufficient for determining latitude (although its rate wasn't steady enough to use it for finding longitudes), and the plan for a continuous sequence of careful bearings and distance estimations was strictly followed from the moment the caravan left Jaghbub, the last known location in Egypt, to Furawia, the first known location in Sudan—a trip of 2,430 kilometers. From this series of bearings and estimated distances, along with the recorded latitudes, it was possible to estimate the longitudes of all the locations on the route with a pretty good level of accuracy.

For the estimation of the longitude of Jalo (El Erg) a slightly different procedure was followed from that adopted for the other principal camps on the route. It will be noticed from the map that the general direction of the march from Jaghbub to Jalo was predominantly from east to west, instead of from north to south as in the rest of the journey. Consequently the observed latitudes do not afford so good a means of correcting the estimated distances in this stretch as elsewhere. But fortunately the observed latitude at Jalo does enable us to correct the previous estimation by Hassanein Bey (in 1920) of the distance of that place from Jedabia, and this combined with the then observed bearings would lead to one value for the longitude[320] for Jalo, while if we can assume the accuracy of the estimated distances from Jaghbub to Jalo, we may use the observed latitude of the latter place to correct the bearings and thus arrive at another value for its longitude.

For estimating the longitude of Jalo (El Erg), a slightly different approach was used compared to the other key camps along the route. If you look at the map, you'll see that the general path from Jaghbub to Jalo went mostly from east to west, rather than from north to south like the rest of the trip. Because of this, the latitudes we recorded don’t provide a reliable way to correct the estimated distances for this segment as they do elsewhere. However, the observed latitude at Jalo does allow us to adjust the earlier estimate made by Hassanein Bey (in 1920) regarding the distance from Jedabia. This, along with the bearings recorded at that time, gives us one value for the longitude[320] of Jalo. If we can trust the estimated distances from Jaghbub to Jalo, we can also use the observed latitude of Jalo to adjust the bearings and come up with another longitude value.

From careful consideration of all the available data, the two methods appear likely to be about equal in degree of approximation. The position at present accepted for Jedabia (Lat. 30° 48′ 10″ N., Long. 20° 13′ 30″ E.) is open to a little uncertainty,[2] and the bearings taken by Hassanein Bey on his former expedition are probably a little less accurate than those of the present one. On the other hand, the estimations of the distances from Jaghbub to Jalo, as gaged by the latitude-control of the other portions of the route of the present expedition, are remarkably close to the truth, while a uniform correction to his bearings of less than half a degree would swing his dead-reckoning position for Jalo on to its observed parallel of latitude.

Based on a careful review of all available data, the two methods seem to provide similar levels of accuracy. The current location accepted for Jedabia (Lat. 30° 48′ 10″ N., Long. 20° 13′ 30″ E.) has a bit of uncertainty,[2] and the bearings taken by Hassanein Bey on his earlier expedition are likely slightly less accurate than those of the current one. However, the distance estimates from Jaghbub to Jalo, based on the latitude checks of other parts of the current expedition’s route, are surprisingly accurate, while applying a uniform correction of less than half a degree to his bearings would align his dead reckoning position for Jalo with its actual latitude.

For the longitude of Jalo on the map I have therefore taken the mean of the two longitudes found (1) by assuming Hassanein Bey’s bearings correct from Jedabia and correcting his distances by the latitudes, and (2) by assuming his distances from Jaghbub correct and using the observed latitudes to correct his bearings. The results are:

For the longitude of Jalo on the map, I've taken the average of the two longitudes found: (1) by assuming Hassanein Bey's bearings from Jedabia are correct and adjusting his distances based on the latitudes, and (2) by assuming his distances from Jaghbub are accurate and using the observed latitudes to adjust his bearings. The results are:

°
(1) From Jedabia, long. of Jalo (El Erg) 21 29 48
(2) From Jaghbub 21 26 19
Adopted mean 21 28 3

It may be remarked in passing that the result places[321] Jalo almost precisely where it is shown on Rohlfs’s map of 1880.

It can be noted that the result puts[321] Jalo almost exactly where it appears on Rohlfs’s map from 1880.

As regards the longitudes adopted for the other principal camps along the route, the procedure has been as follows. The route was divided into the following nine sections between principal camps where latitudes had been observed: Jalo, El Harrash, Taj, Arkenu, Ouenat, Erdi, Agah, Enebah, Bao, Furawia; and the compass-traverse for each section was plotted on a scale of 1:500,000 from the recorded bearings and estimated distances. A true meridian was then drawn on each section from the mean of the observed compass-variations at its two ends, and the total difference of latitude of each section was scaled off and compared with the difference of latitude given by the latitude-observations. This comparison gave, of course, the average error of estimation of distance along each section, assuming the bearings correct. The results of the comparison for the various sections are tabulated below:

As for the longitudes used for the other main camps along the route, the process was as follows. The route was divided into nine segments between the main camps where latitudes were recorded: Jalo, El Harrash, Taj, Arkenu, Ouenat, Erdi, Agah, Enebah, Bao, Furawia; and the compass traverse for each segment was plotted on a scale of 1:500,000 based on the recorded bearings and estimated distances. A true meridian was then drawn for each segment from the average of the observed compass variations at both ends, and the total difference in latitude for each segment was scaled and compared with the latitude difference provided by the latitude observations. This comparison revealed the average error in distance estimation for each segment, assuming the bearings were accurate. The results of the comparison for the various segments are listed in the table below:

Correction to Estimated Distances

Correction to Estimated Distances

Section of traverse Plotted difference of latitude True difference from latitude-observations True-plotted diff. lat. Correction to estimated distances
km. km. km. %
Jalo-El Harrash 375.0 399.0 + 24.0 + 6.4
El Harrash-Taj 131.5 134.2 +  2.7 + 2.1
Taj-Arkenu 217.7 223.7 +  6.0 + 2.8
Arkenu-Ouenat  36.0  37.0 +  1.0 + 2.8
Ouenat-Erdi 369.0 363.2  5.8 − 1.6
Erdi-Agah  75.6  79.2 +  3.6 + 4.8
Agah-Enebah  57.0  57.5 +  0.5 + 0.9
Enebah-Bao  99.0  97.7  1.3 − 1.3
Mean error of estimation of distances, per cent   2.6

The average error of distance-estimation in each section[322] of the route having been thus found, the next step was to scale off the various departures from the plotted traverses, correcting for the errors of distance-estimation, and then to convert the departures into differences of longitude. When this was done, the resulting total difference of longitude between Jalo and Furawia was 2° 25′ 55″. But assuming the true longitude of Jalo to be that found above, and the true longitude of Furawia to be as shown on sheet 53 D of the 1:250,000 Sudan survey map of 1921,[3] we have:

The average error in distance estimation for each section[322] of the route was determined, and the next step was to adjust for the various deviations from the plotted paths, correcting for the distance estimation errors, and then turn those deviations into differences in longitude. After that, the total difference in longitude between Jalo and Furawia was found to be 2° 25′ 55″. If we assume the true longitude of Jalo is the one calculated earlier, and the true longitude of Furawia is as indicated on sheet 53 D of the 1:250,000 Sudan survey map from 1921,[3] we have:

°
Longitude of Jalo 21 28 3
Longitude of Furawia 23 38 10
Difference 2 10 7

So that the difference of longitude found by the dead-reckoning requires correction by 15′ 48″. This correction, which implies an average error in the observed compass-bearings of less than a degree, and a negligible correction to the adjusted distances, was distributed along the entire traverse in proportion to the difference of latitude between the principal camps, leading to the finally adopted longitudes shown in the following table:

So, the difference in longitude calculated by dead-reckoning needs to be corrected by 15′ 48″. This correction suggests an average error in the observed compass bearings of less than a degree, and a minor adjustment to the measured distances. It was applied evenly along the entire route based on the difference in latitude between the main camps, resulting in the final longitudes listed in the table below:

Concluded Longitudes

Final Coordinates

Dead-reckoning corrected by the latitudes Further correction Concluded longitude
° °
Jalo 21 28 3 E.
El Harrash 22 15 5 E. 4 10 22 10 55 “ 
Taj 23 29 5 “  5 34 23 23 41 “ 
Arkenu 24 52 10 “  7 55 24 44 15 “ 
Ouenat 25 2 34 “  8 18 24 54 16 “ 
Erdi 23 22 34 “  12 5 23 10 29 “ 
[323]Agah 23 28 49 “  12 54 23 15 55 “ 
Enebah 23 25 58 “  13 30 23 14 28 “ 
Bao 23 16 18 “  14 31 23 1 47 “ 
Furawia 23 53 58 “  15 48 23 38 10 “ 

In attempting to estimate the probable degree of accuracy of the concluded longitudes, we are faced with the difficulty that while we may be certain that the average error of the compass-bearings was less than 1°, which average error has been allowed for in the adjustment, we have no proof that in some of the individual sections the errors may not have been considerably greater. But in view of the great number of the observed compass-bearings (339) which make up the directional data of the 1754 kilometers of traverse from Jalo to Furawia (an average of thirty-eight observed bearings for each of the nine sections), and bearing in mind also the remarkable accuracy of the estimations of distance as evidenced by the latitude-observations, it would seem unlikely that any of the above-adopted longitudes for the principal camps can be in error by more than three or four miles. This implies a degree of accuracy which it would have been difficult to insure by transport of even a considerable number of chronometers over a land journey lasting more than three months. It may, I think, be concluded that no better values for the longitudes can be obtained without the aid of wireless time-signals.

In trying to estimate the likely accuracy of the calculated longitudes, we encounter the challenge that while we can be sure the average error of the compass bearings was less than 1°, which has been accounted for in the adjustments, we have no evidence that in some of the individual sections the errors may not have been significantly larger. However, considering the large number of observed compass bearings (339) used for the directional data over the 1754 kilometers from Jalo to Furawia (an average of thirty-eight observed bearings for each of the nine sections), and also taking into account the impressive accuracy of the distance estimations shown by the latitude observations, it seems unlikely that any of the longitudes assigned to the main camps could be off by more than three or four miles. This indicates a level of accuracy that would have been hard to achieve even with a substantial number of chronometers transported over a land journey lasting more than three months. It can be concluded, I believe, that no better values for the longitudes can be obtained without the help of wireless time signals.

6. Altitudes above Sea-level

For the barometric estimations of altitudes above sea-level, a two-inch aneroid by Steward was used. This instrument, which was one of two specially made for the expedition,[324] was very carefully compensated for temperature, and provided with a fairly open pressure-scale, a millimeter of pressure being represented by very nearly a millimeter of actual scale-length, so that estimations to half-millimeters of pressure could be readily made.

For measuring altitudes above sea level, a two-inch aneroid barometer made by Steward was used. This device, one of two specially created for the expedition,[324] was carefully adjusted for temperature and had a fairly open pressure scale, with nearly a millimeter of pressure accurately reflecting a millimeter of actual scale length, allowing for easy estimations to half-millimeter increments of pressure.

The aneroid was read morning and evening at each camp, and at numerous other points on the route, the air-temperatures being as a rule recorded at the same time, as given by sling-thermometer. The aneroid behaved very satisfactorily throughout the journey. There had unfortunately been no opportunity of testing the instrument before Hassanein Bey’s departure, but it was in perfect order on his return, and was then tested in the laboratory of the Physical Department at Cairo, when it was found to require the following corrections (at about 25° C.):

The aneroid was checked every morning and evening at each camp, as well as at several other locations along the route, with the air temperatures typically recorded simultaneously using a sling-thermometer. The aneroid functioned very well throughout the journey. Unfortunately, there hadn't been a chance to test the instrument before Hassanein Bey's departure, but it was in perfect condition upon his return and was later tested in the laboratory of the Physical Department in Cairo, where it was found to need the following adjustments (at about 25° C.):

Pressure, mm. 760 750 740 730 720 710 700 690 680 670 660 650
Correction, mm. − 2.3 − 2.3 − 2.3 − 2.1 − 1.4 − 1.1 − 0.1 + 0.6 + 1.7 + 2.0 + 2.8 + 2.9

That the above corrections had remained sensibly constant throughout the journey is rendered extremely probable by the close agreement noted further on (p. 329) between the levels found for Jalo directly from the aneroid readings (corrected, of course, on the assumption of constancy of the table) and those found indirectly from readings of the mercurial barometer in the meteorological station at Siwa.

That the above corrections stayed pretty much the same throughout the journey is highly likely because of the close agreement noted further on (p. 329) between the levels found for Jalo directly from the aneroid readings (corrected, of course, assuming the table remained constant) and those found indirectly from the readings of the mercury barometer at the meteorological station in Siwa.

The first step in the calculation of the barometric levels was to collect the whole of the readings of the barometer and sling-thermometer at each of the nine principal camps, where a halt of at least several days had been made, and a considerable number of readings taken. The means of all the recorded pressures and air-temperatures were taken for each of these principal camps, and the pressure corrected for instrumental error from the table above given. The readings[325] being taken at various times of the day, the diurnal variation of pressure could safely be neglected, as it would most probably disappear on taking the mean of the readings. To allow for the annual variation, the mean pressures were next reduced to the mean of the year by applying a correction based on the mean of the normal annual variations at Siwa and El Obeid, as found from the recent volume of “Climatological Normals” issued by the Physical Department of Egypt and shown in the following table:

The first step in calculating the barometric levels was to gather all the readings from the barometer and sling thermometer at each of the nine main camps, where we stayed for at least several days and took a significant number of readings. The average of all the recorded pressures and air temperatures was calculated for each of these main camps, and the pressure was adjusted for instrumental error using the table provided above. Since the readings were taken at different times of the day, the daily variation in pressure could be ignored, as it would likely average out when we looked at the overall readings. To account for annual variation, the average pressures were then adjusted to reflect the yearly mean by applying a correction based on the normal annual variations at Siwa and El Obeid, as found in the recent volume of “Climatological Normals” published by the Physical Department of Egypt, shown in the following table:

Corrections to Reduce Monthly Mean Pressures to Annual Means

Corrections to Lower Monthly Average Pressures to Yearly Averages

Jan. Feb. March April May June July
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
Siwa − 3.4 − 2.0 − 1.9 + 0.9 + 0.9 + 2.7 + 3.5
El Obeid − 1.2 + 0.7 + 0.3 + 1.2 + 1.0 + 0.6 0.0
Mean − 2.3 − 1.4 − 0.8 + 1.0 + 1.0 + 1.6 + 1.8

A further correction to allow for the distribution of the sea-level isobars over the region traversed was desirable, but no sufficient data exist for estimating its amount; the distribution is, however, probably nearly linear, and such a distribution was approximately allowed for by assuming the previously accepted levels at Siwa (− 17 m.) and El Fasher (793 m.) to be correct and distributing any residual difference found by the otherwise corrected barometer readings between these two places uniformly among the different sections.

A further adjustment to account for the distribution of sea-level isobars across the area traveled was needed, but there isn’t enough data to estimate its extent; however, the distribution is likely close to linear, and this was roughly taken into account by assuming the previously accepted elevations at Siwa (−17 m) and El Fasher (793 m) were accurate and spreading any remaining difference found through the otherwise corrected barometer readings evenly between these two locations.

The difference of height corresponding to each difference of mean corrected barometer-readings was calculated by the tables of Barometrische Höhenstufen in Jordan’s “Mathematische und Geodätische Hülfstafeln,” for the air-temperature corresponding to the mean of the thermometer-readings at the two ends of the line.

The height difference for each change in mean corrected barometer readings was determined using the tables from Barometrische Höhenstufen in Jordan’s “Mathematische und Geodätische Hülfstafeln,” based on the air temperature that matched the average of the thermometer readings at both ends of the line.

[326]The adopted levels of thirteen principal camps as found in the above manner are tabulated below. It is interesting to note that the residual difference of height which had to be distributed between Siwa and El Fasher, and which is presumably mainly due to systematic pressure-gradient, was sixty-three meters, corresponding to a normal fall of sea-level pressure between the two places of about 5 mm., and this is from other considerations probably very near the truth; also that the resulting adjustment which had to be made in the levels in any single main section of the route did not exceed five meters.

[326]The adopted levels of thirteen main camps, as previously described, are listed below. It’s interesting to note that the remaining height difference that needed to be accounted for between Siwa and El Fasher was sixty-three meters. This difference is likely mainly due to systematic pressure gradients and corresponds to a normal drop in sea-level pressure of about 5 mm between the two locations, which is probably quite accurate based on other factors. Additionally, the adjustments required for the levels in any single main section of the route did not exceed five meters.

Concluded Altitudes above Sea

Concluded Elevations above Sea

Number of observations Mean pressure (corrected) Mean temperature Diff. of height from Jordan’s tables Diff. of height (adjusted) Altitude above sea-level
mm. ° C. meters meters meters
Siwa 4 762.6 12 − 17
Jaghbub 50 757.7 15 + 54 + 49 + 32
Jalo 18 754.7 17 + 34 + 29 61
El Harrash 6 732.8 23 + 254 + 249 310
Taj 31 718.5 19 + 170 + 165 475
Arkenu 12 708.0 31 + 128 + 123 598
Ouenat 14 706.3 31 + 21 + 18 616
Erdi 7 683.3 31 + 295 + 290 906
Agah 3 695.2 34 − 157 − 162 744
Bao 5 677.7 33 + 230 + 225 969
Furawia 11 685.8 31 − 107 − 112 857
Um Buru 8 679.5 30 + 83 + 78 935
Kuttum 5 660.2 24 + 254 + 249 1184
El Fasher 5 689.7 31 − 386 − 391 793

After thus determining the levels for the principal camps, those of intermediate camps and other places were computed in a similar manner, adjusting each section to the adopted levels at its terminal points. The maximum adjustment which it was found necessary to apply to the[327] difference of height given by the barometer between points a day’s journey apart was five meters, and the average three meters.

After determining the levels for the main camps, the levels for the intermediate camps and other locations were calculated in a similar way, adjusting each section to the accepted levels at their endpoints. The maximum adjustment that needed to be made to the difference in height indicated by the barometer between points a day's journey apart was five meters, while the average adjustment was three meters.

An exception was made in the stretch between Jaghbub and Jalo, where no intermediate levels were adopted for the map, owing to the extremely unstable state of the atmosphere during the journey between these two places; sand-storms of great violence occurred on several days of marching, with such rapid fluctuations of air-pressure that no heights could safely be deduced from the barometer-readings.

An exception was made in the area between Jaghbub and Jalo, where no intermediate levels were used for the map because of the extremely unstable atmosphere during the journey between these two locations. There were violent sandstorms on several days of marching, with such rapid changes in air pressure that no elevations could be accurately determined from the barometer readings.

As regards the degree of reliability of the deduced levels, some little uncertainty exists in the levels adopted for the terminal points Siwa and El Fasher, while the temperature-compensation of the aneroid has not been tested and may not be quite perfect. Taking everything into account, it may be estimated that the levels of the principal camps are probably correct to within about twenty meters, while those of the intermediate camps and other points, for which only one or two readings of the barometer are available, may possibly be in error by twice that amount.

As for how reliable the determined levels are, there's a bit of uncertainty with the levels chosen for the terminal points Siwa and El Fasher. Also, the temperature compensation of the aneroid hasn't been tested and might not be completely accurate. Overall, it's reasonable to estimate that the levels of the main camps are likely correct within about twenty meters, while the levels of the intermediate camps and other locations, for which there's only one or two barometric readings, could potentially be off by twice that amount.

7. Summary of Principal Geographical Positions and Levels

Latitude N. Longitude E. Meters above sea Remarks
° °
Jaghbub (mosque) 29 44 41 24 31 11 32 Position from previous determination by Dr. Ball.
Jalo (El Erg) 29 2 33 21 28 3 61
Bir Buttafal 28 54 26 21 45 15 98
El Harrash Well (Zieghen) 25 26 29 22 10 55 310
Taj (Kufra) 24 13 47 23 23 41 475
[328]Boema (Kufra. Rohlfs’s camp) 24 13 8 23 24 40 400 Short compass traverse from Taj
Arkenu 22 12 32 24 44 15 598
Ouenat 21 52 29 24 54 16 616
Erdi (camp 8 km. north of well) 18 35 39 23 10 29 906
Agah 17 52 38 23 15 55 744
Enebah 17 21 24 23 14 28 1100
Bao 16 28 24 23 1 47 969
Furawia 15 21 51 23 38 10 857 Longitude from Sudan map

8. Construction of the Route Map on Scale 1:2,000,000

In the process of utilizing the dead-reckoning for the determination of the longitudes of the principal camps, the whole route had been provisionally plotted on to a scale of 1:500,000 direct from the field-books, on a series of sheets each comprising one section of the route. To these plottings of the actual route were now added the computed levels of all camps, the geographical features fixed by cross-bearings on either side of the route, and notes on the nature of the ground. The various sections thus provisionally mapped on 1: 500,000 were then reduced to the scale of 1:2,000,000, allowance being made for the small departures of the original plottings from the 1:500,000 scale as found by the latitude-observations, and the various sections so reduced were drawn in on the final map between the finally adopted positions of the principal camps. It was found practicable to show all the principal geographical features on the final scale, though many notes on the nature of the ground had[329] perforce to be omitted in order not to overcrowd the map. These notes are however carefully preserved on the 1:500,000 manuscript sectional maps in the Desert Survey Office in Cairo, so as to be available for future reference, while the principal of them are incorporated in Hassanein Bey’s narrative of the expedition.

While using dead-reckoning to determine the longitudes of the main camps, the entire route was initially plotted on a scale of 1:500,000 directly from the field notebooks, on a set of sheets each covering a section of the route. To these plots of the actual route, we added the calculated elevations of all camps, the geographic features identified by cross-bearings on both sides of the route, and notes about the terrain. The various sections, then provisionally mapped on 1:500,000, were scaled down to 1:2,000,000, adjusting for the slight discrepancies of the original plots from the 1:500,000 scale as determined by latitude observations. The reduced sections were then incorporated into the final map between the finalized locations of the main camps. It was feasible to display all the major geographic features at the final scale, although many notes on the terrain had to be left out to avoid cluttering the map. However, these notes are carefully stored in the 1:500,000 manuscript sectional maps at the Desert Survey Office in Cairo for future reference, and the main ones are included in Hassanein Bey's account of the expedition.

The main portion of the route, namely that from Jaghbub to Furawia, has been mapped entirely from Hassanein Bey’s journals and note-books. The portions of his route from Sollum to Jaghbub in the north, and from Furawia to El Obeid in the south, have been copied from the latest official survey maps of Egypt and the Sudan, as being more accurate than any route survey could be.

The main part of the route, specifically from Jaghbub to Furawia, has been fully mapped from Hassanein Bey’s journals and notebooks. The sections of his route from Sollum to Jaghbub in the north, and from Furawia to El Obeid in the south, have been taken from the most recent official survey maps of Egypt and Sudan, as they are more accurate than any route survey could achieve.

The fixing of the positions of El Harrash and Taj by Hassanein Bey’s observations has enabled the course of his former expedition to Kufra (with Mrs. Forbes) in 1920-21 to be delineated more accurately than was possible from the original records of that journey, which were unaccompanied by any astronomical observations; and the course of the former route, adjusted to newly determined positions, has been indicated on the new map by a dotted line.

The determination of the locations of El Harrash and Taj by Hassanein Bey’s observations has allowed the path of his earlier expedition to Kufra (with Mrs. Forbes) in 1920-21 to be outlined more precisely than what could be achieved from the initial records of that journey, which lacked any astronomical observations; and the route of the previous path, updated to reflect the newly established positions, has been marked on the new map with a dotted line.

9. Additions to Geographical Knowledge Resulting from the Expedition

Jalo.—The first portion of Hassanein Bey’s route from Jaghbub to Jalo appears to be identical with that trodden by Rohlfs in 1869. At Gara Matan Sidi, about half-way between Jaghbub and Jalo, the track forks and Hassanein Bey went by the northern (Zawaiya) branch, which passes Hiseila Wells and enters Jalo from a more northerly direction than the southern (Majabra) branch taken by Rohlfs.

Jalo.—The first part of Hassanein Bey’s journey from Jaghbub to Jalo seems to be the same path that Rohlfs took in 1869. At Gara Matan Sidi, roughly halfway between Jaghbub and Jalo, the trail splits, and Hassanein Bey chose the northern (Zawaiya) route, which goes by Hiseila Wells and approaches Jalo from a more northern angle than the southern (Majabra) route that Rohlfs followed.

Hassanein Bey’s position for Jalo is almost identical with that of Rohlfs, but peculiar interest attaches to the[330] former’s determination of its level at sixty-one meters above sea. Rohlfs, visiting the place in 1869 and 1879, had found the aneroid to indicate a level below the sea in 1869, and above it in 1879, and had ultimately concluded that both Aujila and Jalo lay about at sea-level.[4] Hassanein Bey’s determination is based on ten days’ aneroid readings and comparison with Siwa, and it is noteworthy that exactly the same altitude (sixty-one meters) for Jalo results whether the comparison is made with the readings of the standard barometer in the meteorological station at Siwa during the same period, or with the readings taken by Hassanein Bey with the same aneroid on four days at Siwa two months earlier (allowance being made, of course, for the annual variation of pressure over the intervening period). There can, I think, be hardly any doubt of the greater accuracy of Hassanein Bey’s determination, since it is unlikely that Rohlfs’s readings extended over so long a period, and it is practically certain that no comparisons were made by him with simultaneous observations at a place of known level. It should however be mentioned that Hassanein Bey’s level probably refers to a somewhat higher observation point than that of Rohlfs; for owing to sand-drifts enveloping the houses, the inhabitants of El Erg are gradually rebuilding their dwellings on higher ground, and his observations were taken in one of the most recently constructed of these. Another point worthy of remark is that although Hassanein Bey’s determination is to a certain extent checked by the exact agreement of the two methods of comparison above referred to, the day-to-day variations of pressure observed at Jalo are much in excess of those at Siwa during the same ten-day period. The extreme range shown by the aneroid at Jalo was 10 mm. against 5 mm. of the standard barometer at[331] Siwa, and the 7 mm. average difference of pressure between the two places for the ten days of comparison, which has been used to calculate the new value of the level, is the mean of difference ranging from 1 to 12 mm. on different days. The relatively great variability of atmospheric pressure at Jalo, which readily explains the discordant results noted by Rohlfs on different dates, may be closely connected with the sand-storms which are so frequent in the neighborhood.

Hassanein Bey’s evaluation for Jalo is very similar to Rohlfs's, but there’s a specific interest in the former's finding that its elevation is sixty-one meters above sea level. Rohlfs, who visited the area in 1869 and 1879, noted that the aneroid barometer indicated a level below sea level in 1869 and above it in 1879. He ultimately concluded that both Aujila and Jalo were about at sea level.[330][4] Hassanein Bey’s finding is based on ten days of aneroid readings and comparisons with Siwa, and it’s significant that Jalo is recorded at exactly the same altitude (sixty-one meters) whether comparing it with the standard barometer at Siwa during the same timeframe or with the readings taken by Hassanein Bey on four days at Siwa two months earlier (after accounting for the annual pressure variations during that time). I think there’s little doubt about the increased accuracy of Hassanein Bey’s determination, as it’s doubtful Rohlfs’s readings spanned such a long duration, and it’s almost certain that he didn’t make comparisons with simultaneous observations at a known level location. It should also be noted that Hassanein Bey’s level likely corresponds to a slightly higher observation point than Rohlfs's; due to sand drifts covering the houses, El Erg’s residents are gradually rebuilding their homes on higher ground, and his observations were taken in one of the most recently built ones. Another noteworthy point is that while Hassanein Bey’s determination is somewhat verified by the close agreement of the two comparison methods mentioned, the daily variations in pressure observed at Jalo are significantly higher than those at Siwa during the same ten-day period. The maximum range reported by the aneroid at Jalo was 10 mm, compared to 5 mm on the standard barometer at[331] Siwa, and the average pressure difference of 7 mm between the two locations over the ten days, which was used to calculate the new elevation value, is the mean of differences ranging from 1 to 12 mm on various days. The notable variability in atmospheric pressure at Jalo, which explains the inconsistent results noted by Rohlfs on different dates, may be closely linked to the frequent sandstorms in the area.

Bir Buttafal.—Bir Buttafal (“Battifal” of Rohlfs) is of importance as being the last watering-place for caravans proceeding on the weary desert march of nearly 400 km. to Zieghen. The position found for Bir Buttafal by Hassanein Bey agrees fairly well with that given by Rohlfs:[5]

Bir Buttafal.—Bir Buttafal (“Battifal” of Rohlfs) is significant because it's the final stop for caravans on the exhausting desert journey of nearly 400 km to Zieghen. The location determined for Bir Buttafal by Hassanein Bey matches up pretty well with the one provided by Rohlfs:[5]

Lat. N. Long. E. Meters above sea
° °
Bir Buttafal, Hassanein Bey 28 54 26 21 45 15 98
Bir Buttafal, Rohlfs 28 56 22 21 44 10 58
Difference 1 56 1 5 40

Zieghen (“Sirhen” of Rohlfs).—Zieghen is the name of a district containing numerous wells. It is not inhabited, but is of great importance as lying on the main caravan route from Jalo to Kufra. The principal well used by the caravans is El Harrash. Rohlfs did not visit Zieghen; he traveled from Jalo to Kufra by the more westerly track through Taiserbo and Buseima, and the position shown for Zieghen on his map, which was based merely on his guides’ statements, is about 100 km. too far to the east-northeast.

Zieghen (“Sirhen” of Rohlfs).—Zieghen is the name of an area with many wells. It's not populated, but it's really important because it sits on the main caravan route from Jalo to Kufra. The main well used by the caravans is El Harrash. Rohlfs didn’t visit Zieghen; he traveled from Jalo to Kufra using a more western route through Taiserbo and Buseima, and the location marked for Zieghen on his map, which was based only on what his guides said, is about 100 km too far to the east-northeast.

As the journey from Jalo to Kufra by any future traveler is likely to be undertaken in the winter, when the[332] question of fuel is second only to that of water, it is worth noting that the first hatab (fire-wood) is met with at about 342 km. after leaving Bir Buttafal, and 52 before reaching El Harrash Well. In an emergency water may be got at Matan Abu Hosh, the old well of Zieghen, about 18 km. before reaching El Harrash; but El Harrash yields better water, and being the regular halting-place of the caravans, the water can usually be obtained there without digging; hence, unless the caravans are very thirsty they usually prefer to go on to El Harrash rather than make a halt at the old well. Excellent water can be got anywhere in the neighborhood of El Harrash by digging to a depth of three or four feet. From El Harrash to Buseima is about 54 km. in a direction a little west of south, and from El Harrash to Taj, the principal town of Kufra proper, is 182 km. in a southwesterly direction.

As future travelers making the journey from Jalo to Kufra are likely to do so in winter, when finding fuel is almost as critical as finding water, it's important to mention that the first hatab (firewood) can be found about 342 km after leaving Bir Buttafal and 52 km before reaching El Harrash Well. In an emergency, water can be obtained at Matan Abu Hosh, the old well of Zieghen, around 18 km before reaching El Harrash; however, El Harrash provides better water and is the regular stop for caravans, so water is typically available there without the need to dig. Therefore, unless the caravans are extremely thirsty, they usually choose to continue on to El Harrash instead of stopping at the old well. Great water can be found near El Harrash by digging to a depth of three or four feet. The distance from El Harrash to Buseima is about 54 km in a slightly west of south direction, and from El Harrash to Taj, the main town of Kufra, it’s 182 km in a southwesterly direction.

Taiserbo.—Taiserbo, the most northwesterly oasis of the Kufra group, has not, so far as is known, been visited by any traveler since Rohlfs’s day. Its position was however indicated to Hassanein Bey as lying between 70° and 80° west of north from El Harrash, at a distance of 60 to 70 km. This indication would place Taiserbo very nearly in the position which Rohlfs assigned to it. Rohlfs’s position for his camp at Kasr Djrangedi is probably therefore substantially correct, though it is likely that the oasis is in reality less extensive than shown on his map.

Taiserbo.—Taiserbo, the farthest northwest oasis of the Kufra group, hasn't been visited by any traveler since Rohlfs's time, as far as we know. Its location was pointed out to Hassanein Bey as being between 70° and 80° west of north from El Harrash, about 60 to 70 km away. This information places Taiserbo very close to the spot Rohlfs identified. Therefore, Rohlfs's location for his camp at Kasr Djrangedi is probably pretty accurate, though it's likely that the oasis is actually smaller than what his map shows.

Buseima.—Although Buseima was not visited by Hassanein Bey on this occasion, his fixation of the position of El Harrash, in combination with his former rough compass-traverse from that place to Buseima with Mrs. Forbes in 1921, permits of a fair approximation for its position. Hassanein Bey’s estimates of distances and bearings on his former journey (adjusted by his recently observed latitudes[333] at El Harrash and Taj) give his camp in Buseima as being 60 km. from El Harrash in a direction of 5° east of true south, and from his camp to that of Rohlfs (Ain El Nusrani) was roughly about 15 km. in a true west-northwesterly direction. Adopting Hassanein Bey’s recently fixed position for El Harrash, this would give a position for Rohlfs’s camp about 30 km. southwest by south of where Rohlfs placed it, as is shown by the following comparison:

Buseima.—Even though Hassanein Bey didn’t visit Buseima this time, he was able to pinpoint the location of El Harrash based on his previous rough compass journey there with Mrs. Forbes in 1921, which allows for a pretty accurate estimate of its position. Hassanein Bey’s distance and direction estimates from his earlier trip (adjusted with the latitudes he recently observed[333] at El Harrash and Taj) suggest that his camp in Buseima is about 60 km from El Harrash, at an angle of 5° east of true south, and his camp is roughly 15 km from Rohlfs’ camp (Ain El Nusrani) in a true west-northwest direction. If we use Hassanein Bey’s updated location for El Harrash, it places Rohlfs’ camp around 30 km southwest by south from where Rohlfs originally set it, as shown in the following comparison:

Lat. N. Long. E.
° °
Buseima (Rohlfs’s camp) from Stecker’s observations 25 11 42 22 15 0
Buseima (Rohlfs’s camp) from Hassanein Bey’s estimation 24 38 11 22 5 46
Difference 13 31 9 14

It would hardly seem possible that Hassanein Bey can have made so large an error as 25 km. in his former estimation of the distance of Buseima from El Harrash, and hence it would appear reasonable to think that there was some error either in Stecker’s observation or (what is more likely) in his reduction of it. This point is referred to further on in the discussion of the position of Boema (p. 334).

It seems unlikely that Hassanein Bey could have made such a significant mistake of 25 km in his earlier estimate of the distance from Buseima to El Harrash. Therefore, it seems reasonable to consider that there may have been some mistake either in Stecker’s observation or, more likely, in how he processed that observation. This will be discussed further along in the analysis of the location of Boema (p. 334).

Kufra (Kebabo of Rohlfs).—The name “Kufra” is now generally applied, not to the whole of the Kufra group of oases as was done by Rohlfs in 1879, but specially to the area called Kebabo by that traveler.

Kufra (Kebabo of Rohlfs).—The name "Kufra" is now typically used, not for the entire Kufra group of oases as Rohlfs did in 1879, but specifically for the area referred to as Kebabo by that traveler.

The seat of local government and principal settlement is the walled town of Taj, situated on a rocky cliff overlooking the depression of the oasis proper which lies to the south and contains the villages of Jof, Buma, Boema, El Zurruk, Talalib, and Tollab. Hassanein Bey carried out latitude observations at Taj, and proceeded 3 km., on a bearing of 16° west of south, to Jof, from which place he[334] made very careful estimations of the distances and bearings of the other villages of the oasis, which has enabled their relative positions to be plotted on the map with much closer approximation than had hitherto been possible.

The local government center and main settlement is the walled town of Taj, located on a rocky cliff with a view of the oasis depression to the south, where the villages of Jof, Buma, Boema, El Zurruk, Talalib, and Tollab can be found. Hassanein Bey conducted latitude observations at Taj and then traveled 3 km on a bearing of 16° west of south to Jof. From there, he[334] made very precise measurements of the distances and directions to the other villages in the oasis, allowing their locations to be plotted on the map with much greater accuracy than ever before.

Considerable interest attaches to the position of Boema, the easternmost village of Kufra, for it was here that Stecker camped with Rohlfs and made his observations for latitude and longitude in 1879. Hassanein Bey found Boema to lie 2 km. from Taj, in a direction 54° east of true south. Accepting his determination of the position of Taj, this leads to the following position for Boema as compared with that given by Rohlfs:

Considerable interest surrounds the location of Boema, the easternmost village of Kufra, because it was here that Stecker camped with Rohlfs to make his latitude and longitude observations in 1879. Hassanein Bey found Boema to be 2 km from Taj, at a direction of 54° east of true south. Accepting his determination of Taj's position, this results in the following position for Boema compared to what Rohlfs provided:

Lat. N. Long. E.
° °
Boema, according to Hassanein Bey 24 13 8 23 24 40
Rohlfs[6] 24 31 38 23 12 40
Difference 18 30 12 0

Hassanein Bey thus places Boema some 40 km. south-southeast of the position assigned to it by Rohlfs from Stecker’s observations. The remarkable thing about this large discrepancy is that it is chiefly in the latitude, which was directly observed by Stecker at Boema itself, and by Hassanein Bey at Taj, only 2 km. away from Boema. I have not been able to find any details of Stecker’s observations, except that they were carried out with a “prismatic circle.” But I have subjected the original records of Hassanein Bey’s observations for time and latitude at Taj to very careful examination, and there is overwhelming evidence that his latitude for that place cannot be in error by more than 1′. He observed the altitude of Polaris at Taj on no fewer than six different nights, with a watch whose error on[335] local time was accurately known from sun and star observations carried out on the same dates. From the internal evidence of the observations themselves, the watch-error at the time of sighting Polaris cannot on any occasion have been uncertain by more than two seconds, which would not, of course, sensibly affect the latitude found; the recorded magnetic bearing of the star sighted, as well as its rate of apparent motion, proves that the star used for latitude in each case was really Polaris; and the greatest difference of any single observed latitude from the mean of the six nights’ observations was only 15″, the average departure of a single observation from the mean being 12″. Hassanein Bey’s latitude of 24° 13′ 47″ for Taj can therefore be unhesitatingly accepted as correct within 1′; and since there is not room for an error of even this amount in his estimation of the short distance of Boema from Taj, it becomes absolutely certain that Rohlfs’s latitude for Boema is over a quarter of a degree too high.

Hassanein Bey places Boema about 40 km south-southeast of where Rohlfs located it based on Stecker’s observations. What’s striking about this significant discrepancy is that it primarily concerns the latitude, which Stecker directly observed at Boema itself, and Hassanein Bey observed at Taj, just 2 km away from Boema. I haven’t been able to find any specifics about Stecker’s observations, other than that they were conducted with a “prismatic circle.” However, I have carefully examined the original records of Hassanein Bey’s observations for time and latitude at Taj, and there is strong evidence that his latitude for that location cannot be off by more than 1′. He measured the altitude of Polaris at Taj on six different nights, with a watch whose error for local time was accurately determined from sun and star observations made on the same dates. Based on the details of the observations themselves, the watch error at the time of sighting Polaris could not have been uncertain by more than two seconds, which wouldn’t significantly affect the latitude calculated; the recorded magnetic bearing of the star sighted and its rate of apparent motion confirm that the star used for latitude in each case was indeed Polaris; and the biggest difference between any single observed latitude and the mean of the six nights’ observations was only 15″, with the average deviation of a single observation from the mean being 12″. Therefore, Hassanein Bey’s latitude of 24° 13′ 47″ for Taj can be confidently accepted as correct within 1′; and since there’s no room for even this amount of error in his estimation of the short distance from Taj to Boema, it’s clear that Rohlfs’s latitude for Boema is over a quarter of a degree too high.

It is curious to notice that in the case of Buseima (p. 332) the discrepancy of 13′ 31″ between Rohlfs’s latitude and that estimated from Hassanein Bey’s recent work is of the same order and of the same sign as that found at Boema; and that a negative correction equal in amount to the sun’s semidiameter would in each case bring the results of the two observers into fairly close agreement. The explanation hence suggests itself that Stecker may have determined his latitudes by observation of the upper limb of the sun at noon, and both at Buseima and Boema failed to correct the measured altitude for the semidiameter, thus making both latitudes 16′ too great. A mistake of this kind, as every scientific traveler knows, is very easily made in hurried reductions in the field; and at the time when Stecker carried out his observations and calculations in Kufra, both[336] he and his brave leader were in imminent peril of losing their lives at the hands of treacherous Badawi.

It’s interesting to note that in the case of Buseima (p. 332), the difference of 13′ 31″ between Rohlfs’s latitude and the one estimated from Hassanein Bey’s recent work is similar in scale and direction to the discrepancy found at Boema; and that applying a negative correction equal to the sun’s semidiameter would in both instances bring the results of the two observers into fairly close alignment. This leads us to suggest that Stecker may have calculated his latitudes by observing the upper edge of the sun at noon, and in both Buseima and Boema, he neglected to adjust the measured altitude for the semidiameter, which would make both latitudes 16′ too high. Such an error, as every scientific traveler is aware, can easily happen during rushed calculations in the field; and at the time when Stecker made his observations and calculations in Kufra, both[336] he and his brave leader were in serious danger of losing their lives at the hands of deceitful Badawi.

A similar explanation may account to a large extent for the discrepancies of longitude at the two places. Thus, according to Hassanein Bey’s work, Rohlfs’s longitude for his camp at Buseima is 9′ too far east, and that for his camp at Boema 12′ too far west. We have only to assume that Stecker observed the sun’s lower limb in the morning at Buseima, and the upper limb in the afternoon at Boema, for finding the local times, and in each case omitted to correct the observed altitude for semidiameter, to account pretty completely for both discrepancies of longitude.

A similar explanation could largely explain the differences in longitude at the two locations. According to Hassanein Bey’s work, Rohlfs's longitude for his camp at Buseima is 9 minutes too far east, and for his camp at Boema, it's 12 minutes too far west. If we assume that Stecker observed the sun's lower limb in the morning at Buseima and the upper limb in the afternoon at Boema to determine the local times, and in each case failed to adjust the observed altitude for the semidiameter, that would pretty much account for both discrepancies in longitude.

The puzzling thing about the above explanation of the errors of Rohlfs’s map is that Rohlfs actually traveled the distance between Buseima and Boema, and estimated it at 120 km.,[7] whereas Hassanein Bey’s positions would indicate that the true distance is 40 km. greater. But as Rohlfs’s statement of the distance was obviously written after Stecker had determined the positions of the places astronomically, it is probable that he obtained his 120 km. by calculation from the astronomical positions, rejecting any rough estimate he may have made of the distance from his times of marching. Both Hassanein Bey and Mrs. Forbes had considered that the true distance was much greater than 120 km. when they traversed it in 1921; but as on that occasion no observations for position were taken, it remained uncertain whether either Buseima or Boema had been wrongly placed on Rohlfs’s map. It is now practically certain that both were wrong.

The confusing part about the explanation of the mistakes in Rohlfs’s map is that Rohlfs actually traveled the distance between Buseima and Boema, estimating it at 120 km,[7] while Hassanein Bey's positions suggest that the actual distance is 40 km greater. However, since Rohlfs's distance statement was clearly made after Stecker had calculated the positions of the places astronomically, it's likely that he got his 120 km from calculations based on the astronomical positions, dismissing any rough estimate he might have made from his marching times. Both Hassanein Bey and Mrs. Forbes thought the actual distance was much greater than 120 km when they traveled it in 1921; but since no observations for position were taken at that time, it remained unclear whether either Buseima or Boema had been incorrectly placed on Rohlfs’s map. It is now almost certain that both were incorrect.

As regards the level of Kufra, it is satisfactory to notice a very close agreement of Hassanein Bey’s observations with those of Rohlfs. Hassanein Bey’s barometer-readings at[337] Ezeila, to the south of Jof, give 389 meters for the level of that place, and he estimates that Boema lies some ten meters higher; this would give about four hundred meters for the altitude of Boema, a figure identical with that found by Rohlfs. Taj, which has been built on the cliff north of Jof, since Rohlfs’s day, is found to be 475 meters above sea-level from a series of aneroid-readings extending over a fortnight. The outlying villages of Kufra which lie north of Taj are lower than Taj itself, but substantially higher than the southern villages of Kufra; Awadel is 434 meters above sea, and Hawari and Hawawiri are about the same altitude.

Regarding the elevation of Kufra, it's reassuring to see a strong correlation between Hassanein Bey’s observations and those of Rohlfs. Hassanein Bey’s barometer readings at[337] Ezeila, south of Jof, indicate that this location is at 389 meters, and he estimates that Boema is about ten meters higher; this puts Boema’s altitude at roughly four hundred meters, matching Rohlfs’s findings. Taj, which was built on the cliff north of Jof since Rohlfs’s time, has an altitude of 475 meters above sea level based on a series of aneroid readings taken over two weeks. The villages of Kufra located north of Taj are lower than Taj itself, but still significantly higher than the southern villages of Kufra; Awadel is at 434 meters above sea level, and both Hawari and Hawawiri are around the same height.

There is also fairly close agreement as to the extent of Kufra from north to south. Rohlfs’s map makes the extent in altitude between Hawawiri and Tollab to be about 35 km., while Hassanein Bey makes it 30 km. But when we come to the distance over which the villages extend from east to west, there is a much graver discrepancy. Rohlfs makes the extent from east to west (Buma to Tollab) about 40 km., while according to the latest estimations by Hassanein Bey the true extent is only about 21 km. As Rohlfs appears to have located many of the villages on his map merely from Arab statements, and not from careful personal estimation as did Hassanein Bey, we need have no hesitation in accepting the latter’s relative positions as by far the more nearly correct, and hence concluding that Rohlfs’s map gives an east and west extension which is nearly double the truth.

There is also a fairly close agreement on the extent of Kufra from north to south. Rohlfs’s map shows the altitude between Hawawiri and Tollab to be about 35 km, while Hassanein Bey indicates it as 30 km. However, when it comes to the distance the villages cover from east to west, there is a much larger discrepancy. Rohlfs estimates the east to west extent (from Buma to Tollab) to be about 40 km, whereas Hassanein Bey’s latest estimates suggest the actual extent is only about 21 km. Since Rohlfs seems to have placed many of the villages on his map based solely on Arab accounts rather than careful personal assessment like Hassanein Bey did, we can confidently accept the latter’s positions as far more accurate. Therefore, we conclude that Rohlfs's map shows an east and west extension that is nearly double the actual figure.

The error in east and west extension (so far as concerns the placing of the villages, not the extent of the vegetation) is even greater on the map prepared by me and published by Mrs. Forbes in 1921.[8] This is due to the distance between Jof and Tollab having been much overestimated on the former[338] journey; it was given to me as about 42 km., while according to Hassanein Bey’s latest estimation it is only 20 km.

The error in the east-west placement (as it relates to the location of the villages, not the size of the vegetation) is even greater in the map I created and published with Mrs. Forbes in 1921.[8] This is because the distance between Jof and Tollab was greatly overestimated on the previous[338] trip; I was told it was about 42 km, whereas according to Hassanein Bey’s most recent estimate, it’s only 20 km.

A matter which will at once strike the eye of any one who compares Hassanein Bey’s latest map of the Kufra villages with that published by Mrs. Forbes is that in the later map a place called Ezeila is shown south of Jof, while in the earlier map (which was prepared from Hassanein Bey’s own data and rough sketches) Ezeila is shown north of Hawawiri. The explanation is that there are two Ezeilas. The name “Ezeila” is applied locally to any outlying well (usually with a clump of palms) which forms the last watering place for caravans leaving the oasis. Thus the northern Ezeila is the last well for a traveler leaving Kufra to go northeastward toward Jaghbub, while the southern Ezeila is the last well in Kufra for any one going south toward Wadai.

One thing that will immediately catch the attention of anyone comparing Hassanein Bey’s latest map of the Kufra villages with the one published by Mrs. Forbes is that on the newer map, a place called Ezeila is located south of Jof, while on the earlier map (which was created from Hassanein Bey’s own data and rough sketches), Ezeila is placed north of Hawawiri. The explanation for this discrepancy is that there are two Ezeilas. The name “Ezeila” is locally used to refer to any outlying well (usually surrounded by a cluster of palm trees) that serves as the last watering stop for caravans departing the oasis. Therefore, the northern Ezeila is the final well for travelers heading northeast from Kufra toward Jaghbub, whereas the southern Ezeila is the last well in Kufra for anyone traveling south toward Wadai.

From the southern Ezeila of Kufra to Arkenu is 266 km. in a nearly southeasterly direction, and there is no water or grazing on the way. From Arkenu to Ouenat is a further 42 km. in a slightly more southerly direction.

From the southern Ezeila of Kufra to Arkenu is 266 km in a nearly southeasterly direction, and there’s no water or grazing along the way. From Arkenu to Ouenat is another 42 km in a slightly more southerly direction.

The Oases of Arkenu and Ouenat.—One of the most interesting and important results of Hassanein Bey’s expedition is the confirmation of the real existence of the oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, and a fairly exact determination of their positions and altitudes. There has long been a tradition that two oases existed in or near the southwestern corner of Egypt. Thus the map of Africa on a scale of 1:4,000,000 published by Justus Perthes of Gotha in 1892 shows an unnamed small oasis and well in Lat. 21° 51′, Long. 23° 3′, and another “uninhabited oasis,” also unnamed, about 48 km. due east of it in Lat. 21° 50′, Long. 23° 29′. Both these oases were doubtless placed on the map[339] from vague Arab statements; they appear not to have been previously visited by any explorer, and indeed their very existence was so doubtful that they have not been shown on the maps either of the English or of the French General Staff.

The Oases of Arkenu and Ouenat.—One of the most interesting and significant outcomes of Hassanein Bey’s expedition is the confirmation of the actual existence of the oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, along with a fairly accurate determination of their locations and altitudes. There has long been a belief that two oases were located in or near the southwestern corner of Egypt. For example, the map of Africa at a scale of 1:4,000,000 published by Justus Perthes in Gotha in 1892 shows an unnamed small oasis and well at Lat. 21° 51′, Long. 23° 3′, and another “uninhabited oasis,” also unnamed, about 48 km east of it at Lat. 21° 50′, Long. 23° 29′. Both of these oases were likely included on the map[339] based on vague Arab accounts; they seem not to have been visited by any explorer before, and indeed their existence was so uncertain that they have not been represented on the maps of either the English or the French General Staff.

I have not been able to trace any published reference to the existence of Arkenu, but that of Ouenat has been mentioned in recent papers by Mr. Harding King and Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho. In Mr. Harding King’s paper of 1913[9] on “The Libyan Desert from Native Information,” he states that he heard of a place called “Owana” or “Owanat,” about half-way along a road from Merga to Kufra, where there is a well and green grass after rain. The map appended to his paper shows that Mr. Harding King’s estimate of its probable position was Lat. 21° 37′, Long. 24° 45′, which differs by nearly 130 km. from the nearer of the two oases shown on the above-mentioned German map.

I haven't found any published references to the existence of Arkenu, but Ouenat has been mentioned in recent papers by Mr. Harding King and Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho. In Mr. Harding King’s 1913 paper[9] titled “The Libyan Desert from Native Information,” he says he heard about a place called “Owana” or “Owanat,” located about halfway along the road from Merga to Kufra, where there is a well and green grass after it rains. The map included in his paper shows that Mr. Harding King estimated its probable location at Lat. 21° 37′, Long. 24° 45′, which is nearly 130 km off from the closest of the two oases shown on the German map mentioned earlier.

Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho, who carried out exploratory work in Tibesti, Erdi, Borkou and Ennedi in 1912-17, mentions[10] “the still unknown massif of El Aouinat, situated approximately between the 22nd and 23rd degrees of latitude north and the 24th and 25th degrees of longitude east,” and a route he heard of from Aouinat to Merga.

Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho, who conducted exploratory work in Tibesti, Erdi, Borkou, and Ennedi from 1912 to 1917, mentions[10] “the still-unknown massif of El Aouinat, located roughly between the 22nd and 23rd degrees of latitude north and the 24th and 25th degrees of longitude east,” and a route he learned about from Aouinat to Merga.

Hassanein Bey’s observations give for the positions and altitude of his camps at Arkenu and Ouenat:

Hassanein Bey’s notes provide the locations and elevations of his camps at Arkenu and Ouenat:

Lat. N. Long. E. Meters above sea
° °
Arkenu 22 12 32 24 44 15 598
Ouenat 21 52 29 24 54 16 616

Thus Ouenat is only some 34 km. from where Mr. Harding[340] King guessed its position to be from his guide’s statements, but it is outside the somewhat wide limits of latitude indicated by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho, and is nearly 150 km. from the place marked “uninhabited oasis” on the German map; while Arkenu, which is presumably the small oasis marked to the west of the “uninhabited oasis,” is now proved to be some 180 km. from where it is shown on that map.

Thus Ouenat is only about 34 km from where Mr. Harding[340] King estimated its location based on his guide’s statements, but it is outside the rather broad latitude range indicated by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho and is nearly 150 km from the spot marked “uninhabited oasis” on the German map. Meanwhile, Arkenu, which is likely the small oasis noted west of the “uninhabited oasis,” is now confirmed to be about 180 km from where it’s shown on that map.

It may be remarked that Arkenu is well within the boundaries of Egypt, while Ouenat is a short distance over the boundary, in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

It can be noted that Arkenu is located well within the borders of Egypt, while Ouenat is just a short distance beyond the border, in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

The principal interest in these places lies in the possibilities they open up for further exploration of the southwest corner of Egypt, which has hitherto been inaccessible to military patrols, and even to the boldest of explorers, by reason of the absence of any certain knowledge as to the existence and position of permanent water-supplies. Now that Arkenu and Ouenat are exactly located, with the existence of drinkable water in reasonable quantities, it may be possible for a traveler from Egypt to reach them and procure the necessary water-supplies for his return journey. I say it may be possible, for there are still great difficulties about access to Arkenu and Ouenat from Egypt, although both the compilers of the German map and Mr. Harding King were informed that an old track to Egypt runs from Ouenat. According to Mr. Harding King’s informant, the track runs to Dakhla Oasis, which is a distance of some 600 km. through a waterless desert, and consequently the journey between the two places is a very formidable undertaking for camels, even in winter; while the suitability of the ground for motor-cars, especially in the mountainous region round the oases themselves, is as yet unknown.

The main interest in these areas comes from the opportunities they provide for further exploration of the southwest corner of Egypt, which has previously been unreachable for military patrols and even the most daring explorers due to the lack of reliable information about the presence and location of permanent water sources. Now that Arkenu and Ouenat have been accurately mapped and there is drinkable water available in reasonable amounts, a traveler from Egypt might be able to reach them and gather the necessary water supplies for the journey back. I say it might be possible because there are still significant challenges in getting to Arkenu and Ouenat from Egypt, even though both the creators of the German map and Mr. Harding King were told that an old route from Ouenat leads to Egypt. According to Mr. Harding King’s source, the path goes to Dakhla Oasis, which is about 600 km through a waterless desert, making the trip between the two sites a tough task for camels, even in the winter; plus, it’s still unclear how suitable the terrain is for motor vehicles, particularly in the mountainous areas around the oases themselves.

An interesting feature of Arkenu and Ouenat is that[341] they are not depressions with underground water-supplies, like all the other oases of the Western Desert of Egypt, but mountainous areas where the water is dependent on local rainfall and collected in natural basins in the rocks.[11] The Nile Valley in the same latitudes has practically no rainfall, but here, some 700 km. westward into the Sahara, there is sufficient rain to maintain perennial though limited supplies—at Ouenat even sufficient for the needs of a settlement of some one hundred and fifty Badawi—and at certain seasons to provide grazing for animals in the valleys and lowlands. The ground-level in this region is high (six hundred meters above sea-level), but the mountains near the oases rise to heights of over eleven hundred meters above the sea, and it can hardly be doubted that the rainfall is connected with the orography, the mountains attracting or helping to form clouds. In this connection it is worth noting that in the more open country further south, as well as in that to the north, the absence of vegetation shows that rainfall is evidently much scarcer than in the mountains around the oases; also that Ouenat, where the mountains are higher than at Arkenu, possesses better and more abundant water. The conservation of the water through the dry season is partly conditioned by the almost impermeable nature of the crystalline rocks composing the mountains, and partly by the sheltered position of the pools in the rocky gullies, which diminishes evaporation.

An interesting feature of Arkenu and Ouenat is that[341] they aren't depressions with underground water supplies like all the other oases in the Western Desert of Egypt. Instead, they are mountainous areas where the water relies on local rainfall and is collected in natural basins in the rocks.[11] The Nile Valley at the same latitudes has almost no rainfall, but here, about 700 km west into the Sahara, there's enough rain to support permanent though limited water supplies—at Ouenat, it's even enough for a community of around one hundred and fifty Badawi—and at certain times, it provides grazing for animals in the valleys and lowlands. The ground level in this area is high (six hundred meters above sea level), but the mountains near the oases rise to over eleven hundred meters above sea level, and it's clear that the rainfall is connected to the geography, with the mountains attracting or helping to form clouds. It's also worth noting that in the more open areas further south, as well as to the north, the lack of vegetation shows that rainfall is definitely much scarcer than in the mountains around the oases; also, Ouenat, with its higher mountains than Arkenu, has better and more abundant water. The retention of water during the dry season is partly due to the nearly impermeable nature of the crystalline rocks that make up the mountains and partly because the pools are located in sheltered rocky gullies, which reduces evaporation.

The full extent of the mountains of Arkenu and Ouenat is not yet known, but they cover at least 1000 square km.[342] Hassanein Bey’s main route lay along the western feet of the masses, so that their western limit is ascertained, as also their north and south extension; but their eastern limits in Egypt are unknown, and it is not yet certain whether there may be a continuous chain of hills connecting the two masses to the east. Hassanein Bey made a round reconnaissance extending some 40 km. eastward of his camp at Ouenat, without reaching the limits of the mass. The mountains are visible from great distances from the north and south, Arkenu having been sighted from at least 60 km. north, and Ouenat remained visible for at least the same distance on the track southward from it. There is a possibility that the mountains may be less conspicuous to a traveler approaching from the east, owing to their breaking up into smaller hills and the ground on that side of them being higher and falling away gradually toward the Nile; but this must remain uncertain until further exploration is undertaken.

The full extent of the Arkenu and Ouenat mountains is not yet known, but they cover at least 1,000 square kilometers.[342] Hassanein Bey’s main route ran along the western foot of the ranges, so their western boundary is established, along with their northern and southern extensions. However, their eastern boundaries in Egypt are still unknown, and it’s uncertain if there is a continuous chain of hills connecting the two ranges to the east. Hassanein Bey conducted a reconnaissance that extended about 40 kilometers east of his camp at Ouenat but didn't reach the mountain's limits. The mountains are visible from great distances to the north and south, with Arkenu spotted from at least 60 kilometers to the north, and Ouenat being visible for about the same distance on the route southward. It’s possible that the mountains may be less noticeable to a traveler coming from the east, as they break up into smaller hills, and the ground on that side is higher and slopes gradually toward the Nile. However, this remains uncertain until further exploration is conducted.

From Ouenat to Erdi “Well” is a journey of 439 km. in a south-southwesterly direction, the first 284 km. being in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, the remaining 146 in French Equatorial Africa. There is no water in all this stretch, but patches of dried grass were met with at intervals in the latter half of the journey, and some 25 km. before reaching Erdi the valleys were full of green grass. Thus the northern limit of the equatorial rain-belt hereabouts is approximately in Lat. 18° 50′.

From Ouenat to Erdi, the "Well" journey spans 439 km in a south-southwesterly direction. The first 284 km are in Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, while the remaining 146 km are in French Equatorial Africa. There’s no water along this entire stretch, but patches of dried grass appeared at intervals during the second half of the trip, and about 25 km before reaching Erdi, the valleys were filled with green grass. Therefore, the northern limit of the equatorial rain belt in this area is roughly at Lat. 18° 50′.

Erdi.—Erdi appears to be the name given to an extensive tract of country stretching between the twenty-first and twenty-fourth meridians of east longitude, rising gradually southward and ending in a broken east and west escarpment in about Lat. 18° 30′. The water-source visited by Hassanein Bey, called by the guide “Erdi Well,” is in Lat.[343] 18° 31′, Long. 23° 10′, and is 958 meters above sea-level. It is not really a well, but a rock-pool, similar to those of Arkenu and Ouenat; the water is good.

Erdi.—Erdi seems to be the name for a large area of land that stretches between the twenty-first and twenty-fourth meridians of east longitude, gradually rising towards the south and ending in a jagged escarpment running east to west at about Lat. 18° 30′. The water source that Hassanein Bey visited, referred to by the guide as "Erdi Well," is located at Lat.[343] 18° 31′, Long. 23° 10′, and sits 958 meters above sea level. It’s not actually a well, but a rock pool, similar to those at Arkenu and Ouenat; the water is good.

Hassanein Bey’s “Erdi Well” is close to the locality marked “Erdi-ma” on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map of 1920, but it appears not to be the same water-source as the one visited by that traveler. Erdi Well is at the head of a small valley draining northward, and one has to ascend the hills to a height of 1020 meters above sea and cross a stretch of broken plateau before reaching the southward drainages which cut back into the scarp. Over this broken plateau Hassanein Bey proceeded in a southeasterly direction, descending the scarp in Lat. 18° 25′, Long. 23° 20′. The level at the foot of the scarp was 790 meters, so that the scarp hereabouts is some 230 meters in height.

Hassanein Bey's "Erdi Well" is near the location marked "Erdi-ma" on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho's 1920 map, but it doesn’t seem to be the same water source that the traveler visited. Erdi Well is situated at the top of a small valley that drains northward, and to get there, you have to climb the hills to an elevation of 1,020 meters above sea level and cross a stretch of rugged plateau before reaching the southward drainages that lead back into the cliff. Hassanein Bey traveled over this rugged plateau in a southeasterly direction, descending the cliff at Latitude 18° 25′, Longitude 23° 20′. The elevation at the base of the cliff was 790 meters, indicating that the cliff in this area is about 230 meters high.

After descending the Erdi scarp, Hassanein Bey’s track southward across the great sandy depression which separates the Erdi plateau from that of Ennedi, to Agah (88 km. from his camp north of Erdi Well), appears to have been almost parallel to, and some 20 km. east of, that followed by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho in 1914.

After going down the Erdi scarp, Hassanein Bey’s route south through the vast sandy depression that divides the Erdi plateau from the Ennedi plateau to Agah (88 km from his camp north of Erdi Well) seems to have almost run parallel to, and about 20 km east of, the one taken by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho in 1914.

Agah.—The water-source of Agah is a rock-pool similar to that at Erdi; but the water is bad, owing to fouling by animals. The pool is some 6 km. up a valley cutting back northward into the scarp which faces that of Erdi. The position found for the pool at Agah lies some 24 km. from the “Aga Spring” shown on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map. There are possibly several springs and pools among the hills in this neighborhood, all bearing the same name, which would explain the apparent discrepancy.

Alert.—The water source at Agah is a rock pool similar to the one at Erdi; however, the water quality is poor due to contamination from animals. The pool is about 6 km up a valley that cuts back northward into the cliff facing Erdi. The location of the pool at Agah is roughly 24 km from the "Aga Spring" marked on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map. There might be several springs and pools in the hills nearby, all sharing the same name, which could account for the apparent mismatch.

From Agah the track to Enebah (65 km.) runs in a rather zigzag course with a general southward trend. For the first 10 km. beyond the pool, the track ascends the valley;[344] then, mounting rapidly, it soon reaches altitudes of over a thousand meters on the plateau.

From Agah, the path to Enebah (65 km) goes in a bit of a zigzag but generally heads south. For the first 10 km past the pool, the trail climbs through the valley; [344] then, it quickly rises and soon reaches heights of over a thousand meters on the plateau.

Enebah.—Here is a small settlement of Badawi and a well of good water about 28 km. east of the wells of Keita shown on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map, on the same high plateau.

Enebah.—Here is a small village of Badawi and a well with good water located about 28 km east of the wells of Keita marked on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map, on the same high plateau.

From Enebah to Bao is 120 km., by a rather zigzag track in a general south-southwesterly direction over an undulating and hilly plateau. The greatest altitude recorded by Hassanein Bey during his entire journey, 1184 meters above sea, was reached at a point on the road about 18 km. from Enebah. This altitude (3884 feet) is slightly higher than that (3600 feet) which Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho records as his maximum on the same (Erdebe) plateau at a point further west; so that the plateau probably increases in height to the eastward. The Kaptarko valley was crossed about 47 km. further on, and it is interesting to note that Hassanein Bey’s data give a position for this which is very close to the “Kapterko” of Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map.

From Enebah to Bao is 120 km, along a pretty winding path in a generally south-southwest direction over a hilly and uneven plateau. The highest elevation noted by Hassanein Bey during his entire journey, 1184 meters above sea level, was reached at a spot on the road about 18 km from Enebah. This altitude (3884 feet) is slightly higher than the maximum (3600 feet) recorded by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho on the same (Erdebe) plateau further west, indicating that the plateau likely rises in height to the east. The Kaptarko valley was crossed about 47 km later, and it’s interesting to mention that Hassanein Bey’s data places this location very close to the “Kapterko” shown on Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s map.

Bao.—Hassanein Bey’s Bao is not the “Bo” visited by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho, which lies over 100 km. further north, but the place called “Orobo” on Tilho’s map and “Bao” on the map of Wadai and Darfur which was attached to the convention between the British and French Governments at Paris in 1919; this is evident from the following comparison of Hassanein Bey’s position with those scaled for the above-mentioned places from the maps referred to:

Bun.—Hassanein Bey’s Bao is not the “Bo” that Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho visited, which is over 100 km further north, but the location named “Orobo” on Tilho’s map and “Bao” on the map of Wadai and Darfur that was included in the convention between the British and French Governments in Paris in 1919; this becomes clear from the following comparison of Hassanein Bey’s position with those measured for the previously mentioned locations based on the referenced maps:

Lat. N. Long. E.
° °
Bao (Hassanein Bey) 16 28 24 23 1 47
Orobo (Tilho) 16 30 0 22 59 0
Bao (convention map) 16 28 0 23 4 0

The wells of Bao are at the head of a small valley draining[345] northward, in which shrubs and trees are plentiful. There are several wells, with perennial supplies, though the water becomes scarce in the dry season and the wells have then to be deepened.

The wells of Bao are located at the top of a small valley that drains northward, where shrubs and trees are abundant. There are several wells with steady supplies, but the water runs low during the dry season, so the wells need to be deepened then.

From Bao to Furawia is 145 km. in a south-southeasterly direction, over ground partly covered with grass and small trees. About 55 km. before reaching Furawia, Hassanein Bey passed close to a hill called Tameira, on which is a sign-post, formed of a dead tree, marking the boundary between French and Anglo-Egyptian territory. No astronomical observations were taken here, but Hassanein Bey’s adjusted traverse-data indicate the approximate position of the hill to be Lat. 15° 48′ N., Long. 23° 27′ E. The Wadai Hawar (“Howa” of the Anglo-French convention map) was crossed about 7 km. beyond Tameira Hill.

From Bao to Furawia is 145 km in a south-southeast direction, over land that’s partly covered with grass and small trees. About 55 km before reaching Furawia, Hassanein Bey passed near a hill called Tameira, which has a sign made from a dead tree marking the boundary between French and Anglo-Egyptian territory. No astronomical observations were taken here, but Hassanein Bey's adjusted navigation data indicate the approximate location of the hill to be Lat. 15° 48' N., Long. 23° 27' E. The Wadai Hawar (referred to as "Howa" on the Anglo-French convention map) was crossed about 7 km beyond Tameira Hill.

Conclusion.—In concluding this analysis of Hassanein Bey’s results, the reduction of which has occupied a large part of my time for over two months, I may be permitted to remark that his expedition appears to me to be an almost unique achievement in the annals of geographical exploration. The journey of 3345 km. from Sollum to El Obeid, most of it through inhospitable deserts sparsely inhabited by fanatical and predatory tribes, is one which, without a strong military escort, could have been undertaken only by a Moslem, and by one of remarkable grit, tact, and perseverance. But Hassanein Bey has not only accomplished this difficult journey and brought back interesting descriptions and photographs of the country through which he passed. Before setting out from Cairo he had applied himself strenuously for several weeks to acquiring facility in the use of the theodolite, and instruction in the particular methods of reconnaissance-survey best adapted for exploration of the[346] kind on which he was to embark; and throughout his travels he made excellent use of the surveying knowledge thus acquired. How complete and accurate were his observations will be obvious from the foregoing analysis; and the really remarkable thing is that he managed somehow to carry out all this observation single-handed, and to maintain the continuity and accuracy of his measurements and records over the distance of more than 2000 km. which separates the points on his route whose positions were previously known. Thanks to the detailed and systematic character of his observations, their reduction has been a pleasant labor, and it has been comparatively easy to map his route and the newly discovered places along it with a high degree of accuracy.

Conclusion.—As I wrap up this analysis of Hassanein Bey’s results, which has taken up a significant part of my time for over two months, I feel it’s important to note that his expedition stands out as an almost unique achievement in the history of geographical exploration. The journey of 3,345 kilometers from Sollum to El Obeid, mostly through harsh deserts sparsely populated by zealous and predatory tribes, could only have been undertaken by a Muslim, specifically one with remarkable determination, skill, and perseverance, especially without a strong military escort. Hassanein Bey not only completed this challenging journey but also returned with fascinating descriptions and photographs of the areas he traversed. Before leaving Cairo, he dedicated several weeks to mastering the use of the theodolite and learned the specific reconnaissance-survey methods best suited for the type of exploration he was about to undertake; throughout his travels, he effectively applied this surveying knowledge. The completeness and accuracy of his observations will be evident from the previous analysis; what’s truly impressive is that he managed to carry out all of this observation by himself while maintaining the continuity and accuracy of his measurements and records over the more than 2,000 kilometers that separate the points on his route with known positions. Thanks to the detailed and systematic nature of his observations, processing the results has been a rewarding task, and mapping his route and the newly discovered sites along it has been comparatively easy and accurate.

The principal additions to our knowledge of northeastern Africa which have resulted from the expedition are:

The main additions to what we know about northeastern Africa from the expedition are:

(1) The true positions of Zieghen and Kufra, resulting in changes of about 100 and 40 kms. respectively from the positions hitherto assigned to these places on maps of Africa.

(1) The actual locations of Zieghen and Kufra have changed, moving about 100 and 40 kilometers, respectively, from where they were previously listed on maps of Africa.

(2) The discovery of the oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, previously unknown, and the determination of their positions and approximate extent, thus opening up possibilities of new desert travel from Egypt into regions of the Libyan Desert still unexplored.

(2) The discovery of the previously unknown oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, along with the determination of their locations and approximate sizes, has opened up new opportunities for desert travel from Egypt into still unexplored areas of the Libyan Desert.

(3) The discovery of a route from southwestern Egypt across the Erdi and Ennedi plateaux of French Equatorial Africa into Darfur, and the positions of the water-sources along it. Incidentally, this establishes a connection with, and extension of, Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s recent brilliant explorations in the French Sudan.

(3) The discovery of a route from southwestern Egypt across the Erdi and Ennedi plateaus of French Equatorial Africa into Darfur, along with the locations of the water sources along that route. This also establishes a link to and extends the recent outstanding explorations by Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho in French Sudan.

(4) The determination of careful barometric levels along the entire route, affording valuable information on[347] the orography of a vast region of which little was previously known, and confirming Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s conclusion that there is no possible drainage-outlet from Lake Chad in an easterly direction.

(4) The careful measurement of barometric levels along the whole route provided important information about the landscape of a large area that was not well understood before, and supported Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho’s conclusion that there is no possible drainage outlet from Lake Chad to the east.

[1]Since the above was written, I have received information from the director of Sudan surveys that a recent extension of the Sudan triangulation-net includes Gebel Furawia as one of the points, and that the precise position found for the summit of the hill is Lat. 15° 20′ 59.9″ N., Long. 23° 36′ 48.1″ E., altitude 954 meters above sea-level. This position differs by about 2 km. from that shown on the map above referred to; but in view of the fact that the distance and bearing of Hassanein Bey’s camp from the hill is unknown, though his observed latitude shows his camp to have been on a parallel about a kilometer and a half north of the hill, I have not thought it worth while to make any change in the adjustment of Hassanein Bey’s data. The longitude adopted for the camp (p. 320) may be slightly in error, but it is unlikely that the error can exceed a mile or so. The difference of level between the top of the hill and Hassanein Bey’s camp being unknown, the triangulation-level affords no control over Hassanein Bey’s barometric value for the latter place, and consequently I have judged it best to use El Fasher as the south control point in adjusting the level-determinations.

[1]Since the previous information was shared, I've received updates from the director of the Sudan surveys that a recent expansion of the Sudan triangulation network includes Gebel Furawia as one of the points. The exact coordinates of the hill's summit are Lat. 15° 20′ 59.9″ N., Long. 23° 36′ 48.1″ E., and its altitude is 954 meters above sea level. This position is about 2 km different from what’s shown on the map mentioned earlier; however, since we don’t know the distance or bearing from Hassanein Bey’s camp to the hill—though his observed latitude indicates his camp was about a kilometer and a half north of the hill—I haven't felt it necessary to adjust Hassanein Bey’s data. The longitude I've used for the camp (p. 320) might be slightly off, but it's unlikely to be more than a mile in error. Since we don’t know the elevation difference between the top of the hill and Hassanein Bey’s camp, the triangulation level doesn’t provide any control over his barometric measurement at that location. Therefore, I think it’s best to use El Fasher as the southern control point for adjusting the level determinations.

[2]No observations are known to have been taken at Jedabia. The position given is that which I adopted for it in preparing a former map in 1921, and was arrived at by estimation from a car-and-compass traverse carried out by Captain Williams from Zuetina in 1918.

[2]No observations have been recorded at Jedabia. The location provided is the one I used when creating an earlier map in 1921, which was determined through estimation based on a car-and-compass traverse conducted by Captain Williams from Zuetina in 1918.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

[4]Rohlfs, “Kufra,” 1881, p. 226.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Rohlfs, “Kufra,” 1881, p. 226.

[5]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Band ii., 1880-81, p. 17.

[5]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Vol. II, 1880-81, p. 17.

[6]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Band ii., 1880-81, p. 25.

[6]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Vol. ii., 1880-81, p. 25.

[7]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Band ii., 1880-81, p. 23.

[7]“Mitt. Afrik. Ges.,” Volume II, 1880-81, p. 23.

[8]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 68 (1921), p. 248.

[8]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 68 (1921), p. 248.

[9]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 42 (1913), p. 282.

[9]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 42 (1913), p. 282.

[10]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 46 (1920), p. 98.

[10]“Geographical Journal,” Vol. 46 (1920), p. 98.

[11]Though rare in the Western Desert of Egypt, these rock-basins are common in the mountains of the Eastern Desert near the Red Sea, where they are called galts. See my “Geography and Geology of South-Eastern Egypt” (1912), p. 240. They are also abundant in the Erdi and Ennedi regions of French Equatorial Africa, as we know from the explorations of both Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho and Hassanein Bey.

[11]Although they are uncommon in the Western Desert of Egypt, these rock basins are frequently found in the mountains of the Eastern Desert near the Red Sea, where they are referred to as galts. See my “Geography and Geology of South-Eastern Egypt” (1912), p. 240. They are also plentiful in the Erdi and Ennedi regions of French Equatorial Africa, as demonstrated by the explorations of both Lieutenant-Colonel Tilho and Hassanein Bey.


[348]APPENDIX II

Conclusions Derived from the Geological Data Collected by Hassanein Bey during His Kufra-Ouenat Expedition

Conclusions from the Geological Data Collected by Hassanein Bey during His Kufra-Ouenat Expedition

W. F. Hume, D.Sc., Director, Geological Survey of Egypt

W. F. Hume, D.Sc., Director, Geological Survey of Egypt

BEFORE dealing with the facts ascertained I would desire to congratulate Hassanein Bey on the successful accomplishment of an expedition which has given us knowledge of a large tract of country hitherto unknown to geographical science. Those of us who have a slight acquaintance with desert travel will appreciate the fact that he should have covered 3500 km. over an almost waterless waste in a region which from religious or political causes is practically closed to a European explorer. It has often meant weariness of body and anxiety of mind, though no doubt he has been compensated by the freedom of feeling engendered by free wind-swept spaciousness and by the constant interest of new discovery.

BEFORE discussing the established facts, I want to congratulate Hassanein Bey on the successful completion of an expedition that has provided us with knowledge of a vast area previously unknown to geographical science. Those of us with a bit of experience in desert travel can appreciate that he managed to cover 3,500 km across an almost waterless expanse in a region that is practically off-limits to European explorers due to religious or political reasons. It has often required both physical endurance and mental strain, though he has surely been rewarded by the liberating feeling brought on by the vast, windswept openness and the continuous excitement of new discoveries.

Hassanein Bey has shown a keen desire to obtain data which would be of scientific value, and consequently has collected specimens and taken photographs which might enable those familiar with the desert geology in Egypt to arrive at conclusions as to the geological nature of the country traversed. Mr. Moon has examined these specimens in my absence, and his notes and conclusions are attached.

Hassanein Bey has shown a strong interest in gathering data that would be scientifically valuable, and as a result, he has collected samples and taken photographs that could help experts in desert geology in Egypt understand the geological characteristics of the area explored. Mr. Moon has reviewed these samples in my absence, and his notes and conclusions are included.

[349]The following points are those which have struck me most forcibly in looking over the specimens and photographs brought back by Hassanein Bay:

[349]The following points are the ones that have stood out to me the most while reviewing the samples and photos brought back by Hassanein Bay:

(1) Between Siwa and Jaghbub large specimens of petrified trees were noted and photographed. This is of interest as showing the wide extension to the west of the so-called “petrified forests.” It emphasizes the desirability of extending the examination of the southern edge of the Cyrenaic scarp to the western boundary of Egyptian territory, including the portion now marked “unexplored” on the 1:1,000,000 geological map of Egypt.

(1) Between Siwa and Jaghbub, we observed and photographed large specimens of petrified trees. This is interesting as it highlights the significant spread of the so-called “petrified forests” to the west. It underscores the need to further investigate the southern edge of the Cyrenaic scarp all the way to the western border of Egyptian territory, including the area currently labeled “unexplored” on the 1:1,000,000 geological map of Egypt.

(2) The beautiful specimens of the Miocene oysters Ostrea Virleti and Ostrea digitalina indicate clearly that Jaghbub is on the same formation as that of Siwa, viz., Middle Miocene, while the further continuation of these strata toward Jalo is indicated by Specimen No. 3.

(2) The stunning examples of the Miocene oysters Ostrea Virleti and Ostrea digitalina clearly show that Jaghbub is in the same formation as Siwa, that is, Middle Miocene, while the further extension of these layers toward Jalo is shown by Specimen No. 3.

(3) At a point a little south of Lat. 28° N., a collection was made of hard limestone. A very shelly piece among them may be Miocene, but the others might well form part of the Eocene or Cretaceous members which are so well developed on the same latitude to the east of the Egyptian boundary. The absence of type fossils in the rocks renders further identification impossible.

(3) A little south of Lat. 28° N., we collected hard limestone. One very shelly piece among them might be Miocene, but the others could easily belong to the Eocene or Cretaceous layers that are well developed at the same latitude to the east of the Egyptian border. The lack of type fossils in the rocks makes further identification impossible.

(4) Between March 20 and 24 Hassanein Bey was crossing a flat plain. The question arises whether this might not be due to erosion of the finer clays and sands which so often lie between the hard Cretaceous limestone and more compact members of the Nubian Sandstone series.

(4) Between March 20 and 24, Hassanein Bey was crossing a flat plain. The question comes up whether this might be due to the erosion of the finer clays and sands that often exist between the hard Cretaceous limestone and the more compact layers of the Nubian Sandstone series.

(5) Be this as it may, as indicated by Mr. Moon, the Nubian Sandstone proper was met with in typical form a little north of El Harrash (Zieghen). The specimens obtained from this point onward to the junction with the igneous rocks about 30 km. north of Arkenu are all varied[350] members of the same sandstone formation which in Egypt proper and the Sudan spreads over enormous areas.

(5) Be that as it may, as Mr. Moon pointed out, the Nubian Sandstone was found in its typical form just north of El Harrash (Zieghen). The samples collected from this point up to the junction with the igneous rocks about 30 km north of Arkenu are all different members of the same sandstone formation that covers vast areas in Egypt and Sudan. [350]

(6) Great interest attaches to the discovery of typical granite in the oases of Ouenat and Arkenu. The main rock is of pegmatitic type, being composed of well-shaped felspars, glassy quartz, and hornblende. A point brought out by the photograph is the intense action of temperature variation on these igneous rocks. The whole of the hillside is strewn with gigantic boulders, some of which have been split into large pieces which obviously once formed part of the same block.

(6) There's a lot of interest in finding typical granite in the oases of Ouenat and Arkenu. The main rock is of pegmatitic type, made up of well-shaped feldspars, glassy quartz, and hornblende. A point highlighted by the photograph is the significant impact of temperature changes on these igneous rocks. The entire hillside is covered with massive boulders, some of which have been broken into large pieces that clearly used to be part of the same block.

As regards the nature of the relations between the granite and the Nubian Sandstone, it is to be noted that the granite difference of level might be explained (a) by the existence of a fold, (b) by the presence of a fracture line or fault, (c) by intrusion of the granite when in a molten condition into the overlying sandstone.

Regarding the relationship between the granite and the Nubian Sandstone, it should be noted that the difference in elevation of the granite might be explained by (a) the existence of a fold, (b) the presence of a fracture line or fault, or (c) the intrusion of the granite in a molten state into the sandstone above.

After conversation with Hassanein Bey, and a closer examination of his photographs from this point of view, one is led to the following conclusion:

After talking with Hassanein Bey and taking a closer look at his photographs from this perspective, you come to the following conclusion:

(1) A fold seems possible, because the sandstone (which dips or slopes off the granite in certain folds in the south of Kharga Oasis) is seen to be obviously dipping toward the spectator in the cinema photograph of camels coming through the valley of Ouenat. Taking (c) first, we have no proof anywhere in Egypt that granite has been intruded into the Nubian Sandstone, in all cases where the relations are clearly displayed the granite having obviously been worn down before the sandstone was deposited on it.

(1) A fold seems likely because the sandstone (which dips or slopes away from the granite in some folds in the south of Kharga Oasis) is clearly seen tilting toward the viewer in the cinema photo of camels coming through the valley of Ouenat. Starting with (c), there's no evidence anywhere in Egypt that granite has pushed into the Nubian Sandstone; in every case where the relationship is clearly visible, the granite has obviously been worn down before the sandstone was deposited on top of it.

(2) We are consequently disposed to adopt the view, pending further study, that the differences of level may be due to the existence of a fold. The alternative would be the presence of a fracture line, along which the granite has been[351] pushed up in a solid form to a higher level than the sandstone which normally overlies it, or the sandstone has been led down along the line of weakness against the granite.

(2) We are therefore inclined to think, until we study it more, that the differences in level might be caused by a fold. The alternative would be a fracture line, where the granite has been[351] pushed up in a solid state to a higher level than the sandstone that typically lies above it, or the sandstone has been dragged down along the weak point next to the granite.

A very interesting feature is the presence of well-made drawings of giraffes and ostriches on the granite boulders. As Hassanein Bey points out, the camel is absent, and it is to be regretted that there are no pictures of human beings. These graffiti may be of ancient date, being drawn at a period when rainfall was greater in this portion of North Africa than it is at present.

A really interesting aspect is the well-crafted drawings of giraffes and ostriches on the granite boulders. As Hassanein Bey notes, the camel is missing, and it’s unfortunate that there are no images of people. These graffiti could be quite old, created during a time when there was more rainfall in this part of North Africa than there is now.

Hassanein Bey’s expedition has thus indicated that both the Miocene strata in the north and the great Nubian Sandstone formation further south continue well to the west of the western Egyptian boundary with unchanged characteristics, while the discovery of the granitic oasis, as I understand within the boundaries of Egyptian territory, opens up the possibility of developing alternative routes to Darfur from Dakhla Oasis, and also indicates a water-base of great importance in connection with the exploration of the unknown territory lying west of the route followed by Hassanein Bey. Its further study from the geological standpoint would be of great interest.

Hassanein Bey’s expedition has shown that both the Miocene layers in the north and the vast Nubian Sandstone formation further south extend well beyond the western boundary of Egypt, maintaining the same characteristics. Meanwhile, the discovery of the granitic oasis, which I believe is within Egyptian territory, opens up new possibilities for alternative routes to Darfur from Dakhla Oasis and highlights a significant water source that is important for exploring the unknown areas west of Hassanein Bey's route. A deeper geological study of this would be very intriguing.


[352]APPENDIX III

Notes on the Geology of Hassanein Bey’s Expedition, Sollum-Darfur, 1923

Notes on the Geology of Hassanein Bey’s Expedition, Sollum-Darfur, 1923

F. W. Moon

F. W. Moon

HAVING been requested by Hassanein Bey, in the absence of Dr. Hume, to report upon the interesting geological specimens collected by him on his recent exploratory tour through the Western Desert from Sollum, on the southern shores of the Mediterranean Sea, to Darfur in the Sudan, I have much pleasure in submitting the following short summary of the main features of the journey from a geological point of view, as deduced from the specimens collected.

HAVING been asked by Hassanein Bey, in the absence of Dr. Hume, to report on the fascinating geological specimens he collected during his recent exploratory trip through the Western Desert from Sollum, on the southern shores of the Mediterranean Sea, to Darfur in Sudan, I'm pleased to present the following brief summary of the key geological aspects of the journey based on the specimens gathered.

Although the specimens are small and, in the case of the igneous rocks, much weathered, yet for all intents and purposes they are quite sufficient to enable one to make deductions and conclusions as to the main geological formations passed over.

Although the samples are small and, in the case of the igneous rocks, quite weathered, they are still sufficient to allow someone to draw conclusions about the main geological formations encountered.

As the explorer explains, there was not the freedom of transport he would have desired for making a larger collection of full-sized specimens, nor did he wish to incur the displeasure of those who formed his escort by seeming to do anything that might appear in any way suspicious, such as the constant breaking and collecting of stones.

As the explorer explains, he didn't have the freedom to transport things as he would have liked for collecting more full-sized specimens. He also wanted to avoid upsetting his escort by doing anything that might seem suspicious, like constantly breaking and collecting stones.

From the tabulated list of specimens herewith appended,[353] it may be seen that the beginning of the journey was made over Miocene formations indicated by fossil oysters and pectens (identified as Ostrea digitalina, O. Virleti, Chlamys zitteli, and others), of which there are seven valves of the former, two of the second, two of the third, and five which resemble Chlamys sub-malvinæ.

From the list of specimens attached,[353] it shows that the journey began over Miocene formations marked by fossil oysters and scallops (identified as Ostrea digitalina, O. Virleti, Chlamys zitteli, and others), which include seven valves of the first type, two of the second, two of the third, and five that look like Chlamys sub-malvinæ.

The Miocene formations continue through Siwa, Jaghbub, and Jalo, and far southward to a point about 180 km. to the south of Jalo (see Specimens 1-4), where the last Miocene specimen (No. 4) was picked up.

The Miocene formations extend through Siwa, Jaghbub, and Jalo, and further south to a location approximately 180 km south of Jalo (see Specimens 1-4), where the last Miocene specimen (No. 4) was collected.

At this point begins a wide barren stretch of flat and desolate country, devoid of rocks of any particular geological interest beyond the thin covering of “sand and alluvium” which extends for nearly 200 km. (four days of monotonous marching) along the route to the south.

At this point, a long, flat, and desolate stretch of land begins, lacking any rocks of notable geological interest, just a thin layer of “sand and alluvium” that goes on for nearly 200 km (four days of dull marching) along the route to the south.

Then, when about 50 km. north of Zieghen, the explorer noticed that the aspect of the country took a sudden change; the light yellow of the Miocene limestones and desert sands gave place to brighter, more varied, and highly colored scenery, which the specimens show was due to the approach of the Lower Cretaceous Nubian Sandstones, which, wherever they occur, add beauty to the landscape in unbelievable brilliancy and variety of coloring.

Then, when about 50 km north of Zieghen, the explorer noticed that the landscape suddenly changed; the light yellow of the Miocene limestones and desert sands gave way to a brighter, more diverse, and vividly colored scenery. The samples show that this was due to the presence of the Lower Cretaceous Nubian Sandstones, which, wherever they are found, add incredible beauty to the landscape with their vibrant colors and variety.

Although greens and blues are sometimes observed, red is the dominant color, all shades of pink, terra-cotta, maroon, and brick red are blended together, and umbers and ochers are sometimes present.

Although greens and blues can sometimes be seen, red is the dominant color. All shades of pink, terracotta, maroon, and brick red blend together, and umbers and ochers are occasionally present.

Thus we are provided with a point well westward of any hitherto known on the northern limits of the Nubian Sandstone; in other words, the evidence suggests the continuation westward by some 600 km. of the Nubian boundary shown on the existing 1:1,000,000 colored geological map of Egypt (1910).

Thus, we have a point significantly further west than any previously known on the northern border of the Nubian Sandstone; in other words, the evidence indicates that the Nubian boundary extends westward by about 600 km beyond what is shown on the current 1:1,000,000 colored geological map of Egypt (1910).

[354]Mention may here be made of the apparent absence of specimens definitely representing the younger Cretaceous rocks which are shown colored green, on the map just referred to, to the east; but this may be readily accounted for by the presence of the expansive plain passed over between Jalo and Zieghen, the “sand and alluvium” covering of which is quite sufficient to hide all evidence of the younger rocks of that age.

[354]It's worth noting the noticeable lack of samples that clearly represent the younger Cretaceous rocks colored green on the map mentioned earlier to the east. However, this can easily be explained by the large plain that stretches between Jalo and Zieghen, where the "sand and alluvium" cover is thick enough to conceal any signs of the younger rocks from that period.

Another question rendered obscure by the presence of this large flat expanse of “sand and alluvium” is the exact position of the southern limits of Miocene formations. If we assume (which seems to be the case) that the point, 180 km. to the south of Jalo, where the last Miocene specimens were collected, be the southern boundary of the Miocene, then we find that the distribution of that formation as now suggested is of particular interest as (1) indicating a western extension of the general outline of the ancient Mediterranean Ocean in Miocene time; and (2) adding extra weight to our conceptions as regard the period (in geological chronology) of the Egyptian-Sinai uplift which caused the elevation of land involving a considerable portion of Egypt in pre-Miocene times, and ultimately defining the shores of the Miocene Sea more or less as we now follow it from this newly discovered spot between El Harrash (Zieghen) and Jalo to a short distance east of Siwa from where it runs northeastward to the thirtieth degree of latitude, along which it continues with little variation to Suez.

Another question made unclear by this large flat area of “sand and alluvium” is the exact location of the southern limits of Miocene formations. If we assume (which seems to be the case) that the point 180 km south of Jalo, where the last Miocene specimens were found, marks the southern boundary of the Miocene, then we see that the distribution of that formation, as now suggested, is particularly interesting for two reasons: (1) it indicates a western extension of the general outline of the ancient Mediterranean Ocean during Miocene times; and (2) it reinforces our understanding of the period (in geological chronology) of the Egyptian-Sinai uplift that caused the land to rise, affecting a significant portion of Egypt in pre-Miocene times, and ultimately outlining the shores of the Miocene Sea more or less as we now trace it from this newly discovered location between El Harrash (Zieghen) and Jalo to a short distance east of Siwa, from where it runs northeast to the thirtieth degree of latitude, continuing with little variation to Suez.

It would appear that all Egypt lying between the Miocene Gulf of Suez in the east and the Siwa-Zieghen Miocene shore-line in the west and southward was dry land in Miocene times, and therefore exposed to denudation extending over a vast geological period during which the Nubian Sandstone and younger Cretaceous rocks were laid bare[355] and in a position to have Miocene strata laid down upon or against them.

It seems that all of Egypt between the Miocene Gulf of Suez in the east and the Siwa-Zieghen Miocene shoreline in the west and south was dry land during the Miocene era. This area was therefore subject to erosion over a long geological period, during which the Nubian Sandstone and younger Cretaceous rocks were exposed[355] and were able to have Miocene layers deposited on or against them.

The Nubian Sandstone, as indicated by the Specimens 5-10, shows identical characteristics to those exhibited wherever it occurs in Egypt or Sinai. It is a sandstone consisting in the main of more or less fine rounded grains of pure quartz, through which are distributed, in greater or lesser proportions, larger grains or pebbles. In cases where the latter predominate, a pudding-stone or conglomerate results; where the larger grains are sparsely distributed, a porphyritic appearance is suggested.

The Nubian Sandstone, as shown by Specimens 5-10, has the same characteristics as it does wherever it’s found in Egypt or Sinai. It’s mainly a sandstone made up of fine, rounded grains of pure quartz, with larger grains or pebbles mixed in at different amounts. When the larger grains are more common, it forms a pudding-stone or conglomerate; when they’re rare, it has a porphyritic look.

The cementing material, which may be either calcareous, silicious, or ferruginous, is the color-imparting medium, the depth of color depending upon the amount and composition of iron oxides present in it, and when this material is weathered, washed out, and accumulated into pockets it becomes, when finely ground, suitably adapted for the manufacture of paints.

The cementing material, which can be calcareous, silicious, or ferruginous, is the medium that gives color, with the depth of the color depending on the amount and composition of iron oxides in it. When this material is weathered, washed out, and collected into pockets, it becomes well-suited for making paints once finely ground.

The Nubian Sandstone continues south of the Miocene-Nubian boundary above referred to, to a point some 15 km. north of the Arkenu Mountains.

The Nubian Sandstone extends south of the mentioned Miocene-Nubian boundary to a point about 15 km north of the Arkenu Mountains.

Approaching this point, still another change in the general aspect of the country met the eye of the explorer: the brighter coloring of the sandstones gave place to the duller browns, grays, and blacks of an abrupt range of igneous hills, the position on the ground where the igneous rocks come up through the Nubian Sandstones being approximately 25 km. north of Arkenu.

As the explorer reached this point, they noticed another shift in the overall landscape: the vibrant colors of the sandstones were replaced by the muted browns, grays, and blacks of a sudden range of volcanic hills. This area where the volcanic rocks surfaced through the Nubian Sandstones is located about 25 km north of Arkenu.

The changes of scenery in passing from one formation to another are strikingly seen in the excellent collection of photographs procured by Hassanein Bey, who is to be highly complimented on the success he obtained under great difficulties and inconveniences.

The changes in scenery when moving from one formation to another are clearly showcased in the fantastic collection of photographs collected by Hassanein Bey, who deserves high praise for the success he achieved despite facing significant difficulties and inconveniences.

[356]Judging from the Specimens 11-12 submitted for examination, the igneous rocks, of which the Arkenu-Ouenat Hills are composed, consist mainly of coarsely crystalline granites and syenites varying in texture and appearance, and through them run intrusive veins of finer-grained dike rocks.

[356]Based on the Specimens 11-12 submitted for review, the igneous rocks that make up the Arkenu-Ouenat Hills mainly consist of coarsely crystalline granites and syenites that differ in texture and appearance, and there are intrusive veins of finer-grained dike rocks running through them.

The Arkenu Hills are mostly composed of rocks represented by Specimens 12 and 14, which are really somewhat similar in composition.

The Arkenu Hills are primarily made up of rocks reflected by Specimens 12 and 14, which are actually quite similar in composition.

No. 12 consists of a holocrystalline aggregate of large crystals of a light gray (possibly a decomposed or kaolinized orthoclase) alkali-felspar, which constitutes the main bulk of the rock. No quartz is visible in the hand specimen, which is greatly weathered, and only gives a specific gravity of a little over 2.5. Small crystals of dark greenish hornblende are well formed, and occur in fewer numbers than in Specimens 17 and 21, which are representatives of the rockmass of the Ouenat Hills to be described presently.

No. 12 is made up of a holocrystalline mix of large light gray crystals (likely decomposed or kaolinized orthoclase) alkali-feldspar, which makes up the majority of the rock. There’s no quartz visible in the hand specimen, which is quite weathered, and it has a specific gravity of just over 2.5. Small, well-formed dark greenish hornblende crystals are present, but they are less common than in Specimens 17 and 21, which represent the rock mass of the Ouenat Hills that will be described shortly.

Specimen 14 is an unweathered gray rock chiefly composed of a mottled gray alkali-felspar, with hornblende crystals in similar numbers to those in Specimen 12.

Specimen 14 is a fresh gray rock mainly made up of a mottled gray alkali-feldspar, with hornblende crystals present in about the same quantity as those in Specimen 12.

The microscopic examination of a rock-section made from Specimen 14 corroborates the above description, but introduces the possibility of the presence of nephelin in granular-like patches in the slide, which correspond to darker slightly lustrous areas in the hard specimen; however, no nephelin has been actually identified.

The microscopic examination of a rock section made from Specimen 14 supports the description above, but suggests that there might be nepheline in granular-looking patches in the slide, which match the darker, slightly shiny areas in the hard specimen; however, no nepheline has actually been identified.

Specimens Nos. 12 and 14 may therefore be called syenites.

Specimens No. 12 and No. 14 can therefore be referred to as syenites.

Running through the syenites of the Arkenu Hills are veins of intrusive rocks represented by Specimens Nos. 11, 13, and 15, and no doubt many others occur.

Running through the syenites of the Arkenu Hills are veins of intrusive rocks represented by Specimens Nos. 11, 13, and 15, and no doubt many others are present.

Specimen No. 11 represents a vein of a hemicrystalline,[357] hard dark green rock weathering brown on the outer surface, with innumerable small dark specks which are scarcely discernible in the unweathered portion of the specimen.

Specimen No. 11 is a piece of a hemicrystalline,[357] tough dark green rock that's brown on the outside due to weathering, featuring countless tiny dark spots that are barely noticeable in the unweathered part of the specimen.

Under the microscope this rock is found to be of considerable interest. It consists of an aggregate of small phenocrysts of idiomorphic felspar, which in places assumes the appearance of a crypto- or microcrystalline felspathic matrix crowded with acicular crystals of a green mineral resembling ægirine. The latter are in places irregularly distributed, but in areas where the felspar occurs in roughly rectangular or lozenge form, the ægirine microlites are crowded round the edges of the latter.

Under the microscope, this rock is quite interesting. It consists of a mix of small, well-formed feldspar crystals, which in some areas looks like a crypto- or microcrystalline feldspathic mat filled with needle-like crystals of a green mineral that resembles aegirine. In some places, these crystals are randomly scattered, but in spots where the feldspar is roughly rectangular or diamond-shaped, the aegirine microlites are densely gathered around the edges.

No quartz is noticeable in the rock-slide, and the rock may be tentatively determined as an ægirine-felsite, apparently similar to a rock described and figured in Harker’s “Petrology for Students.”

No quartz is visible in the rock slide, and the rock might be tentatively identified as an ægirine-felsite, apparently similar to a rock described and illustrated in Harker’s “Petrology for Students.”

A second vein in the Arkenu Hills is represented by Specimen No. 13, which is a brownish quartzite.

A second vein in the Arkenu Hills is represented by Specimen No. 13, which is a brownish quartzite.

The third vein is indicated by Specimen No. 15, which is a dark gray laminated rock, weathering to reddish brown, very fine in texture, with small clear crystals of phenocrysts sparsely disseminated through the ground-mass. The rock-slide shows, under the microscope, a great similarity to Specimen No. 11 as described above. The felspar here, however, forms a much finer crypto-crystalline ground-mass than in the former, and the ægirine microlites are smaller, tapering, and not so well formed. This rock may also be tentatively called a fine ægirine-felsite.

The third vein is shown by Specimen No. 15, which is a dark gray laminated rock that weathers to reddish brown. It's very fine in texture and has small clear crystals of phenocrysts spread out through the ground mass. Under the microscope, the rock slide looks very similar to Specimen No. 11 as mentioned earlier. However, the feldspar here forms a much finer crypto-crystalline ground mass than in the previous specimen, and the aegirine microlites are smaller, tapering, and not as well-formed. This rock may also be tentatively referred to as a fine aegirine-felsite.

The Ouenat Hills are mainly composed of rocks represented by Specimens 17 and 21, the chief constituent of which is a gray alkali-felspar (possibly orthoclase with some microcline). Quartz is well represented in idiomorphic forms; no mica is noticeable in the hand specimens, but[358] many well-developed prismoidal crystals of very dark or dark green hornblende are thickly distributed throughout the mass.

The Ouenat Hills are primarily made up of rocks shown in Specimens 17 and 21, which mainly consist of a gray alkali-feldspar (likely orthoclase with some microcline). Quartz is abundant in well-formed shapes; there's no mica visible in the hand specimens, but[358] many well-formed prismoidal crystals of very dark or dark green hornblende are spread thickly throughout the rock.

No slide was made of these specimens owing to their fragile condition on account of weathering, but the rock may be determined as a coarsely crystalline gray hornblende granite.

No slide was created of these specimens due to their fragile state from weathering, but the rock can be identified as a coarsely crystalline gray hornblende granite.

Specimen No. 18 is another representative rock from, and constitutes a considerable bulk of, the Ouenat Hills. It may be termed a red granite, approximating to an aplite with very little mica, which decomposes and forms oxides of iron which have stained the rock a brownish red; quartz and felspar form the main bulk of the rock.

Specimen No. 18 is another typical rock from the Ouenat Hills and makes up a large part of it. It's a type of red granite that resembles aplite with very little mica. This rock breaks down and creates iron oxides that have tinted it a brownish-red color; quartz and feldspar make up the main components of the rock.

As in the case of the Arkenu syenites, so here in the Ouenat granites we find other examples of endogenous veins running through the parent rock, represented by Specimens 16, 19, and 22.

As with the Arkenu syenites, in the Ouenat granites we also see examples of endogenous veins that run through the parent rock, represented by Specimens 16, 19, and 22.

Specimen No. 16 represents a vein of purplish felsite, in the felsitic ground-mass of which occur phenocrysts of idiomorphic felspar.

Specimen No. 16 shows a vein of purplish felsite, in which there are well-formed crystals of feldspar within the felsitic ground mass.

Specimen No. 19 represents a vein of pure white granular quartz rock which occurs in and may have been the cause (through denudation) of the cave found in the foot-hills of the Ouenat range.

Specimen No. 19 represents a pure white granular quartz rock that is found in the foot-hills of the Ouenat range and may have caused the cave found there through denudation.

Specimen No. 22, found at Garet Shezzu, is a typical quartzite which may also occur as a vein in the granites.

Specimen No. 22, found at Garet Shezzu, is a typical quartzite that can also be found as a vein in the granites.

Two specimens found inside the cave in the Ouenat Oasis are of particular interest. These specimens are Nos. 20 and 21. The former, a laminated travertine, could only have been deposited from running water, as the formation of ripple-markings confirms; and from notes made by the explorer at the time of his inspection, we learn that there was quite a lot of it lying about on the floor of the cave.[359] Under the microscope spheroidal structure is displayed, representing the ripple-markings, and in the matrix of calcite many fragments of quartz, felspar, etc., are conspicuous, these having been derived from the denuding granites. No organic remains were observed.

Two specimens found inside the cave in the Ouenat Oasis are of particular interest. These specimens are Nos. 20 and 21. The first one, a laminated travertine, could only have been deposited by running water, as the formation of ripple markings confirms; and from notes made by the explorer during his inspection, we learn that there was quite a lot of it lying on the floor of the cave.[359] Under the microscope, a spheroidal structure is displayed, representing the ripple markings, and in the calcite matrix, many fragments of quartz, feldspar, etc., are noticeable, having come from the eroded granites. No organic remains were observed.

The second specimen (No. 21) is a fragment of the hornblendic granite of which the Ouenat Hills are chiefly composed, and which forms the roof of the cave; this is coated on one side with a thin black iron-manganese film, similar to the well-known deposit on the rocks in the Nile at or near the Asswan Dam.

The second specimen (No. 21) is a piece of the hornblendic granite that makes up most of the Ouenat Hills and serves as the cave's roof; one side of it is covered with a thin black film of iron-manganese, similar to the well-known deposits found on the rocks in the Nile around the Asswan Dam.

This whole igneous area, which includes the newly discovered mountains and oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, is possibly of limited extent, and occurs in, and is possibly surrounded by, a much wider expanse of Nubian Sandstone, in a similar manner to several other such areas already shown on the 1:1,000,000 geological map of Egypt.

This entire volcanic region, which features the recently found mountains and oases of Arkenu and Ouenat, might be relatively small and is located in, and possibly encircled by, a much larger area of Nubian Sandstone, similar to several other regions already indicated on the 1:1,000,000 geological map of Egypt.

Judging from other known similar occurrences where igneous rocks appear surrounded by Nubian Sandstones, we may infer that the latter were deposited upon the ancient igneous rocks which subsequently rose vertically, bending the superincumbent strata over and round them, possibly only to a slight degree in this instance, as none of the photographs show very highly dipping rocks.

Judging by other similar cases where igneous rocks are found surrounded by Nubian Sandstones, we can infer that the latter were laid down on top of the ancient igneous rocks, which then rose vertically, bending the layers above them around them, likely only slightly in this case, as none of the photographs show rocks with a steep incline.

On leaving Ouenat for Erdi the igneous area is soon left behind. The actual junction between it and the Nubian Sandstone (which again forms the surface rock) occurs at a point about 20 km. south of Ouenat, and the aspect of the country again changes from the more uneven weathering of the igneous range of grays and browns to brilliant colorings of the Nubian Sandstone which forms a long series of prominent escarpments rising to heights bordering on 1000 meters above the sea between Enebah and Kuttum, after[360] which the ground begins to fall, until El Fasher is reached, where the ground-level is only about 700 or 800 meters in height.

As you leave Ouenat for Erdi, the volcanic area quickly disappears. The actual boundary where it meets the Nubian Sandstone (which again becomes the surface rock) is located about 20 km south of Ouenat. The landscape changes from the rough weathering of the volcanic range of grays and browns to the vibrant colors of the Nubian Sandstone, which forms a long series of striking escarpments rising to nearly 1000 meters above sea level between Enebah and Kuttum. After that, the land starts to decline until you reach El Fasher, where the elevation is only around 700 or 800 meters.

Summary.—The several interesting geological features suggested by the recent expedition may be summarized as follows:

Summary.—The various intriguing geological features identified by the recent expedition can be summed up as follows:

1. That Miocene rocks extend southward, to or near the twenty-seventh degree of north latitude, forming a large bay bordered by older rocks.

1. Those Miocene rocks stretch southward, to or close to the twenty-seventh degree of north latitude, creating a large bay surrounded by older rocks.

2. That the Miocene rocks, resting here apparently upon or against Nubian Sandstones, seem to follow the same conditions noticed first by Dr. Hume in the Gulf of Suez region, namely, that they rest upon older and older formations the further southward they are found; in other words, that prior to the deposition of the Miocene there was a time of denudation which was more effectual in the south than in the north, owing to the fact that in the south was an area of greater uplift.

2. The Miocene rocks, which seem to sit on or next to Nubian Sandstones here, appear to follow the same pattern first observed by Dr. Hume in the Gulf of Suez area. Specifically, they rest on progressively older formations the further south you go. In other words, before the Miocene was deposited, there was a period of erosion that was more significant in the south than in the north because the south experienced more uplift.

3. That a large area of Nubian Sandstone (Cretaceous) exists south of this latitude.

3. There is a significant area of Nubian Sandstone (Cretaceous) located south of this latitude.

4. That a newly discovered range of igneous rocks in the Arkenu Hills exists well inside Egyptian territory, and possibly entirely within this Nubian Sandstone area, or connected as a tongue to a larger igneous massif lying in the south.

4. There is a newly discovered range of igneous rocks in the Arkenu Hills that is located well within Egyptian territory, and it might be completely within this Nubian Sandstone area, or connected as a projection to a larger igneous massif to the south.

5. That the Cretaceous rocks (younger than the Nubian Sandstone) which appear on the colored Geological Map of Egypt further to the northeast, possibly do not occur along the route traversed, having been concealed beneath “sand and alluvium” areas.

5. The Cretaceous rocks (younger than the Nubian Sandstone) shown on the colored Geological Map of Egypt further northeast might not be present along the path taken, as they could be covered by “sand and alluvium” areas.

[361]List of Specimens Collected by Ahmed Mohammed Hassanein Bey in His Expedition from Sollum to Darfur

[361]List of Specimens Collected by Ahmed Mohammed Hassanein Bey During His Journey from Sollum to Darfur

No. Date 1923 Locality (As taken from descriptions on labels) Determination of Specimens
1 Siwa Three crystal fragments of selenite; one pecten and two oyster shells (possibly of Miocene age)
2 Jaghbub One pecten in a shelly limestone (possibly indicating Miocene age)
3 Surface rocks on the way from Jaghbub to Jalo One piece of fossilized wood; three loose silicious pebbles; two long concretions of calcareous grit, and fibrous salt crystal (curved, five inches long)
4 March 20 In Wadai, in small patches Two loose pebbles of calcareous grit with quartz grains
5 March 24 Getting near El Harrash (Zieghen), patches of this strewn (broken) before reaching Halab Nubian Sandstone (one specimen)
6 March 28 One day’s journey from El Harrash (Zieghen), on way to Kufra Hard ferruginous bands from Nubian Sandstone (five specimens)
7 March 29 Garet El Sherif Nubian Sandstone (three specimens)
8 Gebel El Neri, garas nearing Hawari Ferruginous bands (color maroon) from Nubian Sandstone (three specimens); one black ferruginous “bomb”
9 Kufra (Taj) hills Blocks of Nubian Sandstone (three specimens)
10 April 22 Between Kufra and Ouenat; specimens from chain of hills crossed that day Nubian Sandstone (one specimen); and ferruginous bands from Nubian Sandstone (two specimens)
11 April 24 Arkenu Mountain Igneous rock (ægirine felsite)
[362]12 April 24 From patches of Arkenu Mountain; there are big hills formed entirely of it . . . on the outside of the mountain (badly weathered syenite)
13 April 24 From big patches north of Arkenu Mountain (quartzite vein in)
14 April 25 From Arkenu Mountain itself (gray syenite)
15 April 25 Found in big blocks buried in the ground on the border of Arkenu Mountain, in the Arkenu valley (ægirine felsite)
16 Specimen from formations (in layers) found in Ouenat big valley (felsite)
17 Ouenat Mountain is mostly of this stone (badly weathered hornblende-granite
18 Stone of which Ouenat is generally formed (badly weathered granite)
19 Found inside the water-cave at Ouenat, near the water-level; plenty of it in small patches (quartz vein)
20 Found inside the water-cave at Ouenat Calcareous deposit from running water (travertine)
21 Found inside the water-cave at Ouenat, in the roof; most of the stone of the cave and mountain is of this kind Igneous rock (badly weathered hornblende-granite, coated with polished film of iron which may have come from the water)
22 May 8 From Garet Shezzu, near Ouenat (fine quartzite)
[363]23 May 10 Between Ouenat and Erdi Nubian Sandstone (one specimen)
24 May 13 Found strewn on red sand, getting near Erdi; nothing but red sand and this stone Ferruginous band (containing hematite) from Nubian Sandstone
25 May 16 Erdi Hills Dark red clay, with small percentage of quartz sand (grinds up into dark brick-red powder)
26 May 16 Stone of Erdi Hills Brick-red clay, with small percentage of quartz sand (grinds easily into bright, brick-red colored powder)
27 May 19 Agah Hills Soft, fine, yellow to red, slightly calcareous micaceous sandstone

Transcriber's note:

  • pg 220 Added: ".”" after: "though your camp is far away"
  • pg 231 Changed: "and not the the intrinsic value" to: "and not the intrinsic value"
  • pg 236 Changed: "ground near Baret Shezzu" to: "Garet"
  • caption of illustration facing pg 260, Changed: "WOMAN OF THE PALLATA TRIBE" to: "FALLATA"

Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!